QK1L
TEEAELY
\¥2

f
g

$ a

va

: Seulpsit.

ie

LONDON. :
Mi Net, stespar tM Bdn LO

MDCCCXXVI, Pee igh ss em

Mo. Bot. Garden; te aa
1837. pi i

PREF AC £.

Wues the last volume of the Transactions was published,
it was found necessary to offer an apology to the Fellows of
the Society for the delay which had taken place in its com-
pletion. It is satisfactory to be able now to state, that the
difficulties by which the delay alluded to was caused, are
so far removed, that the present volume has been completed
within the customary period. It has been published in five
separate parts, and contains a large body of original Horti-
cultural information ; such as it may be safely affirmed is not
to be found in any other publication of the same period.
Of so great importance indeed has it been esteemed by
the public, both at home and abroad, that a very consi-
derable portion of every Foreign and Domestic Journal in
which the subject of Horticulture is noticed, derives a large
part, and in some cases almost the entire of its interest from
Extracts from these Transactions. Among the contributors
by whom this information has been supplied, are ranked
some of the most philosophical, as well as practical Horti-
culturists of the day; their number is nearly the same as
heretofore.
VOL. VI. b

li PREFACE.

An entirely novel feature in this Volume has been created
by the introduction of Reports from the Society’s Garden,
upon various subjects which have been investigated in it.
These will continue regularly to appear, and will supply the
public with the most accurate means of judging of the degree
in which the objects of Horticulture are likely to be illus-
trated by the Establishment of the Garden. It may be
confidently stated that these will continue to increase in
interest with each succeeding year; and that the results of
observations made in the Garden, will fully keep pace with
its gradual progress.

The number. of Fellows of the Society has advanced from
1915, at the date of the last Preface, to 2044 ; and the total
number of the Society, including Honorary, Foreign, and
Corresponding Members, to 2394, the last return having
been 2197. In this period a farther accession of European
Princes to the list of the Society has taken place; but the
Society has to lament the recent loss of the most distinguished
of its Honorary Members—His tare RovaL HIGHNESS THE
Dux: or Yorx. The number of the Society has however be-
come so large, that an annual loss of Members from natural
causes must now be expected to occur in such a degree as to
render it improbable that its absolute increase will continue
to be such as it was between the years 1816 and 1824.

It was observed upon a former occasion, that the success
of the Horticultural Society must necessarily exercise a most
extensive and beneficial influence upon Gardening pursuits

PREFACE. ill

in all parts of the United Kingdom. This is now becoming
too apparent to be doubted, and is especially evinced in the
organization of provincial Horticultural Associations in every
direction, which will undoubtedly produce in detail the same
fortunate results within their own districts, as the Parent
Society has been enabled to secure by its influence generally.
With this impression, and from an anxious desire to hold out
assistance and countenance to the efforts of all such bodies,
wherever they may exist, the Council of this Society has
lately determined to give annually to each local Horticultural
Society whose affairs are directed by a President and Council,
or Committee, one of their large Silver Medals. to be awarded
by the local Society to some one individual in their own
_ district, whose skill in Gardening shall appear to them to be
most deserving of the distinction.

In the Preface to the Fifth Volume, it was Gee that
two Expeditions for the Collection of Plants were in progress
at the expence of the Society ; one to the Western Coast of
South America, and the Sandwich Islands, and the other to
the North West Coast of North America.

To the former of these Mr. James M‘Rag, an experienced
Gardener, was appointed, with the consent of the Lords of
the Admiralty. He sailed in September 1824, and returned
in March 1826, having successively visited Rio Janeiro, and
St. Catherine's in Brazil, several ports on the coast of Chile,
and the Sandwich Islands. On his return he landed upon
Albemarle Island, one of the Gallipagos, touched at Chorillo

iv PREFACE.

Bay, on the Coast of Peru, and re-visited Chile, when he
found an opportunity of reaching Santiago, and botanizing
among the little known vegetation of the Cordilleras. Upon
this. occasion Mr. M‘Rar succeeded in procuring a supply
of fresh nuts of the highly prized -Araucaria Pine, which
arrived in England, in a living state, and from which a con-
siderable distribution has already been made by the Society.
The collections of seeds and plants of all kinds was: very
large, and of the greatest value to science. To the Sandwich
Islands, this Expedition has produced advantages which it is
hoped that those countries will long continue to enjoy, and
which ‘may be no inconsiderable means of hastening the
civilization of the natives. In addition to a large supply of
European fruits and vegetables, Mr. M‘Raz succeeded in
transplanting in safety most of the valuable productions of
the same kind which are found in Brazil. It is’ gratifying to
add, that, since his return, the Right Honourable Earl
Baruurst, His Masrsry’s Colonial Secretary of State, has
been pleased, upon the recommendation of the Society, to
appoint this meritorious individual to the charge of the im-
portant Colonial Garden in Ceylon.

The expedition to the North-west coast of North Ameriéa,
was undertaken under the protection of the Hudson’s Bay
Company, and was confided to the care of Mr. Davip
Doveras, a zealous and enterprizing young man, who had
previously done the Society good service on the Eastern side
of the same Continent. Mr. Dovaias was expected to have

PREFACE. v

returned home in the last year, but finding the objects of his
research still unexhausted, he has been induced to remain
another season; his expedition being therefore still in pro-
gress, it will be sufficient for the present, to state that it
has hitherto succeeded beyond the most sanguine expecta-
tions of his employers. A number of new plants, of the
utmost interest to science, and of importance to ornamental
gardening, has been discovered, and the seeds of them trans-
mitted to Europe. It is hoped that, from this expedition, our
gardens will become as well filled with the beautiful vegeta-
tion of the borders of the Columbia, and of the Rocky Moun-
tains, as it is already with that of the Ohio and Mississippi.

It may be proper to add, that no further expedition is at
present contemplated by the Society, its extensive correspon-
dence with every accessible country now rendering such a
means of procuring Horticultural novelties less important than
it has been heretofore. — Dashi

The Society continues to receive assurances of the utility
of its exportations of fruit-trees and vegetable seeds to foreign
countries, and acknowledgments of the benefits which have
been so conferred upon various distant parts of the world.

The Library has been increased both by purchases and by
donations from many members of the Society, and from stran-
gers, and it is hoped that the importance to Horticulture of
this part of the Establishment, will be steadily kept in view
by friends of the Society. There is at present no other
public repository of books upon Gardening which can be

vi PREFACE.

compared to that of the Society, but it must be acknowledged
that it is still far from complete.

The Collection of Models of Fruits, which has been forming
from the productions of many successive seasons, which has
now become by far the most considerable in Europe, and
which is absolutely indispensible in any classification or ar-
rangement of many classes of fruit, has lately been disposed
in glazed cases fixed in the Meeting Room, where it can be
consulted without the inconvenience of examination in close
boxes. s

The Garden continues to flourish, and improve in its ap-
pearance in a degree which cannot but be highly satisfactory.
Allusion has already been made to the various Reports from
it, which are published in the present Volume ; the same spirit
of examination and investigation will continue to be main-
tained, and the chief objects of its institution, the determina-
tion of Hardy Fruits, Esculent Vegetables, and Ornamental
Trees and Shrubs, and the Exhibition of Horticulture in all
its branches, will be steadily followed as far as the means of
the Society will admit, Measures which have long been taken
for putting the public in possession of the subjects cultivated
in the Garden, have now begun to manifest themselves, in the
publication of a Catalogue of Fruits. This has been compiled
with the utmost care; and with a view to its ultimate perfec-
tion in succeeding editions, has been sent to every public
Garden and Nurseryman in the United Kingdom, in com-
munication with the Society, in the hope that it may become

PREFACE. Vii

a standard of nomenclature. By this distribution, the culti-
vators of fruit-trees for sale will be enabled to ask for, and
obtain, from the Garden of the Society, the kinds they may
want, and thus the public generally may be supplied with
less uncertainty than heretofore. The private Gardens of
the Members of the Society will be also furnished with
accuracy from the distributions continually made at the
Office of the Society, of the most valuable and important
varieties thus publicly named, or by reference to the Garden
Committee, to whom is confided the attention to the appli-
cations of those Fellows whose Subscriptions to the Garden
give them the privilege of making especial calls for such
supplies.

Regent Street,
January 20, 1827.

ADVERTISEMENT.

Tue Committee appointed by the Horticultural Society to
direct the Publication of the Papers read before them, take
this opportunity to inform the Public, that the grounds of their
choice are, and will continue to be, the importance and singu-
larity of the subjects, or the advantageous manner of treating
them, without pretending to answer for the certainty of the
facts, or the propriety of the reasonings contained in the
several Papers so published, which must still rest on the
credit or judgment of their respective Authors.

It is likewise necessary, on this occasion, to remark, that it
is an established rule of this Society, to which they will always
adhere, never to give their opinion, as a body, upon any sub-
ject, either of Nature or Art, that comes before them. And
therefore, the thanks which are proposed from the Chair, to
be given to the Authors of such Papers as are read at the
General Meetings, or to the Persons who send fruits or other
vegetable productions, or exhibit Inventions of various kinds
to the Society, are to be considered in no other light than as
a matter of civility, in return for the respect shewn to the
Society by these communications.

VOL. VI. a

CONTENTS.

I. On Climate, considered with regard to Horticulture. By
John Frederic Daniell, Esg. F. R. S. Sc. p.1
II. On the Use of Charcoal Dust, as a Top Dressing for
Onions, and as a Cure for the Clubbing in Cabbages, &c.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Thomas Smith,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society, Gar-
dener to Matthew Bell, Esq. F. H. S. at Woolsington,
Northumberland. p. 29
III. Observations on, and an Account of, Plants growing in
the Neighbourhood of Constantinople, Seeds of which were
collected and transmitted to the Horticultural Society of
London. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By the Rev,
Robert Walsh, LL.D. Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society. } p, 32
IV. On the Cultivation of the Madeira Vaccinium, in the
open air. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. William
Foulk, Gardener to Sir Everard Home, Bart. F, H. 8.
| p. 59
V. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which have flowered
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at Chiswick,
from. its first Formation to March 1824. By Mr. John
Lindley, F. L. S. §c. Assistant Secretary for the Garden.
p. 62
VI. On the Cultwation of Strawberries. By Thomas Andrew
Knight, Esq. F. R. S. &c. President, p. 101

iv CONTENTS.

VII. Dircctions for Managing Tigridia Pavonia, during the
Winter Months. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
John Damper Parks. p. 106

VIII. Notices of Communications to the Horticultural So-
ciety, between January 1, 1822, and January 1, 1823, of
which separate Accounts have not been published in the
Transactions.. Extracted from the Minute Books and
Papers of the Society. p. 108

IX. An Account of a New Seedling Grape. Tn a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. Henry Burn, F. H. S. Gardener
to the Marquess of Ailesbury, F. H. S. &c. p- 122

X. An Account of a Lime Duster, for the Destruction of
Insects on Fruit Trees. In a Letter to the Secretary.

By Mr. Samuel Curtis. p. 124
XI. On Forcing Cucumbers. Jn a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Thomas Allen. p. 127

XII. Description of the different Varieties of Endives cul-
twated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society of
London, in the Year 1824. By Mr. Andrew Mathews.

p, 133

XIII. Description of a newly invented Instrument for
effectually applying Tobacco Fumigation to Plants. By
Mr. John Read, of Newington Causeway, Southwark.

p. 140
XIV. Description of a Self-acting Ventilator for Hot-houses.
By John Williams, Esq. C. M. H. S. p. 142

XV. An Account and Description of the different Varieties
of Strawberries, which have been cultivated and examined
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society of London.

CONTENTS. Vv

By Mr. James Barnet, Under Gardener in the Fruit
Department of the Garden. p. 145
XVI. Description of a Greenhouse, in the Garden of Sir
Robert Preston, Bart. at Valleyfield in Perthshire. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Alexander Stewart,
Corresponding Member of the Society. p. 225
XVII. Upon the beneficial Effects of Protecting the Stems
of Fruit Trees from Frost in early Spring. By Thomas
Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R. S. §c. President. p. 228
XVIII. An Account of a Method of obtaining very early
Crops of the Grape and Fig. By Thomas Andrew Knight,
Esq. F. R. S. §c. President. p. 232
XIX. On the Cultivation of Pine Apples. In a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. William Greenshields, Gardener
to Richard Benyon de Beauvoir, Esq. F. H. S. at Engle-
field House, in Berkshire, Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society. p. 235
XX. An Account of the Calville Rouge de Micoud, a new
variety of Apple. By M. André Thouin, Foreign Member
of the Horticultural Society. p. 242
XXI. On the Management of Hot-house Flues, so as to keep
up a nearly equal Temperature during the Night. In a
Letter to the Secretary. By the Rev. George Swayne,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society.

p. 247
XXII. On the Culture of Strawberries. By Thomas An-
drew Knight, Esg. F. R. S. §c. President. p 255

XXIII. On the Cultivation of the Amaryllis Sarniensis, or
Guernsey Lily. By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R.S.
§c. President. p. 259

yi CONTENTS.

XXIV. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which have
flowered in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at
Chiswick, from March 1824, to March 1825. By Mr.
John Lindley, F. L. S. &c. Assistant Secretary for the
Garden. p- 251

XXV. Observations on a Disease to which Grapes are liable,
and on the Means of preventing it. By Mr. Daniel Judd,
F. HS. p. 300

XXVI. Description of the different Varieties of Parsneps,
cultivated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society of
London, By Mr. Andrew Mathews, A. L.S. p. 302

XXVII. On the Cultivation of Ginger in a Glazed Pit. By
Mr. Christie Duff, Gardener to Earl Grosvenor, at Eaton
Hall, Cheshire. p. 307

XXVIII. Observations upon the natural Laws which govern
the Production of Double Flowers, arising out of a re-
markable Case of Preternatural Formation in the Flowers
of an Amaryllis. By Mr. John Lindley, F. L. S. §c. As-
sistant Secretary for the Garden. p. 309

XXIX. Notes on Grafting, Budding, and Cultivating Garden
Roses. By Jean Baptiste Van Mons, M. D. Foreign
Member of the Horticultural Society of London. p. 317

XXX. Account of several New Chinese and Indian Chrys-
anthemums, with additional Observations on the Species
and Varieties, and on the Management of the Plants
in Gardens. By Joseph Sabine, Esq. F: R. S. $c. Se-
cretary. p. 322

XXXI. Account of the Cultivation of Chinese Chrysanthe-
mums in the Garden of the Horticultnral Society. By Mr.
Donald Munro, F. L. S. Gardener to the Society. p. 360

CONTENTS. . vii

XXXII. Account of a Method of Forcing Figs, practised in
the Garden of the Earl of Harewood, F. H. S. at Hare-
wood House in Yorkshire. By Joseph Sabine, Esq.
F. R. S. &c. Secretary. p. 365

XXXIII. On the Cultivation of an Early and a Late
Variety of the Pear on the same Tree. Ina Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Duncan Montgomery, C. M. H. 8.
Gardener to the Duke of Montrose, F. H. S. at Buchanan,
Stirlingshire. p- 367

XXXIV. On the FP risotintaion of Plants with Spindle-
shaped Roots. By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq. F.R. 5S.
§c. President. p- 370

XXXV. First Report on: the Experiments carried on in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society of London, made up
to the end of March, 1825. p. 373

XXXVI. On the Cultivation of the Passiflora Quadrangu-
laris. By Mr. William Mitcheson, Gardener to John
Milford, Esq. F. H. 8. p. 388

XXXVII. On a Method of Growing Asparagus in single
Rows, as practised by Mr. Walter Dickson, at Redbraes,
near Edinburgh. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Andrew Dickson, F.H. S. p. 390

XXXVIII. Notice of New or Remarkable Varieties of Fruits,
ripened in the Summer and Autumn of the Years 1823
and 1824, which were exhibited at Meetings of the Horti-
cultural Society. p. 392

XXXIX. Report upon the Meteorological Observations made
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, during the
Year 1825. 3 p. 398

viil CONTENTS.

XL. Method of Cultivating the North American and other
hardy Orchideous Plants. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Stewart Murray, Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society of London, Curator of the Botanic
Garden at Glasgow. p. 403

XLI. Plan for obtaining a Second Crop of Melons. Jn a
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Charles Harrison,
F. H. S. Gardener to James Archibald Stuart Wortley,
Esq. F. H. S. at Wortley Hall, Yorkshire. p. 406

XLII. Description of American Fruits, of which Trees have
been transmitted to the Horticultural Society of London.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Michael Floy,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society.

7 p. 409

XLIII. On the Cultivation of Celeriac, as practised in
Denmark and Germany. Ina Letter to William Atkin-
son, Esq. F. H.S. By Mr. Jens Peter Petersen. Com-
municated by William Atkinson, Esq. p. 419

XLIV. On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium Speciosum.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Alexander Stewart,
r. HLS. p. 422

XLV. Description of a Pit for Winter and early Spring
Forcing. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Alexander
Stewart, F. H. S. p. 425

XLVI. Account of the growth of some Cedars of Lebanon,
in the Gardens at Hopetoun House, near Edinburgh. By
Mr. James Smith, Corresponding Member of the Horti-

cultural Society, Gardener to the Earl of Hopetoun.

p. 429

CONTENTS. 1x

XLVII. On the Effects produced on Vegetation by the
Combination of Heat and Moisture, at different Periods of
the Year. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Archi-
bald Gorrie, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural
Society. p. 432

XLVIII. On the Cultivation of Plants in Moss. Ina Letter
to the Secretary. By Mr. John Street, Gardener to the
Hon. Mrs. Hamilton Nesbit, at Beil in East Lothian.

: p. 437

XLIX. Description of a Pit and Stoves heated by Fire and
Steam jointly. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
William M‘Murtrie, Corresponding Member of the Horti-
cultural Society, Gardener to the Viscount Anson, F. H. S.
at Shugborough in Staffordshire. p- 440

XLIX*. Account of some new Seedling Pears. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq.
F. R. S. c. President. p. 446

L. On the Cultivation of the Species and Varieties of
Hedychium iz a ‘Stove. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Joseph Cooper, Corresponding Member of the

Horticultural Society, Botanic Gardener to the Viscount
Milton, F. H. S. at Wentworth House in Yorkshire.
| p. 449

LI. On blacking Garden Walls. Ina Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Charles Harrison, F. H. S. Gardener to James
Archibald Stuart Wortley, Esq. F. H. S. at Wortley Hall
in Yorkshire. : p. 452

LII. Account of a Plan for Forcing Grapes in Borders
under Glass. In a Letter to Sir George Thomas Staunton,
Bart. F. H. S. By the Rev. Blakley Cooper, 4. M.
Communicated by Sir George Thomas Staunton, p. 454

b

x : CONTENTS.

LIII. On Glycine Sinensis. By Joseph Sabine, Esq.
F. R. S. &c. Secretary. | p.460
LIV. On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, and its
varieties. By Joseph Sabine, Esq. F. R. S. §c. Secretary.
p. 465
LV. Report upon the effect produced on certain Plants in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society, by the Frost
which occurred during the Night of April 29th, 1826. By
Mr. John Lindley, F. L. S. §c. Assistant Secretary for
the Garden. p. 493
LVI. On the Propagation of Zamias. Jn a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Francis Faldermann, Chief Gardener
in the Imperial Botanic Garden at St. Petersburgh, Cor-
responding Member of the Horticultural Society. p. 501
LVII. Description of Stoves for the growth of Melons and
Cucumbers. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. John
Haythorn, Gardener to the Lord Middleton, F. H. S. at
Wollaton Hall, near Nottingham. p. 505
LVIII. Notices respecting the Strawberries cultivated for
the Market in Scotland. By Mr. James Smith, Corre-
sponding Member of the Horticultural Society of London,
-= Gardener to the Earl of Hopetoun, at Hopetoun House,
near Edinburgh. p. 512
LIX. Upon the Cultivation of Fuchsias. In a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. James Smith, Gardener to William
Pinchback, Esq. of Camberwell, Surrey. Communicated
by John Wrench, Esq. F. H. S. p. 520
LX. Notice of certain Vineries at various places in Scotland,
with Arched Hanging Trellises. By Mr. William Smith,
Under Gardener in the Arboretum Department of the
Garden of the Horticultural Society, at Chiswick. p. 522

CONTENTS. _ xi

LXI. Observations on the Qualities of newly-raised Fruits,
exemplified in Plums. Ina Letter tothe Secretary. By
Thomas Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R. S. §c. President.

p. 529

LXII. On the Application of Tobacco Water in the de-
struction of Insects. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By

_ Mr, Joseph Harrison: p. 532
LXII. On the Cultivation of Nelumbiums. By Joseph
Clare, Esq. p. 535

LXIV. Notices of Communications to the Horticultural
Society, between January 1, 1823, and January 1, 1824,
of which separate accounts have not been published in the
Transactions. Extracted from the Minute Books and
Papers of the Society. p. 539

LXV. Notice of the Siberian Bittersweet, a new and valuable
Cider Apple. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Thomas
Andrew Knight, Esq. F. R. S. §c. President. p. 547

LXVI. An Account of Two Varieties of the Mango Fruit,
which ripened in the Garden of the Earl of Powis, at
Walcot Hall, in Shropshire. By Joseph Sabine, Esq.
F. R. S. §c. §c. Secretary. p. 550

LXVII. An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.
By Mr. John Lindley, F. L. S. Assistant Secretary for
the Garden. p. 553

LXVIII. Report on New or Remarkable Esculent Vegetables
cultwated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society
during the year terminating on the 31st March, 1826.

p. 563

xii CONTENTS.

List of Authors, with the Title of their respective Communi-
cations

List of Medals and Rewards, presented by order of the
Council, from May 1, 1824, to May 1, 1825.

List of Banksian Medals, presented by order of the Council,
for Exhibitions at Meetings of the Society, from May 1,
1824, to May 1, 1825. |

List of Medals, presented by order of the Council, from
May, 1, 1825, to May 1, 1826.

List of Banksian Medals, presented by order of the Council,
for Exhibitions at Meetings of the Society, from May 1,
1825, to May 1, 1826. .

List of Books and other Articles, presented to the Library
of the Society, from May 1, 1824, to May 1, 1825, with
the names of the Donors. =

List of Books and other Articles, presented to the Library
of the Society, from May 1, 1825, to May 1, 1826, with
the names of the Donors.

List of Subscribers to the formation of the Garden of the
Horticultural Society, at Chiswick, from May 1, 1824,
to July 30, 1825.

List of Subscribers to the formation of the Garden of the
Horticultural Society, at Chiswick, from August 1, 1825,
to November 20, 1826.

oC wR oo bo

LIST OF THE PLATES.

. Mr.Gorrie’s Register of the Rain Gage and Ther-

mometer, in the Carse of Gowrie, during the Ve-
getative Seasons of 1823, 1824, and 1825, - -

- Pzonia Moutan Anneslei, - - - n
. Stoves for Melons and Cucumbers at Wollaton Hall,
. Mr. Knight’s Seedling Plums, = - =
. Lord Powis’s Mangoes, - ; é i

To face page
. Marica Sabini, - - - - - = T6
The Conservatory at Valleyfield, . > - 226
Changeable Pale Buff Chrysanthemum, - - 33l
Two-coloured Red Chrysanthemum, - - 333
. Wilmot’s Superb Strawberry, - - - - 392

530

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.

I. On Climate, considered with regard to Horticulture. By
Joun Freperic Danrert, Esq. F. R. S. Sc.

Read August 17th, 1824.

Tue following observations were committed to paper, and
submitted to the consideration of the Horticultural Society,
at the particular request of their Secretary. The author
would scarcely have thought them novel or important enough
for such a destination, but he defers to his judgment, and
shall at all events have had the pleasure of complying with
his wishes.

Horticulture differs from Agriculture in one very material
respect. The latter has for its object the fertilization of the
soil by manures, and the different processes of cultivation, in
the manner best adapted to the peculiarities of any given
climate : it concerns itself only with the growth and nourish-
ment of such plants as are indigenous, or, by a long course
of treatment, have become inured to the vicissitudes of
weather incidental to a particular latitude. The former oc-
cupies a much wider field of research ; it not only seeks to

VOL. VI. B

2 On Climate, &c.

be conversant with the constitution of soils, but, as it aspires
to the preservation ahd propagation of exotic vegetation, it
necessarily embraces the consideration of varieties of climate :
and it labours, by art, to assimilate the confined space of its
operations to that constitution of atmosphere which is most
congenial to its chatge, or to protect them at different periods
of their growth from sudden changes of weather which would
be detrimental to their health. Experience has anticipated
theoretical knowledge in suggesting various artifices, by
which these ends may be effected; a connected view of
which has never, I believe, been attempted; but may prove
to be not without interest and utility. The suggestions of
experience may probably enlarge the conclusions of theory,
while it is not impossible that the improved state of the
latter, may be found to furnish some assistance to the former.

The science of Horticulture, with regard to climate, will
be best considered in two divisions: the first comprises the
methods of mitigating the extremes, or exalting the energies,
of the natural climate in the open air; the second embraces
the more difficult means of composing and maintaining a
confined atmosphere, whose properties may assimilate with
those of the natural atmosphere in intertropical latitudes. I
shall commence my observations with the former.

The basis of the atmosphere has been proved to be of the
same chemical composition in all the regions of the globe.
All the varieties of climate will therefore be found to depend
upon the modifications impressed upon it by light, heat, and
moisture, and over these, art has obtained, even in the open
alr, a greater influence than at first sight would appear to be
possible. By judicious management, the climate of our

By Joun FREDERIC DANIELL, Esq. 3

gardens is rendered congenial to the luxurious productions
of more favoured regions, and flowers and fruits from the
confines of the tropics, flourishing in the open air, daily
prove the triumphs of knowledge and industry.

For the complete understanding of the subject in all its
bearings, and to enable us to derive all the practical advan-
tages which such an understanding would certainly. afford,
it would be necessary to have a full knowledge ‚of the
peculiarities of the climate of every region of the earth, a
knowledge which we are very far from yet possessing; but
to which, rapid advances are daily making. But above all,
it seems necessary that we should understand the atmos-
pheric variations of our own situation. — These, though not
constituting the greatest range with which we are,acquainted,
are great, and oftentimes sudden. The range of the ther-
mometer in the shade is from 0° to -90° of FAHRENHEIT S
scale; but under favourable circumstances the heat.of the
sun's rays reaches 135°, the changes of moisture extend from
1,000, or saturation, to .889.* Now the great object of the

* The Dew-point (a term which will often occur in the coùrse of this Paper)
is the degree of temperature at which the moisture of the atmosphere would begin
to precipitate, and may readily be ascertained at all seasons by means of, the
hygrometer. -The natural scale of the hygrometer is included between the points
of perfect dryness, and perfect moisture : the latter, of course, being that state of
the atmosphere at which the dew-point coincides with the temperature of the air.
The intermediate degrees may be ascertained by dividing the elasticity of vapour
at the temperature of the dew-point by the elasticity at the temperature of the
air: the quotient will express the proportion of moisture actually existing, to the
quantity which would be required for saturation ; for, calling the term of satura-
tion 1.000, as the elasticity of vapour at the temperature of -the - air is. to the
elasticity of vapour ‘at the temperature of the dew-point, so is the term of satuta-
tion to the actual degree of moisture. ‘The necessary tables for: facilitating this

a On Climate, §c.

Horticulturist is to stretch, as it were, his climate to the
south, where these extremes of drought and cold never
occur; and not only to guard against the injurious effects of
the ultimate severity of weather, but to ward off the sudden
changes which are liable to recur in the different seasons of
the year. To enable us to understand the methods of effecting
this end, it will be necessary to consider the means by which
these changes are brought about in the general course of
nature. The principal of these will be found to-be, wind
and radiation.

The amount of evaporation from the soil, and of exhala-
tion from the foliage of the vegetable kingdom, depends upon
two circumstances, the saturation of the air with moisture,
and the velocity of its motion. They are in inverse propor-
tion to the former and in direct proportion to the latter.

When the air is dry, vapour ascends in it with great rapidity
from every surface capable of affording it, and the energy of
this action is greatly promoted by wind, which removes it
from the exhaling body as fast as it is formed, and pre-
vents that accumulation which would otherwise arrest the
process. |

Over the state of saturation, the Horticulturist has little
or no control in the open air, but over its velocity he has
some command. He can break the force of the blast by
artificial means, such as walls, palings, hedges, or other
screens; or he may find natural shelter in situations upon
the acclivities of hills. Excessive exhalation is very injurious
calculation, and more detailed explanations than it is possible to comprise in a
note, may be had, with the hygrometer, at Mr. Nrwman’s in Lisle Street, or may
be found in the author’s Meteorological Essays.

By Jous Freperic Danit, Esq. 5
to many of the processes of vegetation, and no small propor-
tion of what is commonly called blight, may be attributed to
this cause. Evaporation increases in a prodigiously rapid
ratio with the velocity of the wind, and any thing which
retards the motion of the latter, is very efficacious in dimi-
nishing the amount of the former ; the same surface, which
in a calm state of the air would exhale 100 parts of moisture,
would yield 125 in a moderate breeze, and 150 in a high
wind. The dryness of the atmosphere in spring renders
the effect most injurious to the tender shoots of this season
of the year, and the easterly winds especially are most to be
opposed in their course. The moisture of the air flowing
from any point between N. E. and S. E. inclusive is to that
of the air from the other quarter of the compass, in the pro-
portion of 814 to 907 upon an average of the whole year : and
it is no uncommon thing in spring for the dew-point to be
more than 20 degrees below the temperature of the atmos-
phere in the shade, and I have even seen the difference
amount to 30 degrees. The effect of such a degree of dry-
ness is parching in the extreme, and if accompanied with
wind is destructive to the blossoms of tender plants. The use
of high walls, especially upon the northern and eastern sides
of a garden, in checking this evil, cannot be doubtful, and in
the case of tender fruit trees, such screens should not be too
far apart.

And here theory would suggest another precaution, which
I believe has never yet been adopted, but which would be
well worthy of a trial. When trees are trained upon a wall
with a southern aspect, they have the advantage of a greatly

6 On Climate, &c.

exalted temperature, but this temperature, in spring, differs
_ from the warmth of a more advanced period of the year, or
of a more southern climate, in not being accompanied by an
increase of moisture. In the extremely dry state of the
atmosphere to which I am now alluding, the enormous ex-
halation from the blossoms of tender fruit trees, which must
thus be induced, cannot fail of being extremely detrimental ;
the effect of shading the plants from the direct rays of the
sun should therefore be ,ascertamed. The state of the
weather to which I refer, often occurs in April, May, and
June, but seldom lasts many hours. Great, mischief, how-
ever, may arise in a very small interval of time, and the
disadvantage of a partial loss of light cannot be put in com-
parison with the probable effect which I have pointed out.

During the time in which I kept a register of the weather,
I have seen in the month of May, the thermometer in the
sun at 101°, while the dew-point was only 34°, the state of
saturation of the air, upon a south wall, consequently only
amounted to 120, a state of dryness which is certainly not
surpassed by an African Harmattan. The shelter of a mat
on such occasions, would often prevent the sudden injury
which:so frequently arises at this period of the year.

Some of the present practices of gardening are founded
upon experience of similar effects, and it is well known that -
cuttings of plants succeed best in a border with a northern
aspect protected from the wind: or, if otherwise situated,
they require to be screened from the force of the noon-day
sun. If these precautions be unattended to, they speedily
droop and die. Forthe same reason, the autumn is selected

By Joun FREDERIC DANIELL, Esg. 7

for placing them in the ground, as well as for transplanting
trees; the atmosphere at that season being saturated with
moisture, is not found to exhaust the plant before it has
become rooted in the soil.

Over the absolute state of vapour in the air we are wholly
powerless, and by no system of watering can we affect the
dew-point in the free atmosphere. This is determined in the
upper regions ; it is only therefore by these indirect methods,
and by the selection of proper seasons, that we can preserve
the more tender shoots of the vegetable kingdom from the
injurious effects of excessive exhalation.

Radiation, the second cause which I have mentioned as
producing a sudden and injurious influence upon the tender
products of the garden, is one that has been little understood,
till of late years, by the natural philosopher ; and even to this
day has not been rendered familiar to the practical gardener ;
who, although he has béen taught by experience to guard
against some of its effects, is totally unacquainted with the
theory of his practice. Dr. WErLs, to whose admirable
Essay upon Dew, we are so much indebted for our present
knowledge upon this important subject, thus candidly re-
marks upon this anticipation of science: “ I had often, in
“ the pride of half knowledge, smiled at the means frequently
“ employed by gardeners to protect tender plants from cold,
“as it appeared to me impossible that a thin mat or any
“ such.flimsy substance could prevent them from attaining
“the temperature of the atmosphere, by which alone I
“ thought them liable to be injured. But when I had learned
“ that bodies on the surface of the earth become, during a
“ still and serene night, colder than the atmosphere, by

8 On Climate, §c.

“ radiating their heat to the heavens, I perceived immediately
“ a just reason for the practice which I had before deemed
“ useless.” .

The power of emitting heat in straight lines in every di-
rection, independently of contact, may be regarded as a pro-
perty common to all matter; but differing in degree in different
kinds of matter. Co-existing with it, in the same degrees,
may be regarded the power of absorbing heat so emitted from
other bodies. Polished metals, and the fibres of vegetables
may be considered as placed at the two extremities of the scale
upon which these properties in different substances may be
measured. If a body be so situated that it may receive just
as much radiant heat as itself projects, its temperature re-
mains the same; if the surrounding bodies emit heat of
greater intensity than the same body, its temperature rises,
till the quantity which it receives, exactly balances its ex-
penditure, at which point it again becomes stationary : and if
the power of radiation be exerted under circumstances which
prevent a return, the temperature of the body declines.
Thus, if a thermometer be placed in the focus of a concave
metallic mirror, and turned towards any clear portion of the
sky, at any period of the day, it will fall many degrees below
the temperature of another ther ter placed near it, out
of the mirror ; the power of radiation is exerted in both ther-
mometers, but to the first all return of radiant heat is cut
off, while the other receives as much from the surrounding
bodies, as itself projects. This interchange amongst bodies
takes place in transparent media as well as in vacuo ; but in
the former case the effect is modified by the equalizing power
of the medium.

By Joun Freperic DANIELL, Esq. 9

Any portion of the surface of the globe which is fully
turned towards the sun receives more radiant heat than it
projects, and becomes heated; but when, by the revolution
of the axis, this portion is turned from the source of heat,
the radiation into space still continues, and being uncom-
pensated, the temperature declines. In consequence of the
different degrees in which different bodies possess this power
of radiation, two contiguous portions of the system of the
earth will become of different temperatures, and if on a clear
night we place a thermometer upon a grass-plat, and another
upon a gravel walk or the bare soil, we shall find the tem-
perature of the former many degrees below that of the latter.
The fibrous texture of the grass is favourable to the emission
of the heat, but the dense surfaces of the gravel seem to
retain and fix it. But this unequal effect will only be per-
ceived when the atmosphere is unclouded, and a free passage
is open into space; for even a light mist will arrest the
radiant matter in its course, and return as much to the radiat-
ing body as it emits. The intervention of more substantial |
obstacles will of course equally prevent the result, and the
balance of temperature will not be disturbed in any substance
which is not placed in the clear aspect of the sky. A portion
of a grass-plat under the protection of a tree or hedge, will
generally be found, on a clear night, to be eight or ten degrees
warmer than surrounding unsheltered parts, and it is well
known to gardeners that less dew and frost are to be found
in such situations than in those which are wholly exposed.

There are many independent circumstances which modify
the effects of this action, such as the state of the radiating
body, its power of conducting heat, &c. If, for instance, the

VOL. VI. C

10 On Climate, se,

body be in a liquid or aeriform state, although the process may
go on freely, as in water, the cold produced by it will not accu-
mulate upon the surface, but will be dispersed by known laws
throughout the mass; and if a solid body be a good radiator
but a bad conductor of heat, the frigorific effect will be con-
densed upon the face which is exposed. So upon the surface
of the earth absolute stillness of the atmosphere is necessary
for the accumulation of cold upon the radiating body ; for if
the air be in motion, it disperses and equalizes the effect,
with a rapidity proportioned to its velocity.

It is upon these principles that Dr. Wexus has satisfac-
torily explained all the phenomena connected with dew or
hoar frost. This deposition of moisture is owing to the cold
produced in bodies by radiation, which condenses the at
. mospheric vapour upon their surfaces. It takes place upon
vegetables, but not upon the naked soil. The fibres of short
grass are particularly favourable to its formation. It is not
produced either in cloudy or in windy weather, or in situa-
tions which are not perfectly open to the sky. It is never
formed upon the good conducting surfaces of metals, but is
rapidly deposited upon the badly conducting surfaces of
filamentous bodies, such as cotton, wool, &c.

In remarking that dew is never formed upon metals, it is
necessary to distinguish a secondary effect which often causes
a deposition of moisture upon every kind of surface indis-
criminately. The cold which is produced upon the surface
of the radiating body, is communicated by slow degrees to
the surrounding atmosphere, and if the effect be great and of
sufficient continuance, moisture is not only deposited upon
the solid body, but is precipated in the air itself; from which

By Jous Freperic DANIELL, Esq. 11

it slowly subsides, and settles upon every. thing within its
range.
~The formation of dew is one of the circumstances which
modify and check the refrigerating effect of radiation ; for, as
the vapour is condensed, it gives out the latent heat with
which it was combined in its elastic form, and thus, no doubt,
prevents an excess of depression which might in many cases
prove injurious to vegetation. A compensating arrangement —
is thus established, which, while it produces all the advan-
tages of this gentle effusion of moisture, guards against the
injurious concentration of the cause by which it.is produced.
The effects of radiation come under the consideration of
the Horticulturist in two points of view: the first regards the
primary influence upon vegetables, exposed to it ; the second
the modifications produced by it upon the atmosphere of
particular situations.. To vegetables growing in the climates,
for which they were originally designed by nature, there can
be no doubt that the action of radiation is particularly be-
neficial, from the deposition of moisture which it determines
upon their foliage: but to tender plants artificially trained
to resist the rigours of an unnatural situation, this extra
degree of cold may prove highly prejudicial. It also appears
probable, from observation, that the intensity of this action
increases with the distance from the equator to the poles ;
as the lowest depression of the thermometer which has been
registered between the tropics, from this cause, is 12°, whereas
in the latitude of London, it not unfrequently amounts to
17°. But however this may be, it is certain that vegetation
in this country is liable to be affected at night from the in-
fluence of radiation, by a temperature below the freezing

12 On Climate, &c.

point of water, ten months in the year; and even in the two
months, July and August, which are the only exceptions, a
thermometer covered with wool will sometimes fall to 35°.
It is, however, only low vegetation upon the ground which
is exposed to the full rigour of this effect. In such a situa-
tion the air which is cooled by the process, lies upon the
surface of the plants, and from its weight cannot make its
escape ; but from the foliage of a tree or shrub, it glides off
and settles upon the ground. |
Any thing which obstructs the free aspect of the sky
arrests in proportion the progress of this refrigeration, and
the slightest covering of cloth or matting annihilates it
altogether. Trees trained upon a wall or paling, or plants
sown under their protection, are at once cut off from a large
portion of this evil; and are still further protected, if within
a moderate distance of another opposing screen. The most
perfect combination for the growth of exotic fruits m the
open air would be a number of parallel walls within a short
distance of one another, facing the south-east quarter of the
heavens ; the spaces between each should be gravelled, except
a narrow border on each side, which should be kept free
from weeds and other short vegetables. On the southern
sides of these walls, Peaches, Nectarines, Figs, &c. might be
trained to advantage, and on their northern sides, many
hardier kinds of fruit would be very advantageously situated.
Tender exotic trees would thus derive all the benefit of the
early morning sun, which would at the earliest moment dis-
sipate the greatest accumulation of cold which immediately
precedes its rise, and the injurious influence of nocturnal
radiation would be almost entirely prevented, Upon trees

By Jons FREDERIC DANIELL, Esq. 13

so trained, the absolute perpendicular impression could have
little effect, and this little might even be bene by a
moderate coping,

Mats or canvass, upon robes to draw down occasionally in
front of the trees, at the distance of a foot or two from their
foliage, would, I have no doubt, be a great advantage in.
certain dry states of the atmosphere before alluded to, and
in the case of walls which are not opposed to others, would
be a good substitute for the protection of the latter.

Experience has taught gardeners the advantages‘of warding
off the effects of frost from tender vegetables, by loose straw
or other litter, but the system of matting does not appear to
be carried to that extent which its simplicity and efficacy
would suggest. Neither does the manner of fixing the
screen exhibit a proper acquaintance with the principle upon
which it is resorted to: it is generally bound tight round the
tree which it is required to protect, or nailed in close contact
with its foliage.

Now it should be borne in mind, that the radiation is only
transferred from the tree to the mat, and the cold of the
latter will be conducted to the former in every point where
it touches. .Contact should therefore be prevented by hoops
or other means properly applied, and the stratum of air
which is enclosed will by its low conducting power effectually
secure the plant. With their foliage thus protected, and
their roots well covered with litter, many evergreens might
doubtless be brought to survive the rigour of our winters,
which are now confined to the stunted growth of the area
house and conservatory.

The secondary effect which radiation has upon the climate

14 On Climate, &c.

of particular situations, is a point which is less frequently
considered than the primary one which we have been inves-
tigating; but which requires perhaps still more attention.
The utmost concentration of cold can only take place in a
perfectly still atmosphere : a very slight motion of the air is
sufficient to disperse it. A low mist is often formed in meadows
in particular situations, which is the consequence of the slow
extension of this cold in the air, as before described; the
agitation of merely walking through this condensation is fre-
quently sufficient to disperse and melt it. A valley sur-
- rounded by low hills, is more liable to the effects of radiation
than the tops and sides of the hills themselves; and it is a
well known fact that dew and hoar frost are always more
abundant in the former than in the latter situations. It is
not meant to include in this observation, places surrounded
by lofty and precipitous hills which obstruct the aspect of
the sky, for in such, the contrary effect would be produced.
Gentle slopes which break the undulations of the air without
naturally circumscribing the heavens, are most efficient in
promoting this action, and it is worthy of remark and consi-
deration, that by walls and other fences, we may artificially
combine circumstances which may produce the same injurious
effect.

But the influence of hills upon the nightly temperature of
the vallies which they surround is not confined to this insu-
lation ; radiation goes on upon their declivities, and the air
which is condensed by the cold, rolls down and lodges at
their feet,

Their sides are thus protected from the chill, and a double
portion falls upon, what many are apt to consider, the more

By Jonn FREDERIC DANIELL, Esq. 15

sheltered situation. Experience amply confirms these theo-
retical considerations; It is a very old remark, that the in-
jurious effects of cold oceur chiefly in hollow places, and that
_ frosts are less severe upon hills than in neighbouring plains,
It is consistent with my own observations that the leaves of
the Vine, the Walnut-tree, and the succulent shoots of
Dahlias and Potatoes, are often destroyed by frost in sheltered
valleys, on nights when they are perfectly untouched upon the
surrounding eminences ; and I have seen a difference of 30
degrees on the same night between two thermometers placed
in the two situations, in favour of the latter,

The advantages of placing a garden upon a gentle slope
must be hence very apparent: a running stream at its foot
would secure the further benefit of a contiguous surface, not
liable to refrigeration, and would prevent any injurious stag-
nation of the air. Few situations are likely to fulfill all the
conditions which theory would suggest for the most perfect
mitigation of the climate in the open air; but the preceding
remarks may not be without their use in pointing out loca-
lities, which, with this view, are most to be avoided.

Little is in the power of the Horticulturist to effect in the
way of exalting the powers of the climate in the open air ;
except by choice of situation with regard to the sun and the
concentration of its rays upon walls and other screens. The
_ natural reverberation from these and the subjacent soil, is
however very effective, and few of the productions of the
tropical regions are exposed to a greater heat than a well
trained tree upon a wall in summer. Indeed it would appear
from experiment, that the power of radiation from the sun,
like that of radiation from the earth, increases with the dis-

16 On Climate, §c. l

tance from the equator, and there is a greater difference
between a thermometer placed in the shade, and another in
the solar rays in this country, than in Sierra Leone, or
Jamaica. The observations of the President of this Society
upon the growth of Pine-apples is in exact accordance with
- this idea, for he has remarked that this species of plant,
though extremely patient of a high temperature, is not by
any means so patient of the action of very continued bright
light as many other plants, and much less so than the Fig and
Orange tree ; and he is inclined to think that on this account
they may be found to ripen their fruit better in the spring
than in the middle of the summer.* This energy of the
sun is at times so great that it often becomes necessary to
shade delicate flowers from its influence, and I have already
pointed out a case in which it would be desirable to try the
same precaution with the early blossom of certain fruit trees.
The greatest power is put forth in this country in June, while
the greatest temperature of the air does not take place till
July. The temperature of summer may thus be anticipati
a month, in well secured situations.

The greatest disadvantage to which Horticulture is subject
in this climate, is the uncertainty of clear weather ; a cir-
cumstance which art has, of course, no means to control; no
artificial warmth is capable of supplying the deficiency when
it occurs, and without the solar beams fruits lose their flavour
and flowers the brightness of their tints. It has been at-
tempted to communicate warmth to walls by means of fire
and flues, but without the assistance of glass no great success
has attended the trial.

* See Horticultural Transactions, vol, iv. page 548.

By Joun Freperic DANIELL, Esq. iy

It iswell known that solar heat is absorbed by different
substances with various degrees of facility dependant: upon
their colours, and that black is the most efficacious in this
respect. It has therefore been proposed to paint garden
walls of this colour; but no great benefit is likely to ‘arise
from this suggestion. It is probable that in the spring, when
the trees are devoid of foliage, the wood may thus be forced
to throw out its blossom somewhat earlier than it otherwise
would; but this would be rather a disadvantage, as. the
flower would become exposed to the vicissitudes of an‘early
spring. It is more desirable to check than to force this de-
licate and important process of vegetation, as much injury
may arise from its premature developement. ‘When the tree
has put forth its foliage, the colour of its protecting support
can have no influence in any way: the leaves cover the sur-
face and absorb the rays by their own inherent powers. The
only known advantage which can be taken of this peculiar
power in dark substances, is in the case of covering up fruits,
_ to preserve them from the ravages of flies ; grapes which are
enclosed in bags of black crape ripen better than those in
white; but I believe that it is admitted that neither do so
well as those which are freely exposed.

I come now to the consideration of a confined atmosphere ;
the management of which, being entirely dependent, upon
art, requires in the Horticulturist a more extended acquain-
tance with the laws of nature, with regard to climate, and
greater skill and experience in the application of his means.
The plants which require m protection are in the most

-VOln VI.

18 On Climate, &ċ.

artificial state, which it is possible to conceive; for, not only
are their stems and foliage subject to the vicissitudes of the
air in which they are immersed, but, in most cases their roots
also. The soil in which they are set to vegetate is generally
contained in porous pots of earthen ware, to the interior sur-
face of which the tender fibres quickly penetrate and spread
in every direction; they are thus exposed to every change of
temperature and humidity, and are liable to great chills from
any sudden increase of evaporation. This part of the subject
naturally divides itself into two branches. The first regards
the treatment of such exotics as are wholly dependent upon
the artificial atmosphere of hot-houses: the second refers to
the management of those hardier plants which only require
to be preserved in green-houses part of the year, but during
the summer months are exposed to the changes of the open
air. I shall offer a few remarks first on the atmosphere of a
hot-house.

The principal considerations which generally guide the
management of gardeners in this delicate department are
those of temperature ; but there are others, regarding mois-
ture, which are, I conceive, of at least equal importance.
The inhabitants of the hot-house are all natives of the torrid
zone, and the climate of this region is not only distinguished

by an unvarying high degree of heat, but also by a very
vaporous atmosphere. Captain SABINE, in his meteorological
researches between the tropics, rarely found, at the hottest
period of the: day, so great a difference as ten degrees between
the temperature of the air and the dew-point ; making the
degree of saturation about 730, but most frequently 5° or
850; and the mean saturation of the air could not have ex-

By Joun Freperic DANIELL, Esq. 19

ceeded 910. Now I believe that if the hygrometer were con-
sulted, it would be no uncommon thing to find in hot-houses,
as at present managed, a difference of 20° between the point
of condensation and the air, or a degree of moisture falling
short of 500. The danger of over-watering most of the
plants, especially at particular periods of their growth, is in
general very justly appreciated; and in consequence the
earth at their roots is kept in a state comparatively dry; the
only supply of moisture being commonly derived from the
pots, and the exhalations of the leaves is not enough to
saturate the air, and the consequence is a prodigious power:
of evaporation. This is injurious to the plants in two ways:
in the first place, if the pots be at all moist, and not protected
by tan or other litter, it produces a considerable degree of
cold upon their surface, and communicates a chill to the tender
fibres with which they are lined. The danger of such a chill
is carefully guarded against in the case of watering, for it is
one of the commonest precautions not to use any water of a
temperature at all inferior to that of the hot air of the house ;
inattention to this point is quickly followed by disastrous
consequences. The danger is quite as great from a moist
flower pot placed in a very dry atmosphere.

The custom of lowering the temperature of fluids in hot
climates, by placing them in coolers of wet porous earthen
ware, is well known, and the common garden pot is as good a
cooler for this purpose as can be made. Under the common
circumstances of the atmosphere of a hot-house, a depression
of temperature amounting to 15 or 20 degrees, may easily be
produced upon such an evaporating surface. But the greatest:
mischief will arise from the increased exhalations of the plants

20 On Climate, §c.

sọ- circumstanced, and: the consequent exhaustion of the
powers of vegetation. The flowers of the torrid zone are
many of them of a very succulent nature, largely supplied
with cuticular pores, and their tender buds are unprovided
with those, integuments and other wonderful provisions by
which nature guards her first embryo productions in more
uncertain climates. Comparatively speaking they shoot na-
ked into the world, and are suited only to that enchanting
mildness of the atmosphere, for which the whole system of
their organization is adapted. In the tropical climates the
sap never. ceases to flow, and sudden checks or accelerations
of its progress are as injurious to its healthy functions as they
are necessary in the plants of more variable climates to the
formation of those hybernacula which are provided: for the
preservation of the shoots in the winter season. Some idea
may be formed of the prodigiously increased drain upon the
functions of a plant arising from an inerease of dryness in the
air from the following consideration. If we suppose the
amount of its perspiration, in a given time, to be 57 grains,
the temperature of the air being 75°, and the dew-point 70,
or the saturation of the air being 849; the amount would be
increased to 120 grains in the same time if the dew-point
were to remain stationary, and the temperature were to rise
to 80°; or in other words, if the saturation of the air were
to fall to 726.

Besides this power of transpiration, the leaves of vegetables
exercise also an absorbent function, which must be no less
disarranged by any deficiency of moisture. Some plants de-
rive the greatest portion of their nutriment from the vaporous
atmosphere, and all are more or less dependent upon the

By Jons Freperic Dante tt, Esq. 21

same source; The Nepenthes distillatoria lays up a store of
water in the cup formed at the end of its leaves, which is
probably secreted from the air, and applied to the exigencies
of the plant when exposed to drought, and the quantity,
which is known to vary in the hot-house, is: no doubt con-
nected with the state of moisture of the atmosphere.

These considerations must be sufficient, I imagine, to place
in a strong light the necessity of a) strict attention to the
atmosphere of vapour in our artificial. climates, and to enforce
_as absolute an imitation as possible of the example of nature.
The means of effecting this is the next object of our enquiry.

Tropical. plants require to be watered at the root with
great caution, and it is impossible that a sufficient supply of
vapour can be kept up from this source alone. There can
however be no difficulty in keeping the floor of the house,
and the flues continually wet, and an atmosphere of great
elasticity may thus be maintained ina. way perfectly analogous
to the natural process. Where steam is employed as the
means. of communicating heat; an occasional injection of it
into the air may also be had recourse to: but this method
would require much attention on the part of the superin:
tendant, whereas the first cannot easily be carried to excess.

It is true that damp air or floating moisture of long con-
tinuance would also be detrimental to the health of the plants,
for it is absolutely necessary that the process of transpiration
should proceed ; but there is no danger that the high tempera-
ture of the hot-house should ever attain the point of saturation
by spont tion. The temperature of the external
air will always i down the force of the vapour ; for as in
the natural atmosphere the dew-point at the surface of the

22 On Climate, §c.

earth is regulated by the cold of the upper regions, so in a
house the point of deposition is governed by the temperature
of the glass with which it is in contact. In a well ventilated
hot-house, by watering the floor in summer, we may bring the
dew-point within four or five degrees of the temperature of
the air, and the glass will be perfectly free from moisture ;
by closing the ventilators we shall probably raise the heat
10 or 15 degrees, but the degree of saturation will remain
nearly the same, and a copious dew will quickly form upon
the glass, and will shortly run down in stredms. A process
of distillation is thus established, which prevents the vapour
from attaining the full elasticity of the temperature.

This action is beneficial within certain limits, and at par-
ticular seasons of the year, but when the external air is very
cold, or radiation proceeds very rapidly, it may become ex-
cessive and prejudicial. It is a well known fact, but one
which I believe has never yet been properly explained, that
by attempting to keep up in a hot-house the same degree of
heat at night as during the day, the plants become scorched ;
from what has been premised it will be evident that this is
owing to the low temperature of the glass, and the consequent
low dew-point in the house, which occasions a degree of-
dryness which quickly exhausts the juices.

Much of this evil might be prevented by such simple and
cheap means as an external covering of mats or canvass.

The heat of the glass of a hot-house at night cannot exceed
the mean of the external and internal air, and taking these
at 80° and 40°, 20 degrees of dryness are kept up in the
interior, or a degree of saturation not exceeding 528. To
this in a clear night we may add at least 6° for the effects

By Joun Freperic DANIELL, Esq. 23

of radiation, to which the glass is particularly exposed, which
would reduce the saturation to 434°, and this is a degree of
drought which must be nearly destructive. It will be allowed
that the case which I have selected is by no means extreme,
and it is one which is liable to occur even in the summer
months. Now by an external covering of mats, &c. the
effects of radiation would be at once annihilated, and a thin
stratum of air would be kept in contact with the glass which
would become warmed, and consequently tend to prevent
the dissipation of the heat. But no means would of course
be so effective as double glass including a stratum of air.
Indeed such a precaution in winter seems almost essential to
any great degree of perfection in this branch of Horticulture.
When it is considered that a temperature at night of 20° is |
no very unfrequent occurrence in this country, the saturation
of the air may upon such occasions fall to 120°, and such an
evil can only at present be guarded against by diminishing
the interior heat in proportion ; but whether we run upon
Scylla or Charybdis is no very desirable choice.

By materially lowering the temperature we communicate
a check which is totally inconsistent with the welfare of tro-
pical vegetation. The chill which is instantaneously com-
municated to the glass by a fall of rain and snow, and the
consequent evaporation from its surface, must also precipitate
the internal vapour, and dry the included air to a very con-
siderable amount, and the effect should be closely watched
I do not conceive that the diminution of light which would
be occasioned by the double panes, would be sufficient to
occasion any serious objection to the plan. The difference
would not probably amount to as much as that between hot-

24 On Climate, &c.

houses with wooden rafters and lights, and those constructed
with curvilinear iron bars, two of which have been erected in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society. It might also pos-
sibly occasion a greater expansion of the foliage ; for it is
known that in houses with a northern aspect, the leaves
grow to a larger size than in houses. which front the south.
Nature thus makes an effort to counteract the deficiency of
light by increasing the surface upon which it is destined to
act. | ,

The present method of ventilating hot-houses is also ob-
jectionable, upon the same principles which I have been en-
deavouring to explain. A communication is at once opened
with the external air, while the hot and vaporous atmosphere
is allowed to escape at the roof; the consequence is, that
the dry external air rushes in with considerable velocity, and
becoming heated in its course, rapidly abstracts the moisture
from the pots and foliage. This is the more dangerous, in as
much as it acts with a rapidity proportioned in a very high
degree to its motion. I would suggest it as a matter of easy
experiment whether great benefit might not arise from warm-
ing the air to a certain extent, and making it traverse a wet
surface before it is allowed to enter the house.

There is one practice universally adopted by gardeners,
which is confirmatory of these theoretical speculations, namely,
that of planting tender cuttings of plants in a hot bed, and
covering them with a double glass. Experience has shewn
them that many kinds will not succeed under any other treat-
ment. The end of this is obviously to preserve a saturated
atmosphere ; and it affords a parallel case to that of Dr.
We tts of the anticipation of theory by practice.

By J OHN FREDERIC DANIELL, Esg. 25

The effect of keeping the floor of the hot-house continually `
wet has been already tried at the Society's Garden, at my
suggestion, and it has been found that the plants have grown
with unprecedented vigour: indeed their luxuriance must
strike the most superficial observer.

To the human feelings the impression of an atmosphere so
saturated with moisture is very different from one heated to
the same degree without this precaution ; and any one coming
out of a house heated in the common way, into one well
charged with vapour, cannot fail to be struck with the dif-
ference. Those who are used to hot climates have declared
that the feel and smell of the latter exactly assimilate to
those of the tropical regions.

But there is a danger attending the very success of this
experiment, which cannot be too carefully guarded against.
The trial has been made in the summer months, when the
- temperature of the external air has not been low, nor the
change from day to night very great. In proportion to the
luxuriance of the vegetation will be the danger of any sud-
den check, and it is much to be feared, that unless proper
precautions are adopted, the cold, long nights of winter may
produce irreparable mischief. :

I am aware that a great objection attaches to my plan ofthe
double glass, on account of the expense, but I think that this
may appear greater at first sight than it may afterwards be
found to be in practice. It is however, at all events, I submit,
a point worthy of the Horticultural Society to determine, and
if the suggestion should be found to be effective, the lights
of many frames which are not commonly in use in winter
might, without much trouble, be fitted to slide over the

VOL. VI. E

26 On Climate, &c.

hot-houses during the severe season: and in the spring,
when they are wanted for other purposes, their places might
be supplied at night by mats or canvass. 3

The principles which I have been endeavouring to illus-
trate should be doubtless extended to the Pinery and the
Melon frame, in the latter of which a saturated atmosphere
might be maintained by shallow pans of water. An increase
in the size of the fruit might be anticipated from this treat-
ment, without that loss of flavour which would attend the
communication of water to the roots of the plants:

I have but few additional observations to offer upon the
artificial climate of a green-house. The remarks which have
been made upon the atmosphere of the hot-house are ap-
plicable to it ; though not to the same extent. The plants
- which are subject to this culture seldom require an artificial
temperature greater than 45° or 50°, and few of them would
receive injury from a temperature so low as 35°. When in
the house they are effectually sheltered from the effects of
direct radiation, which cannot take place through glass: but
the glass itself radiates very freely, and thus communicates a
chill to the air, which might effectually be prevented by
rolling mats. With this precaution, fire would be but rarely
wanted in a good situation, to communicate warmth. But in
this damp climate it may be required to dissipate moisture.
The state of the air should be as carefully watched with this
view, as where a high temperature is necessary, to guard
against the contrary extreme. Free transpiration, as I have
before remarked, is necessary to the healthy progress of vege-
tation, and when any mouldiness or damp appears upon the
plants, the temperature of the air should be moderately

By Joun FREDERIC DaniEL1, Esq. 27

raised, and free ventilation allowed. When the pots in the
proper season are moved into the open air, it would con-
tribute greatly to their health to preserve them from the
effects of too great evaporation, to imbed them well in moss
or litter: as a substitute for this precaution, the plants are
generally exposed to a northern or eastern aspect where the
influence of the sun but rarely reaches them, but which would
be very beneficial if their roots were properly protected:
The advantage of such a protection may be seen when the
pots are plunged into the soil, a method which communicates
the greatest luxuriance to the plants, but unfits them to re-
sume their winter stations.

When a green-house is made use of, as it often is, after the
removal of the pots, to force the vine, the same precautions
should be attended to as in the management of the hot-
house, and the elasticity of the vapour should be maintained
by wetting the floor; but after a certain period a great degree
of dryness should be allowed to prevail, to enable the tree
to ripen its wood, and form the winter protection for its buds.
In this its treatment differs from that of the tropical plants,
which require no such change, and to which, on the contrary,
it would be highly detrimental. The same observation
applies to forcing houses for Peaches, and other similar kinds
of trees. As soon as the fruit is all matured they should be
freely exposed to the changes of the weather.

Upon an attentive consideration and review of the subject,
it appears to me certain that a frequent consultation of the
indications of the hygrometer is quite as necessary to the
Horticulturist as of those of the thermometer, and it is not
unworthy of the consideration of the Horticultural Society,

28 On Climate, &c.

whether correct registers of the state of the climate, both in
their houses and out of doors, and a connected series of ex-
periments upon the modifications of which it is susceptible,
might not contribute something to the perfection of that
art, which they are making such honourable exertions to
perfect and communicate.

To me it will be a source of great satisfaction if any ob-
servations which I have made, or may make, upon the subject
of climate, should prove to be at all instrumental in forward-
ing their important views.

[ 29 ]

II. On the Use of Charcoal Dust, as a Top Dressing for
Onions, and as a Cure for the Clubbing in Cabbages, Se.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Tuomas Smiru,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society, Gar-
dener to Marturw BELL, Esq. F. H.S. at Woolsington,
Northumberland.

Read August 3, 1824.
SIR,
Havsa seen some Papers inthe Transactions of the Horti-
cultural Society upon the cultivation of Onions, but none that
took any notice of a disease to which those roots are very
subject, I venture to lay the following experiments, and their
results before the Society.

The garden I superintend is a very wet, stiff soil, upon a
strong clay, and without any declivity. For several years
my crops of Onions were nearly all destroyed by a grub,
and by mouldiness coming on about their roots at various
stages of their growth; sometimes when they were about the
size of what we call Scallions, at other times when they were ,
beginning to form a bulb, and even when the bulb was
formed. l

As soon as the disease takes place, it may very readily be
perceived by the Onion blade assuming a glaucous green
colour, but very soon after changing to yellow, and the leaves
at the same time rather flag. T tried various quarters in the
garden, and found that there was a difference in them, some of
them producing more of the disease than others. I also tried

30 On the Use of Charcoal Dust, &c.

several experiments to prevent the disease taking place, but
none had the desired effect, until I made use of charcoal dust
(which is the refuse that is left at the bottom of a charcoal
pit after the charcoal for use is taken out), spread upon the
top of the ground intended for Onions, about half an inch
thick, before the seed is sown (the ground being previously
well dug and manured), and merely scuffled in with the
point of a spade, so as to mix the top soil and charcoal dust
together. Nothing more is after required beyond managing
the crop in the usual way.

For these last six years, I have had most excellent crops of
Onions, and not the least appearance of any infection. My
first experiment was in the spring of 1818, upon a bed fifty
feet long, and five feet wide, prepared in the usual way, one
half the bed was dressed with charcoal dust, the other half
without it, the part on which the dust was laid had an excel-
lent crop of Onions, it remained quite clean and free from any
disease, whilst the part to which the dust was not applied,
was entirely destroyed by the grub and by mouldiness.

In 1819, I determined to try the effects of the dust upon
a larger scale, I therefore had the whole of the quarter pre-
pared for Onions, and divided it into eight beds of the same
size as before; four of the beds were treated with dust, the
other four remained without it. The result was the same as
before; the beds where the dust was applied bore a good
clean crop, whilst the others were affected. Having had
two years proof of the good effects of the charcoal dust, in
preventing the disease from taking place upon the Onion on
one quarter, I have since tried it upon different quarters,
with the best success.

By Mr. Tuomas SmirTu. 31

The charcoal dust ought to be kept quite dry, which is
easily done by placing it in a round heap, and covering it
closely over with turf, until it is wanted.

I have also found that the application of charcoal dust
effectually prevents the clubbing in the roots of Cabbages,
&c. I had been accustomed to use lime fresh from the kiln
for that purpose, and always with considerable advantage,
but since I have made use of the charcoal dust upon different
quarters of the garden, and any of the Brassica tribe has been
subsequently planted there, the clubbing has entirely dis-
appeared. In 1822, I planted a quarter with Cauliflower
plants which never arrived at maturity, being very much in-
jured with the club. In the spring of 1823, I had the same
quarter prepared for Onions, with charcoal dust upon it; as
soon as the Onions were cleared off in October, I had it well
dug over, and planted it immediately with early Cabbages,
which all arrived at maturity early this last PID without
the least appearance of clubbing.

I remain,
your obedient humble servant,

Tuomas SMITH.,
Woolsington, near Newcastle upon Tyne,
July 18, 1824.

[ 32 ]

III. Observations on, and an Account of, Plants growing in
the Neighbourhood of Constantinople, Seeds of which were

_ collected and transmitted to the Horticultural Society of
London. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By the Rev.
Rosert Warsa, LL. D. Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society.

j Read July 6, 1824.

Dear Sir,
W uen I left England, I promised to send you seeds and
specimens of such plants, from the neighbourhood of Con-
stantinople, as might be rare and curious. I had not hitherto
done so, because I conceived, I did not possess sufficient to
interest you. I last year, however, made a tour in Asia, and
having picked up a few plants which I thought worth trans-
planting into the Palace Garden, where they were not before, it
occurred to me that some of them might be acceptable, I have
therefore now made a collection of the seeds of all the trees
and shrubs in this country which are prized here, or not com-
mon in England, as also of the Esculents that are sold in the
markets, or grown in gardens. Among the latter you will
find a collection of Gourds and Melons, containing, I be-
lieve, nearly all that are cultivated in this part of the East,
about thirty species and varieties.

Having for some time amused myself with endeavours to
ascertain the identity of the plants existing here, with those
described by THEoPHRASTUS, Dioscoripres, and PLINY,
whose vague descriptions are sometimes very unsatisfactory ;

An Account of Plants, §c. 33

I have endeavoured to ascertain what have not been ‘des-
cribed by those authors, and are therefore new plants, although
apparently indigenous. A few remarks of this kind I have
added to my list of the seeds which I send. TI have also
given some of the local names, and present uses; these,
I trust, you will find an appropriate accompaniment to the
seeds.

And now, dear Sir, I have only to add, that I shall be
glad to hear from you on any subject in which I can assist
the objects of the Society, and request you to believe that I
am with great truth, very faithfully yours, &c.

Rosert WALSH,
British Palace, Pera, Constantinople,
March 6, 1824,

TREES AND SHRUBS.

| Cercis Siliquastrum.

This tree does not appear to have been known to, or des-
cribed by the ancients. There is no good reason to suppose
that the Kee or Kepxìiç of TueopnRaTUS* was the same. It
abounds, notwithstanding, in these countries at the present day,
and is found clothing the shores of the Bosphorus, and the
sides of Mount Libanus, It is very beautiful in all its: stages.
Very early in spring, flowers of a bright pale red burst out be-
fore any leaf appears, not only from every part of the branches,
but from the trunk, piercing the thick strong bark nearly down
- to the root in a very remarkable manner, and it is, for this

* Lib. ii, c. 13. edit. STACKHOUSE.

VOL. VI. E

34 An Account of Plants, §c.

reason, called Red Bud. These buds are gathered and used
with other raw vegetables, by the Greeks and Turks, in salads,
to which they give an agreeable colour and taste. As it is a
very beautiful tree in all its stages, it is every where planted,
and in spring gives a ruddy hue to the shores of the Bos-
phorus. It is hardy, and bears well the winter of this climate,
which, so near the Black sea, is sometimes very severe.

Ceratonia Siliqua.

This tree is described by Droscorrpes* and Puiny,} and
was well known to the ancients. I found it in great abun-
dance at Malta, where it is almost the only tree that grows,
relieving the irksome sameness of the white stone enclosures
with its dark foliage. It grows also in the islands of the
Archipelago, but never in the immediate vicinity of Constan-
tinople. The substance of the pod is thick and pulpy, re-
markably sweet and nutritious, and hence it has always been
an article of food in these countries. Privy calls it Siliqua
predulcis.~ At the present day it is sent from Palestine to
Alexandria in ship loads, and from thence over the Mediter-
ranean, and as far as Constantinople, where it is sold in all the
shops. It resembles manna in taste and consistence, and is
sometimes used as sugar to preserve other substances. But
the circumstance that has rendered it famous, is the contro-
versy whether it was not the real food of St. Joun in the wil-
derness. Some of the Fathers t assert that the axpides or locusts

* Lib. i. cap. 158. edit. SarRacent.

+ Hist. Nat. Lib. xv. cap. 24, edit. Harpournt.

t Isidore, &e. ds dxgldec, ds Tadwns eroepero, du a claw, ds river olovress dunbity
AAN dxgémovss Boraviy ý puräyv. t.x.à. S. Isid. Pelus, Ep. 132.

By the Rev. Rosert WALSH. 35

of St. Jonn, were some vegetable substance, quasi «gov dues,
and the pers æypiov, wild honey, the sweet saccharine matter
of this pod. It is certain that the plant grows in great abun-
dance in the wilderness of Palestine, where its produce is at
this day used for food. It is called by the Arabs Kharood,
and by the Franks St. John’s Bread.*

Celtis Australis.

This is a large tree very common in this country. Its leaf
is rough, and nearly resembles a Nettle, and hence it is some-
times called the Nettle tree. It bears a berry which changes
its hue from light yellow to dark brown, and has a sweet
pleasant taste, and hence it is conjectured by SIBTHORP
to be the Awros devdov of DioscoripEs,f which Homer says
has so sweet a taste, that those who eat it forget their own
country. The modern Greeks are very fond of it.

Cupressus Horizontalis. z

This was supposed by Purny. to be the mas or male of the
Cupressus Sempervirens,} and modern botanists consider it
only a variety; but undoubtedly it is a different species.
The character of the whole tree is distinct and permanent,
the’branches project as horizontally as those of an oak, and
the tree more resembles a Pine than a Cypress. It is in
great abundance mixed with the C. Sempervirens in all the
Turkish Cemeteries. Whenever a Turk of respectability
buries one of his family, he plants a young Cypress at the
head of his grave, as well because its aromatic resin qualifies

* San Jans Broot. Rauwolf, edit. Gronov. p. 36.
+ Lib. i. cap. 171. f Odyss. Lib, ix. § Hist. Nat. Lib. xvi. cap. 33,

4

36 An Account of Plants, §c.

the putrid effluvia of the place, as because its evergreen
foliage is an emblem of immortality. It is never planted in
the cemeteries of the modern Greeks, though it was from
them, perhaps, the Turks adopted the practice.

Diospyros Lotus.

This fine tree is not decribed by the ancients, though itis
now found every where along the Bosphorus, where the large
pinnated foliage gives it a very striking appearance. It was
originally brought from the country between the Euxine and
Caspian seas, and is therefore called the Date of Trebisonde.
It bears abundantly a light brown fruit, nearly as large as a
Walnut, which is sometimes sold in the markets under the
name of Tarabresan Curmasi. The recent fruit is austere,
but would make a good conserve.

Eleagnus Angustifolia.

This is the Wild Olive described by Turopnrastus,*
Dioscorives,f and Puiny.} It grows every where about
Constantinople, in low situations and humid soils, and has
much more the habit and appearance of a Willow than of an
Olive; the under surface of the leaf is hoary, however,
like the latter, and sometimes so bright as to resemble a
plating of silver. The fruit is tantly sold in the markets
under the name of Ighidé agdghi, and is usually brought
from the low grounds about Scutari, and other similar places
on the Asiatic shore. It abounds with a dry, mealy, saccha-

* Lib. iveop-8. + Lib-i, cap, 187, -i Hist. Nat. Libs xxiii è 4-

By the Rev. Rogert Watsu. 37

rine substance, which is sweet and pleasant, and the fruit has
the property of retaining a long time it usual size and form.

Rhamnus Zizyphus.

This tree has excited great controversy among botanists,
and Linnazus, WitiprNow, Micuavux, and Persoon, all
differ in their description of it.* Suaw + supposes it was like
the Lotus of Turopurastus and Puiny, and Sir James
Smiru that it was the Paliurus. What is certain however is,
that it is the tree which produces the fruit sold in abundance
in the markets of Constantinople, under the name of Hunnáb
agdghi, and which has for a long time been imported into
the west of Europe, under the name of Jujube. It is minutely
and accurately described by Pomet, Lumery, and Tourne-
FORT, and forms an article in the old Pharmacopoeias. I met
with it frequently in the Ionian islands, and the Turks of
Constantinople plant it before their coffee-houses, with other
trees, to enjoy the shade and fruit in their seasons.

Rhamnus Paliurus.

This is the common thorn of the hedges in Asia, and forms
a fence of the most impassable kind. It is covered with
spines which stand in pairs, one hooked and the other straight,
very strong and sharp, and when the smallest part of a person's
dress becomes entangled, the whole is soon seized, and it is
impossible to be extricated without great laceration, as I have
often experienced. I am disposed to think that this is
the real Christs Thorn, rather than that called the Spina

* PERSOON Synopsis, vol, i. page 240.
+ See Suaw’s Travels, page 226.

38 An Account of Plants, §c.

Christi, from which it materially differs in the seed vessel,
which is surrounded by a membranous wing, giving it a
singular appearance. The flowers are very insignificant, but
the seed vessels, when full formed and before they are ripe,
are of a vivid light green or yellow, and hanging in profuse
clusters, give the tree the appearance of being: clothed with
rich flowers. The seeds are sold in the herb shops of Con-
stantinople, and the native Hakims, or doctors, prescribe
them in many complaints under the name of Xallé. They
are also used as a dye.

Mela Azxederacht.

This tree does not appear to have been known to the
ancients, though it is now found abundantly all through the
Mediterranean and the Archipelago, in Europe, Asia, and
Africa. It is always planted in the area of a monastery, and
the Caloyers, or Greek monks, form the ribbed seeds into
beads, and hence it is called the Bead tree. The white
pulpy exterior of the seeds is said to be highly poisonous,
and Avicenna, the Arabian physician, cautions people even
against the leaves and wood; hence the Arabs call it Zede- ~
racht, which signifies poison ; the seeds are never eaten by
birds. Tt is however a very beautiful tree, with large com-
pound pinnate foliage, and rich spikes of lilac flowers.

Acacia Julibrissin.

This is an exceedingly beautiful tree, and by far the
largest of all the genus, and justly denominated Arborea
by Forsxat. There is one in the British Palace garden
at Constantinople, which measures three feet in circumfer-

By the Rev. Ropert Watsu. 39

ence near the base of the trunk. Though not mechanically
sensitive when touched, it is highly susceptible of the varia-
tions of the atmosphere. The pinnate foliage affords a thick
shade on a bright day, but when rain impends, or even when
a cloud passes over the face of the sun, the leaflets imme-
diately close their under surfaces together, and the tree
seems divested of its leaves. When the sun again appears,
the leaflets reassume their horizontal position, and expand
so speedily, that the motion is sometimes perceptible. The
flowers are still more beautiful than the foliage. They con-
sist of large pencils or clusters of stamens of a bright pink
hue, and rich silky texture, and hence the Turks, who are
particularly fond of the tree, have given it the soft and
fanciful name of Gul Ibrisim, the Silk Rose, and hence
is derived its specific name with Botanists. It is now found
in all the gardens of the Bosphorus, but it is not a native, nor
is it described by the ancients.

Pistacia Terebinthus.

This tree was well known, and is accurately described by
DioscoripEs,* TuEeorurastus,} and Piiny.{ THEOPHRAS-
tus, and Priny after him, mention a singularity in the tree, not
noticed by modern writers, though very remarkable : és: dè
xat xwpurwdn TA ROAR, nad cbmreg 4 Werte, EV 0G Snpidice eyyiver as
xwvorosiðn eyyiveTai de Ti pnt wwdec EV TOUTOIS xat yar xpo. § In all
the trees of this species which I have met with, I have
observed this. A species of gnat, or aphis, forms a nidus at

* Lib. i. cap. 91. f Lib. iii. cap. 14. + Hist. Nat. Lib. xiii. cap. 6.
§ Lib. iii. cap. 14. It bears, like the Elm, follicles in which a gnat-like in-
sect breeds; in these, too, is found a resinous, viscid substance.

40 An Account of Plants, &c.

- the extremity of the leaves, by puncturing the cuticle, which
becomes fungous, and swells into fleshy follicles of a bright
scarlet hue, strong resinous odour, and clammy feel, full of
turpentine. These are so abundant, sometimes, as to cover
the whole surface of the tree, and give it the appearance of
bearing rich flowers or fruit. The trunk of the tree, when
perforated, yields abundantly that fine resinous oil called
Cyprus Turpentine. For its aromatic quality, the Greeks
and Armenians plant the tree in their cemeteries, as the Turks
do the Cypress. Here the Turks make them butts to discharge
their topheks or pistols at ; the stems, therefore, are all per-
forated, and continually, in the season, stream with turpen-
tine. There is one in the British Palace Garden, which
has been noticed by Srst1n1 and others, for its size and re-
markable beauty: it measures twelve feet in circumference,
rises nearly as high as the top of the palace, and shades a
circle of one hundred and eighty yards. Notwithstanding
their size, they are sometimes parasitical, growing out of other
trees. A phenomenon of this kind exists at the promontory
of Chalcedon, where an enormous Pistacia is growing out of
a more enormous Cypress; and this is noticed by ANDREOSSI,
in his work sur le Bosphore. They grow every where among
the ruins of the wall of Constantinople, particularly in the
breach where the Turks entered; “ marking,” as CLARKE
says, “ the spot where the last of the Pauzotoar fell.” *

Pistacia Lentiscus.
This plant, called by Turorurastus +} and DroscorIDEs,}
Zxwos, and yielding the pure transparent gum, Maerixn, was
* CLARKE’s Travels, part 2, sect. 8, ch. xv. + Lib, ix. cap. 1. + Lib. i. cap. 89.

By the Rev. Ropert Watsu. 41

produced in the greatest. abundance in their days, as at pre-
sent, in the island of Scio. ‘The Sultan reserves the property
of the Mastic trees to himself, and twenty large villages on
the island were confined solely to the produce of the gum,
and obliged to furnish annually 286 boxes, each weighing
eighty okes, or two htndred pounds, The greater part of
this large quantity was consumed by the females of the Se-
raglio. The Turkish women are passionately fond of chewing
this gum, both to preserve their teeth, and improve their
breath. It was also used for another purpose : the Greeks
distill an ardent spirit from grape skins, called Pax:, and to
improve its flavour they dissolve in it a certain portion of
Mastic. This spirit is as pure and colourless as water, but
when water is added to it, it becomes of an azure milky hue,
and opaque in proportion to the quantity of water added, the
gum which was soluble in the alcohol becoming precipitated
in the water. Since the misfortunes of Scio, the Mastic has
become so scarce at Constantinople, that it was with some
difficulty I procured the small quantity enclosed. with the
seed.

Smilax Aspera.
Excelsa.

The Smilax is one of the few plants so minutely described
by the ancients, that it cannot be mistaken. The description
of Turorurastus is particularly accurate.* It abounds in
all the woods and hills on both sides of the Bosphorus; and
the roots of both species are used in decoctions, like Sarsa-
parilla, for which they are sometimes substituted. The

* Lib. iii. cap. 17.
VOL. VI.

42 An Account of Plants, §c. -

S. excelsa climbs to the tops of the highest trees, and de-
scending in streaming branches, forms a lofty green wall by
the road side, which looks curious; and, when covered with
a profusion of rich red berries in autumn, is very beautiful.
It is well adapted for forming arbours.

Euonymus Européus, Var. }
This variety of a common tree is distinguished by the aril
of the seed, which is of a rich scarlet. When the pod opens,
this becomes so conspicuous and remarkable, as to give it
a character quite different from the common Euonymus of
the country. The gardener brought it to me as a great cu-
riosity.
Cassia
This is a very pretty shrub ; and the leaves are used for those
of Senna, to which they have a strong resemblance. Its na-
tural size is three or four feet; but when trained against a
wall, it rises to a considerable height, and is very ornamental,
Several other species of Cassia are found in the East, though
they do not appear to have been known or described by the
ancients. The Kasie of Turopurastus,* and the AsAgmo
of DioscoripEs,} were very different plants.

Hedera Chrysocarpa.

Turopurastus { describes two species of Ivy, distin-
guished by their colour, the white and the black. D1osco-
RIDES,§ and Purny,|| describe a yellow kind, called Dionysia
and Poetica, because it was that with which bacchants

* Lib. ix. cap. 5. + Lib. iii, cap. 84. t Lib. iii. cap. 17.

'§ Lib. ii. cap. 210. || Hist. Nat. Lib. xvi. cap, 34,

€ The yellow-berried kind is also mentioned by TueEocaritvs in his Ist Idyll.
V, 2 7-3 l »

By the Rev. Roserr Watsu. 43

and poets were always crowned, and Chrysocarpa, from
the golden colour of the berries. The white has become
extinct; but the black and the yellow still exist. It has
been supposed, that the yellow is only a variety of the black ;
Tournerort, however, who found it here, describes it asa
separate species. “Les feuilles,” says he, “sont d'un vert
“plus gai que celles du lierre commun, et ses bouquets
“ couleur d’or lui donnent un éclat particulier.*” This is
true; and the whole appearance and character of the plant
is very different from the other. The seeds of the Hedera
Chrysocarpa were formerly used in medicine, and taken
internally for dropsy and hemoptosis; a decoction, poured
into the opposite ear, was applied as a cure for the tooth-ache!
The juice of the recent berry was also taken as a remedy against
the effects of intoxication. It is still sold in the herb-shops
of Constantinople, and used by the Hakims medicinally ;
and the ‘hard berry is mserted in issues. It is, however, a
rare plant, and after a search of three years, I only found a
single specimen, growing over the wall of an hospital in the
vicinity of Pera. It is not noticed in the Prodromus to SIr-
TtHORP’s Flora Græca.

Prunus Cerasus ; two varieties.

The first of these varieties is a-Cherry of enormous size,
that. grows along the northern coast of Asia Minor, from whence
the original Cherry was brought: to Europe.t Itis cultivated
in gardens always as a standard, and by a graft. The gardens
consist wholly of Cherry-trees, and each garden occupies
several acres of ground. You are permitted to enter these, and

* Tournerort, Voyage du Levant, tom. i. let. 12, + Pir. Hist. Nat. Lib. xv.

44 An Account of Plants, &c.

eat as much fruit as you please, without payment; but if you
wish to take any with you, you payten paras an oke, about a half-
penny per pound. The second variety is an amber-coloured |
transparent Cherry, of a delicious flavour. It grows in the
woods in the interior of Asia Minor, particularly on the banks
of the Sakari, the ancient. Sangarius. The trees attain a
gigantic size; they are ascended by perpendicular ladders,
suspended from the lowest branches. I measured the trunk
of that from which the seeds I send were taken: the cir-
cumference was five feet; and the height, where the first
branches issued, forty feet ; from the summit of the highest
branch, was from ninety to one hundred feet; and this im-
mense tree was loaded with fruit.

Pheenix Dactylifera.

A fruit-bearing. branch of this tree was sent to me from
Damietta, in Egypt, as a kind which is rare, and highly
prized. The fruit was not ripe; but I was directed to cover
the end of the branch with a piece of bladder, and hang the
branch against the wall: the fruit, by this process, gradually
ripened of a large size, and good flavour. .

Platanus Orientalis.

The Turks, on the birth of a son, plant a Platanus; as
they do a Cypress, on the death of one. In the court of the
Seraglio is a venerable tree of this species, which, tradition says,
was planted by Manomer II. after the taking of Constanti-
nople, to commemorate the birth of his son, Basazer II., the
trunk of which is fifty feet in circumference. There is another
of more enormous size, at Buyukderé, on the Bosphorus; it

By the Rev. Ropert WALSH. 45

stands in a valley, and measures forty-five yards in circumfer-
ence! It in fact now consists of fourteen large trees, growing
in a circle from the same root, but separating at some distance
from the ground. The Turks sometimes encamp here; and
the Bin Bashee pitches his tents m the centre of this tree
or trees. The immense size to which the Platanus attains,
has been the wonder of antiquity: Piryy* describes several ;
in one of which Lucinrus Mucianus gave a supper to a
company of twenty-two friends.

Ricinus Communis.

The name of Kgerw, and Ricinus, was. given to this tree by
the ancients, from the exact resemblance of the seeds to a
tick, or insect which fastens on dogs’ ears—Ricinus quasi auri-
canis. It is called by the Arabs Tebsche ; which, I believe,
signifies the same thing. The seeds were prescribed by
- Dioscoripes ;f and the expressed oil was used in lamps.
Till very lately, this was the practice at Constantinople ; and
sometimes at this day the seeds are taken like pills, as a
purgative, and are so violent in their operation, as to have
obtained for the plant the name of the Infernal Fig. It
grows in great luxuriance all over the barren rock of Gib-
raltar, where it attains a large size. . It is found along the
coasts of the Mediterranean, and as far as Constantinople ;
but it does not always ripen its seeds on the Bosphorus.

* Hist, Nat. Lib, xii. cap. 1. + Lib. iv. cap. 164,

46 An Account of Plants, §c.

Cistus Crispus.
Creticus.

Salvifolius.

These three shrubs cover all the hills in the islands of the
Archipelago and sea of Marmora; they are gummiferous,
and, in June and July, secrete copiously a very fragrant gum,
which adheres to the goats’ beards that browse on the plant,
and is combed off, like the Ladanum, for which it is some-
times substituted. They are all distinguished by the Hypo:
cistis, a succulent parasitic of a rich red colour, which I found
growing from the roots, as described by Droscormes.*

| Poterium Spinosum.

This shrub is every where found with the above-named Cisti,
and covers the hills with its prickly branches, like whin or furze
in England. It must have been well known to the ancients ;
but whether under the name of Erab, or Tlorngiov, is dis-
puted.

Vitex Agnus-castus.

This fragrant and beautiful shrub is found on the banks of
all the rivers of Greece and Asia Minor, in company with the
Nerium Oleander. It was called by the ancients &yvoç, be-
cause it was always carried by the priestesses in the feasts of
Ceres.t There is a certain veneration attached to it at the
present day. The Turks call it Kef Marjam, (the Hand of
Mary,) and attribute to it many virtues.

* Lib. i, cap. 109. + Put. Hist. Nat. lib. xxiv. cap. 38.

By the Rev. Ropert WALSH. 47

Quercus Aegilops.
Coccifera.
Pubescens.

The first of these is distinguished by its large cup. When
I passed through Asia Minor, in August, they were beating
the trees with poles, to collect these cups, which are ex-
ported to Europe, for dying, under the name of Valonia.
The second abounds in the islands of the Archipelago, and
on the hills in the Bosphorus. The third is a fine and beau-
tiful tree, the leaves are covered with down, and the branches,
when young, are pendulous like willows.

Pinus Maritima.
—-— Pinea.

These two species of Pine clothe the islands in the sea of
Marmora. The cones of the latter are gathered, and sold in
the markets. When exposed to the fire, they open, and the
seeds, as large as hazel nuts, then drop out; they are eaten
like nuts, and called by the Turks Fistik.

Lavandula Stæchas. _

This fragrant and beautiful Lavandula covers the hills in all
the islands of the Archipelago, and sea of Marmora ; though
it was originally called Eres by Droscoripes,* from the
Stoechades, now the Hieres Islands, near Marseilles, from
whence it first came. It is very difficult to cultivate it in a
garden.

tam
* Lib, iü, cap. 31.

ee An Account of Plants, &c.

Ruscus Racemosus.

I am inclined to think that this, and not the Ruscus Hy-
poglossum, is the Aa‘gvy areZavdpeia, or Alexandrian Laurel, of
Dioscoripes.* He describes it as having softer and whiter
leaves than the Ruscus, and the berries growing not on but
among the leaves. This plant is found in the islands of the
Archipelago, though it is not noticed in the Prodromus to
the Flora Greca.

Keelreuteria Paniculata.

This native of China I found growing in a garden at Se-
- dikui, about ten miles from Smyrna. Hassexeuisr, the pupil
of Linnzvs, visited the place, and mentions a garden formed
there by SuerRarp the Botanist.t On enquiry I found that
this garden was supposed to be that which he had planted.
The Keelreuteria, which he had obtained from China, pro-
bably was one of the very few exotics which now remain
after him. I sowed some of the seeds in the British Palace
garden, and they have succeeded very well.

Artemisia

This is a pretty and very aromatic species of Artemisia,

used in salads, and produced spontaneously in gardens. I
am not sure of the species.

* Lib, iv. cap. 147. + Voyage, p. 51.

By the Rev. Rosert Wausu. 49

ESCULENTS, HERBACEOUS, ANNUALS, &c.

Erigeron Graveolens.

This is the plant described by Dioscoripes,* under the
name of Koga; its strong odour, clammy feel, and yellow
flowers, &c. exactly answer his description. Pxrny says it
was used against the bite of serpents.+ At present it is
used against the bite of all manner of vermin, which its strong
odour repels. It grows in large patches in the islands of the
sea of Marmora, and flowers in autumn, giving a rich glow to
the spots where it is found, when all other vegetation is
parched and brown.

Pancratium Maritimum.

This beautiful flower is justly called by D1oscoripEs
Ilavxpariov,t or all-excelling. Forsx au found it in great abun-
dance in Palestine, and supposes it was the Lily of the Scrip-
ture, like to which, our Saviour said, “ Solomon in all his glory
was not arrayed.” It grows in all the sandy plains of Asia
Minor, and is propagated by seed as well as bulbs. I found
it among the ruins of Teos, and am disposed to think it was
the Lily of ANacreon.$

Arum Dracunculus.

I found it in the plains of Brusa; the flower attained to
the height of four feet, the spatha edged with purple, and
* Lib, ii. cap. 136. + Lib. xxv. cap. 13. ¢ Lib. ii, cap, 203. § Odes, x1.

VOL. VI. H

Mo. Bot. Garden,
1897.

50 An Account of Plants, §c.

the stem variegated like tortoise shell. I have called it
Dracunculus, though I am not sure of its being that species,
I transplanted it into the Palace garden in Pera, where it
is now beginning to appear. I suspect it is the Apaxorrioy
peyedrov of DioscoripEs.* :

Ferula

This large species of Ferula attains the height of eight feet,
and covers the islands of the sea of Marmora like a forest of
young trees. It is certainly the Næp9%4ź of Droscoripes,+ and
the Ferula of Puixy ;{ the plant so well known, and so
famous among the ancients. Its size, levity, inflammability,
exuding a milky juice, &c. accord exactly with Pxiny's
description, and TOURNEFORT’S amplification.

Phytolacca Decandra.

This plant seems to have been introduced into this country
from America along with Tobacco ; but it has now so accom-
modated itself to the soil, that it grows in all humid situations
about the Bosphorus. The berries yield a rich purple juice,
which was formerly used to colour red wine, but is now con-

fined to Sherbet sugar, which the Turks manufacture of a
rich red colour. | |

æ

Cyperus Esculentus.

This is sold in the markets of Constantinople, being called
by the Turks Abdel assis, and by the Greeks Maya. It 1s
eaten raw, or made into a kind of conserve. The tuberous

* Lib. i: cap. 196. + Lib. iii, cap. 91.. ¢ Hist. Nat. Lib. xiii. cap. 2%

By the Rev. Ropert Watsu. 51

knobs of the root are the parts used. It is the Kuzeipos of
Droscorives,* which he describes as having an angular stem,
knobs on the root like olives, and growing in a humid soil.

Centaurea Solstitials.

This pretty plant is found sparingly on the hills about
Constantinople.

Momordica Elaterium.

The peculiarities and properties of this curious plant were
well known and described by the ancients. The name of
Elaterium (ab eda») was given to it, according to Piriny,t
from the powers the capsule possesses of ejecting its seeds,
which it does with such force, as to endanger the eyes of a
bystander, “ etiam oculorum periculo.” ‘This property is very
extraordinary. The plant grows in tufts, from which per-
pendicular foot-stalks issue, supporting on their summits the
capsules, forming acute angles with the stalks. On the
slightest motion these capsules detach themselves, and shoot
out all their seeds with considerable force, so that a passenger
is frequently struck in the face, by merely walking by the
plant. The mechanism by which this is effected, is totally
different from that by which the Impatiens, Cardamine, and
other plants eject their seed, which they do merely by the
elasticity of the valves of the capsule causing the parts to se-
parate ; but the capsule of the Elaterium is a tube, without
valves, from whence the seeds seem to be projected by a pro-
cess similar to that of shot from an air gun, namely, the
expansion of some elastic fluid within the tube. Forsxan

* Lib, i. cap. 4. + Hist. Nat. lib. xx. c. 1.

52 An Account of Plants, §c.

justly remarks, “ miro, nec adhuc investigato mechanismo,
propelluntur semina.”* The plant grows in abundance about
Constantinople, and the inspissated juice is used here in me-
dicine, as in England, but the Turks, Greeks, and Armenians,
apply the capsule itself to a curious medical purpose: in
cases of jaundice, they rub the interior membrane of the nose
with the rough surface, till it excites sneezing, and they attri-
bute some specific quality to this process, besides the mecha-
nical excitement, for they suppose that sneezing caused by
this plant, in particular, is highly beneficial in the disease.
DioscoripEsf directs the juice to be rubbed in the same
manner for the same disease, so that it is probable that the
practice is derived from him; the manner of preparing the
Elaterium, or inspissated juice, is precisely the same as that
which he directs. The plant is sometimes called here Ass‘s
Cucumber. 3

Solanum Egyptiacum.
Sodomeum.
—— Melongena.

These plants, though now so abundant in the East, do not
seem to have been known to the ancients; neither the =7puyv”
of Dioscoripes,} or the Strychnum of Prryy,|| resembled
them.

The first of them bears a bright scarlet fruit ; and is a rare
plant at Constantinople, never sold in the markets, and
| seldom met with in private gardens. It is used in soups.
The second bears a large rich dark purple fruit, which

m Flor; Eg. Arab. 34. + Lib. iv. cap. 255.
} Lib, iv. cap. 7. | Hist, Nat. xxi, cap, 105.

By the Rev. Roperr Warsa. 58

looks very inviting. It is sometimes punctured by a species
of Cynips, which gangrenes the fruit, and converts the interior
into a dry powder like ashes, while the outside retains its
plump and beautiful aspect, and hence it is called the Apple
of Sodom. Hasserevist found it on the shores of the
Dead Sea. It is distinguished by spines on the stem and
calyx. The third bears a long black fruit, of which there are
several varieties in shape and colour. It is sold in the markets
in almost as great abundance as Gourds and Melons, and
used in the same manner in soups. It is called, by the
Turks, Palindjam ; and its first appearance in the markets is
always attended with a strong N.E. wind, which for that
reason is called, in the Armenian Almanack, Patlindjam
Melktem; and all the ships bound for the Black Sea hasten
to sail before the fruit appears in the market, and the wind
sets in, as it continues several weeks.

Brassica Gongylodes.
Eruca.

The first of these has a protuberant swelling of the stem,
from whence the leaves issue, and this is the only part of the
plant used. The second is a foetid, offensive plant; but
highly esteemed by the Greeks and Turks, who prefer it to
any other salad.

Hibiscus Esculentus.

This is very ornamental as a flower, but it is cultivated
here for the fruit: the unripe pod is plucked, and stewed
with sauce. It is sold in abundance in the markets, under-
the name of Bahmia. It is also dried for use, and preserved
on strings.

54 An Account of Plants, §c.

Onopordum Elatum.

This fine Thistle adorns all the hills about Constantinople,
and is ornamental when transplanted to a garden.

Papaver Somniferum.

This seed I gathered in a Poppy field in Asia, in a district
famous for its Opium. The people were in the act of col-
lecting the opium harvest: an incision was made round the
capsule, from whence exuded a milky juice, which on the
evening following became black. and inspissated, and was
scraped off with a crooked knife. The Oro, or Opium, of
DioscoripEs,* was obtained in the same manner, from the
same plant, and taken exactly in the same quantity: the size

of a pea.
Cicer Arietinum.

— Lens.

The first of these is the “Ege@w%0¢ of Droscoripes,} and
the Cicer of Piiny, who says, “est enim arietino capiti
similis, unde ita appellatur.”{ It is called, by the modern
Greeks, Pof9:; and, by the Turks, Nohud. It is used in
great quantities in Constantinople, and mixed with all their
dishes and pilafs, where it is always whole and never bruised.
It is also used in great abundance parched, when it is called
Leblevi. This operation is performed by Arabs, who have
a peculiar skill in detaching it from the cuticle while toasting
it. When prepared in this way, it is sold about the streets
in sieves by the Arabs, who are called Leblevigé, and form —

* Lib. iv. cap. 65. t Lib. i. cap. 126.
tł Hist. Nat. Lib. xviii, cap. 12.

By the Rev. Ropert Watsu. 55

a numerous body. The practice of parching this Pea is of
great antiquity; it is not only mentioned by PLaurus* and
ARIsTOPHANES,+ but Suaw supposes it to be the “ parched
“pulse” mentioned in Scripture.{ The second species is not
so abundant; it is called, by the Turks, Mergiméts. It is
flattish on one side and convex on the other, and hence called
Lens.
_ Phaseolus Nanus.

Chonda.

These are sold in great abundance in the markets, and
called by the Turks Beyas fasiula, or White Bean, to

distinguish them from Scarlet Runners; the larger is called
Chonda.

Dolichos Lablab.
This is cultivated in all the gardens, but not sold in the
markets.
Ipomæa Purpurea.
Villosa.
Coccinea.

These grow in Constantinople, with great luxuriance and
beauty ; they twine round pales and climb up trees, forming
with their rich and varied flowers the brightest wreaths.

Amaranthus Hybridus.
Caudatus.

The first is a native, and grows spontaneously ; the second
is exotic: they both attain to a great size, altogether un-
common in England. The Amaranthus caudatus is trained
by a pole, and rises to the height of six or seven feet, from
_* Bac. 4, 7. Frictum cicer. + In Pace, dvipaxiray roùpsßlvðouv. + 2 Sam. xvii. 28.

56 An Account of Plants, §c.

whence the pendant spikes of flowers hang down with great
beauty, and are so long as sometimes to trail upon the

ground.
Cucurbita Lagenaria.

Claviformis.

These are varieties of the same Gourd : the first exactly re-
sembles a Bottle, the second a Club, which sometimes attains
the length of six or seven feet. The ancients were fond of
cultivating this Gourd; and Piiny* is minute in describing
the mode and uses, which are the same nearly as at the
present day. I imagine this to have been the real Gourd
of Jonas. They grow rapidly when well watered, and
wither immediately when left dry ; in a few weeks forming
dense, shady arbours, under which the people of the East
sit and smoke. When the fruit is young, it hangs down
inside the arbour, like candles; in this state it is cut, and
boiled with forced-meat stuffed in the. hollow part with rice ;
it is then called Dolma by the Turks; and is in such general
use, that a large district in the vicinity of Pera is called Dol-
ma Bakché, or the Gourd Gardens, from the cultivation
of the plants.

Cucurbita Cidariformis.

The production of this Gourd, as given by the ancient
writers, is curious: a Gourd was planted in Campania, in
the vicinity of a Quince, and it immediately adopted its form
in addition to its own. In fact, it resembles a large Quince
laid on the top of a flat Melon. This curious fruit is called
here Turks Turban, which it resembles in shape and vivid
colours. It is too rare to be sold in the markets; but is
cultivated in private gardens, and used in soups.

* Lib. xix. cap. 24.

By the Rev. Roperr Watsu. 57

Cucurbita Aurantia.
Pyriforms.
These exactly resemble the fruit after which they are named;
the one an Orange, the other a Pear. The first is called by
the Turks Portakal Cavac, and the second Arnirot Cavac.

Cucurbita Potiro.

These are the Gourds most in use in Constantinople ; they
are heaped up in large piles, and kept under tents in the
markets for six months in the year. There are two kinds or
varieties: one long, with orange-coloured fruit; the other
round, with white-coloured fruit. They are called by the
Turks Bal Cabaghi, and used in all their soups.

Cucurbita Evadghi Cavac.
This is by far the largest Gourd in these countries ; it is
-~ quite white, and in the markets resembles heaps of huge
snow-balls, particularly so, as it is in season in winter. I do
not know the species, but have called it by the Turkish name.

Seeds of several other Gourds are in the packet, exclusive
of the above-described sorts.

Cucurbita Citrullus.

This is the famous Water Melon, so highly prized and
universally used all over the East; it is the great luxury of
the common people in Constantinople, and refreshes the
Hammals, or porters, like ale in England, and tea in China.
Strangers are warned by writers against the intense cold of
this fruit; but the people of Constantinople devour it alone,
without pepper or any other aromatic, in the hottest weather,

VOL. VI.

58 An Account of Plants, &c.

with perfect impunity. The Turks call it Carpoos; and
give the same name to their artificial globes, from their re-
semblance to this fruit, which is a perfect sphere.

Cucumis Melo ; several varieties.

The first six varieties of Melon sent are cultivated in Asia
Minor, particularly about Angora, from whence I obtained
seeds. There is one variety so very delicate, that the seeds were
given to me carefully sealed up in a bottle, with directions
that it should not be opened till the seeds were about to be
sown, lest the essence should evaporate! The following
directions were also sent, as to the time and manner of culti-
vation :—In the beginning of May the seeds are thrown into
water; those that float are thrown away, and those that sink
are suffered to remain twelve hours. The ground is chosen
rich, and manured with pigeons’ dung. A small cavity is
made, in which several seeds are sown together; when they
come up, three or four only of the most vigorous plants are
suffered to remain, the rest are pulled up and thrown away.
The fruit ripens in August, and is so rich, that no sugar or
other seasoning is ever used with it. |

The other kinds of Melon are cultivated about Constan-
tinople, and most of them sold in the markets. They are
called by the general name of Cavin; and, when they are
larger or longer than usual, Vodind Cavin. ‘They generally
sell for about twenty paras the oke, or about a penny per
pound. One variety is called Kiskaduo by the Turks, and
as much esteemed. |

[ 59 J

IV. On the Cultwation of the Madeira Vaccinium, in the
open Air. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Witiiam Fourk, Gardener to Sir Evrerarp Home, -
Bart. F. H. S.

Read December 7th, 1824.
Sir, :
By the desire of Sir Everarp Home, I send you the fol-
lowing account of the Vaccinium, cultivated in his garden
at Ham.

This plant was introduced into this country from Madeira,
and has been considered as a green-house plant, from which
circumstance its fruit has been little known; nor, I believe,
till now, considered an article of luxury at the table.

In the year 1819, it was planted in Sir Everarp Home's
flower garden at Ham, among the American plants, and
stood the winter very well, bearing fruit in the following and
every subsequent year. In the winter of 1820, it was cut a
good deal by the frost, the thermometer having been as low as
within 2° of zero, and seldom above the freezing point, during
the nights of January, February, and March ; but still it bore a
small quantity of fruit in the subsequent October, which has in-
creased in quantity till this year, when the crop was so abun-
dant that the experiment was made of bringing it to table
baked in a tart ; its flavour is very delicate, and was preferred,
by some of the company who partook of it, to the American
Cranberry. The plant is of luxurious growth, and succeeds
well in bog earth; the fruit is ripe early in October, so as
to come in succession to Currants and Raspberries.

60 On the Cultivation of the Madeira Vaccinium.

Should this plant, from the account I have given of it,
appear to you deserving of more general cultivation, you
will do me the honour of laying this communication before
the Horticultural Society:

I am, Sir,
your very humble Servant,

Ham, WILLIAM FOULK.
November 21, 1824.

Note by the Secretary.

The Vaccinium above mentioned is generally known in the
gardens and nurseries of England as V. Arctostaphylos; it
appears, however, by the investigation of Sir James Smiru in
Rees’s Encyclopedia, that that specific name properly belongs
to the plant found by Tournerort, on the coasts of the
Black Sea, and described as well as figured by him in his
Voyage,* but it does not exist here in a living state. The
name of Vaccinium Padifolium has been proposed by Sir
James Surru as proper for the plant cultivated by Mr. Foutx.
The Vaccinium represented in the Botanists Repository
(tab. 30,) as V. Arctostaphylos from Madeira, is probably erro-
neous, its appearance being very unlike that of V. Padifolium
as cultivated in the Garden of the Society. Dr. Sms has
given a figure in the Botanical Magazine (tab. 974) of a
plant as V. Arctostaphylos, said to have been obtained by
Messrs. Loppices from Mount Caucasus, and which there-
fore may be the same that is described in Pauuas’s Flora

* TourneErort’s Voyage, &c. vol, ii. page 223.

By Mr. Wii.1aM Fou tx. 61

Rossica,* and which is considered identical with the Madeira
plant, for no difference between them has been detected. It
is so singular, however, that the same species should exist in
countries so distant, and different from each other, without
any connecting habitat, that a doubt of their identity may be
reasonably entertained, which can only be cleared up by ob- “
taining authenticated plants or specimens from the Caucasian

country.
* Flora Rossica, vol. i. part 2, page 45.

[ 62 ]

V. Report upon the New or Rare Plants which have
flowered in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at
Chiswick, from its first Formation to March 1824. By
Mr. Jous Linney, F. L. S. §c. §c. Assistant Secretary
for the Garden.

Read July 20, and August 3, 1824.

Tue following Report upon the New or Rare Plants which
flowered in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, from
the time of its first formation at Chiswick, up to March 1824,
has been prepared for the information of the Members of the
Society by desire of the Garden Committee. In selecting sub-
jects for remark, I have confined myself to such as have been
most particularly deserving notice, either for the beauty of
their flowers or foliage, or for circumstances connected with
their history; and I have attempted to avoid as far as pos-
sible entering into botanical discussion further than has ap-
peared to be necessary in order to make this Report satis-
factory. Although it has been the practice of the Society
to exclude from its pages Papers in which Botany forms 4
principal feature, that rule could not have been followed in
the present instance, without manifest injustice both to the
Society itself, and to the individuals to whose liberality the
Garden is indebted for many of the novelties which it pos-
sesses, and who have a just right to expect notices of their
presents in the Transactions of that Society to which they
have been contributed.

A Report upon New and Rare Plants, ¢c. 63 |

It is intended that a Report similar to this shall be made
annually, to embrace all descriptions of plants, either hardy
or otherwise, which may, during the year, appear to deserve
notice. This, the First Report, is necessarily confined in
a great degree to plants requiring some kind of artificial
protection, the part of the Garden destined to the reception
of hardy plants having only been commenced within a few
months. The interest which would attach to the present
communication is necessarily diminished by the previous
description of the greater part of the plants in monthly
Botanical publications, to which every remarkable subject is
communicated as soon as it arrives at a state fit for descrip-
tion ; it being the wish of the Council of the Society that the
public should be made acquainted with all objects of interest
with as little delay as possible. I nevertheless entertain a
hope, that even under such unfavourable circumstances, some
observations may be found which may be deserving at-
tention. |

In arranging the following notices, no other method has
been followed than placing near each other plants of similar
habits and character, dividing them generally into Tender and
Hardy plants, and more particularly into such as are Shrubby,
Herbaceous, Bulbous, or otherwise.

TENDER PLANTS.
TREES OR SHRUBS.

I. Calceolaria rugosa. Ruiz and Pavon,
C. crenata, Bot. Reg. 790, not of others.
Il. Calceolaria integrifolia. Ruiz and Pavon.

Both these newly introduced species flowered last year in

#

64 A Report upon New and Rare Plants, $c.

@
the Garden. They are elegant small shrubs, with narrow,
rugose, toothed leaves, and terminal clusters of bright yellow
flowers. I believe it will be found that they are both nearly
hardy, and it is certain that during the summer time they
succeed much better in the open borders than under glass.
C. rugosa was presented to the Society by the Directors of
the Edinburgh Botanic Garden. C. integrifolia was ob-
tained from seeds received from Chili by Francis Prace, Esq.
and presented by him to the Society. The former is figured
in the Botanical Register, tab. 790, under the name of C. cre-
nata, the latterat tab. 744 of the same work. They are pro-
pagated by cuttings placed under a hand-glass, in a cold frame.

In the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2523, the editor has unac-
countably fallen into an error in supposing these two species to
be the same, which if allowed to remain uncorrected might
deprive the cultivator of the advantage to be derived from the
possession of two distinct plants. They are not only different
but dissimilar, as will appear from the following brief but
comparative description of each.

In C. rugosa, the leaves are stalked, oblong-lanceolate, and
toothletted irregularly along the margin, having a glabrous
rugose surface. The flowers grow in little, nearly sessile,
four or five flowered, terminal racemes. The lower lip of
the corolla is a little plaited, and separated by a considerable
interval from the upper lip.

In C. integrifolia, on the contrary, the leaves are nearly
sessile, elliptical, rugose, evenly and partly regularly crenated
along their edge, with an opaque pubescent reticulated sur-
face. The flowers grow in many-flowered, terminal and
axillary, long-stalked, cymose panicles. The lower lip is

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. -

closely pressed to the upper lip. The two cited figures
in the Botanical Register are very characteristic of the
plants.

III. Astrapzea Wallichii. Lindley.

A plant of what is supposed to be this species was pre-
sented to the Society by Witt1am Townsenp Arron, Esq.
from His Majesty's garden at Kew, and flowered in the
curvilinear stove. The heads of flowers were pendulous, not
erect, as represented in the 14th plate of my Collectanea
Botanica, Whether this difference between the cultivated
and spontaneous plants is merely the effect of debility in the
former, or indicative of a constitutional variance which may
be expected to exist in different species, I am unable satis-
factorily to determine. There are probably other species of
Astrapzea in the East Indies and Madagascar, and I am
inclined to think that it will be ascertained eventually that
my Astrapea Wallichii, and the Astrapæa Wallichii of the
Gardens and of the Botanical Register are different. The
plant from which the figure in the Botanical Register, tab.
691, was taken, is growing in the greatest luxuriance, and
is one of the finest ornaments of the stove. It will be found
to be easily propagated, for cuttings were struck in the Garden
in the course of six weeks, by being planted in silver sand,
without moisture,

.

IV. Laurus aggregata. Sims,

This is common in collections, under the erroneous name
of Laurus glauca. It is a low branching shrub with oval, taper-
pointed, three-nerved leaves, which are very glaucous beneath.
The flowers appear in the winter months, in dense clusters in

VOL, VI,

66 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

the axille of the leaves, and are of a whitish-yellow colour.
The perianthium is villous and six-leaved ; the stamens seven,
with 2-celled anthers. It therefore is not a species of Tetran-
thera, as has been. conjectured, although Lourerro’s Laurus
Myrrha, to which this species is related, appears, from Mr.
Brown’s observations, to be referable to that genus. It has
been frequently imported from China by the Society, and is,
I believe, a common plant upon the hills about Macao. It
should be grown in three parts of strong turf-loam, and one
of peat mould. A figure of the male plant, from a specimen
in the Societys Garden, is in the Botanical Magazine,
tab. 2497.
V. Guatteria rufa. Dunal.

Sent from the Botanic Garden, Calcutta, by Mr. Jonn
Ports, a most meritorious collector, who unfortunately died
in the service of the Society, after returning from Bengal and
China, in 1822. In the stove it is a low plant with rusty
branches and oblong cordate leaves, covered with coarse. pur
bescence underneath. The flowers are solitary, of a dull cho-
colate colour, produced but sparingly, but remaining open for
many days. The plant is propagated with difficulty, and
does not grow with much vigour. It has been figured in the
Botanical Cabinet, tab. 612, from a plant communicated by
the Society to Messrs. Lopprcexs, and in the Botanical Re-
gister, tab. 836.

VI. Berberis fascicularis. Sims.
Berberis pinnata. Ker.
Mahonia fascicularis. De Candolle.

A fine plant of this very rare Berberis was presented to the

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 67

Society by Ayitmer Bourxe Lampert, Esq. and soon after
flowered in a stove. It is a tall slender plant, in its present
state producing scarcely any branches. _The leaves are pin-
nated and prickly, and the flowers grow in axillary pendulous
bunches, succeeded by a few dark-purple, roundish-oblong
fruit. It has been figured in the Botanical Magazine, tab.
2396, under the name I have adopted, and in the Botanical
Register, tab. 702, under the name of B. pinnata. No trial
has yet been made of propagating the plant, which has been
planted in the Arboretum with every ea of its succeed-
ing in the open air.

VII. Hypericum Cochin-chinense. Loureiro.

This plant has been introduced by the Society, from
China, at several different times. It is a branching shrub,
with slender shoots, and smooth, elliptical, stalked leaves,
which are dotted on their under side. The flowers are
small, of a dull red colour, appearing in small terminal
racemes which have no bracteæ. It is one of the doubtful
species of Hypericum, the station for which M. De CANDOLLE
has been unable, in his recent Prodromus Regni Vegetabilis,
to ascertain. The very numerous stamens disposed in three
distinct bundles, with large intervening glands, decide its
affinity to those species of Hypericum which have been
placed in a distinct section by M. De CANDoLLE, and by him
called Tridesmos. The plant is cultivated with difficulty in the
green-house. It is common upon the hills near Macao, where
it forms groves or thickets from ten to twelve feet high.

68 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

VIII. Diplolepis vomitoria.
IX. Diplolepis apiculata.

These two plants, one being the Asclepias Vomitoria of
Kövxıc’s MSS. and the other nearly related to it, have been
received from China by the Society at various times. The
former is a twining plant with very villous stems, silky ovate
sub-cordate leaves, and short, simple, or proliferous umbels
of greenish yellow flowers. The second resembles the
first in all points of structure and habit, but differs in having
cordate roundish apiculate villous leaves, and in producing
its flowers in much greater abundance. The parts of fruc-
tification of both species are very minute, and difficult to
analyse ; they appear, however, to differ in no other respect
from the character assigned to the genus Diplolepis by
Mr. Brown, than in having a flat, not rostrate, stigma. I
have, therefore, referred them to that genus, with the fol-
lowing differential characters.

D. vomitoria ; foliis ovatis acutis opacis cum caule undique
sericeis, stigmate depresso.

D. apiculata; foliis subrotundo-ellipticis cordatis apicu-
latis lucidis cum caule undique villosissimis, stigmate de-
presso.

Both species are easily propagated by cuttings of the young
wood, placed under a hand-glass in a warm frame. They re-
quire the temperature ofa stove.

By Mr. Joun Linptiey. 69

X. Cyminosma pedunculata. De Candolle.
Jambolifera pedunculata. Linnæus.
Gela lanceolata. Loureiro.
Ximenia ? lanceolata. De Candolle.

Plants of this interesting species were brought from China
by Mr. Porrs, in 1822. It has the appearance ofa kind of
Limonia, under which name it was received. The leaves
are simple, but jointed with their stalk, opposite, oblong-lan-
ceolate, obtuse, occasionally emarginate, quite entire and
smooth, covered over with minute resinous dots, and giving
out, when bruised, a strong smell resembling that of Cummin,
or of some other umbelliferous plant. The flowers are small,
yellowish green, and axillary, in corymbose racemes. The
calyx is minute and four-toothed, the petals four with a
valvular æstivation, a little spreading, narrow, and inserted
round the base of the ovarium. The stamens are eight, hy-
pogynous; those opposite the petals shorter than the others.
Ovarium smooth, ovate, four-celled, with one pendulous
ovulum filling up the cavity of each cell. Style straight,
stigma two-lobed, with an obsolete division of each lobe.
The fruit, which has not been perfected in this country, ap-
pears, from dried specimens in the possession of the Society,
to be a superior, four-celled, somewhat fleshy pericarpium.
All the specimens I have examined have universally been des-
titute of seeds, and a fruit which I remarked in the Society's
Garden, in a half-formed state, was four-celled, but empty
also. The nature of this portion of the fructification of
the plant is therefore, at present, insufficiently ascertained,
but the characters of the plant afford abundant evidence
that it is referable to the Jambolifera pedunculata of Lix-

70 Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

namus and'Vant, and, consequently, to GÆRTNER’S genus
Cyminosma. With the Gel.alanceolata of Loureiro it also
agrees in every particular, except‘inthenature of the fruit,
which in Geda-is stated to be‘a-one-celled:drupa. Whether
the fruit of this plant, in a perfect state, assumes such an
appearance, or whether it has been inaccurately described, it
fortunately is not necessary to enquire, because it appears,
as Mr. Brown has kindly informed me, from Lovurerro’s
own specimens in the Banksian Herbarium, that his Gela lan-
ceolata, and the Jambolifera pedunculata of Linnzvs, are
the same. The plant is propagated by cuttings, and is about
as hardy as an Orange.
XI. Hemadictyon venosum.

Echites nutans. Sims.

Echites sanguinolenta. Tussac.

This plant has been figured in the Botanical Magazine,
tab. 2473, under the name of Echites nutans, by which
it was introduced from the Island of St. Vincent’s. The
stem is twining, to the length of about twenty feet; the
leaves are oblong-lanceolate, stalked, quite smooth, a little
blistered, and beautifully traversed with crimson veins.
The flowers are produced in smooth, axillary, nodding
racemes, are of a dull yellowish green colour, paler in the
centre. The calyx is fleshy, with five small revolute sepals.
The corolla is salver-shaped, with a cylindrical tube, which is
pilose inside, and a large reflexed limb, which is plaited
between each of the rounded curled concave segments. In
the inside of the tube are five scales alternate with the seg-
ments; and just under, and opposite the scales, are inserted
the anthers, which are nearly smooth, sagittate, pointed, and

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 71

closely united into a cone, in which the capitate stigma is
firmly enclosed; the ovary is double and distinct, with one
filiform smooth style; at the base it is surrounded by five large
white hypogynous glands, which alternate with the sepals.
From the above description, which I hope to be excused for
having made more than usually minute, it appears, that
although this plant has many points of resemblance with
Echites, yet that, on the other hand, it differs in too many
essential particulars from that genus, to be considered the
same. I therefore propose to call it Heemadictyon, in allu-
sion to the numerous blood-coloured veins of the leaves,
which constitute the chief beauty of the plant; distin-
guishing it from Echites by the little scales of the throat,
the regularity of the segments of the corolla, and the great
hypogynous glands ; from Holarrhena and Ichnocarpus by
the same characters, and, in addition, by the difference in the
form of their corollas. It is scarcely necessary to indicate
the points in which Hamadictyon differs from Apocynum
and Cryptolepis.

This is a fine shewy stove climber, much esteemed for the
singular beauty of its foliage. It is propagated by cuttings,
and, cultivated in common earth. It was sent to the Society,
with many other curious plants, from the Botanic Garden,
St. Vincent's, by Mr. GEorGE CALEY.

The essential character of the genus will be this:

Hamapicryon (cima sanguis, dro rete). Squamule tubi
5 incluse. Cor. hypocrateriformis: laciniis reflexis zequali-
bus dilatatis. Stamina inclusa. Anthere. sagittate, medio
stigmate coherentes. Ovaria 2. Stylus filiformis. Glandule
hypogyne 5, sepalis alterne.

72 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

XII. Pergularia sanguinolenta.

A trailing shrub, agreeing in all essential particulars with
the genus Pergularia, was raised from seed, sent from Sierra
Leone, in 1822, by one of the collectors of the Society. It
produced its flowers in July last. They grow in cymes, are of
little beauty, and of a yellowish herbaceous colour. All parts
of the plant, on being wounded, discharge a blood-coloured
turbid fluid, analogous to the white milky sap of other plants
of the same order. It grows freely in the stove, and is easily
propagated by cuttings. It may be thus defined :—

P. sanguinolenta ; foliis ovato-lanceolatis- glaberrimis petio-
latis, cymis multifloris folio brevioribus, corollæ laciniis acu-
minatis obtusis, succo sanguineo, *

XIII. Glycosmis citrifolia

Limonia citrifolia. Willd. Enum. 448. Dec. Prodr. 536.
Limonia parviflora. Bot. Mag. 2416. Dec. Prodr. 536.

This is a valuable plant. Although it has no beauty in its
flowers, it is, nevertheless, continually covered with a profu-
sion of small pale orange-coloured berries. These are smooth
and semi-transparent; their skin is membranous, with a slightly
resinous flavour, and tender juicy flesh of a lively sweetish
taste. The seeds are solitary, or in pairs, dark brown, ele-
gantly marked with the branched darker brown lines of the
raphe. It is probable that the plant will be cultivated as a
fruit for the dessert, for which the singular appearance of its

* Since this Paper was read to the Society the plant has been figured in the
Botanica. Magazine, tab. 2532.

By Mr. Jonn Linvwey. 73

berries, and their agreeable flavour recommend it. It was in-
troduced for the Society from China in 1821, by Captain
Jamieson, the commander of the Earl of Balcarras East
Indiaman.

In the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2416, is a figure, from a
plant of this species in the possession of the Society, under
the name of Limonia parviflora, which has been adopted, as
that of a distinct kind, by M. De CanporLe. The species
is, however, I know from authentic specimens, referable to
Correa’s genus Glycosmis, and to WittpENow and De
CANDOLLE’s Limonia citrifolia. It may be increased by cut-
tings, or by seed, which it produces in abundance. In the
Garden of the Society it is kept in the stove.

XIV. Ixora barbata. Roxburgh.

This is a leafy, branching shrub, with long, flat, dark green
leaves, and large corymbs of delicate white flowers, having a
little tuft of hairs at the orifice of the corolla. It is nearly
related to J. cuneifolia of Roxsurau. The plant was obtained
for the Society, in 1822, from the Botanical Garden, Calcutta,
by Mr. Jonn Ports, and sent home by him. A figure of it has
been published in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2505. It may
be propagated from ripened cuttings, struck in heat ; but they -
root very slowly. It requires the protection of a stove.

XV. Lantana fucata. Ker.

A beautiful small shrubby plant, covered with a profusion
of delicate purple flowers during most of the summer months.
It was raised from seeds collected for the Society in 1822,
at Bahia de S, Salvador, and is a very distinct species, re-

VOL. VI. L

74 Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

quiring the heat of the stove, and is easily propagated by cut-
tings. The figure in the Botanical Register, tab. 798, was
taken from plants which had been raised from seeds only a
few months. As the plants become older they are less beau-
tiful, and should therefore be frequently renewed from young
cuttings, which strike root readily.

XVI. Euonymus Chinensis.

At several different times, this species of Euonymus has
been imported from China by the Society. Its leaves are
somewhat coriaceous, lanceolate, or obovate, bearing in the
axillæ a few bunches of inconspicuous greenish flowers, which
have not been succeeded by fruit in this country It is men-
tioned here, not as a plant remarkable for beauty, but as
being one which will probably be found to be quite hardy
It stood out last winter against a wall without injury, and it
is now planted in the Arboretum. It is most nearly related
to Euonymus vagans of Waxuicu, from which, and also from
E. Japonicus of Tuunsere, it differs in the outline of the
leaves, and in their not being so coriaceous and regularly ser-
rated, as in the latter species. Its specific character will be:

E. Chinensis, foliis obovatis obsolete crenatis semperviren-
tibus, eymis axillaribus paucifloris.

XVII. Clitoria arborea. R. Brown.

Plants of this fine species of Clitoria were received from the
Botanic Garden of St. Vincent's, from Mr. Grorcr CALEY.
It is a tall plant, bearing fine, large, ternate leaves, and
racemes of flowers of a delicate purple colour, passing into
white at the back of the vexillum. It has very little resem-

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. | 75

blance to a Clitoria in habit, and will one day, probably, be
separated from the genys, which is otherwise perfectly na-
tural. It is not easily propagated, but it grows well in equal
parts of peat and fresh loam, and is a noble inhabitant of the
stove. . :
XVIII. Oxalis Plumieri. Linneus.

This, the only shrubby species of Oxalis in our gardens,
was recently brought from the Botanic Garden at St. Vin-
cent’s to the Society, by Mr. James M'Rae. Itis a neat
little plant, not growing in the stove more than twelve or
eighteen inches high, with bright green ternate leaves, and
little yellow flowers, which are to be seen upon the plant
during the whole year. Figured in the Botanical Register,
tab. 810, from a plant which blossomed in the Comtesse Dr
VanpeEs’s collection at Bayswater. It is easily propagated by
cuttings, and requires to be kept in the stove.

HERBACEOUS PLANTS.
XIX. Marica Sabini.

This is a magnificent species of Marica, sent by Mr. GEORGE
Don, a collector then in the service of the Society, from the
African Island of St. Thomas, in the year 1822. It rivals, in
beauty of flowers, the well-known M. Northiana, to which it
is in habit similar. The leaves are three feet high, ensiform,
erect, towards the end cultrate, the scape about a foot longer
than the leaves, and shaped like them, pushing forth from
some, distance below its end, a spathe-like horizontal raceme
of four or five flowers, which open by pairs at. intervals of
two or three days, and emit a slight but agreeable perfume.

76 Report on New and Rare Plants, Sc.

The flowers, when fully open, measure about three inches

across, their outer segments are ovate, lanceolate, of a clear e

but powcrful ultra-marine colour, at the edges and end
whitish, at the base yellow, and crossed upwards by broken
bands of bright brown; their minor segments are lanceolate,
erect, recurved, not more than a third the size of the outer,
above the middle bright sky blue, in the middle white, at the
base cochleate, yellow, with broken brown spots. The an-
nexed engraving of this beautiful plant is taking from a drawing
made by Mr. CHARLES Jonn Roserrson. ~

The plant is wholly distinct from any other, and may be
distinguished from M. cerulea, to which it stands next, by
the following definition :

M. Sabini; foliis ensiformibus ad summam vaginam cultratis,
scapo ultra flores longe producto, spathæ foliolis acuminatis
alatis, perianthii lanceolatis : exterioribus majoribus.

The species has been named in compliment to Captain
EDWARD SABINE, of the Royal Artillery, F.R.S. &c. to whom
the Society is under much obligation, for the numerous and
important services he, during his voyage to Africa and South
America, in his Majesty’s ship Pheasant, commanded by
Captain DoucLAs CHARLES Craverina, F. R. S. &e. ren-
dered the Society, in the protection and assistance afforded
the collector who accompanied him; whose mission, without
such aid, would have failed to produce the extensively be-

neficial results expected from it. The Marica Sabini is

easily propagated, and will consequently soon become, on

account of the beauty of its flower, one of the finest orna-

ments of every stove.

Vol VI. PLI.

TRANS

HORT.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 77

XX. Lobelia campanuloides. Thunberg.

This was received from China, by the Society, in 1821.
It is a pretty dwarf herbaceous plant, losing most of its
leaves in winter, but is covered with flowers and bright green
small foliage during the greater part of the summer. It is
kept in the stove.

XXI. Canna Iridiflora. Ruiz and Paron.

This very beautiful species of Canna was, for many years,
almost solely in the possession of Ayturr Bourke LAm-
BERT, Esq. who originally raised it from seed, picked off some
of Ruiz and Pavon’s South American specimens. Notwith-
standing the great care and skill with which it was cultivated,
it appeared to resist all attempts at propagation, and even con-
tinued to live with great difficulty. In the summer of 1822,
Mr. Lampert presented the Society with a plant, which grew
vigorously for some time after its arrival at the Garden, but
unfortunately died afterwards, in consequence of an alteration
in its treatment. To repair the loss, Mr. Lampert, with his
acccustomed liberality, again, in the spring of 1823, supplied
the Garden with a plant, which was the last but one of his
original stock. Very particular attention was paid to the
management of such a treasure, and, fortunately with a
result not less happy than unexpected. As soon as the
plant was received, it was divested of all its mould, and
planted in a 48-sized pot, in a mixture of old light leaf-mould
and sand. It was then plunged to the rim of the pot in the
tan bed. Ina few weeks it began to grow vigorously, forcing
its roots through the bottom of the pot, and pushing up suckers

78 Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

in such abundance, that in three months the original plant

had produced ten others. They continue to thrive in a

remarkable manner, and seem to have acquired new vigour
of constitution, for a plant turned out into the open border,

without protection, although damaged a little by the spring

frosts, is actually at this time shooting more luxuriantly

than those in the stoves. Some were shifted, from time,
to time, into larger pots, in the mixture of earth above

described, when the plants grew to so much larger a size

than usual, as to raise a doubt in those who had been accus-
tomed to see them in Mr. Lampert’s stove, whether they

were not Canna gigantea, rather than Canna Iridiflora.

These two species agree in having downy sheaths and ribs to

the leaves, but may be distinguished by the curled base and

downy back to the leaf of C. Iridiflora. The figures, both in

the Botanical Magazine, tab. 1968, and in the Botanical Re-

gister, tab. 609, are characteristic.* To make the plant

flower well, it should be kept in a large pot, be well watered

with liquid manure, and confined to a single stem.

XXII. Chlorophytum Orchidastrum. Lindley.

A fine species, sent to the Society in 1822 from Sierra Leone,
by Mr. Groner Don, who accompanied Captain SABINE.
It was cultivated for many months before it flowered, and, from
its appearance, had been considered to be what the collector
had called it, a species of Neottia, to which it bore a striking
resemblance. The leaves are lanceolate, long, growing up-
right from the ground, and then spreading. The flowers are

* A figure of Canna Iridiflora has been since published in the Botanical

Cabinet, tab. 905, by Messrs. Loppiczs, from a plant presented to them by the
Society. ,

By Mr. Joun Linpiey. 79

in a tall, very compound, stiff panicle, greenish white, and of
no beauty. It has a remarkable resemblance in every thing :
but size to the original species of the genus, C. inornatum. It
is cultivated in the stove in decomposed wood, and grows
vigorously, but indicates no disposition to multiply. It pro-
duces seeds in abundance. It is figured in the Botanical
Register, tab. 813.

XXIII. Ipomea paniculata. Ker.

I am unable to distinguish from this species, two different
plants received by the Society in 1822 and 1823, from Sierra
Leone and Maranham, as the Jalap of those countries. Their
roots are very large and fleshy, pushing forth one or two
annual branches, which grow with great vigour to the length
of twenty feet or more, and remain covered for several months
with cymes of bright purplish red blossoms. ‘Their leaves are
lobed, and generally shaped as in I. paniculata. The plant
from Sierra Leone differs from that from Maranham in hav-
ing the leaves more deeply lobed, and in the tube of its
corolla being shorter. These differences do not, however,
appear sufficient to make it necessary to separate them bo-
tanically, though they certainly are not identical. Cut-
i tings of them strike root freely in a mixture of sandy loam
and peat, under a hand-light in a warm frame. Their roots
should be kept dry through the winter, and re-potted in
fresh mould in the spring.

XXIV. Aneilema Sinicum. Ker.
This pretty plant is usually cultivated in the stove, but, I

believe, it is quite able to bear the temperature of a common
green-house. It is a procumbent herbaceous plant with

80 Report on New and Rare Plants, $c.

many stems, narrow grass-like leaves, and a succession of
bright- blue blossoms. It was raised at the Garden from
seeds received from China in 1821. A figure of it is in the
Botanical Register, tab. 659.

XXV. Primula Sinensis. Lindley.

To this plant, one of the finest ornaments of the green-
house, attention was first attracted by a drawing sent by Jonn
Reeves, Esq. from China, to the Society, in consequence of
which it was introduced three years ago, by Captain RICHARD
Rawes, and presented by him to his relative, Tomas
Carry Patmer, Esq. of Bromley, in Kent. It was for some
time very scarce, but it is now become more common from
the liberal distribution which has been made by the Society of
plants obtained from seeds brought from China by Mr. Ports.
It is probable that it will soon be plentiful in every collec-
tion; for though scarcely more than biennial, and not readily
propagated by cuttings, yet it produces seed in great abun-
dance.

It has never been seen in this country in the luxuriant
state in which it is represented in the Chinese drawings, but
two varieties have been noticed, one, the state in which it
produces fringed petals, and the other in which it produces
plain petals. The former is figured in the Collectanea Bo-
tanica, tab. 7, being that which is represented in the Chinese
drawing above mentioned; the latter has since been published
by Dr. Hooxer, in his Exotic Flora, tab. 105.

XXVI. Limnocharis Plumieri. Richard.

_ A fine aquatic. It was raised from seed received in 1825,
from Maranham, where it was collected in the preceding yeat

By Mr. Joun Liyviey. 81

for the Society; it had not been previously introduced into
Europe in a living state. It pushes up from its root, on long
vascular stalks, several large elliptical leaves, which secrete
water through a pore at their ends. The flowers are pale
yellow, of a very delicate texture, and quickly perishable ;
they are disposed in umbels which are seated upon scapes
the length of the leaves. The scapes bend downwards and the
umbels consequently fall into the water after they have been in
blossom a short time, and throw out roots at their base, as if
about to produce fresh plants; this, however, does not
happen, at least in this country. Seeds are produced in
abundance, and by them the plant is easily propagated. It
succeeds perfectly well in pots filled with common peaty soil,
and plunged in the water of a cistern. It is a very orna-
mental aquatic, and well deserving a place in the stove of
every good collection. It is represented in the Botanical
Magazine, tab. 2525; but the figure in that work does not
convey a just idea of the beauty of the plant.
XXVII, Phaylopsis longifolia. Sims.

A plant belonging to the same natural order as Justicia, of
no great beauty, raised from seeds collected for the Society
in Sierra Leone, in 1822. Its principal merit consists in being
easily cultivated in a good green-house, and remaining in blos-
som nearly all the year round. The plant is an under shrub
about one foot and a half high, closely covered with lanceo-
late, deflexed leaves, and bearing, in abundance, very dense
imbricated spikes of whitish flowers, with a slight tinge of
red. It is figured in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2433. It
may be propagated either from seeds, which it produces. in
abundance, or. from cuttings.

VOL. VI. M

82 Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

XXVIII. Alstromeria Flos Martini. Ker.
A, pulchra, Sims.

However unwilling to accede to the alteration of a name
once published, I cannot but agree with Mr. Ker in the pro-
priety of rejecting the unmeaning name of pulchra, by which
this plant has been published in the Botanical Magazine, tab.
2421, and adopting that of Flos Martini, by which it has been
distinguished in the Botanical Register. In its native country
it has been called universally Flor de San Martin, after one
of the most respectable of the Independent commanders of
that country. Roots, communicated by Mr. Pxace, flowered
finely in the stove, and produced seed, from which young
plants have already been obtained.. It is.a beautiful addition
to our gardens, and by far the handsomest of the genus yet
in the collections about London.

XXIX. Pitcairnia staminea. Loddiges.

This beautiful species of Pitcairnia was sent to the Society's
Garden from Rio de Janeiro, by the late Mr. Joun Forses.
It is a rigid plant, with many narrow-pointed, scaly, whitish
leaves, and a spike of brilliant scarlet flowers with recurved
petals; the flowers are perishable, but the beauty of the plant
is great.

The collection, of which this formed a part, is a good ex-
ample of what skill and industry can effect. It is notorious
that importations of seeds or plants from Rio have of late
had so bad a reputation that collectors here universally
consider them of little importance. The excellent, butun-
fortunate young man, however, from whom this was received,
succeeded, during a very short residence, in getting together,

By Mr. Joun LiNDLEY. 83

and safely transmitting an assemblage of living plants, small,
indeed, but consisting entirely of either novel or extremely
rare subjects, and, for its size, certainly one of the best col-
lections ever sent to this country.

Pitcairnia staminea was first figured in Mr. Loppicss’
Botanical Cabinet, tab. 773, and since in the Botanical Maga-
zine, tab. 2411.

XXX. Ocymum febrifugum. Lindley.

This, one of the fever plants of Sierra Leone, is a shrub,
about three feet high, with the appearance of a common
labiate plant. There is no beauty whatever in its foliage,
but it is valuable, as being a plant with which the dangerous
fevers of the coast of Africa are alleviated. It was sent home
in 1822, by Mr. Gzorax Don, from Sierra Leone. A figure
has been published in the Botanical Register, tab. 753. It
requires to be kept in the stove, where it ripens seed in plenty.

ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS,

The Baeety has, by singular pet pe et i in io
years, in forming such a collection of this. tribe of. curious
plants, as was never seen in Europe before. It consists at pre-
sent of about one hundred and eighty species of tropical kinds.

Of the few which have flowered during the time, upon
which I am now reporting, the greater number are plants
of interest.

XXXI. Catasetum cristatum.

This curious plant was brought to the Society in His
Majesty’s ship Pheasant, from Bahia de St. Salvador, m 1823.

84 Report on New and Rare Plants, $c.

It is a bulbous-rooted parasite, with many nerved, plaited,
lanceolate leaves, and flowers of a green colour, growing in
a strong spike, shorter than the leaves. The three upper
segments of the flower are erect, the two lateral spreading ;
the labellum is spread open, with a little pouch at the bot-
tom, and has its whole surface covered with gland-like tu-
bercles. The columna has a pair of cirrhi in front. I have
no hesitation in referring it to the genus Catasetum, notwith-
standing the many anomalies in its structure. It may be thus
defined :

C. cristatum; sepalis patentibus: superioribus conniven-
tibus, labello cristato saccato expanso.

XXXII. Prescotia plantaginea. Lindley.

Another most singular plant, sent from Rio de Janeiro by
Mr. Forges, where it was found growing upon the decayed
stems of fallen trees. The plant resembles, in foliage, an
Ophrys, in flowers some kinds of Malaxis or Dienia; the
latter are formed in a cylindrical compact spike; are of
an herbaceous green colour, and remain long after their
functions have ceased. The plant is quite new, very remark-
able, and not to be confounded with any other kind. Itis
cultivated easily in the stove. It is figured in Dr. HooKER’s
‘Exotic Flora, tab. 115, where, in the letter press,-it is called
plantaginifolia, and upon the face of the plate, plantaginea,
which latter is the name originally given to the plant.

XXXIII. Dendrobium squalens. Lindley.

Sent with the last from Rio de Janeiro, by Mr. Forses.
This new and curious species of Dendrobium was found grow-
ing upon decayed trees in woods. The leaves shoot up from

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 85

a bulbous base, are long, lanceolate, plaited, recurved ; the
flowers are in a spike, much shorter than the leaves, ofa lurid
purplish yellow colour. It grows in the stove with some diffi-
culty in the soil in which such plants are usually cultivated.
The figure in the Botanical Register, tab. 732, is expressive.

XXXIV. Ponthieva petiolata. Lindley.

A new species of a singular genus, and discovered in the
island of St. Vincent’s by Mr. James M'Rae. It is a terres-
trial plant, with many fleshy fibrous roots, stalked, lanceolate
leaves, and a scape about a foot high, terminated by several
brownish flowers. It is very well figured in the Botanical
Register, tab. 760, and is easily cultivated in the stove, grow-
ing in light peaty earth.

XXXV. Spiranthes pudica. Lindley.
Neottia australis B. Bot. Reg.

Roots of this pretty species were found among the earth of
some. plants received from China in 1821; it has not been
imported at any subsequent period. It is a small delicate
plant, resembling the Lady's Traces (Spiranthes æstivalis)
of this country, but taller, with delicate flowers, slightly tinged
with pink. It is very impatient of cold. In cultivation it re-
quires a light soil, and suffers much from having its roots
disturbed. Of several plants, once in the Society’s possession,
one only now remains, owing to their frequent division for the
purposes of distribution among the Members of the Society.
It has been published in the Collectanea Botanica, tab. 30.
The statement in the Botanical Register, tab. 602, that it is
the same species as Neottia australis of Mr. R. Brown, is a

mistake.

86 Report on New and Rare Plants, $c.

XXXVI. Angreecum luridum.
Limodorum luridum. Afzelius. i

Plants sent to the Society from Sierra Leone, by Mr.
GrorceE Don in 1822, produced sufficient flowers to enable
me to identify them with the Limodorum luridum of Arzx-
LIUS, and to ascertain that that species belongs to the genus
Angrecum. The plants arrived in a sickly state, but are now
recovering in the stove from the effects of the voyage.

XXXVII. Eulophia Guineensis. Brown.
XXXVIII. Eulophia gracilis. Lindley.

Both these species, which are inmates. of the stove, have
been figured in the Botanical Register from the Garden of
the Society, the first at tab. 682, the other at tab. 742.
E. Guineensis is a plant with spikes of middle-sized white
flowers, tinged with pink, rather difficult to cultivate, but
flowers readily. Æ. gracilis, on the contrary, has long spikes
of greenish flowers, grows very freely, blossoms in abundance,
and is easily propagated. They were both sent to the Society
by Mr. Grorce Doy, from Sierra Leone, in 1822.

Wa BULBOUS PLANTS.

XXXIX. Ornithogalum corymbosum. : Ruiz and Pavon.
A bulb from Chili, which proved, upon flowering, to be the
species described and figured under this name in the Flora
Peruviana. It is very like O. Arabicum, of which it is, perhaps,
a mete variety ; remarkable, however, for being a native of a
country far distant from any in which O: Arabicum has yet
been found. That it is wild in- Chili cannot be doubted, both
from the bulbs in question having been sent with other wild

By Mr, Joun LINDLEY. 87

plants indiscriminately collected, and because, . although it
is cultivated in the gardens of Peru, the authors of the Flora
Peruviana expressly state their plant to be commonly wild
in the provinces of Chancay, Cercado, and Huanuco. The
Peruvian women entwine the flowers, which are very fragrant,
in their hair, The Society was indebted for this and many
other curious Peruvian and Chilian plants to the late James
Cowan, Esq. whose attention in promoting the interests of
the Society in those countries was unremitting. His prema-
ture death on his way home, left us to regret the loss of a

most valued correspondent. .

XL. -Pancratium patens. Redouté.

Bulbs of this plant were collected by Mr. Groree Don,
in the island of Grand Cayman, and brought in the Pheasant
to the Society in 1823. Before they flowered the plants were
seen by the Hon. and Rev. Mr. Witt1am Herserrt, who
thought they might be his P. (Hymenocallis) crassifolium, a
species only known by a brief description in his Appendix to
the Botanical Magazine. Upon such authority bulbs of this
species were sent to several friends of the Society, as the P.
crassifolium. I am, however, informed by Mr. HERBERT,
that his is a different plant.. I therefore avail myself of the
earliest opportunity of noticing the mistake, in the hope
that this may catch the eye of those to whom this plant
may have been sent as P. crassifolium. Upon flowering it
proved to be P. patens of Repovure, which possibly is
merely a variety of P. Caribeum.

XLI. Amaryllis Forbesii.

Many fine bulbs, some of them nearly as large as a man’s

head, of this new species of Amaryllis, were sent from

88 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

Delagoa Bay by Mr. Jonn Forses, whose untimely end we
have lately had to lament. Some of the plants produced
above thirty flowers of the most delicate pink colour. It
is the handsomest of the genus with which I am acquainted,
and in every respect a valuable addition to our collections.
It has been named after its discoverer, whose zeal in the
pursuit of science, talents, amiable disposition, and unhappy
fate, call for every testimony of respect; all, alas! which now
remains to be offered to his memory. The species is nearly
related to 4. longifolia, and may be thus defined:

A. Forbesii; umbella multiflora (30—40), foliis angustis
canaliculatis debilibus glaucis ciliatis, tubo limbi campanulati
longitudine.

The bulbs appear to flower freely, they are kept in the
stove, but no seed has yet been obtained from them.

XLII. Amaryllis Cyrtanthoides. Sims.

A very beautiful bulbous plant, communicated by Mr.
Prace, with his other Chilian collections. The specimen
which was produced was evidently imperfect, and the figure
taken from it in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2399, conse-
quently represents the flower more distorted than it really
was. It is a plant of delicate habit, growing in the stove,
producing leaves very sparingly, and flowers still more
rarely. The latter are of a brilliant scarlet, and their seg-
ments are rolled together into a tube, as in 4. ignea, which
comes from the same country. One would have thought
this difference sufficient to have justified the formation of
the plant into a distinct genus, but it is in all other respects
so like Æ. advena, that no judicious botanist can do other-
wise than pause before he decides upon their separation.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 89

The Society is in possession of only one certain bulb of
this plant ; of others which have been received from Chili,
under the name of Maricalla and Pelegrino, such as have
hitherto flowered have proved to be Amaryllis advena.

XLIII. Amaryllis candida. Lindley.

This pretty species was sent from Peru to the Society by
the late James Cowan, Esq. The flowers are of the most
delicate pure white, like those of a Crocus, and not fugitive.
It has been referred to Amaryllis for the present. Whenever
that genus shall be revised philosophically, I doubt not but
that it will be separated from the species with irregular flow-
ers ; but whether it be a Sternbergia, or a genus per se, I can-
not take upon me to determine. It certainly is not referable
to Zephyranthes of Mr. Hersert, from which it differs in
the disposition of the perianthium to contract and expand
under the influence or absence of light, in the regularity of
the stamens, and in the innate insertion of the anthers,
which are never versatile. The leaves are grassy. It seems to
be quite hardy, and will doubtless grow i in the open border,
It increases plentifully by the root.

HARDY PLANTS.
TREES OR SHRUBS.
XLIV. Rosa Biebersteinii.
R. ferox. Bieberstein cent. pl. Ross.

Under this name it is proposed to distinguish the R. ferox
of MarscmaLL Von BresersrtEIN. Plants presented to the
Society from the Apothecaries’ Garden, Chelsea, having flow-
ered in the Society’s collection, an opportunity has been

VOL. VI N

90 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

afforded of ascertaining, with precision, the real characters of
this singular species. From M. Von Bresersrern’s first
description of it, under the name of R. provincialis, I was
formerly induced to refer it, as an uncertain synonym, to R.
myriacantha of De CanDoLLE.* To that species it now proves
to be nearly allied, distinguishable, however, by many sa-
tisfactory characters. It forms a low compact bush, co-
vered with very numerous, small, glandular leaves, and, in
the flowering season, with a profusion of pure white blos-
soms. Its branches are beset with many small setz, resembling
rusty glands, and, besides these, with strong falcate prickles
immediately under the leaves. In general aspect it may be
said to resemble R. rubiginosa, passing into R. spinosissima.
At present it is very rare in gardens, but may be easily in-
creased by layers, in the manner usually practised with Roses.

XLY. Prunus pseudo-cerasus.
P. paniculata, Ker, not of Thunberg.

This new species of Cherry was presented to the Society in
1822, by Mr. Samuex Brookes, of Ball’s Pond, who imported
it from China. It has also been sent to the Society from
China by Mr. Reeves, under the name of Yung To. It
differs from the common Cherry of the gardens in having its
flowers growing in racemes, not fascicles; in their stalks
being hairy; and, to a certain degree, in the outline of its
leaves. Placed in a forcing-house, it ripened its fruit in fifty
days from the time of flowering, and under circumstances
unfavourable to forcing Cherries in general. Its fruit is
small, of a pale red colour, of a pleasant subacid flavour,

* Rosarum Monographia, page 65.

By Mr. Joun Linpwey. 91

with a small smooth stone. From the facility with which it
bears forcing, it is to be anticipated that it may hereafter
prove, an object deserving attention. A figure of it, in flower,
has been published in the Botanical Register, tab. 800, under
the name of P. paniculata, a plant which there is no reason
to suppose has been yet introduced, and which has been com-
pared by its discoverer to P. Mahaleb, bearing large pani-
cles, not racemes of flowers. The following character will
be sufficient to distinguish this species from others of its
genus. 7

P. pseudo-cerasus ; foliis obovatis acuminatis planis serratis,
floribus racemosis, ramulis pedunculisque pubescentibus,

ANNUAL PLANTS.
XLVI. Euphorbia cyathophora. Jacquin.

This was raised from seed sent from the Bahamas by
Joun CAMPBELL Less, Esq. a Corresponding Member of the
Society. It is also a native of Florida, and sufficiently hardy
to live in the open air during the summer months: so treated
it becomes annual, but in the stove it is perennial. It is a
small plant, producing a few simple stems about a foot high,
covered with dark glaucous green leaves, and terminated by
other leaves of a brilliant scarlet colour, resembling a co-
loured involucrum. It is figured in the Botanical Register,
tab. 765. :

XLVII. Nicotiana repanda. Willdenow.

Seeds of this were brought from the Havannah in 1823, by
Mr. Grorce Don, as of the true Havannah çigar Tobacco.
The plant is two feet high, with a nearly simple stem,

$

92 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

sparingly covered with stem-clasping, taper-pointed, sinuated
_ leaves, and terminated by a few slender whitish flowers, which
are a little purple at the back. The foliage is small, the leaves
in no instance exceeding nine or ten inches in length, and
their flavour is that of Tobacco, but delicate. No seed was
produced, so that it is feared the plant at present is lost to the
gardens. It is figured in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2484.

XLVIII. Nicotiana nana. Lindley.

Seeds of this new and singular species were presented by
James Biro, Esq. to the Society: they came from the Rocky
Mountains of North America, as of a kind from which the
Indians prepare the finest of their Tobacco. It is a very
small, delicate, annual plant, never growing more than ‘two
or three inches high. The leaves are succulent, lanceolate,
ciliated, and slightly hairy ; among them a few white flowers,
like those of N. quadrivalvis, are produced. The calyx is
ciliated, and slightly viscid. The species is the smallest of
the genus, with the exception of a doubtful kind described
by Moura as a native of Chili, under the name of Nicotiana
minima. The plant is very short-lived. It is figured in the
Botanical Register, tab. 833. It has been called Nicotiana
nana, and is thus defined :

N. nana ; 2-3 uncialis, foliis lanceolatis pilosis radicalibus
quam flores solitarii longioribus, corollâ calyce longiore:
laciniis obtusis.

XLIX. Calceolaria scabiosæfolia. Römer and Schultes. .
Although this species of Calceolaria is annual in the open
garden, I think it probable that it is naturally perennial. In
the open border it produces no seed, but propagates with

By Mr, Jous LINDLEY. 93

great facility from cuttings. In a pot, kept in a frame or
green-house, it ripens seeds in abundance. During the sum-
mer it is quite hardy, but the first frost destroys it. It is an
upright branching plant, with pinnate fleshy leaves, and ter-
minal bunches of pale yellow flowers, resembling, in a strik-
ing degree, the old Calceolaria pinnata. The plant was
raised in the Garden, from seed presented by Mr. Puace, re-
ceived by him from Chili. It is figured in the Botanical Ma-
gazine, tab. 2405.

L. Schizanthus pinnatus. Ruiz and Pavon.

The same collection of Chilian seeds from Mr. PLACE, to
which reference has so often been made, produced an abund-
ance of this beautiful annual. It bears few seeds in the open
borders, and, in the green-house, is propagated by cuttings,
which will strike root with careful management. It is
thus, only, that the plant should be expected to be pre-
served. I know nothing more elegant, and, at the same time,
singular, than its spreading lilac flowers, delicately spotted
here and there with purple or yellow, and hanging, appa-
rently without support, over a finely cut foliage of the most
fresh and lively green. A good figure ofit is in Dr, Hooxsr’s
Exotic Flora, tab. 73. The Schizanthus porrigens of the same
indefatigable botanist, Exotic Flora, tab. 86, is surely a mere
variety of S. pinnatus, continually produced from seed of the
latter. ;

LI. Schizopetalon Walkeri. Sims.

Another charming addition to our list of hardy annuals,
from the same source as the last. The petals are white, and
curiously cut ; they only expand for a few hours, after which

94 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

they roll up and perish. But they appear in succession, so
that their ephemeral beauty is perpetuated for many weeks.
` It is singularly unfortunate that all attempts to obtain
seeds from this plant, or even to propagate it, have been at-
tended with very indifferent success; so that it has now be-
come extremely rare: It has been figured in the Botanical
Magazine, tab. 2379, in Dr. Hooxer’s Exotic Flora, tab. 74,
and in the Botanical Register, tab. 752. The specific name
was given in compliment to the late Jons Waker, Esq. of
Southgate, Vice President of the Horticultural Society at the
time of his decease, a gentleman whose memory will be long
cherished by all those who had the happiness to know
him, and by every lover of Botanical Science. To him the
Society was particularly indebted for numerous acts of kind-
ness and attention during the long period which he conti-
nued a Fellow, and a Member of the Council.

LII. Œnothera tenella. Cavanilles.

An annual hardy plant with narrow glaucous leaves, nearly
simple decumbent stems, and small purple flowers witha dark
eye, formed by the deep colour of the stigmas and anthers.
A native of Chili, for which the Society is also indebted to
Mr. Prace. The figure in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2424,
gives no idea of the really beautiful flowers of this species.
It is not improbable, as suggested in that work, that the
Œ. Romanzovii of HorNEMANN, and the continental gar-
dens, may be the same as Œ. tenella. But the Œ. Ro-
manzovit, published in the Botanical Register, tab. 562, is not
different from Œ. purpurea. I had many opportunities of
observing the plant which was, in 1821, called Romanzovi,

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 95

both in the Chelsea Garden, and in Mr. Kent's garden at
Clapton, whence the figure for the Botanical Register was
obtained, and I have no difficulty in declaring that it was
scarcely distinguishable even as a variety fråm Œ. purpurea.

LIII. Ammobium alatum. R. Brown.

This plant was raised in 1822, from seeds transmitted from
New South Wales, and presented to the Society by Epwarp
Barnarp, Esq. It is a handsome plant, with many nar-
row white leaves, lying flat upon the ground, and an up-
right, winged, branched stem, bearing many white heads of
flowers. It is a good addition to the class of flowers popu-
larly called “ Everlastings.” The plants grew and flourished
vigorously in the open border, and, as they are evidently of a
perennial nature, it was hoped that they would have been
capable of surviving the winter. Slight, however, as the frost
proved, the plant was not able to resist it, although protected
by a hand-glass. . It is, therefore, here considered only as a
hardy annual. A figure of it may be found in the Botanical
Magazine, tab. 2459. ;

LIY. Loasa nitida. Lamarck.
- L. tricolor. Bot. Reg. tab. 667.
LV. Loasa Placei.
L. acanthifolia. Bot. Reg. tab. 985. not of Lamarck,
Owing to the very vascular and watery structure of the
species of Loasa, it happens that specimens of them are pre-
served with great difficulty, and that, in the herbarium, the-
more delicate, and even essential characters of the species are
wholly lost. It has unfortunately occurred that, with the
exceptiono f the unpublished species of the Flora Peruviana,
nearly all the kinds described by botanists have been taken

96 Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

up from dried specimens, in consequence of which much un-
certainty is now experienced in referring the species, which have
been raised in this country lately, to any of the kinds already
published. Those now in the gardens are two, both obtained
from a second collection of seeds presented to the Society in
- 1823 by Mr. Prace. The first of these plants has been de-
scribed as a new species in the Botanical Register, tab. 667,
under the name of L, tricolor, but has been referred by both
Dr. Sims, in Botanical Magazine, tab. 2372, and Dr. Hooker, in
the Exotic Flora, tab. 83, to the Z. nitida of Lamarck. Ifthe
reasoning from which this conclusion has been obtained should
appear to others, as it does to me, sufficiently satisfactory, the
name of L. tricolor must be abandoned. It is a branching,
upright plant, with pale green, lobed, stinging leaves, and
bears great numbers of yellow flowers of a most curious con-
formation. This kind is in several collections.

The second species is at present in no other collection than
that of the Society: it has been published, with a figure
taken from the only plant which was in the Garden, in the
Botanical Register, tab. 785, under the name of L. acantha-
folia of Lamarck ; but independently of the greater stature
of that species, which is said to be as high as a man, there are
other reasons why it should be considered different from the
plant now in question; it has therefore been proposed to
name the latter after Mr. PLacr, whose name has been so
often mentioned in this Report, and to whom the Society lies
under many obligations for the great liberality with which
he has communicated his fine importations of Chilian seeds,
of which it may be truly said, that they either have been
selected with more good taste and discrimination than any
others which the Society has received, or that the country

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 97

from which they have been sent is so rich that there are none
but fine plants to collect.

L. Placei is a more robust plant than L. nitida, with more
pungent needle-like hairs, and larger flowers. The botanical
differences in the two species are these:

In L. nitida the sepals are toothed and shorter than the
petals, the wings of the corona very small, toothed, and
stalked, the stamens much shorter than the petals, the style
straight, shorter than the stamens, and the sepals erect, and
much shorter than the pear-shaped capsule.

In L. Placei, on the contrary, the sepals are scarcely
toothed, reflexed, and as long as the petals, the wings of the
corona sessile, and quite entire; the longest of the stamens as
long as the petals, the style bent, longer than the stamens, the
sepals reflexed, and longer than the obovate capsule.

BULBOUS PLANTS.

LVI. Album striatellum.
Ornithogalum gramineum. Sims.

In the year 1822, the Society received from Mr. PLACE,
among his collection of Chilian seeds, several kinds of small
bulbs which, in packing up, had not been separated. ‘One of
these blossomed, and was figured in the Botanical M ,tab
2419, where it was called Ornithogalum ramine; but as
it is certainly an Allium, and nearly related to Allium striatum,
Bot. Mag. tab. 1035, it is proposed to call it, with reference to
the proximate species, Æ. striatellum. It is a delicate plant, -
with narrow, bright-green leaves, and a slender scape, so feeble
as to be scarcely able to bear the weight of the few flowers with

VOL. VI. O

98 Report on New and. Rare Plants, &c.

which it is terminated. The flowers are of a pale, yellowish
white colour, and small. ‘The plant has no smell. It will,
probably, thrive very well in a warm border.

LVII. Allium Cowani. Lindley.

This new species of Allium was received from Peru in 1823,
from the late James Cowan, Esq. It is closely allied to Al
lium ursinum, from which it is, however, botanically, as well as
geographically, distinct. It produces, from the root, several
long, succulent, ciliated, weak, flat leaves, among which arises
a scape, bearing close clusters of white flowers. It increases
very slowly by the root, and is at present exceedingly rare.
A figure of it is in the Botanical Register, tab. 758.

LVII. Amaryllis longifolia. Ker.

This has survived the last winter, in the open border, and
is now growing and flowering luxuriantly. It is, undoubtedly,
hardy, and is a most valuable addition to the list of border
bulbs.

HERBACEOUS PLANTS.

LIX. C£nothera acaulis. Cavanilles.

This was raised from Chilian seeds, communicated to the
Society by Mr. Prace in 1823. It is a very dwarf plant,
with whitish, divided leaves, and pure white flowers, which
expand early in the evening, and remain open during the
night, closing by nine o'clock the next morning. It is peren-
nial, and, probably, very hardy, as it loses its leaves in the
autumn, which the tender herbaceous plants of hot coun-
tries do not. As a border plant, it is one of the very best

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 99

which have been lately introduced. It has been figured in the
Botanical Register, tab. 763.

LX. Senecio venustus. Aiton.

A handsome perennial plant, perfectly hardy, and easily
cultivated. The leaves are chiefly radical, nearly upright,
and finely divided. The flowers corymbose, standing about
a foot and a half high, bright purple, and remaining long
open. The plant was raised from seeds communicated to the
Society by Mr. FREDERIC Orro, from the Royal Botanic
Garden of Berlin, in 1822, It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope.

LXI. Calendula incana. Willdenow.

Plants of this were raised from seed sent to the Society by
Mr. CHRISTOPHER ÅBRAHAM Fiscuer, from the Royal Bo-
tanic Garden of Göttingen. It is a hoary, branching plant,
about two feet high, with whitish leaves, and beautiful pale
yellow flowers, expanding in the bright sunshine, like those
of some of the handsomest kinds of Mesembryanthemum.
It is a native of the south of Europe and north of Africa,
and quite hardy. It is figured under the name of Calendula
tomentosa, in the Flora Atlantica of M. Desroytarngs, vol. ii,
tab. 245,

100

Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

Index to the Report.

‘Allium Cowani: Lindl...

mae

Birinteiim... es eens
Alstrémeria Flos Martini. Ker. een
— pulchra. Sims... XXVIII.
Amaryllis candida. Lindl,...... XLITI.
———— Cyrtanthoides. Sims. ... XLII.
ett Eg Bee re XLI
——_— longifolia. Ker........ LVIII.
Ammobium alatum. R. Brown..... LITI
Aneilema Sinicum. Ker, ........ XXIV
Angræcum luridum. . -- XXXVI.
Astrapzea Wallichii. Paar: ins oi ees HE
Berberis fascicularis. Sims........... VI.
Puhala Ko-co Se cs VI:

Calceolaria crenata. Ker

———— rugosa. R. and P.

Scabiosefolia. R. § Se, XLIX.

Calendula incana. Willd.. ........LXI.
Canna Iridiflora. R. and P......,.. XXI
Catasetum cristatum. .. ....... ASAI.

Chlorophytum Orchidastrum. Lind.X XII.

integrifolia. R. and P..... Il.
I

Ixora barbata, Rowd...... 00.006: XIV.
Lantana fucata Ker isi so oss ss 00s ANV,
Laurus aggregata. Sims.,.......... IV.
Limodorum luridum. Afz. ....XXXVI.
Limonia Citrifolia. Willd. ....... XIII.
~— parviflora. Sims, .... +++. XIII
Limnocharis Plumieri. - Rich... .. XXVI
Loasa Acanthifolia. Bot. Reg. ..... LV
mida Lam. «<< Ten ees se LIV.
Sawe PIAGET, S555 7 Ses. N LV.
tricolor, Bot: Reg........2 +n LIV.
| Lobelia Campanuloides. Thunb..... XX.
Mahonia fascicularis. Dec. ........ VI.
Barice Sabin, cosa’ <6 os gusto XIX

Neottia Australis 8. Bot. E XXXV.

Nicotiana nana. Lind... s ALVI.
——— repanda. Willd. birao XLVII.
Ocymum febrifugum. Lindl, ..... XXX.
(Enothera acaulis; Cav,......... . LIX

tenella, Cae. -i -s.... LII

Ornithogalum corymbosum R.P.XX XIX

-——— gramineum. Sims .... LVI.
Clitoria arborea. R. Brown. ...... XVII. | Oxalis Plumieri. Lin.......... XVIII.
Cyminosma pedunculata. Dec........ X. | Pancratium patens. Red... sa AL
Dendrobium nate Lindl.... XXXIII. Pergularia sanguinolenta. ......... XII.
Diplolepis apiculata. - - IX. | Pitcairnia staminea. Lodd......X XIX
— vomitoria. ..... - VIII. Phaylopsis longifolia. Sims... ~. XXVIII
Echites nutans. Sims. ...0++...0+. XI. | Ponthieva petiolata. Lindl. ... . XXXIV
——— sanguinolenta Tussac...... XI, ! Prescotia plantaginea. Lindl... .. XXXII.
Eulophia gracilis. Lindl..... XXXVIII. Primula Sinensis. Lindl. .....+.. XXV.
——— Guineensis. R. Br... -XXXVII. Prunus paniculata. Pt. Ae ree AY.
Euonymus Chinensis. ...., ANI, | aa oe pseudo-cerasug. .-...+..- XLV
Euphorbia cyathophora. dae “tes “XLVI Rosa Biebersteinii. Lindl...-.... XLIV.
Gela lanceolata. Lour....... veneers Be ae D Pb cea o XLIV
Glycosmis Citrifolia. ..........., XIII. | Schizanthus pinnatus. R. and P... . L.
uatteria rufa. Dunal... usses. V. | Schizopetalon Walkeri. Sims...+.- +. LI.
Hæmadictyon SESUUR: sois sotsia Xi. Senecio venustus. Ait. . A T odaeks
Hypericum Cochin-chinense. Lour. VII. Spiranthes pudica. Lindl... erp. ©.%. 4
Jambolifera pedunculata. Lin....... X. | Ximenia? lanceolata. o 5 se X.
Tpomeea paniculata. Ker......., XXIII.

f 101 ]

VI. On the Cultwation of Strawberries. By Taoomas An-
DREW Kwnicut, Esq. F.R.S. §c. President.

Read December 21, 1824.

Ma. Kerns has published, in the Transactions of the
Horticultural Society,* some excellent observations upon the
proper modes of managing different varieties of the Straw-
berry ; in conjunction, however, with some opinions which I
do not think well founded: and as I rarely see in the gardens
of my friends that which is, in my opinion, even a moderately
good crop of Strawberries, I shall proceed to state some con-
clusions which theory and practice have conjointly led me to
draw, relatively to the most advantageous modes of culture
of those species and varieties of fruit.

I perfectly coincide in opinion with Mr. Krens, that the
spring is the only proper season for planting. At that season
of the year, the ground, having been properly worked and
manured, will long continue light and permeable to the
roots, which will consequently descend during the summer
deeply into the soil. Abundant foliage will be produced,
which will be fully exposed, through the summer, to the
light ; and much true sap will be generated, whilst very little,
comparatively, will be expended ; for if any fruit stalks appear,
those should be taken off. In the following season, as Mr.
Kerens has justly observed, a superior crop will be borne,
than by plants of greater age, or differently cultivated.

When plantations of Strawberries are made, as they usu-

® Vol, ii, page 392. m

102 On the Cultwation of Strawberries.

ally are, in the month of August, the plants acquire sufficient
strength before winter to afford a moderate crop of fruit in the
following year: but the plants will not have formed a suf-
ficient reservoir of true sap to feed even such a crop,
without being too much impoverished ; their spring foliage
will be also exhausted in feeding the fruit, and will continue,
through the summer, to shade the leaves subsequently pro-
duced. The aggregate produce in two seasons will, in con-
sequence, generally be-found to be less in quantity, and very
inferior in quality, to that afforded in one season by a plan-
tation of equal extent, made in the spring. :
Mr. Krens suffers his beds to continue three years, though
he admits that the produce of the first year is the most abun-
dant, and of the best quality; and in order to afford his
plants sufficient space, when they are three years old, he
places them at too great distances, in my opinion, from each
other, to obtain the greatest produce from the smallest extent
of ground. He places his Hautbois and Pine Strawberry
plants at eighteen inches apart in the rows, with intervals of
two feet between the rows ; each square yard consequently
contains three plants only. I have placed Downton Straw-
berry plants, which require as much space as those of the
Hautbois, or Pine, in rows at sixteen inches distance from
each other, and with only eight inches distance between
the plants; which is nearly nine to each square yard; and I
have found each plant at such distances nearly, if not quite, as
productive, as when placed with much wider intervals. The
Old Scarlet Strawberry I have also found to bear admi-
rably when plants have been placed in rows of one foot
distance from each other, with spaces of half that distance

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 103

between the plants ; and I think I have obtained more than
twice the amount of produce from the same extent of ground,
which I should have obtained, if my plants had been placed
at the distances recommended by Mr. Krrens. My beds
are, however, totally expended at the end of sixteen or seven-
teen months, from the time of their being formed, and the
ground is then applied to other purposes. I have conse-
quently the trouble annually of planting; but I find this
trouble much less than that of properly managing old beds ;
and I am quite certain that I obtain a much larger quantity
of fruit, and of very superior quality than I ever did obtain,
by retaining the same beds in bearing during three successive
years, from the same extent of ground.

There is a very large Strawberry of most luxuriant growth
raised from seed by Mr. WILLIrams of Pitmaston, called the
Yellow Chili, which will alone, of those varieties which I
have cultivated, require, in my opinion, wider intervals than
those I have mentioned ; and the distances recommended by
Mr. Keens will, I think, be found expedient, where that
variety is cultivated. It is a variety of much merit, and of
most extraordinary size, a single fruit, raised in my garden, in
the last season, having weighed 558 grains. Some plants of it
were sent by Mr. Wixu1ams to the Society's garden in the
last spring.

I perfectly approve of, and have long rennet the mode
of management recommended by Mr. Krens, of placing some
long dung between the rows, where it has all the good effects
which he ascribes to it ; but to his practice of digging between
the rows I object most strongly ; for by shortening the lateral
roots in autumn, the plants not only lose the true sap, which

104 _ On the Cultivation of Strawberries.

such roots abundantly contain; but the organs themselves,
which the plants must depend upon for supplies of new food
in the spring, must be, to a considerable extent, destroyed.
This mode of treating strawberry plants is much in use
amongst country gardeners, and I have amply tried it myself,
but always with injurious effects; and I do not hesitate to
pronounce it decidedly bad.

The wide intervals recommended by Mr. Krens certainly
permit the fruit to be gathered with much convenience, but.
spaces, to receive the feet of the gatherers of the fruit may
be easily made; and it is much better that a small number of
Strawberries should be destroyed, than that a latge quantity
should fail to be produced, owing to more than necessarily
wide, void spaces.

Taking off the runners is not expedient in the mode of cul-
ture I recommend, and, under all circumstances, this must be
done with judgment and caution; for every runner is, in its
incipient state of formation, capable of becoming a fruit stalk,
and if too great a number of the runners be taken off in the
summer, others will be emitted by the plants, which would,
under other circumstances, have been transmuted into fruit
stalks. The blossoms, consequently, will not be formed till
a later period of the season, and the fruit of the following
year will thence be defective alike in quantity and quality :
and, under the mode of culture recommended, a large part of
the runners, when these are taken off in the spring, will be
required to form the new beds.

I have found the Alpine Strawberries to succeed best, when
seedling plants, raised very early in the spring, or those
obtained from runners of the preceding year, have been

By Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esq. 105

planted in the beginning of April, at one foot apart, in beds
of about four or five feet wide, with intervals between the
beds. It is expedient, in the culture of these varieties, that
the superficial soil should be extremely rich; because much
the most valuable part of their produce is obtained from run-
ners of the same season, and these require to be well nou-
rished. Ifa good Alpine variety be planted, the blossoms of
all the runners will rise with the third leaf. The best which
I have seen, affords a white fruit, similar, in form, to the red
variety; and the old plants of this, as well as the runners,
continue to bear till the blossoms are destroyed by frost : and
both the White Wood and White Alpine Strawberries, ap-
pear to me to retain their flavour more perfectly in autumn
than the Red. The habits of the White Alpine variety
abovementioned, of which I have sent plants to the garden
of the Society, are permanent in the seedling plants; pro-
vided the seed be grown at some distance from plants of the
coloured varieties of the same species.

Mr. Kerns supposes the Alpine Strawberry plants to be
incapable of producing blossoms till they are a year old ; but
I have shewn that they afford fruit in a very few months after
they have sprung from seeds. He also supposes that the
seedling plants of other species of Strawberries do not pro-
duce fruit till they are two years old. I entertain no doubt
but that he is correct, when the plants are raised in the oper
ground; but when I have employed, as I have always done.
artificial heat, early in the spring, I have obtained abundant
crops from yearling plants of every species.

VOL. VI. E

[ 106 ]

VII. Directions for Managing Tigridia Pavonia, during the
Winter Months: In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
Joun Damper Parks. :

Read December 7, 1824.
SIR,

Moen is yet to be learned respecting the method of treating
many plants, although they have been long cultivated in the
gardens of this country ; and it is only by the result of re-
peated experiments that this object can be attained. I conse-
quently beg leave to lay before you a plan that I have suc-
cessfully adopted for the management of the Tigridia Pa-
vonia, during the winter, which differs from the usual treat-
ment of that plant. —

It is customary with gardeners, in general, when the flow-
ering stems have been damaged by the autumnal frosts, and
have began to decay, to cut down the entire tops ofthe
plants, to take up the bulbs, and having cleaned and gradu-
ally dried them, to place them for the winter in some dry
situation, where they will be safe from the effects of frost.
But T” have found that by this treatment the roots not only
diminish in size, but the stock is reduced in quantity, for
they are apt to become mouldy at the base of the bulb, and
then to rot.

Having experienced in the year 1821, particularly, the
ill effects of the usual mode of treatment, I resolved,
for experiment sake, to preserve a part of the mould
round the roots of the plants when first taken up in the

Directions for Managing Tigridia Pavonia. 107

autumn, and to place them in pots, as small as their size
would conveniently admit without disturbing the bulbs. I then
arranged them between the heaths in a cold pit, which was
erected solely to exclude frost, there being no flue attached
to it, and I kept the pots repeatedly watered through the
winter, whenever the mould appeared to be getting dry.
When I examined them for potting, previously to their being
put into the Cucumber frame, in order to bring them forward
in the month of March following, I was surprised to observe
the difference in size between the roots so treated and those
that had been kept dry; also that, though many of the latter
had perished, there were no symptoms of decay in those that
had been preserved in a moist state.

I afterwards remarked, throughout the summer, that the
luxuriant growth of the plants, so treated, as much surpassed
those that had been kept dry, as the appearance of the bulbs
excelled at the time of potting.

As the Tigridia Pavonia is a plant much admired, and now
generally cultivated, I have ventured to communicate to you
these particulars, in case you should think them worthy of
the notice of the Horticultural Society.

I have the honour to be
Your most obedient servant,
: Jonn Damper Parks.
Bexley, November 24, 1824,

[ 108 ]

VIII. Notices of Communications to the Horticultural So-
ciety, between January 1, 1822, and January 1, 1823, of
which separate Accounts have not been published in the
Transactions. Extracted from the Minute Books and
Papers of the Society.

Ia Reverend Grorcre Swayne of Dyrham, near Bath,
communicated to the Meeting, on the 5th February, the
following method of protecting the branches of Vig-trees
during winter. He had observed, that wherever the fruit-
bud of a Fig tree was enclosed within the woollen shred by
which a branch was fastened to the wall, the young Fig issuing
therefrom was subsequently generally forwarder and stronger
than others on the same branch which were exposed. From
this he was led to believe, that if the fruit-bearing part of the
branch was wholly enclosed in some slight covering during
the severe part of the winter, its produce would probably be
preserved from the injurious effects of frost, and the future
growth ofthe fruit materially accelerated. He consequently
adopted a plan of covering, which proved successful. The
materials which Mr. Swayne has used, and found to be most
proper for the purpose, are old newspapers; they are thin
enough to admit a portion of light, which he considers to be
of importance, and by being fabricated of lint or cotton, which
are bad conductors of heat, they so far resist the cutting blasts
and cold of the winter nights. Printed, he conceives, is better
than plain, paper for the purpose ; for having a considerable

Notices of Communications to the Society, Fc. 109

portion of its surface covered with the oil of the ink, it does
not readily imbibe moisture. To allow full time for ripening
the wood, Mr. Swayne does not cover the branches till
the month of December, unless the weather threatens to be
frosty. The most expeditious mode of applying the paper is
by winding long stripes round the branches, in the manner
in which surgeons do their bandages, making the paper
reach as far as possible, without leaving any part uncovered,
and giving it a twist on the end, to fix it. As soon as the
branch has been papered, it is attached to the wall with
_shreds in two places, one at the commencement of the paper,
and the other near the end. Towards the latter end of April,
when the young fruits are swelling, the covering is removed,
taking care to do so on a mild but cloudy day, that the change
may not be too great from their covered state to that of expo-
sure. If the Fig trees have not been previously pruned, to
save unnecessary labour, such branches only as are intended
to be left for fruiting need be covered.

The Rev. Writ1am Puetps, of Mellifont Abbey, near
Wells, Somersetshire, communicated to the Meeting, on the
5th of February, directions for protecting wall trees from the
effects of frost, by constructing broad ladders, resembling
hurdles, of alength sufficient to reach to the top of the wall
when placed obliquely against it, three feet distant at the
bottom, and of a width not exceeding six feet, in order that
they may be more portable. The rounds of the ladder, which
are eighteen inches apart, are wrapped with straw or hay-
bands, or with refuse flax, or hemp dressings. The annexed

110 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

sketch will convey a perfect idea of the machine recom-
mended.

Be ee ESS E
ier wot 2 mm omer a3 FITTS
noon

ry pma aa ad
2 SS S See ee
ae Ag

CT TSA
RR AN TR ae | a
=e SSI
a= Fe WW
= WASE

SIS I

The obliquity of the ladder brings the rounds into such a
position, one above the other, that the effects of frost, and
of cutting winds, are completely guarded against, and yet
the sun’s rays are admitted, and a free circulation of air al-
lowed. The ladders are placed in front of the trees, just
before the blossoms begin to expand, and continued there till
the fruit is of good size, when they may be removed to a shed,
to remain till the next season. With common care they will
last several years, and the straw or hay-bands may be easily
renewed. The experience of four years has fully confirmed
Mr. Puexps in the opinion of the utility of this kind of
protection.

Mr. JAMES Darr, Gardener to the Earl of HARDWICKE, ât
Wimpole, in Cambridgeshire, transmitted to the Meeting, on

Separate Accounts have not been published. 111

the 19th of February, a Description of Pine-Pits, worked
without fire or dung heat. 'The pits are somewhat on Mac
Puait’s plan, but adapted by Mr. Darı to the culture of
' Pines; the outside of the pits is surrounded with a mound of
leaves five feet and a half thick, five feet high in front, and
seven feet at the back. As the leaves settle, additions of fresh
leaves are made, to keep up the height of the mound, which
requires neither turning nor‘changing for a twelvemonth. After
that period, the leaves are removed for forcing Asparagus,
Sea Kale, &c.; and in the third year they become vegetable
mould. The length of the Pinery is one hundred and sixty
feet, and there are seven hundred one-horse cart loads of
leaves gathered yearly, which produce three hundred cubic
yards of vegetable mould. From the stock of Pine plants
‘which are in number from five to six hundred,) there are two
hundred and fifty fruit cut annually. At the time of making
the communication, Mr. DALL had practised this mode of
raising and fruiting Pines for four years, and has since conti-
nued it with the greatest success. |

Mr. James Smita, Gardener to the Earl of Hoprerown, at
Hopetown House, in Scotland, communicated, in a Letter to
the Secretary, read at the Meeting on the 19th of March, a
method for forcing Rhubarb. In the last week of December
he takes up roots of the Rheum hybridum, with the fibres
as little broken as possible, and plants them in a light soil, in
boxes three feet long, one foot eight inches wide, and one foot
three inches deep, as close together as possible. The boxes
are placed in a Mushroom-house, or other dark room, and wa-
tered occasionally. If the temperature of the place be from

112 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

55 to 65 degrees, the shoots will grow, become blanched, and be
fit for cutting in February. Ifa fresh box be brought in every
three weeks, a regular supply for an ordinary family will be
easily obtained. In April, when the plants are done with, they
are to be taken out of the boxes and planted in the open
ground, and if they have not been too much exhausted, they
will become fit for future similar use. Mr. Smrru was led to
adopt this plan in consequence of reading that described by
the President in the third volume* of the Transactions of
the Society.

Jonn Wepewoop, Esq. sent for the inspection of the
Society, on the 16th of April, some Specimens of Buda Kale,
blanched in the manner of Sea Kale. The blanching is
effected simply by covering the plants with garden pots, about
the beginning of March. If dung is applied, they may be
covered much earlier, and forced, as is usual, with Sea Kale.
The plants thus treated become peculiarly delicate.

Mr. Jons Reap, of Newington Causeway, Southwark, late
of Yalding in Kent, communicated, in a Letter to the Secre-
tary, a sketch and explanation of a mode of glazing hot-bed
lights, and the roofs of forcing houses. Mr. Reap observes,
that in the usual way, the surface of the putty being entirely
exposed, soon loses its tenacity, and partially separates from
the bar, thereby admitting wet into the house, and hastening
the decay of the wood. To obviate these defects, Mr. Rrap’s
sash-bar has a groove on each side, to receive the glass and
putty, and the top is planed off, leaving it slanting both ways,

* See Horticultural Transactions, vol. iii, page 154,

Separate Accounts have not been published. 113

as is shown in the annexed sketch, which is a section of the
bar and glass.

as

There is not more difficulty in repairing the glass in lights
or roofs with bars of this form, than in those made in the usual
way, as a narrow chisel, like a mortice chisel, cuts out the
old putty with great ease.

Mr. Joun Hunneman sent to the Meeting, on the 18th
of June, several roots of the Teltow Turnip, a small and
excellent spindle-shaped root, not exceeding the size of a
small long-rooted Radish, grown principally in the neighbour-
hood of Teltow, in Brandenburgh. Mr. Hunnemay, at the
same time, communicated the following account of its culti-
vation. The seed is sown twice a year, the first time in April,
and the crop is fit to gather about July, or sooner, if the sea-
son be favourable. The second sowing is made in August,
generally in ground from which the Rye crops have been
cleared, or where early Potatoes have been previously grown.
This second crop is taken up late in the autumn, and after the
tops and fibres are trimmed off, the roots are preserved in

VOL. VI. Q

114 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

cellars in dry sand, where they will keep good till the spring.
The poor and sandy soil of the Teltow district seems almost:
necessary for the growth of this Turnip, for it degenerates
when grown at a distance from it. A total absence of manure
is essential to their perfection. As a vegetable it is much
used in Germany; it is of great excellence, and is dressed in
a variety of ways, but generally stewed.

Sir CHARLES Mites Lampert Monck, Bart. communi-
cated to the Meeting, on the 16th of July, Directions for re-
moving Worms from the roots of plants grown in pots or tubs.
He had observed, in the month of August, that some Tu-
beroses, which grew in pots under glass, and, having thrown
up tall flower stems, had begun to open their flowers, sud-
denly became sickly, and declined in vigour. Abundance of
‘worm casts, chiefly of very young and small worms, appeared
on the surface of the mould in the pots, which led him to
believe that worms might be the cause of the sickness; he
therefore directed a pint of an infusion of Walnut leaves to be
given to each pot: the worms quickly emerged from the
mould to the surface, and were removed. This treatment
was repeated in the following week, when a few more worms
were extracted; the plants subsequently resumed their
health, and blossomed strongly. This success induced Sir
Cuarxes Monckx to try the experiment on Orange trees and
other plants in pots, and it was attended with equal success.
He thinks that, the infusion is beneficial not only in destroy-
ing the worms, but that it acts also as a manure, the season
for extracting the worms being the same, when the plants are
in full growth, and therefore most in want of moisture and

Separate Accounts have not been published. 115

manure. The infusion is made with boiling water and
fresh Walnut leaves: having stood till cold, it is ready for
use.

Mr. PEREGRINE Day, Gardener to the Countess of
Dysart, at Ham House, near Richmond, sent to the Meet-
ing, on the 16th of July, a Tree Cabbage-plant in seed, the
stem of which was twelve feet high, with abundance of
branches. On the 6th of August Mr. Day communicated
the following particulars respecting it: He had heard from
one of his under-gardeners that he had seen a variety of Cab-
bage in Sussex, which grew to a great height, and through
his means he obtained some of the seed, which he sowed in
the garden at Ham House in March 1821, in the ordinary
soil. Only one plant came up, which was planted out in the
usual manner. During the following winter the produce of
sprouts from this was very abundant; it put forth flowers,
which were white and very large. In July 1822, when the
plant was sent to the Society, it had ripened abundance of
seed. 7

Mr. James Surtu, Gardener to James HAMMOND, Esq. at
Potter’s Bar, near Barnet, communicated to the Meeting, on
the 6th of August, Directions for forcing Onions to produce
bulbs in clusters, at an early season. He sows the seed in
April, thickly, in a bed, and does not afterwards thin the
plants which come up ; this causes them to remain small, a
part of them are used for pickling, and the remainder being
about the size of walnuts are planted in January or February,
pressing each Onion into the earth so deep, as just to cover

116 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

it. As soon as the seed-stalks appear, he breaks them off,
and instead of making any effort to form new ones, the
Onions begin to form young bulbs round the old ones. By
this process, Onions may be obtained two or three inches in
circumference, fit for the kitchen early in the spring, at a
time when spring-sown Onions are not larger than quills.
Onions thus thrown into clusters will be full grown by the
end of June, and fit. to take up then, but they do not keep
well.

Peter Rainier, Esq. Capt. R. N., in aletter to the Secre-
tary, dated August 12th, communicated the following Direc-
tions for cultivating and cooking the Brinjall, a variety of the
common Egg plant (Solanum melongena), producing dark-
coloured elongated fruit, which is much used in the East
Indies, especially at Bombay. It is also established as an
esculent in the French gardens, under the name of Aubergine.
Captain RAINIER grows the plants in a frame three feet deep,
placed upon a dung bed with twelve inches thickness of
compost, the lower eight inches of which should be two-
thirds rotten dung, and one-third equal parts of road drift
and sifted loam; the upper four inches should be a light ve-
getable mould. The seeds are sown in February, ten inches
apart. The lights are taken off, when the leaves touch the
glass. They then require only to be well watered, to bring
them to perfection. Each plant yields from six to ten fruits.
They are very subject to the attacks of the red spider, but
steaming the pit in the usual way will always destroy these
insects. Captain RAINIER states that the Brinjalls are very
generally used in the East Indies in curries and made dishes,

Separate Accounts have not been published. 117

but that the usual and best mode of dressing them, is first to
parboil them, and then dividing them lengthways, to score
them across and across with a knife, to dress them with butter,
pepper, and salt, and then to broil them on a gridiron.

Captain RAINIER, in a subsequent letter to the Secretary,
dated the 31st of the same month, gave an account of the
success which had attended his use of the Medlar, as a stock
for Pears. The shoots produced from the grafts are very
vigorous, extending upwards of three feet in length, but not-
withstanding this, they invariably produce great crops as
dwarf standards, and fruit the second year after being worked.

Mr. Joun Bowers, Gardener to the Lord Sr LSEY, at West
Dean House, in Sussex, communicated to the Meeting, on the
17th of September, the following directions for destroying
the Bug and Scale on Pine-apple plants. He prepares a
wash consisting of three gallons of rain water, two pounds of
soft soap, eight ounces of black sulphur (sulphur vivum), and
two ounces of camphor, boiled together for an hour, and to
which is then added, three ounces of turpentine. He turns out
his plants, divests the roots of their fibres, and immerses them
in a trough nearly filled with the liquid at a temperature of
from 120 to 136 degrees, for about five minutes. Queen and
Sugar-loaf Pines he finds require the highest heat stated ;

A ntiguas and others need not have it above 124 degrees ;
but those to which a lower temperature is used must remain
double the time immersed. When taken out of the liquor
they are well drained and set on the flue of the house with
the roots downwards, until they become dry ; they are then

118 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

put into small sized pots, and plunged in fresh tan, with a
good bottom heat kept up by dung linings, ‘They are shaded
from the sun in the heat of the day, and a little air given
until they begin to grow, which will be in about three weeks
from the time they are potted. The above operation may be
performed any time between the months of February and
September.

Mr. Joun Breesz, Gardener to Sir Tuomas NEavE,
Bart. at Dagnam Park, Essex, communicated to the Meeting,
on the 17th of September, an account of his method of
growing Pines with a bottom heat of dung, ina house in which
Vines for early Grapes were also to be forced. The house
in which he made his experiment is forty-four feet long by
seventeen feet wide, and the pit within it is thirty-six feet
long by nine feet wide. He placed strong bars across the
pit, and on them rested six rows of moveable shelves length-
ways, so as to hold six rows of Pine plants, twenty in each
row, the bottoms of the pots being about six inches below
the curb. From these shelves to the bottom of the. pit is
about three feet, two feet and a half of which depth was
filled up with rank dung from the stable, and the other six
_ inches with old exhausted dung from the linings of Cucumber
beds. The Pine plants were then placed on the shelves, and
the steam from the fresh dung rising through the exhausted
dung on the top, entered the house sufficiently sweet for all
the purposes of vegetation, not only of the Pines but also for
the Vines, which are trained to the rafters. When the heat
declined much, it was renewed by turning the dung once a
month and adding a little fresh, and when this failed to give —

Separate Accounts have not been published. 119

the temperature desired, slates were put from shelf to shelf,
so as to cover the whole space, and the intervals between the
pots were filled with tan. This last operation will not be ne-
cessary, unless the heat has declined very much, and then
care must be taken that the tan does not get so warm as to
burn the roots of the plants. Leaves may be substituted for
tan, if more convenient. Mr. Breese has obtained in the
house treated as described, both Pines and Grapes superior to
what he has seen grown by fire heat. He thinks some plan
might be devised to avoid the trouble of moving the plants
every time the dung requires turning.

Mr. Wirxi1am Ross sent to the Meeting, from his Nursery
at Stoke Newington, on the 15th of October, bunches of the
Black Damascus Grape, the blossoms of which had been fer-
tilized by the pollen of the Royal Muscadine, and on the 5th
of November Mr. Ross communicated the particulars of the
process. He observes that the blossoms of the Black Da-
mascus Grape are known to set very imperfectly, even in the
stove, and of course more imperfectly in the vinery or open
air. He had a plant of this variety on the open wall, which,
for many years, invariably failed to set its fruit, producing
only three or four very large berries on a bunch, whilst the
remaining blossoms proved abortive. With the view to
remedy this defect, he caused, when the Vine was pruned,
several shoots of it to be trained in amongst shoots of a Royal
Muscadine growing near it on the same wall, so that the
blossoms of the two plants should come in contact with each
other. This had the desired effect; those bunches which
were mixed with the Muscadine all set well, while the rest of

120 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

the Vine continued to produce defective bunches as before.
Mr. Ross further observes, he has been in the habit of fer-
tilizing with considerable success the clusters of the Black
Damascus Grape in a forcing house, by suspending over the
blossoms, when fully open, bunches of the flowers of those
sorts whose pollen is produced in perfection, which may have
been necessarily taken off the Vines in the house: the bunches
thus suspended should be occasionally shaken, to cause a
dispersion of the pollen.

Jous Wittiams, Esq. of Pitmaston, near Worcester, com-
municated in a letter to the Secretary, on the 4th of No-
vember, the particulars of a mode of cultivating Strawberries,
which he has pursued with success. He raises small ridges
of earth (running north and south) about nine inches above
the level of the ground, and plants the Strawberries on the
top, laying flat tiles on each side of the ridge. He finds-the
produce earlier, more abundant, and better flavoured than on
plants grown on the flat ground. In shallow soils this
method has the advantage of giving increased depth of mould
for the roots, and the flat tiles placed on the sides of the
ridge not only receive and reflect the rays of the eastern and
western sun, but preserve the moisture under them, so that
in very dry weather it will be found that the ridges require
less water than the common beds. Mr. Wintiams observes,
that this mode of planting would be too expensive for market
gardeners, but in private gardens it is worth attention, as, in
_ addition to the other advantages above recited, it keeps the
fruit free from dirt after heavy showers of rain.

Notices of Communications to the Society, &c. 121

Joun Rigpen Neame, Esq. communicated to the Meeting,
on the 17th of December, a plan for preventing the drip in
glass houses, which falls from the sash bars on the plants
below them, and consequently injures them. Mr. NEAME
attaches small thin copper gutters to the bars of his lights in
the manner represented in the annexed sketch.

_ They are fastened on with pins the whole length of the bar,
and conduct the water which they receive to the top of the
plate which supports the bottom of the rafters, from which it
falls into a gutter which runs along the front of the house on
the outside. © ; 3

VOL. VI. R

[ 122 ]

IX. An Account of a New Seedling Grape. In a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. Henry Bury, F. H. S. Gardener
to the Marquess of Aitessury, F. H. S., &c.

S Read December 7, 1824.
IR,

[ wave the honour to send you herewith another specimen
of the New Muscat Grape, for exhibition to-morrow, at the
Meeting of the Society. I regret that I was not able to send
you any bunches of it in September, as I had intended, but
those which you received in July will have enabled you to
judge of the size to which they attain; and what you now
receive will furnish a better sample as to flavour, those first
sent having been scarcely ripe. The Society having deemed
so highly of the Grape as to honour me with a Silver Medal for
having raised it, I have thought it right to send you such
particulars relative to the Vine, as may serve to record its
origin.

In the spring of the year 1819, I sowed a considerable
number of seeds of the Muscat of Alexandria Grape in a pot,
in the Pine stove. When the plants came up, I remarked
one much stronger than the others, and which soon took the
lead of them all so decidedly, that I planted it by itself, and
rejected all the rest. In the following spring, I turned it out
against the back wall ofa Pine stove (having no more favour-
able situation for it), and trained the shoots down the rafters
to the front. The plant grew with great vigour, but was not
allowed to bear till 1823, and then only a few bunches were
suffered to ripen on it. This year it has borne a full crop,
or, I ought rather to say, three crops, for the whole of the

Account of a New Seedling Grape. 123

first bunches were cut in July, while its second crop was
yet young. The second was cut in the end of August and
September, and those now sent, which had not shewn
themselves in July, are a part of the third. This will serve
to satisfy you that the plant is a remarkably free bearer,
and its produce, in point of size, both of bunch and berry,
is not inferior to that of the Old Muscat. By all who have
tasted the fruit it has been allowed to surpass that variety in
flavour.
I am, Sir,
your very obedient Servant,

Henry Burn.
Tottenham Park, near Mar lborough,
ecember 6, 1824.

Note by the Secretary.

Fruit of the Vine described above, was exhibited at the
Meeting of the Society on the 6th of July, and again on the
7th of December, 1824. The bunches first shewn were of
good size, the berries resembling those of the Old Muscat of
Alexandria, but they were larger, and of superior flavour. It is
proposed to call it the Tottenham Park Muscat Sb aft in
order to record its origin.

[ 124 ]

X. An Account of a Lime Duster for the Destruction of
Insects on Fruit Trees. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Samve. Curtis,

fas Read April 20, 1824,

I am anxious to lay before the Horticultural Society a plan
which I have adopted for preventing the depredations of
insects on Fruit-trees, hoping it may prove as beneficial to
others as it has to me.

For many years past, my orchard at this place, containing
many thousand Fruit-trees, and occupying fifty acres, has been
so completely divested of most of its foliage and young fruit, in
the spring months, that at midsummer little more than the
bare twigs were left, and I had serious apprehensions that my _
plan of planting so largely, adopted sixteen years ago, would
prove a failure, unless some remedy could be found for so
‘serious anevil, With this view, I had for several years been
careful to wash, with lime and water, the stems and branches
of my trees, but this I found ineffectual for the destruction of
those insects which prey on the young buds and leaves. I
therefore had a Cannister made of tin, similar to that sent
herewith, and of which a figure is annexed.

Quick lime pulverized, and often sifted through a fine sieve,
was put into the cannister, and I had it shook over the young
foliage just as it was expanding, The first season I used it,
the fresh hatched caterpillars had commenced their de-
predations, but so easy was the application of the Lime
Dust with this machine, that I soon effected the destruction

An Account of a Lime Duster, §c. 125

of almost the whole of them; for although they sheltered
themselves as long as they could, their food was rendered so
unpalatable, that they either died, or dropped off in search of
other food, so that the spring shoots of my trees were pre-
served in full vigour, a circumstance which had not occurred
for several preceding years. The next season, as soon as the
young caterpillars were discovered, I commenced the same
operations with the like success, and the foliage was then so
fine that I had very few bitten leaves, and the whole of my
orchard put on such a perfectly different appearance; that
persons who were in the habit of seeing it two or three times
in the year, were astonished at the change. The conse-
quence of thus preventing the destruction of the leaves was
a most abundant crop of fruit (from 3 to 4000 bushels), and
my trees are now in a most promising state for as great a
bloom as ever. The time for using the powder is in the dew
of the morning, or whenever the leaves are damp, and if there
should be a gentle breeze sufficient to carry the dust obliquely
through the head of each tree, it is the more quickly per-
formed. Under favourable circumstances of this sort, I found
that three men, provided with the powder in a large box on
a light wheelbarrow, could dress from two to three thousand
trees ina day, When the wind changed I had the trees dusted
on the other side. Although used ever so freely, no person
need fear any injury from the caustic quality of the lime on the
most delicate fresh expanded foliage; it is only prejudicial to
insects of all kinds, and to dead vegetable matter.

I use the lime for the trees the first time, when the bunches
of blossom buds are separating, but the corollas not ex-
panded ; at this period many small caterpillars hatch and

126 Account of a Lime Duster, &c.

take shelter amongst the footstalks, and eat into the young
fruit, and I believe this is the time when the depredation
on all the fruit commences, though it does not shew itself
until much later periods. The young shoot buds are much
later, but the dusting preserves them in their infancy. After
the blossom is over and when the foliage is expanding, one
or two more dustings may be applied to advantage, and the
leaves will be preserved in good health and beauty. If rain
happens shortly after the dusting, the condition of the cater-
pillars is not much better, as the lime water surrounding
them is as prejudicial to them as the powder, but those
which either escape or are fresh hatched, must have the
powder applied again, as soon as possible, or they will prey
on the fresh washed foliage.

The cannister which I have used is twelve inches long,
seven inches wide at its broadest, and four inches on its nar-
rowest part, and the handle is five inches and a half long, the
top of the handle is fitted with a cap, which is put on when
the lime is to be thrown on low trees, but when high trees
are to be operated upon, the cap is removed, and a pole, of
sufficient length to reach the height required, is inserted into
the handle. T remain, Sir,
your very obedient Servant,

SAMUEL CURTIS.

Glazenwood, near Coggeshall, Essex;
April 16, 1823.

[ 127 ]

XI. On Forcing Cucumbers. Jn a Letter to the Secre-
tary. By Mr. Tuomas ALLEN.

Sir, Read January 4, 1825. |

I sxe leave to offer to your notice the following method of
growing forced Cucumbers, which I have practised upwards
of twenty years with success, always producing abundance of
the fruit under frames from March till October. In the last
year (1823) I worked seventy lights for the London market,
the produce of the whole was 3360, or‘four dozen Cucumbers
to a light, which is, I believe, a greater product than is
usually obtained by any of the ordinary methods of treatment.

The most obvious defects in the common management of
Cucumbers under lights are, firstly, that the earth or compost
is of too light a quality, not containing sufficient strength and
depth to support a succession of fruit through the season,
particularly if there should be much sun; and secondly, the
dung is not always sufficiently worked in the bed before it is
earthed over, and it is generally left burning in a confined
state, so that when the roots of the plants come in contact
with it, instead of finding it congenial to vegetation, it destroys
the roots, and consequently injures the health of the plants,
subjecting them to the attack of the red spider and other
insects.

Having stated these defects, I will now describe the
method I have practised, and commence with the dung-bed.
If it is to be made in December or January, four feet in

128 On Forcing Cucumbers.

height will be requisite. The hot horse dung of which the
bed is composed must have been turned and watered five or
six times before it is used. In making up the bed the dung
should be well beaten with the back of the fork, about twelve
inches round the outsides, but only slightly in the middle of
the bed. When the bed is made up, put on the frame and
lights, and cover up with litter and mats, applying a slight
lining round. As soon as the heat is perceived, raise the
lights to let off the rank steam. In about three days after,
uncover the whole, take off the lights, and fork up the dung
twelve inches deep, breaking the lumps, and picking out any
stones that may appear in it; then sprinkle the bed with
water, and cover up, raising the lights as before directed. The
forking and watering should be repeated three times a week,
until the dung becomes sweet, which may be ascertained by
closing the lights for an hour, and observing if the globules of
water that hang under the glass are white and transparent,
and the steam without any unpleasant smell. If this be the
case, the bed may be considered in a fit state to ridge, previous
to which, take off the frame and lights, fork up the bed twelve
inches deep, change the dung from the middle to the out-
sides, beat the latter solid, and make them about four
inches higher than the middle, which should be left concave;
then slightly sprinkle the surface of the bed with water, and
replace the frames.

The next operation is to prepare a band of straw one inch
- in diameter, and ten feet long. Rye straw is the best for the
purpose, as it will not encourage mice. When the band is
twisted to the length required, roll it up in a coil, and it will
form a round flat mat, about fifteen inches in diameter, which

By Mr. Tuomas Aten. 129

should be placed on the dung, under the centre of each light.
On the mat, place one bushel of prepared compost, con-
sisting of loam and rotten horse or cow dung, about equal
parts, well incorporated together, Put a slight covering on
the lights until next morning, when the mould will be suffi-
ciently warmed to receive the plants, or rather plant, for I
have found that a single plant brings finer fruit and of more
vigorous growth than when two or three plants are put under
a light, as is the common practice.

In ridging out, make a hole in the top of the hillock large
enough to receive the ball of earth, in which the roots are, en-
tire, leaving the top of the plant, three inches from the glass;
the mould should then be dressed up round the hillock and be
pressed close to the roots, and within one inch of the seed
leaves of the plant, these at no time of earthing should be
covered with mould, for that is very apt to cause canker,
The earth should be kept within the bounds of the straw
mat, and not be suffered to mix with the dung, as that
would cause a burning, which is not only troublesome, but in
many instances, fatal to the prosperity of the plant, because
if the earth is once burnt, its vegetative quality is destroyed,
and water will have no effect on it. The only remedy in such
ease is to remove the mould, fork up and water the dung,
lay on a little rye straw, and replace the earth.

After ridging out, the lights may be kept close for an
hour or two, according to the temperature of the bed and
the weather, then give air from a quarter to one inch in
the day, and the former quantity by night, this will pro-
mote the health and prevent an elongation of the joints
of the plants. The covering must be very slight for the

VOL. VI. S

130 On Forcing Cucumbers.

first three weeks or month; at the most, a single mat put
lengthways will suffice, the ends not to hang over the sides,

The heat must be kept up by augmenting the linings once
a week, turning over and watering them, when they heat so as
to become dry. The bed inside the frame will require
forking up about nine inches deep, three times a week, the
hillocks at the same time should be examined, and a round
pointed stick of about an inch diameter, and eighteen inches
long, must be thrust about twelve inches, into the dung,
under the straw mat, making five or six perforations under
each hillock. Into each of the holes so formed pour from
the spout of a water pot, as much water as the state of the
bed seems to require, this may be ascertained from the facility
with which the perforator goes into the bed; if the bed is
husky or burning, the stick will go in with difficulty, and
then a large pot of water is required to a hillock; on the
contrary, if the bed is in a free state of working, the per-
forator will go into it very easily, and then a sprinkling -
from the rose of the pot will be sufficient. The repeated
forking of the bed will cause the dung to hover, and get
above the straw bands, in which case it is proper to take out
at the different forkings the amount of a barrow full to each
light; this gives scope for a greater depth of earth, and pre-
vents burning under the hillocks.

The dung, from the continued forking and watering, will be-
come in a fine state to receive the roots of the plants; these,
after passing through the proper depth of compost placed over
the dung (which is about eighteen inches) will readily strike
into the dung, and bear a productive crop of Cucumbers
throughout the summer, without their leaves flagging or

By Mr. Tuomas ALLEN. 131

requiring any shade. For ascertaining the proper period
to make additions to the earth, the best criterion is the
appearance of the roots through the sides of the hillock ;
this should be earthed over about three inches, each time,
forking out the dung two inches below the mat, to give a
greater depth of earth, each time of performing the operation.
The last time this is done, the depth of mould at the back of
the frame should be twenty inches. It will be necessary
to raise the frame and lights as the plants advance in growth.

When the bed is earthed entirely over, the covering must
be augmented, and the mat laid on crossways of the lights ;
air should not be then admitted at night, and in the day, only
when the sun shines; water should also be given plentifully
about three times a week, according to the weather and heat
of the bed, care being taken not to wet the leaves, or fruit ;
apply the water from the spout of the pot, without the rose,
pouring it against the back of the frame, for the mould will
dry faster against the back than the front, in consequence of
the heat being there greater and the air being admitted there. —

The operation of pruning the Cucumbers is best effected
by the thumb and finger, applying the knife only to cut
away decayed leaves, the runners should not be cut or
thinned out, the tops only should be pinched off, and at
every joint, beginning when the plant has two rough leaves,
and the second rough leaf is about an inch in diameter.
That will cause the plant to produce a fruit and fresh
runner in succession at every joint, it will likewise add to the
strength of the plants. The tendrils as they appear should
be taken off, likewise the male blossoms, which are not
wanted for impregnation, which operation in an early season

132 On Forcing Cucumbers.

it is requisite should be performed artificially. When the
fruit is set, place a piece of glass under it, which will keep it
clean, of good colour, and preserve its bloom.

The sort of Cucumber I have found to force best, and to
be most productive, is the Southgate. I prefer seed three
or four years old, to new seed, the latter being apt to bring
plants which are luxuriant, and do not come into bearing so
soon,

I am, with the highest respect,
your most obedient,
humble servant,

THOMAS ALLEN.
3, Marylebone Street, Golden Square,
December 27, 1824.

[ 133 ]

XII. Description of the different Varieties of Endives cul-
twated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society of
London, in the Year 1824. By Mr. ANpREw Matuews.

Read December 21, 1824.

Tue Cichorium Endivia of Botanists, a plant said to be a
native of the Northern provinces of China, and of other parts
of Asia, is the parent of all the Endives now cultivated in
Europe. It appears to have been introduced into use as an
esculent at a very early period, for it is noticed as such by
Caspar Baunin and other writers on plants in the beginning
of the seventeenth century, and even earlier. Communication,
during the last few years, with the gardeners of the other
parts of Europe, has brought us acquainted with several
kinds of peculiar excellence, which are novelties in England,
but which, from their superior qualities, deserve cultivation.
As these have all been grown in the two last seasons, in the
Garden of the Horticultural Society, I have availed myself.
of the opportunity afforded by my situation, as Clerk in the
Society's Garden, to prepare the following account of them.
I have arranged the different varieties under the two prin-
cipal heads of Batavian and Curled-leaved, considering them
as forms of one of these two principal divisions.

BATAVIAN ENDIVES.

Under the Batavian Endives are included all the varieties
with broad leaves, generally rounded at the points, with the

+

134 Description of the different Varieties of Endives.

margin slightly ragged or torn, not curled. These are called
by the French Scaroles.

1. Broad-leaved Batavian Endive.
Synonyms.
Broad-Leaved Endive, of the Dutch.
Double Yellow Endive, of the Dutch.
Common Yellow Endive, of the Dutch.

The leaves are large, long, and broad, the edges somewhat
ragged, the outer ones grow particularly upright ; the plants
form but little heart of themselves, but the length of the
outer leaves is such, that they tie up well for blanching. This
sort has not so good an appearance when ready for use as the
curled sorts, and is more bitter than some of the other kinds.
It is much given to sport, some plants producing leaves more
cut than others. |

2. Curled Batavian Endive.

Fine Curled Endive, of the Dutch.
Curled Yellow Endive, of the Dutch.

The leaves are neither so large nor so broad as those of
the Broad-leaved Batavian Endive; they grow flat on the
ground, and are curled at their edges. The whole appearance
of the plant is very different from the preceding, approaching
the Curled Endives in general character. The heart, which
forms of itself, is small, and lies close to the ground.

By Mr. Axvrew MATHEWS. 135

3. Small Batavian Endive.

Scarole petite.
Scarole courte.

Scarole ronde.

The seeds of this and the other French kinds were received
from M. Vitmorin, of Paris. Its leaves are whitish green,
broad, of a moderate length, and slightly ragged at the
edges ; the inner ones are numerous, and turned over like a
hood (cucullate) at the end, forming a larger head than any of
the other kinds. This is certainly the best of the Endives,
and a valuable addition to our winter salads ; it blanches with
little trouble, and is mild and sweet, without being bitter.

4. Large Batavian Endive.

Scarole grande.
Scarole de Hollande.

This differs from the preceding only in the size and
shape of its leaves, which are broader and more rounded ;
they are a little darker, but yet pale; the inner ones are
turned over like the preceding, though not so regularly, but
form a large and well blanched heart of good flavour.
Both these will blanch perfectly, if a mat is laid over them,
and they do not require to be tied up. They appear hardier
than the Curled Endives.

5. Lettuce-leaved Batavian Endive.
Scarole a feuille de Laitue.
-~ Scearole Blonde.
White Batavian Endive.
New Batavian Endive.
The leaves are large, broad, and obtuse, very slightly

136 Description of the different Varieties of Endives.

ragged at the edges, of a paler colour, and thinner texture
than either of the other Scaroles; the inner leaves are less
numerous, and do not turn in so much. To blanch it, the
leaves must be tied up, and it must be cultivated for an early
kind, because it is tender and incapable of standing severe
weather.

The three last Endives are new to the English gardens,
for amongst the sorts from seeds supplied to the Society,
previously to the last year, nothing like them occurred ;
but amongst those received from English seedsmen in the
season of 1824, two packets came under the names of White
Batavian and New Batavian, which proved to be the same
as the Scarole à feuille de Laitue of the French.

CurLep EnpIvEs.

By Curled Endives are meant those with narrow leaves,
more or less divided, and much curled ; they are usually very
full in the heart. The French call these, by way of distinc-
tion, Chicorées.

6. French Small Green Curled Endive..
Chicorée frisée fine d’ Italie..
Chicorée d’été.
Fine Curled Endive.

The leaves are much cut, the outer ones are not more
than three or four inches long, and grow close to the ground ;
the inner ones are short, numerous, and curled, and form a
close full heart. This is much the smallest of any of the
kinds, and is somewhat tender. The inner leaves are apt to
rot in wet weather. The outer leaves are so short, that they
will not tie up, but blanch well by being covered simply with

By Mr. Anprew MATHEWS, 137

a flat garden pan. This is a recent introduction from France,
the English Synonym quoted to it came only this year, and
from one seedsman’s collection.

7. Small Green Curled Endive

Green Curled Endive.
Chicorée Frisée.
Chicorée de Meaus.
Chicorée Endive.

Leaves much cut and curled, from six to seven inches long,
lying flat on the ground ; heart leaves full and close ; this is
of a darker green than the preceding, and will tie up much
better for blanching. It is an early kind, and is liable to rot
in the heart from too much wet.

8. Large Green Curled Endive.

Green Curled Endive.
Cut Yellow Winter Endive, of the Germans,

Differs from the Small Green Curled Endive, for the outer
leaves are generally ten to twelve inches long, growing looser
and rather more upright ; the inner ones are less numerous,
and not quite so much divided. It ties up well to blanch,
is hardy, and does not rot. The English gardeners do
not appear to have distinguished the Small and the Large
Green Curled Endives from each other, for the name of
Green Curled alone was given to seeds from which both

VOL. WI. T

138 Description of the different Varieties of Endives, &c.

varieties were raised. The last was received from M. SEIDEL
of Dresden, and none similar occurred in the French col-
lection.*
9. Italian Green Curled Endive.
Indivia Riccia.

The leaves are narrow, ten to eleven inches long, divided
to the very midrib, they grow rather upright, the segments
are much cut and curled; the whole of the plant is a dark
green. Seeds of this sort were received from Italy in 1823,
from two different persons, under the same name. It is very
distinct from any in the Collection, being strongly character-
ized by its long stalked leaves, and by the distinctly pinna-
tified manner in which they are cut. It is an useful sort, and
ties up well. :

10. Dutch Green Curled Endive.
Large Green Curled, of the Dutch.

This approaches the Large Green Curled Endive in appear-
ance and growth, but the segments of the leaves are deeper,
the outer leaves are broader, not so much curled, and the
inner ones more turned into the heart. The outer leaves
fare about ten inches long. It blanches well, and is hardy.
The seeds of this kind were received from Messrs. SCHERTZER
of Haarlem, with the name quoted.

* The Chicorée grosse à cuire was not among the varieties sent to the Society
by M. Vixmorty ; it is the only kind cultivated in France, which I have not had
an opportunity of examining. I think it probable that it is referable to the
Large Green Curled Endive. 'The account of it which has been lately received
from M. Vitmortn is, that it is a subvariety of the Chicorée de Meaux, (Small
Green Curled Endive), of stronger growth, and forming a larger heart.

By Mr. Anvrew Matuews. 139

11. Long Italian Green Curled Endive.
Indivia Longa.

The leaves are long, very deeply divided, and more up-
right in their growth than those of the Large Green Curled;
the segments of the leaves are large, and cut, but not dis-
posed to curl. The heart leaves are few and short. This
kind is very distinct from any either in the French or English
collections, and is a desirable variety, though not so neat in
appearance as‘some others. The seeds of this and one of
the packets of Indivia Riccia were brought from Italy by
Rocer Perriwarp, Esq. and presented to the Society.

12. White Curled Endive,
White Endive.
Chicorée toujours blanche.
Chicorée blanche.

The leaves are from seven to eight inches long, finely
curled, with a very open heart, growing flat on the ground.
The whole plant is of a pale yellowish colour. The produce
of French seeds of this kind has been uniformly found su-
perior to the plants raised from seed saved in England. The
French use it when young for salads, and it appears fitter for
‘that purpose than for a Winter Endive, the leaves when
fully grown being tough and more bitter than most of the
other kinds. |

[ 140 J

XIII. Description of a newly invented Instrument for
effectually applying Tobacco Fumigation to Plants. By
Mr. Joun Reap, of Newington Causeway, Southwark.

Read July 6, 1824.

T practical inconvenience, so generally complained of, in
the use of the fumigating bellows, led me to the construction
of an apparatus of a different form. I have therefore pre-
pared a valved cannister, to be fitted to my Patent Garden
Syringe (which is described in the Fourth Volume of the
Horticultural Society s Transactions, page 488), which I re-
spectfully beg to submit. to the inspection of the Society.
The fumigation of trees and plants with the bellows has
always been inconvenient, and at best imperfect, arising from
the following causes:—The current of atmospheric air
necessary for the combustion of the tobacco, being driven
with much force through the box that contains the herb, the
incinerated residuum is forced into the minute perforations,
and being rendered glutinous by admixture with the essential
oil of the tobacco, effectually choaks them, and prevents any
- further action of the instrument.

In the apparatus that I have constructed, the above
difficulty cannot possibly arise, as the air, after passing very
gently through the tobacco cannister (a), and loading itself
with the fumes, does not return by the same channel, but is
forced out through a lateral tube (b) in the syringe, leaving the
burning materials undisturbed. The more effectually to

Description of a Tobacco Fumigator. 141

keep the tobacco close and compact, I have constructed a
plunger (c), with two plates, placed at some little distance from
each other, and pierced with conical perforations with their
bases upwards. This plunger, by its weight, keeps the tobacco
from flying about in the cannister in working the instrument,
and thus allows the tobacco smoke to ascend through it, with-
out any of its perforations being obstructed, until the whole
charge is consumed. I need not point out with what con-
venience this instrument may be used in forcing houses, pits,
and frames, nor the advantages which result from it.

The upper part of the section represents the lower end of
the patent syringe to which the canister is attached:

[ 142 ]

XIV. Description of a Self-acting Ventilator for Hot-houses.
By Jous Wituiams, Esq. C. M. H. 8S.
Read April 6, 1824.

DEAR Sir,
So many accidents happen in forcing houses, from sudden
extremes of heat or cold, that I have often thought some
simple self-acting valves or registers might be readily con-
trived for allowing the escape of hot and the influx of cool
air during the absence of the gardener.

The following has occurred to me as very simple, and not
liable to be out of order.

Description of a Self-acting Ventilator, &c. 143

_ A, represents the front view of an air-tight vessel made with
thin copper, soldered at the joints with hard solder. Its
shape may be varied; it may be made cylindrical, or other-
wise, so as to present a considerable surface to the sun’s rays.
B, a tube communicating with the lower part of the vessel,
and with the small upright cylinder, C. D, a small rod of
brass, or copper, to the bottom of which is affixed a float or
buoy, of a size to move freely in the cylinder. E a small flat
iron bar, with a hole in the middle, to allow the buoy to rise
and fall. F, an adjusting screw, to regulate the opening of the
register. G,arod to give motion to the register, by means of
small cranks, rods, or pulleys. No plan of the register is
given, because that must be adapted to the particular cir-
cumstances of the house, and its mechanism may be left to any
ingenious workman who understands hanging house bells.

The vessel A, may contain from two gallons to ten quarts,
and must be painted outside with lamp black, mixed with a
size or oil, that will not leave a polished surface. When first
used the vessel must be heated sufficiently to expand the
internal air, water is then to be poured in at the top of the
cylinder, so as to give the required motion to the float, and
about half an inch of fine oil must be laid on the top of the
water to prevent evaporation.

The register may be made to open at 75°, 80°, 100°, or any
degree required, by altering the adjusting screw.

The vessel must be placed in front of the upper part
of the back wall, and at all times fully exposed to the light.
If the apparatus is of proper size, nicely constructed and
filled with a proper quantity of water, the registers, one
being placed in the upper part of the back wall, for the

144 Description of a Self-acting Ventilator, $e.

escape of the heated air, and the other near the floor of the
house for the admission of cold air, will open and close again
several times in the course of the day, particularly when the
weather is showery, with intervals of bright sun.

Believe me,
dear Sir,
your's truly,
Joon WILLIAMS.
Pitmaston, 2d April, 1824, ;
P.S. I beg to observe, that since I transmitted the above,
I have seen Mr. Muauiston’s Paper,* on the-same subject,
and it is rather remarkable that we should both have adopted
the same principle, without communicating with each other ;
For I had neither seen or heard of his self-ventilating ma-
chine till long after I had transmitted this Paper.

* Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 502.

[ 145 ]

XV. An Account and Description of the different Varieties
of Strawberries which have been cultwated and examined
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society of London.
By Mr. James Barnet, Under Gardener in the Fruit De-
partment of the Garden.

Read December 7, 1824.

Upon the establishment of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society at Chiswick, inthe spring of the year 1822, the Secretary
transmitted to such of the Fellows and Correspondents of the
Society, as were known to be attentive cultivators of Straw-
berries, a printed form, on which was to be noted, the names,
characters, history, &c. of the different kinds possessed by
each. individual, to whom the enquiry was addressed. . Up-
wards of seventy of these forms were filled up, and returned ;

_ they furnished, exclusively of a very extensive list of names,
a great variety of useful information on the subject of Straw-

berries, of which I have availed myself in this Paper.

At the proper season, application was made to the persons
who had returned these forms, for runners of every kind no-
: ticed in them, which, from its name, or any other circum-
stance, was considered likely to exhibit difference of character;
the object being to form, as complete a collection as possible,
of all the Strawberries known in the gardens of the United
Kingdom.

The parcels of runners thus sa amounted to upwards
of four hundred. Small quantities of each were planted, the
- whole having been arranged, as systematically as the impers
VOL. YI.

146 Account and Description of Strawberries.

fect knowledge possessed of many of them would admit of;
but still sufficiently for the purposes of examination and
comparison, which business was carried on with care, through
the seasons of the year 1823 and 1824. My instructions
having caused me to pay particular attention to the subject,
and having drawn up descriptions of all the kinds which were
subjected to examination, I have been directed to prepare the
communication, which I have now the honour of submitting
to the Society.

The first operation was, the uniting under one head those
which appeared to be identical; instances occurred, where
one parcel proved distinct from all others, but there were
other cases where the union of several became necessary,
and the assemblages thus formed have been the autho-
rity for the synonymous names, which, it will be observed,
are attached to some of the varieties hereinafter described.
This having been done, full descriptions both of the fruit and
important or conspicuous parts of the plants, were made ;
and, as was expedient, the most proper established name was
attached to each kind, or, where necessary, new names were
given. :

It will be observed that it is not proposed, in this Paper, to
give a full history of British cultivated Strawberries; but that
those alone are noticed, which have been not only cultivated,
but also satisfactorily examined, in the Garden of the Society.
The kinds now brought under observation are those most
known and used, but there are doubtless existing in private
gardens many, the knowledge of which have not yet reached
the Officers of the Society ; and there are also several at this
time in the Garden at Chiswick, on which sufficient certainty

By Mr. James BARNET. 147

could not be obtained, to warrant their introduction to public
notice at present. Of these, as well as of future novelties,
accounts. are intended to be hereafter prepared.

I expected to have been able to derive some assistance from
the observations on and descriptions of the more established
and known kinds, from the writings of modern English Hor-
ticulturists, and from the popular manuals of English Gar-
deners; but I have been altogether disappointed. Their
accounts and characters are very vague and imperfect. I
propose, however, after I have finished my descriptions, to
attempt to refer the different kinds mentioned in those works
to the names adopted in this Paper.

The French Writers on Gardening, though little acquainted
with our varieties of Strawberries, have been much more
correct in describing their own; but as I am not sufficiently
informed on all their kinds, I have deemed it more advisable
to omit the notice of the French Strawberries altogether,
rather than refer to them partially. _

I have‘ also avoided, except in the general Classification,
using the scientific names given to certain kinds by Botanical
Writers. The question of which are species and which are
varieties is altogether foreign. to my purpose, and the quotation
of those Names, on the application of which there are doubts,
might give an appearance of deciding on points, which I do
not propose to attempt.

In order to facilitate the arrangement of the collection of
Strawberries in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, the
whole have been disposed into the following seven Classes or
Divisions :— }

1, The Scarlet Strawberries. The type of this division

148 Account and Description of Strawberries.

is the Fragaria Virginiana of Botanists; the F. Canadensis
of Pursu is also included; by which, I presume, it was in-
tended to designate the Strawberry known in our gardens as
the Duke of Kent’s Scarlet. The character of this class is
to have the leaves nearly smooth, dark green, of thin texture,
and with sharp-pointed serratures ; their fruit mostly of small
size, and bright colour, with the seeds more or less deeply
embedded, with ridged intervals; the flavour acid, with slight
perfume. :

2d. The Black Strawberries. This is not a numerous
Class, the Old Black Strawberry being the type, and the re-
mainder are derived from its seeds either impregnated by itself
or by others. Their character is to have the leaves rugose,
pale green, and small; the fruit middle sized, conical, with a
neck, very dark coloured when ripe ; the seeds slightly em-
bedded; the flavour very rich, and highly perfumed.
© 3d. The Pine Strawberries. Under this head are arranged
the true Old Pine, and others resembling it; the Bath Scarlet
and its affinities; the Imperial and the dark varieties si-
milar to it; with the pale-coloured Strawberries often, but
erroneously called Chilis. The general character of the Class
is to have the leaves almost smooth, dark green, of firm tex-
ture, and with obtuse serratures; the fruit large, varying from
nearly white to almost purple; the seeds prominent, on a
smooth surface ; the flavour sweet, and often perfumed.

4th. The True Chili Strawberry. Fragaria Chiloensis;
which has not, as far as my knowledge extends, yet sported
into varieties; though there have recently been raised from
it by cross impregnation, some new kinds, which from their
bearing greater affinity to it than to their other parents, are

By Mr. James BARNET. 149

placed in the same division with it. The character of all
is to have the leaves very villous, hoary, with small leaflets,
of thick texture, with very obtuse serratures; the fruit very
large and pale; the seeds prominent ; flesh insipid in the type.

5th. The Hautbois Strawberries. Fragaria elatior; of
which there are more varieties than are generally known, and
it is to the want of correct knowledge of the qualities and
properties of these, that the erroneous opinion has originated
of the Hautbois being unproductive. Their character is. to
have tall, pale green, rugose leaves, of thin texture ; the
scapes tall and strong ; the fruit middle sized, pale, greenish
white, tinged with dull purple; the seeds slightly embedded;
the flavour musky.

6th. The Green Strawberries. Fragaria collina of Enr-
HART, and Fragaria viridis of Ducuesne. The French cul-
tivate several kinds which appear to be varieties of this
Strawberry ; the only one at present much known with us, is
called the Green Pine, or Pine Apple Strawberry, which,
generally speaking, is kept in gardens more as an object of
curiosity than of use, for it rarely produces perfect fruit,
though in some particular situations it bears well. Its merit
consists in the high flavour of the berry, which approaches
that of the Hautbois. Its habit is dwarf; the leaves pale,
light green, and strongly plaited ; the fruit small, globular
and pale. In general character the plants are akin to the
` Wood Strawberry.

7th. The Alpine and Wood Strawberries. Fragaria sem-
perflorens and Fragaria vesca. The habits and general cha-
racter of these are very similar, the principal difference being
in the shape of the fruits, which are usually conical in the

150 Account and Description of Strawberries.

former and more globose in the latter. There are red and
white fruited varieties of each. The Alpines produce fruit
in the autumn, which the Wood Strawberries do not. We
have of late received from France several varieties. It is
to these kinds that the attention of the French Gardeners is
almost exclusively directed.

The following detailed notices do not include any of the
kinds belonging to the two last divisions. I have not had it
in my power to attend to them with the same advantage that
Į enjoyed with the others: the different plants of these not
having all succeeded equally well, the opportunities of com-
parison were not sufficiently perfect, to enable me to make
descriptions of the whole, with such correctness as I could
rely on for publication.

The following preliminary observations, as to the descrip-
tions, are necessary.—In mentioning the size of the fruits and
flowers it is to be understood that the comparison is only
made between those belonging to each particular Class, rela-
tively to which, the berry or blossom of any individual found
in it, is described as large or small.— Instances occur in which
it is noted that the fruit of the variety under description has a
core, the idea intended thereby to be conveyed is, that the
core readily separates, adhering to the calyx when the berry
is removed. Other Strawberries have such cores, but they
remain with the fruit when the calyx is torn away.—The
winter state of the leaves is different, in the varieties of each
class, where this difference is very remarkable it will be par-
ticularly noticed in the proper places; but in general the
duration of the foliage is much affected by the quality of the

By Mr. James BARNET. 151

soil of the garden; in stiff ground the leaves continue more
perfect, than in loamy or sandy land.

Particular care has been taken to affix the proper names to
the old kinds, it being presumed that the future appellation
of each will probably be determined by the authority of the
Horticultural Society. The number of synonyms would have
been considerably greater had the names received from pri-
vate gardens been all adopted; single instances of such use
cannot be considered worthy of record, and it is only where a
name has come from a Nursery Garden,or been used in more
than one private collection, that it has been thought proper
to treat it as established. Some instances will be found
where the Seedlings of individuals are entered as synonyms
of older kinds; it must not however be inferred from this
circumstance, that in all these cases the persons whose names
they bear, did not,obtain them from seed; doubtless it was
soin many. The fact is that Strawberries frequently repro-
duce themselves unchanged from ‘seed, and when that hap-
pens the new production cannot be treated otherwise than as
identical with that from which it sprung; and from this ac-
cordance many new-raised individuals are necessarily joined
to their parents.

Mr. Rozsert Gunter, of Berkeley Square, has been so
obliging as to furnish some useful information asto the qualities
of certain of the kinds when used as preserves, and I have only
to lament that every variety was not submitted to his exami-
nation, the result of which would have given to this Paper a
considerable additional degree of interest and value.

152 Account and Description of Strawberries.

Crass I. SCARLET STRAWBERRIES.

1. Old Scarlet Strawberry. This, which has been an inha-
bitant of our gardens nearly, if not fully, two hundred years,
was doubtless an original introduction from North America.
It is singular that a kind of so much excellence, as to be at —
present scarcely surpassed by any of its Class, should have
been the first known. It continued in cultivation considerably
more than half of the period of its existence as a garden fruit,
without any variety having been produced of it, either by seed.
or by importation from America.

Synonyms.
_ Scarlet. Virginian.
Early Scarlet. Scarlet ee
Original Scarlet. - 5
A good bearer and ripens early. The fruit is imi and
middle sized, when ripe of an uniform light scarlet, and
slightly hairy ; the seeds are deeply imbedded, and the inter-
- vals between them are ridged ; the flesh is pale scarlet, firm,
and high flavoured. The calyx is small and spreading. The
leaves are rather abundant and dense, growing on, slightly
hairy footstalks; the leaflets are large, oblong, somewhat
folded together, coarsely and sharply serrated, their upper
surface smooth, the young ones pale or yellowish green,
- becoming afterwards’ darker, and then they are liable to be
marked with brown stains or spots. The runners are nume-
rous, brownish where exposed. The scapes are short, general-
_ ly half the length of the leaf-stalk ; the peduncles of moderate
length ; the flowers abundant, middle sized, opening early. The

By Mr. James Barner. 153

leaves perish before the winter in this and most others of the
Scarlet Class ; in the few cases where they are retained, the
peculiarity will be noticed.

This Strawberry has long continued to hold its station in
public estimation ; it is deservedly a favourite, being consi-
dered by many the best and most useful variety, and it will
probably not be put aside by any of the new productions.
It has peculiar merit with the confectioners from imparting
to cream, either for ice or other purposes, its flavour, which
possessing much acidity, sugar brings it out. It is equally
good for water ices, and makes excellent preserves, though
_ its colour in a jam is inferior to that of some others.

In some of the gardens round London a Large Scaretl
Strawberry is said to be cultivated, but I do not find that
it differs, when grown under similar circumstances, from the
Old Scarlet.

2. Oblong Scarlet Strawberry. Is a new variety in the
gardens, and hitherto but little in cultivation. A single
plant was observed about ten years since by Mr. Tuomas
GisBs, growing in a bed of Old Scarlets in his nursery at Old
Brompton ; he propagated it, and as soon as possible, sent it to
some of his friends and customers under the above name. It
was presented to the Society not only by Mr. Grsss, but also
by Jons Arron, Esq., from the Royal Gardens at Windsor
and by Captain Perer RAINER of Southampton ; it was also
received from the late Mr. James Lez of Hammersmith under
the name of Padley’s Early Scarlet, and by him supposed to
be a seedling raised by Wit11am Papey, Esq. of the Royal
Gardens at Hampton Court, but it having been ascertained by

VOL. VI. X

154 Account and Description of Strawberries.

enquiry from Mr. Papury, that he has no knowledge of the
Strawberry, it may safely be concluded that this name is one
of the many instances of erroneous nomenclature which occur
in all classes of fruits, and in none more than in Strawberries. ©

. Synonyms.
Long Scarlet. Long fruited Scarlet.
Padley’s Early Scarlet.

An abundant bearer, ripening early, almost as soon as the
Old Scarlet. The fruit is oblong, rather large, with a long neck,
which part being without seeds has a peculiar glossy or shining
appearance ; this is however also observable on the remainder
of the fruit ; the colour when ripe is a bright light scarlet ; the
seeds are few, and deeply embedded, between ridged inter-
vals; the flesh is of nearly the same colour as the outside, but
a little paler, firm and well flavoured. The calyx is small
and reflexed. The leaves are numerous and dense, with tall,
slightly hairy footstalks; the leaflets are small, elliptical, and
pointed at both ends, concave, spreading or reclined, with
uniform sharp serratures, their upper surface nearly smooth
and shining dark green. The runners are similar to those of
the Old Scarlet. The scapes are scarcely the length of the
foot-stalk ; the peduncles short, and very weak ; the flowers
small and early.

This is a good Strawberry, and deserving of cultivation in
all large collections, as yielding a berry of different appeat-
ance for the table, at the same period with the Old Scarlet,
which it resembles very much in habit, though its leaflets are
smaller and serratures much finer. The fruit is very good as
a preserve,

By Mr. James Barner. 155

3. Charlotte Strawberry. Was raised from seed a few
years since by Mr. Micuart Keens of Isleworth. A short
account of specimens exhibited to the Horticultural Society
in 1821 is published in the Transactions,* but I suspect the
account of its origin, which is there represented to per been
the Pine, is not very correct.

Synonym.
Princess Charlotte’s Strawberry.

It is a very moderate bearer, but ripens early. The fruit is
round, middle sized, hairy, when ripe dark purplish red ; the
flesh scarlet, firm, and very high flavoured. The calyx is small
and spreading.: The'leaves are dense, with tall, slightly hairy
footstalks ; the leaflets are oblong, somewhat folded together,
spreading or reclined, of thick texture, with bluntly pointed
serratures ; the upper surface almost smooth, and a shining
dark green. The runners are slightly hairy, light brown
where exposed. The scapes are nearly half the length of the
leaf-stalk, hairy, with long peduncles ; the flowers are nume-
rous, early, larger than those of the Old Scarlet.

In habit this variety is dwarfer than the Old Scarlet, its ,
leafletsare considerably darker and the fruit is higher flavoured,
it is perhaps the richest of all the Scarlets, which circumstance
joined to its dark colour, recommended it to notice on its
first introduction, and great expectations were raised of it,
but having proved unproductive, it will never be generally
cultivated. Its colour, which when fresh is very brilliant, be-
comes soon dull, and after having been separated a single hour

* See Horticultural Transactions, Volume v. page 260,

156 Account and Description of Strawberries.

from the plant, the berry appears as if it had been gathered
too long.

4. Roseberry Strawberry. Was raised about the year 1808
in the garden of Roserr DAVIDSON, Esq. at Aberdeen, who
gave plants of it to Messrs. CapENHEAD, nurserymen in that
place. It was sent to London from Aberdeen in the spring
of 1815. In the following year the fruit it produced excited
considerable attention. A history, description, and figure of
it were published in the Transactions* of the Horticultural
Society in 1817; it was there stated that Messrs; CADENHEAD
were the original growers of the Strawberry, but this error
was subsequently} corrected. It was named the Rose Straw-
berry, because the original plant grew under a Rose bush.

Synonyms.
Rose Strawberry. Aberdeen Seedling.
Scotch Scarlet. Prolific Pine.
Aberdeen.

It was received as the Prolific Pine from the garden of the -
late Mr. James Ler of Hammersmith, where it was wie
to be a seedling from the Old Pine.

It is a most abundant bearer, coming in a week after the
Old Scarlet, and continuing to produce blossoms and fruit
plentifully in succession for several weeks, and sparingly until
late in the season. The plants which have been forced in the
spring, if turned out into a shaded and sheltered border, yielda
good crop in the autumn ; this other Strawberries will also do,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. ii. 1 & 2d Edit. p. 380. 3rd Edit. p. 378.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 260.

-= By Mr. James BARNET. 157

but not so abundantly as the Roseberry. The fruit is large, co-
nical, and pointed, with a very short neck, dark red, hairy ; the
early fruits assume a cockscomb shape where the plants are lux-
uriant; the seeds are yellow, deeply imbedded, between ridg-
ed intervals; the flesh is firm, pale scarlet, with a core; the
flavour is but moderate, it is however agreeable, and best
when the fruit is full ripe ; itis much admired by many, and
even thought by some superior to the Old Scarlet. The
calyx is large and spreading. The leaves are very small,
growing on short, somewhat erect, hairy footstalks ; the leaf-
lets are oval, and pointed at both ends, flat, spreading or re-
clined, deeply and finely serrated, the upper surface hairy,
glaucous green. The runners are very numerous, small,
reddish where exposed. The scapes are very short in the
early part of the season (those produced later are longer) stiff,
hairy, with long ramified weak spreading peduncles; the
flowers numerous, large, opening early and continuing late ;
in dry weather the petals are slightly tinged with pink. The
old leaves remain tolerably perfect, during the winter.
This Strawberry is well distinguished from others by its dwarf
habit and glaucous leaves. Since its introduction, and esp ially
after it was described and figured, it has rapidly spread into ge-
neral use. The fruit, by reason of the shortness of the scapes,
is formed near the ground and is consequently subject to rot.
As a forcer it has merit, because it sets readily and ripens soon,
but its great productiveness is probably the chief cause of its
popularity. It preserves tolerably, but the flesh is perhaps too
firm for that purpose, and it does not want flavour when mixed
with iced cream. The fruit is better, and produced in greater
quantities, in young plantations than in old ones. Of its pro-

158 Account and Description of Strawberries.

ductiveness ALEXANDER SETON, Esq. gives the following

instance, “ I got from five insulated plants this season (1822)

at one gathering, 450 good Strawberries, and upwards of 450
more at the subsequent gatherings.”

5. Carmine Scarlet Strawberry. A seedling raised by
Jous Wiiuiams, Esq. of Pitmaston, froma seed of the Rose-
berry impregnated by the pollen of the Old Black. It first
produced fruit in 1820.

Synonym.

Carmine Roseberry.

This is a good bearer, ripening late, and, like the Rose-
berry, producing its fruit in succession. The fruit is large,
bluntly conical, with a neck, a brilliant red, shining as
if varnished ; the seeds are slightly embedded, with sharp
ridged intervals; the flesh is pale scarlet, tinted with red,
firm, and very high flavoured. The calyxis large and spread-
ing. The leaves grow near the ground, are numerous, and
middle sized; the footstalks slightly hairy; the leaflets of
moderate size, obtusely ovate, or elliptical, deeply and irre-
gularly serrated, the upper surface hairy, light green, The
runners are small, numerous, reddish on the upper side. The
scapes are very short; peduncles proliferous, long; the
flowers are very large, and open late.

This Strawberry may be distinguished from the Roseberry
by its leaves and flowers being considerably larger, the first
are also of a much brighter green. It is a kind deserving of
cultivation both on account of its flavour, and its beauty ; it

By Mr. James BARNET. 159

is tolerably productive, and comes into bearing later than
some of the others.

6. Grove End Scarlet Strawberry. A seedling raised
by Wixxi1am Arxrnson, Esq. in his garden at Grove End,
Marylebone, in the year 1820. Some of the first produce was
exhibited to the Society on the 18th of June 1822, and an
account of it was subsequently published.*

Synonym.
Atkinson’s Scarlet.

An abundant bearer, ripening its berries in succession, and
also early. The fruit is of considerable size, depressed-spherical,
of a uniform bright light vermilion colour; the seeds are
slightly embedded, between flat intervals; the flesh is pale
scarlet, firm, with a core ; the flavour is agreeable, and slightly
acid. The calyx is large, spreading, and somewhat reflexed.
The footstalks of the leaves are very tall, weak, and almost
smooth; the leaflets are very small, oblong, slightly folded
together, spreading or reclined, very deeply, coarsely and
sharply serrated, the upper surface slightly hairy, shining
light green. The runners are weak, numerous, reddish on
the upper side. The scape is half the length of the footstalks,
which grow from eight to twelve inches high ; the peduncles
are long and slender; the blossoms Marge and early, con-
tinuing late.

A first rate Strawberry. In habit like the Roseberry, but the
leaves are more elevated, and they do not shade the fruit
much ; it is singular on account of the'coarseness of the serra-
tures, although the leaves themselves are small and of thin

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 399.

160 Account and Description of Strawberries.

texture. It forces particularly well, bearing abundantly, and
so treated acquires an excellent flavour. Mr. ArK1nson states,
“ that from a bed in his garden fourteen feet-long and five feet
wide, a basket equal to a pottle and a half was picked every
day for nearly a month, and a considerable quantity besides
was wasted, from not being picked.”

7. Duke of Kent's Scarlet Strawberry. This was sent in
1802 to the Royal Gardens at Kew from Halifax in Nova Scotia,
by Mr. Micuaxrt Darron, who was gardener to the late DuKE
oF Kenr at the time he was Governor of Canada, and remained
there in his service some time after he gave up the command
of the colony. The Strawberry was named after His Royal
Highness. There is however another account ofits origin in
the English gardens, as stated below, which makes its in-
troduction much earlier than that by Mr. Darron, and which
accounts for one of its synonyms. It was sent to the Garden
of the Society by Mr. GrorcE Linpiey, from his nursery
at Catton, near Norwich, in 1822; he received it from the
Rev. Rosert Pointer, of Southoe in Huntingdonshire, to
whom it was given, about the year 1798, by the late SAMUEL
WurttBreaD, Esq. who brought it from Germany, and called
it the Austrian Scarlet. It was a favourite Strawberry for
forcing in the garden of His Royal Highness the Duxr or
York at Oatlands, from which circumstance it derives others
of its names.

Synonyms,
Globe Scarlet. Cluster Scarlet.
Prolific Scarlet. Austrian Scarlet.
Early Prolific Scarlet, Oatlands Scarlet.

Nova Scotia Scarlet. Duke of York’s Scarlet.

By Mr. James Barnet, . el

A most abundant bearer, ripening very early. The fruit is
nearly globular, of moderate or rather small size, when ripe a
rich bright scarlet colour; the seeds are deeply imbedded ;
the intervals sharply ridged; the flesh is solid, pale scarlet ;
the flavour peculiar, and though sharp, pleasant. The calyx
small, spreading, sometimes reflexed. The leaves are opaque ;
the footstalks tall, slender, very erect, reddish in summer,
afterwards becoming green, almost smooth; the leaflets of
moderate size, oblong-ovate, with an uneven surface, coarsely
and bluntly serrated, pale green. The runners are produced
very early, they are numerous, small, and of a reddish colour.
The scapes are very variable in length, erect, numerous, some
long, others half the length of the leafstalk, others shorter,
hairy, with weak peduncles ; flowers very small, opening later
than some others, and producing short stamens, with appa-
rently imperfect anthers.

The chief excellence of this Strawberry is that it is the
earliest of all the sorts, ripening at least a week before the
Old Scarlet, and though the berries are individually small, yet
they are plentiful, and being borne clear from the ground,
are less damaged by wet than many other kinds. When pre-
served it is excellent both in colour and flavour.

8. Sir Joseph Banks's Scarlet Strawberry. This variety
was received from the garden of Lord Bagot, at Blithfield,
whose gardener, Mr. ROBERT Buck, obtained it about tan
years ago from the Rey. WrLLIam RASTALL, of Newark in
Nottinghamshire ; he received it from Sir Rosert Heron,
of Stubton in Lincolnshire, to whom it was given by the late
Sir JoserH Banxs, as a New Scarlet. Thus its present

VOL. VI, $

162 . Account and Description of Strawberries.

name is accounted for. It having been held in little estima-
tion by the few who have cultivated it, it has not been much
distributed, and is therefore but little known.

It is a moderate bearer, ripening early. The fruit sat
with a neck, of moderate size, bright scarlet, the apex blunt ;
the seeds nearly prominent, with very flat intervals; the
flesh bright scarlet, firm, and highly flavoured. The leaves
are opaque; the footstalks somewhat erect, short, weak,
slightly hairy, reddish early in the summer, becoming green
afterwards; the leaflets of moderate size, oval, spreading,
very flat or slightly concave, uniformly and bluntly serrated,
the upper surface slightly hairy, shining bright green. The
runners are similar to those of the Duke of Kent’s. The
scapes are short and slender ; peduncles of moderate length ;
flowers small, and early.

This Strawberry is very closely allied to the Duke of
Kent's, with which it has probably sometimes been con-
founded ; it ripens nearly at the same time, and though not
so prolific, yet has a superior flavour; its leaves grow more
compactly together, and their surface is more even.

9. Morrisania Scarlet Strawberry. This Strawberry was
received from North America; it was one of a collection sent
from New York to the Horticultural Society by Dr. Hosacx,
in the end of the year 1821. It is a good bearer, ripening
early. The fruit grows in clusters, is round, very small,
shining dark red ; the seeds are not numerous, nor deeply
imbedded ; the intervals are rounded and wide; the flesh
whitish, soft, without a detached core ; the flavour tolerable. -
The calyx spreading with many acute divisions. The foot-

By Mr. James BARNET. 163

stalks of the leaves nearly erect, strong, hairy; the leaflets
small, oblong or oval, concave, with pointed serratures, the
upper surface hairy, light green. The runners small, brown
on the upper side. The scape half the length of the foot-
stalks, somewhat erect; the peduncles are very short; the
flowers small and early, the anthers occasionally abortive.

In comparison with the Duke of Kent's, to which it has
some affinity, this Strawberry is not much deserving of cultiva-
tion. It must be considered as one of those to be kept
where varieties are to be preserved, but as not likely to come
into general use,

10. Lewisham Scarlet Strawberry. Was received from
Mr. Henry Bartey, Gardener to the Earl SPENCER, at
Althorp in Northamptonshire; he got it from Mr. JOHN
Witmorr of Lewisham, in whose nursery it was. raised
several years since, from seed of the Hudson's Bay, and
sold under the name of the Scarlet Cluster.

Tt is a good bearer. The fruit is roundish, small sized,
with a short neck, of an uniform dark, shining, purplish red,
growing in clusters, slightly hairy ; the seeds imbedded but
not deeply, with flat intervals; the flesh scarlet, firm, and
solid ; the flavour very moderate. The calyx is small, hairy,
and reflexed. The footstalks of. the leaves are of moderate
length, weak, very hairy ; the leaflets small, elliptical, con-
cave or flat, yellowish green, sharply serrated, the upper sur-
face very hairy. The runners are small, numerous, purplish.
The scapes short, and very hairy, with long branched pedun-
cles; flowers late and small, with small stamens and abortiye

anthers,

164 Account and Description of Strawberries.

In habit this Strawberry is like the Hudson’s Bay, hereafter
described, but its leaflets are smaller and more hairy, their
surface not so uneven, their texture thinner, and the fruit
much smaller. It has not such particular merits as to make
it an object of general cultivation.

11. Clustered Scarlet Strawberry. This Strawberry was
received from the garden of the Duke or BUCKINGHAM at
Stowe, under the name of the Clustered Wood Pine, but as
it cannot be considered either as a Pine or a. Wood Straw-
berry, it seemed necessary to give it a new appellation, which
has accordingly been done. It was not received from any other
quarter, and its origin in the garden at Stowe cannot be as-
certained, it is however conjectured that it was introduced
there from Ireland, in the time of the late MARQUESS oF

BUCKINGHAM

It is a good bearer, and ripens its produce later than many
other Scarlets. The fruit is obtusely conical, or nearly round, of
moderate size, very dark purplish red next the sun, the othęr
side paler; the seeds are of the same colour as the fruit,
_ unequally embedded between the intervals, which are some-
times flat, and at other times bluntly ridged; the flesh is
scarlet, firm, and well flavoured. Calyx large, spreading, and
sometimes slightly reflexed. The leaves are opaque, slightly
hairy, with tall footstalks ; the leaflets large, very flat, spread-
ing horizontally, elliptical, and pointed at the base, with coarse
bluntly pointed serratures, the upper surface hairy, yellowish
green. The runners are small, numerous, reddish on the
upper side. The scapes are shorter than the leaf-stalks, stiff,
upright, slightly hairy, branched; the peduncles slender, of

By Mr. James BARNET: 165

moderate length; the flowers are particularly small, with
short and apparently defective stamens, and they open late.

This variety resembles the next in habit, but is without its
sweetness. Although the leaves are hairy, they have an
unusual shining appearance. It is not a kind of much excel-
lence. When preserved it has a peculiar flavour.

12. Grimstone Scarlet Strawberry. The history of this
Strawberry is very obscure ; it was received, without a name,
from Mr. Joun Mearns, gardener to WILLIAM HANBURY,
Esq. at Shobden Court, in Herefordshire ; his account of it is,
that four or five years ago, he received plants of three varie-
ties of Strawberries from the garden of the Earl of Oxrorp
at Eywood, in Herefordshire, which were said to have been re-
ceived from Mr. James Ler of Hammersmith, in 1817; their
names, however, not having been retained. They were planted
by him in distinct patches, in the garden under his charge,
and afterwards received but little notice until they were taken
up, when it was observed that there were two kinds mixed
together in one of the patches, some of which were the Straw-
berry now under notice. It is scarcely credible that if
Mr. Ler had ever possessed this variety, he would have
neglected it, because no one was more alive to, or careful in
distinguishing and separating valuable novelties which fell
under his observation, and there was no Strawberry resembling
this in his collection in 1822. It must therefore be supposed
that it was an accidental production, but whether first raised
in the garden at Eywood, or at Shobden Court, must, pro-
bably, ever remain uncertain. The name it now possesses was
attached to it by a mistake in entering it, in the list of

166 Account and Description of Strawberries.

kinds in the Society's Garden, when it was first received,
and has no other authority for its use ; it has been however,
retained, and is now published, with the above history of
its origin, because the kind having been much admired in
the past season, has been very generally distributed to the
Member’ of the Society with that appellation.

It is an abundant bearer ; its time of ripening is later than
that of the Old Scarlet. The fruit is conical, with a neck,
middle sized, of a dark scarlet colour ; the seeds are numerous
variously but deeply embedded, with irregular intervals,
acutely ridged ; the fiesh is solid, pale scarlet, of excellent
flavour, and possessing a peculiar sweetness. ‘The calyx is
large and incurved. The footstalks of the leaves are tall,
strong, slightly hairy; the leaflets large, nearly oval, very
concave, spreading horizontally, coarsely serrated, the upper
surface hairy, yellowish green. The runners are middle sized,
numerous, reddish. The scapes are the length of the leaf-
stalks, slightly hairy, with peduncles of moderate length; the
blossoms small, with abortive anthers. It retains its leaves in
winter.

A most excellent Strawberry, deserving of general cultiva-
tion. Though not so strong in habit, it bears some affinity
to the American Scarlet, but its fruit ripens earlier. Its
peculiar merit is the sweetness of its fruit, in this quality it
surpasses every other kind which has fallen under my obser-
vation.

13. American Scarlet Strawberry. A variety for the
knowledge of which the Society is indebted to private collec-
tors, from several of whom it was received. It came only

By Mr. James BARNET. 167

from one Nursery Garden, but in that case under an erroneous
name. It is said to have been introduced from North Ame-
rica, and to have been known above twenty years.

Synonym.

Black American.

It is a very good bearer, ripening so much after all the
other Scarlets, as to secure to its possessors the production
of that class of Strawberries in succession to a late period.
The fruit is large, conical and pointed, with a neck, of a deep
rich shining blood red, rough, with numerous brownish seeds,
which are embedded, but not deeply, with sharp intervals ;
the flesh is dark scarlet, firm, and with a core; the flavour rich
and agreeable. The calyx is irregularly reflexed. The leaves
stand very high, they are large, oblong and opaque ; the foot-
stalks erect, slightly hairy, very strong; the leaflets large,
slightly concave, spreading horizontally, oval, their texture
rather thick, coarsely and roundly serrated, the upper surface
slightly hairy, of a very dark shining green. The runners are
rather numerous, large, light green, red where exposed. The
scapes are short, slightly hairy, strong and upright, with very
long branched peduncles; the blossoms small and late, with
imperfect stamens, the anthers being mostly destitute of
pollen. Its leaves remain on the plant through the winter.

This is the tallest and most spreading of the Scarlets ;
though the leaflets are much smaller than those of the Old
Scarlet, the footstalks are longer and stronger, consequently
it is necessary to give it more room than usually is allowed
to Scarlet Strawberries, and the scapes being much shaded
by the leaves, an additional neccessity is thereby caused for

168 Account and Description of Strawberries.

space to secure the due admission of light to the fruit. It is
a variety of considerable merit, and worthy of general culti-
vation.

14. Hudson's Bay Scarlet Strawberry. This kind has
been in our gardens twenty years, and perhaps more. It was
cultivated by the late Sr Josepu Banxs, at Spring Grove,
as the American Scarlet; he imported some new Strawberry
plants from the neighbourhood of York River in Hudson's
Bay about the year 1816, which proving identical with those he
had previously possessed, established the correctness of the
name by which it is now most known, and which has been
adopted in the Garden of the Society. For the original intro-
duction it is believed that Cultivators are indebted to Messrs.
Brown, late Nurserymen at Perth; Mr. Rosert Browny,
one of the brothers, and partners of that firm, has informed
me that they imported it between thirty and forty years ago
from Rhode Island in America, and it was called by them
the Hudson’s Pine Strawberry.

Synonyms.
York River Scarlet. Late Scarlet.
American Scarlet. Hudson’s Pine.

It came also from private gardens as Atkinsons Scarlet and
Hopewood’s Scarlet, but there does not appear to be any good
authority for such names.

It is a good bearer, and free grower, but not early. The
fruit is large, with a neck, irregularly shaped, approaching to
ovate, ofa rich dark shining red ; seeds unequal in size, deeply
embedded, with ridged intervals ; the flesh pale scarlet, firm,

By Mr. James BARNET. 169

hollow, with a core, of moderate flavour, with much acidity.
The calyx middle sized, reflexed. The leaves are of moderate
size; the footstalks very strong, and hairy ; the leaflets con-
cave, bluntly serrated, yellowish green above, with conspi-
cuous nerves. The runners are numerous, brown, hairy. The
scapes are half the length of the footstalk, branched; the
peduncles short ; the flowers late, numerous, very small ; the
stamens short and inconspicuous, the anthers mostly abortive.

This is rather a coarse Strawberry ; it should remain un-
gathered till it assumes a dark colour and is fully ripe, other-
wise the acid which it contains predominates, and spoils the
flavour of the fruit. Its appearance is attractive, and some
of its berries attain a considerable size.

15. Nairn’s Scarlet Strawberry. A Seedling raised by
Mr. Joun Naren, in the garden of Tuomas Forges Rey-
NoLtps, Esq. at Hackbridge in Surrey. Specimens were
exhibited to the Horticultural Society in June 1822, and a
notice of the exhibition was subsequently published.* The
original plant was raised in 1819.

It is a good bearer, ripening rather late. The fruit is ir-
regularly ovate, sometimes with a short neck, of moderate size,
a deep rich shining red; the seeds are very deeply embed-
ded, with sharp intervals ; the flesh is pale scarlet, firm, with
a core ; the flavour not rich though agreeable, with less acid
than the Hudson’s Bay. The calyx is reflexed. The leaves
are very similar to those of the Hudson's Bay, but they are
thinner, and slightly resemble those of the Old Scarlet. The
runners strong, numerous, and brown. ‘The scapes are more

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 398,
VOL. VI. Z

170 Account and Description of Strawberries.

than half the length of the leafstalk, slightly hairy, stiff; the
peduncles short ; flowers very small, opening late.

This variety resembles the Hudson’s Bay closely, but the
footstalks are less hairy, the leaflets considerably larger, of
thinner texture, the seeds less numerous, and more deeply
embedded ; the fruit is of a brighter colour, and more re-
gularly shaped, it is very handsome. |

16. Scone Scarlet Strawberry. A seedling raised in 1818,
in the garden of the Earl of Mansrrexp, at Scone, in Perth-
shire, by Mr. Wrix1am Bearrie, the gardener, from what
was there called the Hudson’s Bay, impregnated by the
Scarlet. Some years since there was cultivated in Perthshire a
Scarlet Strawberry under the name of Hudson’s Bay, different
from the one I have described as growing in the Garden of
the Society, the one here called the Hudson’s Bay being there
known as the Hudson's Pine. This last produced small pale
globular fruit of inferior quality and has been consequently
rejected from most of the Scotch gardens. It is not known in
the more southern parts of the kingdom, and is not in the
Society’s collection. It was from this, that the kind now un-
der notice was probably raised.

The Scone Scarlet is a great bearer, ripening late. The fruit
is round, of moderate size, without a neck, of a light shining
red on the upper side, paler on the other, hairy; the seeds
dark brown, deeply embedded, with round intervals; the
flesh firm, pale pink; the flavour sharp, with abundance of
acid. The calyx middle sized, reflexed. The leaves are
very like those of the Hudson’s Bay, but broader, and with
a less uneven surface ; their footstalks are rather long and

By Mr. James Barner. 171

pretty deeply furrowed. The runners are similar to those
of the Hudson’s Bay. The scapes are very short, stiff and
hairy, with short peduncles ; the flowers are larger than those
of the Hudson’s Bay, with perfect anthers.

This contains more acid than any other known Strawberry,
and may be interesting to the general cultivator, but will not
properly form one of a small collection, if selected with care
and judgment.

17. Garnstone Scarlet Strawberry. This variety is named
from the seat of Samurt PerLor, Esq. in Herefordshire,
in whose garden it was raised in 1819, by Mr. ANDREW
HENDERSON, the gardener. It was first sent to the Society
by Mr. Jonn Mearns, gardener to Wit11am HANBURY,
Esq. of Shobden Court, in the same county. i
_ It is a moderate bearer, ripening late. The fruit is round,
middle sized, hairy, with a short neck, when ripe of a rich
glossy scarlet; the seeds are red, deeply embedded, with
round intervals ; the flesh is scarlet, firm, with a sharp agree-
able flavour. The calyx is of a moderate size, spreading, and
sometimes slightly incurved. The foot-stalks of the leaves —
are upright, stiff, slightly hairy, reddish ; the leaflets middle
sized, almost flat, spreading horizontally, coarsely serrated,
light green. The runners are numerous, large, and reddish,
The scapes short, very hairy, branched, with short peduncles ;
the flowers are large, with perfect anthers, and open late.

In habit this kind is like the Hudson’s Bay, but the leaflets
are shorter, and have a flat surface; in the Hudson’s Bay
the surface of the leaves is very uneven. It is considered. in
the Herefordshire gardens as a Strawberry of much merit,

172 Account and Description of Strawberries.

as possessing both excellence in flavour and beauty in ap-
pearance. oF A

18. Bishop's Seedling Scarlet Strawberry. The plants
were presented to the Society by Mr. WıLLIam FALLA, of
Gateshead, near Newcastle ; it was raised in 1819, by Mr.
Tuomas Bısmor, gardener to Colonel Rospert SmyTH, of
Methven Castle, in Perthshire, from seed of the Hudson’s
Bay, which, as I have before stated, is known in Scotland as
the Hudson’s Pine.

This Strawberry is a plentiful bearer, ripening very late.
The fruit is of moderate size, round, with a neck, hairy,
when ripe light scarlet, the seeds deeply and equally embed-
ded, the intervals ridged ; the flesh is solid, firm, pale scarlet,
with a moderate flavour. The calyx is reflexed. The leaves
are dense; the foot-stalks short, and almost smooth ; the
leaflets large, short, light green, with deep and very coarse
serratures. Runners numerous, weak, and brownish. The
scapes remarkably short, very hairy, branched, with short
peduncles; flowers small, opening late, with small stamens,
and imperfect anthers.

In habit this Strawberry seems intermediate between the
Old Scarlet and the Hudson’s Bay, but is much dwarfer than
the former, and ripens later, the leaflets also are shorter and
of thicker texture. The fruit is very superior in a jam, being
of good colour and flavour. It is altogether deserving of
cultivation.

19. Methven Scarlet Strawberry. This was also raised
by Mr. Tuomas Bisuopr, from the same seed and in the same

By Mr. James Barnet. 178

year as the preceding, at Methven Castle; it bore fruit in
1816 at that place. A short notice of specimens exhibited
in 1820 was published* by the Horticultural Society ; these
were sent by the Rev. Tuomas GARNIER, of Bishopstoke, near
Winchester. The variety was at that time grown much in
Hampshire, having been introduced there in the year 1819
by Mr. Josepu Mitcer, who then lived as gardener with
Lady Rumso xp, near Southampton. Tt is sometimes impro-
perly called the Mathven Castle Strawberry. It was raised
from seed of the true Hudson’s Bay. On its first appearance
the size and beauty of the fruit attracted general notice, and it
was eagerly sought after ; but its want of richness and flavour
has thrown it out of cultivation, except as an object of curiosity.
` Synonyms.
Methven Castle.
Southampton Scarlet.

It is a moderate bearer, ripening in succession, and comes
into use late. The fruit is very large, cordate-compressed,
inclining to cockscomb in the earliest fruit, the late ones
conical, dark scarlet ; the seeds pale yellow, not deeply em-
bedded, regularly and closely set, with ridged intervals; the
flesh is scarlet, very woolly and tasteless, with a large hollow
in the centre. The calyx is large, and reflexed. The leaves
are strong; the foot-stalks slightly hairy; the leaflets large,
nearly round or ovate, irregularly concave, sometimes convex,
their texture thick, the serratures deep, the upper surface
shining dark green. The runners are very vigorous, light green.
The scapes are hairy, very stiff, short, with very strong, long,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 509.

174 Account and Description of Strawberries.

branched peduncles; the flowers are small, blossoming late
and producing stamens with imperfect anthers.

This is decidedly a bad Strawberry, though by far the
largest of all the Scarlets. In habit it approaches the Hud-
son’s Bay, but has a very coarse appearance. It should be
gathered and eaten before it becomes fully ripe, and then only
is it tolerable. But I am informed it has much excellence
with the confectioners, making a valuable sweatmeat, especially
when preserved. whole.

20. Vernon's Scarlet Strawberry. Was received from Mr.
Georce Wuire, gardener to Bensamin Benyon, Esq. at
Houghton Hall, in Shropshire ; it was obtained by him from
GrorcEe Brooks, Esq. of Chester, but was, it is believed,
raised many years since from seed in the garden of the late
SAMUEL VeERNon, Esq. of Dee Bank, near that city. Mr.
Brooke received it from Mr. Vernon. Until its history was
made out, it had been known in the Garden of the Society as
Whites Scarlet, and has probably been distributed with that
name.

A good bearer, and ripens early. The fruit is round, mid-
dle sized, dark red, rather hairy, the seeds are slightly em-
bedded, with fiat intervals ; the flesh is pale vermillion, white
in the centre, solid, and well flavoured. The calyx is incurv-
ed, on the ripe fruit. The foot-stalks of the leaves are
dwarf, slightly hairy; the leafiets small, oval, deeply ser-
rated, shining dark green. The runners numerous, hairy,
brown on the upper side. The scapes very short, with
long, weak, spreading peduncles ; ; flowers large, opening
early,

By Mr. James BARNET. 175

_In habit this Strawberry is much dwarfer than the Old
Scarlet ; its leaves are not so numerous, but. shorter, blunter,
and of much thicker texture. It differs from the Charlotte,
which it otherwise much resembles, in the serratures being
deeper and sharper, the upper surface of the leaves also is
not so glaucous, and their general texture is thicker. This
variety should have the preference to the Charlotte in a col-
lection, as yielding a better crop of fruit, and it is considered
one of the best of all the Scarlets for preserving.

21. Pitmaston Black Scarlet Strawberry. Was raised in
the garden of Jonn Wiiu1aMs, Esq. of Pitmaston, near Wor-
cester, from a seed of the Old Black, the parent plant having
grown near a plantation of Roseberry Strawberries ; the seed
which produced this was probably impregnated by pollen
from the neighbouring bed, for the variety has too much
affinity to the Roseberry to justify the supposition that it is
an accidental sport of the Old Black. It has consequently been
placed in the Scarlet Class, on which account a change has
been made in its name. It was originally received as the Early
Pitmaston Black. It first bore fruit at Pitmaston, in 1818.

It is a productive bearer, but later in ripening than several
of the other Scarlets. The fruit is of moderate size, oblong,
with a neck, dark purplish red, slightly hairy ; the seeds are of
the same colour as the fruit on the exposed side, yellow on
the other, they are embedded, but not deeply ; the intervals
are rather flat; the flesh is tinted with scarlet, it has a small
core; the pulp is tender, sweet, mixed with a pleasant acid,
and has a little of the Roseberry flavour. The calyx is very
large and spreading, sometimes reflexed. The foot-stalks of

176 Account and Description of Strawberries.

the leaves are tall, weak, almost smooth; the leaflets small,
coarse, and irregularly serrated, shining light green, their mar-
gins hairy. The runners are numerous, reddish on the upper
‘side. The scapes very short, slightly hairy, stiff, with long
slender peduncles; the flowers are large, and the petals be-
come tinged with pink in dry weather.

In habit this Strawberry is like the Roseberry; the leaves,
however, are weaker, smoother, and not so glaucous; the
fruit, by reason of the shortness of the scapes, and the weak-
ness of the peduncles, when ripe, lies near the ground. Mr.
Witiams reports that in light soils the plants continue to
bear for three or four years without being renewed from run-
ners ; and that the fruit from the old plants is more rich, and
is also carried higher from the ground.

22. Autumn Scarlet Strawberry. Was raised from seed, by
Tuomas ANDREW Kniaurt, Esa. the President, in his garden
at Downton, in 1817. It is the kind noted as Number 10,
in the Account of several Seedling Strawberries communi-
cated by Mr. Kniaut, and published* in the Transactions
of the Society. It sprang from a seed of that variety of the
Scarlet, now known by the name of Knight’s Large Scarlet,
impregnated by the pollen of the Old Black. Having fol-
lowed the character of its female parent, it is placed in the
class of Scarlets. The appellation given to it denotes the
period of its yielding its produce.

It is a good bearer. The fruit is about the size of the Old
Scarlet, ovate, with a neck, of an uniform dark shining red ;
the seeds are yellow, deeply embedded, with ridged intervals ;

* See Horticultural ‘Transactions, Vol. iii. page 207.

By Mr. James BARNET. 177

the flesh solid, firm, pale scarlet; the flavour good. The
calyxis large and spreading. The footstalks of the leaves
are hairy; the leaflets are small, oblong, coarsely serrated,
with their upper surface slightly hairy, shining, light green.
The runners are small, numerous, greenish yellow. The
scapes are very short, stiff, hairy, branched, with long pedun-
cles ; the flowers are large and late.»

The chief merit of this sort is its lateness in yielding its
fruit, which is ripe when all others, except the Alpines, have
ceased to bear, and it is sufficiently productive to make it
worthy of cultivation.

23. Narrow-leaved Scarlet Strawberry. This is another
of the cross-bred productions described as Number 14, by
Tuomas Anprew Knicut, Esq, in the Paper mentioned in
the preceding account, and is there briefly noticed as having
been raised from seed of the Strawberry called Knight's
Large Scarlet, impregnated by the pollen of the Old Black.
It is also cultivated by Jons Witxiams, Esq. of Pitmaston,
under the name now given to it.

It is a good bearer, ripening later than most of the class of
Scarlets, in which it has been placed, from its affinity to them.
The fruit is middle sized, conical, with a neck, hairy, when
ripe of an uniform bright scarlet ; the seeds projecting, with
flat intervals; the flesh firm, solid, pale scarlet, with a tolera-
bly rich flavour. The calyx is large and incurved. The foot-
stalks of the leaves are of moderate length, slender, thinly
covered with long hairs; the leaflets very long, narrow, flat,
reclined, with large coarse serratures, their upper surface
hairy. The runners are numerous, small, and very light green.

VOL. VI. Aa

178 Account and Description of Strawberries.

‘The scapes very short, hairy, branched, with short peduncles ;
the flowers large, and late.

Of the seedlings enumerated in Mr. Knrent's communica-
tion which has been referred to, four are described in this
Paper, viz. the two now just noticed, which were Numbers 10
and 14, Number 3 has been named the Sweet Cone, and
Number 7 is the Downton, both of these kinds will be found
in their proper places hereafter. Of Numbers 2, 4, 8, 16, 17
and 18, descriptions will be given at a future period. Number
13 has perished both in the Garden of the Society and in that
at Downton ; it proved very tender, and not increasing itself
by runners, a defect stated of it originally, the variety is
entirely lost. ,

In several of the nurseries round London some of these
varieties are sold under the name of Knight's Seedling, but
from the examination I have been able to make of the plants
so called, I apprehend that they consist of more than one of
the above sorts. The runners having possibly become mixed
after they were distributed by the Society in 1819, when
samples of the whole were received from the President.

24. Knights Large Scarlet Strawberry. This Straw-
berry was sent to the Society by the President ; it has been
some time known in many nurseries and private gardens, to
which it has been communicated under the designation of
the Female Parent of the Downton; it is also the original
from which the two preceding varieties were obtained. Mr.
Knicur received it some years ago from Mr. James Av-
custus Hunter, of Birmingham, into whose nursery near
that town it had been introduced as the American Scarlet,

By Mr. James BARNET. 179

but that. designation having been already appropriated: to
another variety before described, renders it necessary to
adhere to the one by which it is known not only in the Gar-
den of the Society, but more generally where it is cultivated
near the Metropolis. _ It was raised by Waiter WILLIAM
Capper, Esq. who, at: the time, resided near Birmingham,
from seed procured by him from America, and the plants
were given by him to Mr. HUNTER.

Synonyms.
Knight’s Scarlet. Hairy leaved Scarlet.
American Scarlet. Large Scarlet.

Great American Scarlet.

In more than one instance it has been sent to the Garden
of the Society as the Bath Scarlet, but that name is decid-
edly incorrect.

The fruit is roundish, or slightly conical, light vermillion
colour, above the middle size; the seeds deeply embedded,
with ridged intervals ; the flesh nearly white, soft, ofa pleasant
flavour. The leaves dense, very large; the foot-stalks tall,
strong, and very pubescent ; the leaflets oblong, large, some-
times concave, sometimes convex, reclined, with coarse serra-
tures, their upper surface hairy, shining dark green. The
runners are strong, green, and numerous. The scapes half the
length of the leaf-stalks, upright, with closely pressed pube-
scence; the peduncles short; the flowers of moderate size,
with narrow petals, opening late. Its leaves remain very
perfect during the winter.

This Strawberry is not a productive kind, but it comes into
bearing rather late in the season, and produces handsome
fruit, which is however so tender that it: bears carriage very ill.

180 Account and Description of Strawberries.

25. Cockscomb Scarlet Strawberry. Was raised in 1808
by Mr. Jonn WıLmor, of Isleworth, from a seed of Keens’
Imperial. Its origin would place it among the Pines, but its
greater affinity to the Scarlets has given it its present station.
From some specimens which were exhibited to the Horti-
cultural Society in 1821, a notice* of this variety was pub-
lished; it was then a novelty.

It is a good bearer, coming in late. The fruit is large,
compressed, with a furrow along the apex, which appears in
the shape of a simple indenture when the berry does not put
on a cockscomb shape; the early berries are very large and
most completely cockscombed, so much so, as to enclose the
calyx within the fruit by surrounding the end of the peduncle ;
the colour is bright scarlet ; the seeds are pale, slightly em-
bedded, between flat intervals ; the flesh is pale scarlet, solid,
with a large core, well flavoured, but without acid. The
calyx is spreading. The footstalks of the leaves are crooked,
strong, almost smooth ; the leaflets very large, nearly round,
slightly folded together, with very large coarse serratures, their
texture thicker than that of most other Scarlets, the upper
surface rough, shining dark green. The runners strong and
few. The scapes half the length of the footstalks, usually ap-
pearing as if two were united ; the peduncles stiff, not long,
nor much branched ; the blossoms are large and late.

This is a curious Strawberry, and most remarkable in its
appearance. A rich soil is required to grow it in perfection.
In habit it approaches Wilmot’s Late Scarlet, but its leaves,
though thick, are of thinner texture and more uneven surface.
Large berries of it when formed into a cockscomb, sometimes

* See Hortultural Transactions, Vol, v. page 262.

By Mr. James Barnet, . 18]

measure three inches along the apex. It is a free grower,
but will not bear under glass, Its size and peculiar shape will
always make it an object of attraction,

26. Wilmots Late Scarlet Strawberry. Was also raised
by Mr. Joun Wixmor, of Isleworth, about the year 1815,
Specimens of the fruit were first exhibited to the Horticultu-
ral Society in 1817, and a short notice* of the variety was
published afterwards in the Transactions,

Synonyms.
Wilmot’s Scarlet. Large Virginian.
Wilmot’s new Scarlet. Late Virginian.
Wilmot’s Seedling.

It is a good bearer, ripening late enough to succeed the
Old Scarlet, and producing its berries in succession, so as to
afford a continued supply. The fruit is very large, bluntly co-
nical, irregularly shaped, shining light red ; the seeds are small,
deeply embedded ; the intervals ridged ; the flesh white, hollow
in the centre ; the flavour moderate. The calyx incurved. The
footstalks of the leaves are tall, strong, slightly hairy ; the leaf-
lets large, nearly round or oval, flat, deeply serrated, the texture
very thick, the upper surface without hairs, shining dark green.
Runners few, brown on the upper side. Scapes the length of
the footstalk of the leaves, slightly pubescent, stiff and stand-
ing up amongst the leaves; peduncles much branched ;
flowers large and late. The fruit is frequently much paler
on one side than on the other. |

In general appearance this variety is more like a small
Pine than a Scarlet. The plants require good space in a bed,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iii. page 115,

182 Account and Description of Strawberries.

‘The fruit is soft and delicate, and to be tasted in perfection,
should be eaten as soon as gathered ; it will not bear carriage.

Crass II]. BLACK STRAWBERRIES.

1. Old Black Strawberry. This kind is of many years
standing in Gardens ; it has long been well known, but neg-
lected, and frequently abandoned, in consequence of its un-
productiveness,

Synonyms.
Black. a Turkey Pine.
Black Canterbury. » Black Beacon.
Black Pine. Mulberry. _

Some names under which this Strawberry was received
belonging to other kinds, have not been noticed, because
being very distinct in its character from all others, such mis-
takes, when they exist in a garden, will be so easily rectified
that it is not worth while to record them. It has been called
the Beacon from a person of that name in Yorkshire, with
whom it is said to have recently originated ; it is possible that
a seed of the Black Strawberry may have reproduced itself
exactly, and thus have justified this claim to originality, but
that the sort was so obtained cannot: be admitted, for it is
known to have existed not less than forty years, probably
much longer. The name of Mulberry was doubtless applied to
it from the dark colour of its flesh and juice, but that name
belongs to another variety, described hereafter.

It is a very indifferent bearer, except in certain situations.
The fruit is late, and is produced close to the ground, The
berries are middle sized, conical, elongated and pointed, with

- By Mr. James BARNET. "es

a neck, hairy, of a very dark purplish red next the sun, where
the seeds are of the same colour, it is paler on the other side
with yellow seeds; the intervals between the seeds are scarcely
elevated; the flesh is scarlet, firm, with a core, buttery,
very rich, and highly flavoured. . The calyx is large and re-
flexed. The footstalks of the leaves are tall, weak, very erect,
slightly hairy; the leaflets very small, oblong or.oval, with
blunt serratures, of very thin texture, their upper surface
slightly hairy, shining light green. - The runners numerous,
large, reddish on the upper side when exposed to the sun,
rising upwards at first and not trailing. The scapes are very
short, stiff, hairy, with long peduncles, bearing large blossoms.
The leaves of this and others of the same Class remain toler-
ably perfect during winter.

The very superior and peculiar flavour of this Strawberry
entitles it to much attention, and but for its unproductiveness
it would be.extensively grown.. It has been the means, either
from its seeds, or by its pollen impregnating other kinds, of
supplying us with many of the finest and best novelties which
have been produced within the last few years. Old plants of
this variety of three or four years standing,- left undisturbed,
are said to bear much better than younger ones. The plants
are tender, and apt to die in winter.

2. Pitmaston Black Strawberry. Was raised by Joun
Wicurams, Esq. of Pitmaston, and sent to the Garden of the
Society as the Late Pitmaston Black, to distinguish it from
another kind, which was called the Early Pitmaston Black,
but that being now placed (according to its affinity) among
the Scarlets, the necessity of an addition indicating its time

184 Account and Description of Strawberries.

of ripening no longer exists. This variety first bore fruit at
Pitmaston, in 1808. It was produced from seed of the Old
Black. l

It is a good bearer, ripening about the same time as the Old
Black. The fruit is of moderate size, ovate, with a neck,
slightly hairy, of a very dark purplish red next the sun ; the
seeds are slightly embedded in the skin; the flesh is solid,
scarlet, very firm, buttery and richly flavoured. The calyx is
large and reflexed. The leaves are nearly similar to those
of the Old Black, but rather weaker, the surface not so much
furrowed, of a more shining green and thinner texture.
The scapes are very short, stiff, hairy, branched, with short
peduncles, and blossoms like its parent.

It is an excellent Strawberry, very closely allied to the Old
Black, which it surpasses in productiveness, but is apparently
tender, and rather a shy grower. Mr. WıLLIAms, who trans-
mitted the plants, reported that he considered the kind more
hardy, and that it stood the winter better than its parent.

3. Gibbs's Seedling Black Strawberry. Was received from
the nursery of Mr. Tuomas Gizps, at Ampthill, in Bedford-
shire, it having been raised by him in 1818, from seed of the
Old Black.

It is a moderate bearer, but more productive than its parent,
ripening rather late. The fruit is conical, small, hairy, with
a neck, when ripe very dark purplish red next the sun; seeds
slightly embedded in the skin; the flesh scarlet, firm, very
highly flavoured. The calyx is large and reflexed. The
footstalks of the leaves, dwarf, upright, weak, slightly hairy ;
the leafiets are very small, elliptical or oblong, with fine

By Mr. James BARNET. 185

serratures, and of very thin texture, their upper surface
hairy, and much furrowed. 'The runners are large, numerous,
and brownish The scapes very short, stiff, hairy, branched,
with short peduncles growing in clusters; the flowers are
similar to those of the Old Black.

In habit it resembles the Old Black, but its fruit is consi-
derably smaller, and its leaflets are longer and more furrowed.
Where variety is desired, it will be worthy of cultivation.

4. Downton Strawberry. Was raised by the President
from a seed of the Strawberry, called Knight’s Large Scarlet,
impregnated by the pollen of the Old Black. Amongst the
seedlings described in the third volume of the Transactions,
at page 207, this was Number 7. In the summer of 1819
specimens were exhibited to the Horticultural Society, and
a figure and account of the variety, there called the Downton,
from the seat of Mr. Knreut, where it was produced, were
published in the Transactions.* It was subsequently very
extensively distributed by him through the medium of the
Society, and is now in very general cultivation. A further
notice of it was also published by the Society in 1820,

Synonyms.
Knight’s Seedling. |
Knight’s Strawberry.

It is an abundant bearer, coming in late, and as it ripens
its fruit in succession, lasts a considerable time. The fruit

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iii. page 396.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 197.
VOL. VI. Bb

186 Account and Description of Strawberries.

is large, ovate, with a neck, slightly downy, the early fruits in
good situations become conspicuously cockscombed ; when
ripe they are a very dark purplish scarlet on the side next the
sun, the other side being paler, the seeds are of the same
colour as the fruit on the sunned side, yellow on the other,
and embedded a little in the skin; the flesh is scarlet, firm,
and the flavour is very superior, but the berries should not
be gathered until they acquire a very dark colour, otherwise
they are sharp and less agreeable; in fact, though coloured
and thus appearing to be ripe, they are not fully mature. The
calyx is large, spreading, sometimes slightly reflexed. The
footstalks of the leaves are very long, often reddish, hirsute,
spreading, the leaflets large, of thin texture, elliptical, when
young concave, but becoming convex, with large coarse serra-
tures, their upper surface smooth, shining light green, and
when young of a yellowish green. The runners numerous, very
hairy, light brown on the upper side. The scapes are very
long, upright, villous, stiff, branched, with short crowded pe-
duncles; the flowers middle sized. The leaves retain their
verdure and freshness during winter more than those of any
other Strawberry.

The fruit preserves well, making sweetmeats of great
excellence and richness. It also mixes particularly well with
cream. Since its first introduction it has become a very po-
pular fruit, and is not likely to lose any of its high repu-
tation.

5. Sweet Cone Strawberry. Is Number 3, of the collection
of seedlings described by Mr. Knreut, as before mentioned,
having been raised from seed of the Old Pine, impregnated

By Mr. James Barner. 187

by the pollen of the Old Black. It was also sent to the
Garden of the Society by Jons Wituiams, Esq. of Pitmaston,
with the name it now bears; he received it from Mr. Knieut,
and has continued to cultivate it, finding it a valuable fruit.

It is a moderate bearer, ripening late. The fruit is small,
cone shaped, with a neck, hairy, when ripe an uniform bright
shining scarlet; the seeds prominent ; flesh firm, ofa brighter
colour than the skin, hollow, witha small core, very rich and
high flavoured, possessing both sweetness and acidity admir-
ably united. The calyx is large, and reflexed. The footstalks
of the leaves are weak, very erect, slightly hairy; the leaflets
small, oval or oblong, coarsely serrated, convex, their texture
thick, the upper surface smooth, shining light green. The
runners few, they are reddish, and grow upwards at first, as
in the Old Black. The scapes are the length of the leaf-
stalk, weak, upright, hairy, branched, with short stiff pedun-
cles, and flowers of moderate size.

The principal objection to this Strawberry is that it does
not grow very freely, at least in the soil of the Garden at
Chiswick ; it would otherwise be a valuable variety

Crass Ll. Pine STRAWBERRIES.

1. Bostock Strawberry. Was raised* by Mr. GEORGE
Dare, gardener to Francis Tomxrnson, Esq. at Bostock,
in Cheshire. It was much cultivated by the Market Gar-
deners near London in the year 1819, and following years.

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 508,

188 Account and Description of Strawberries.

Either by accident or intention, the first letter of the name
was changed into an R, and the kind acquired a false celebrity,
as having been received from Rostock in Pomerania.

Synonyms.
Rostock. Caledonian.
Rostock Seedling. Vernon’s.
Rostock Pine. Montague’s.
Rostock Scarlet. Prolific Bath.
Wellington. New Bath.
Cone. Whitley’s Pine.
Byram. Beattie’s Seedling.*

Called also, erroneously, by names to which it can have no
claim, as Bath Scarlet, Chinese, Red Chili, and Devonshire
Chili. |
Being a recent production, it is remarkable that it should
have received such a variety of names. Some of them, it will
be observed, are derived from persons or places by whom and
where it it has been grown. It derived its name of Vernon's
from SamuEL VERNON, Esq. of Dee Bank, near Chester, whose
attention to the cultivation of Strawberries has been already
noticed. Mr. Jonarnan SALTER sold it from his nursery
near Bath, under the name of Montague’s, he having received
it from Grorere Montaaue, Esq. of Corston, near Bath ; it
seems to have acquired popularity, in the neighbourhood of
* About 1811 or 1812 Mr. Wit11aM Bearrie, the gardener at Scone, raised
a Strawberry from seed, to which he gave his own name; the parent of it he had
received as the New Bath Strawberry, is doubtless the variety now under desorip-
tion, since the seedling so nearly resembles it as not to be distinguishable.
+ See Vernon’s Scarlet Strawberry, page 174.

By Mr. James Barnet. 189

that town, and from this circumstance has been confounded
with the older kind, properly called the Bath Scarlet. Under
the name of the Caledonian, this Strawberry has been much
cultivated in the Midland Counties of England, and is in
particular estimation about Birmingham, where, I am informed
by Mr. Joux Lrxwoop, the light soil of that part of the country
suits the plants well, especially when it has been highly
manured. It does not however stand so well as many other
sorts, under ordinary treatment.

The Bostock is a most abundant bearer, ripening early for
its class. The fruit very large, slightly hairy, nearly round,
with a small neck; the largest fruit irregularly swelled to-
wards the base, terminating in an obtuse point, of a dark shi-
ning red next the sun, light scarlet on the other side; seeds
prominent, brown on one side of the fruit, yellow on the other.
Flesh pale scarlet, firm, coarse, with a small hollow and core,
without flavour. Calyx large, hairy, reflexed, sometimes
spreading. The footstalks of the leaves tall, often brownish,
slightly hairy; the leaflets very small, oval, slightly folded
together, with coarse serratures, upper surface almost smooth,
shining green. The runners, when young, ascending with an
elevation similar to the footstalks of the leaves, until they
become prostrate from their own weight, they are strong,
numerous, reddish on the upper side. The scapes are very
short, and slightly hairy, very much branched and spreading
wide ; the peduncles long ; the flowers large and late.

The productiveness of the Bostock, which is quite extraordi-
nary, and its disposition to bear great crops when forced, has
given it a popularity which it ill deserves, for it is destitute
of flavour. From the shortness of the scapes the fruit lies

190 Account and Description of Strawberries.

close to the ground when ripe, quite covering the space round
the plant, ina remarkable manner.

2. Bath Scarlet Strawberry. Though the characters of
this Strawberry are sufficiently known to leave no doubt as
to the proper application of the name, yet it was sent under
such a variety of other names, and in so few instances by that
which really belongs to it, as would in a less doubtful case
have excited much difficulty.

Synonyms.
Bath Strawberry. Devonshire.*
New Bath Scarlet. North’s Seedling.
Liverpool. Milne’s Seedling.t}

Golden Drop.

* I have been informed by the gentleman who sent the Bath Scarlet with the
name Devonshire attached to it, that the cause of the use of that appellation was
simply that the plants had been brought to his garden from Devonshire, but there
are several instances in which the name of Devonshire Scarlet, and Devonshire
Chili, have been applied to other varieties of the class of Pine Strawberries.
A Strawberry called the Devonshire Chili certainly did exist many years ago,
but I have not been able to ascertain correctly to which of the sorts now in
cultivation the name ought to be applied; that it belongs to one of them I have
little doubt, and believe it was an original name, but I regret that I cannot
attach it with certainty. 2

+ The name of North’s Seedling, is given in different gardens to different
varieties of the class of Pines, but I suspect that it does not belong to any dis-
tinct sort. ‘The name originated in a nursery garden in the parish of Lambeth,
which many years since belonged to a person named Nortu, and I am inclined
to think that the proprietor found an advantage in disposing of certain kinds of
Strawberries as his own seedlings, in preference to selling them with their proper
names,

+ The Strawberry said to have been raised by the late Mr. Jonn MILNE, for-
merly gardener at Fonthill, is certainly the Bath Scarlet, and may have been

By Mr. James Barner. 191

lt was also erroneously sent as the Surinam, the Pine, and
the Carolina, all of which are names belonging to ascertained
sorts.

Ii is an abundant bearer. The fruit is roundish or ovate,
with a short neck, scarlet, small for the class ; seeds very pro-
minent on the skin, of a dark varnished red; the flesh soft,
with a large core, pale scarlet, and very coarse, without fla-
vour. Calyx large and spreading. The footstalks short, hairy ;
the leaflets small, broadly oval, with deep coarse serratures,
their upper surface smooth, shining dark green. Runners yel-
lowish green, when young very hairy, numerous, brown on the
upper side. The scapes very short, with spreading branches ;
peduncles long, stiff, and hairy ; the flowers large.

Though this Strawberry has been long cultivated, it has
little to recommend it; when fewer sorts existed it might
have been kept for the sake of variety, but it is now surpassed
by so many that even on that score it will be but seldom
retained.

3. Chinese Strawberry. This, and the Surinam, hereafter
described, are both of long standing in our gardens, perhaps
they are the oldest of any of the Class, and have, I believe,
long ceased to be distinguished by their original names ;
to decide what those were would occupy more space in this
Paper than could be allowed, it being a subject requiring very
extensive investigation and detail. The reasons for preferring
the name I have adopted are given in a subsequent page.
It is known in some gardens as North's Seedling, in others
produced from a seed of it. The plants so called were sent to the garden of the
Society by AyLmer Bourse Lamsenr, Esq.

192 Account and Description of Strawberries.

as the Red Chili, and North's Large Scarlet; but none of
these can be strictly considered as synonyms, since they as
justly belong to other kinds.

This variety is cultivated in the United States of America,
for it was received from New York in 1822, under three names,
supposed to be three different kinds ; two of them were cer-
tainly wrong, and therefore I do not venture to give either.

The Chinese Strawberry is a very great bearer, it ripens be-
fore the Old Pine, and continues to produce its fruit for some
length of time. The berries are apparently compressed, nearly
round, middle sized, of a pale varnished red on the exposed

‘side ; the seeds are brown and prominent ; the flesh is soft,
light pink, with a great core, woolly ; the flavour indifferent.
Calyx large and spreading. The footstalks of the leaves slen-
der for one of this class, hairy, dwarf; the leaflets very small,
oval, sometimes oblong, concave, with irregular fine serratures,
smooth, very shining dark green. The runners small, nume-
rous, light green, brownish where exposed. The scapes short,
hairy, with very long branched peduncles; the flowers large.
It is decidedly deficient in all the qualities of a good Straw-
berry. The berries, though wanting in flavour, when in con-
siderable quantities in a garden, and quite ripe, give out from
the beds a most grateful odour, which is perceptible at some
distance, and raise expectations of richness, which are disap-
pointed when the fruit is tasted. :

4. Variegated Pine Strawberry. A Strawberry having
leaves much variegated with white, is often seen in the
gardens of the curious. As a fruit it has no merit, the plants
being weak, and very shy bearers. It evidently belongs to

By Mr. James Barner. 193

the Class of the Pines, and as far as I can ascertain, appears
to have been produced from the preceding kind or from the
Surinam, but more probably from the former, for which reason
it is placed here.

5. Surinam Strawberry. Of the antiquity, and probable
change of the original name of this Strawberry, I have ob-
served when writing on the Chinese.

Synonyms.
Red Pine. Sutton’s large.
Red Pine-Apple. Oldaker’s New Pine.

It has also been received as the Red Chili, the Chinese,
and the D hire Scarlet.

It is an abundant bearer, ripening late. The fruit is very
large, of a light shining red next the sun, pale on the opposite
side, irregularly ovate, or round, without a neck ; the seeds are
yellow and prominent; the flesh firm, pale red, with a large
core ; flavour very indifferent. Calyx very large and spreading.
The footstalks of the leaves tall, brownish when exposed, ra-
ther erect, almost smooth; the leaflets large, oval, for the most
part reclined, their texture moderately thick, serratures large
and coarse, the upper surface smooth, shining dark green.
The runners yellowish green, brown on the upper side. The
scapes remarkably short, stiff, hairy, very much branched and
spreading ; the peduncles long ; the blossoms very large.

The fruit is entirely concealed by the leaves. Dry weather
has a good effect on this kind, the flavour is more improved
by its action than is the case with other Strawberries, and it
is much better when grown well exposed to the sun.

VOL, VI. Ce

194 Account and Description of Strawberries.

The differences between the Chinese and Surinam are suffi-
ciently obvious to distinguish them. If my classification had
been extended to more minute divisions, those, with the Dutch
Strawberry, would form one division, for they have much
resemblance to each other. From their abundant produce
the Chinese and Surinam are much grown by the Market
Gardeners round London. ‘They carry well, and will remain
without much injury, if kept three days ; these are essential
requisites to the inferior class of vendors, by whom they are
usually disposed of as Hautbois, the cry of which in the
streets of the metropolis in the Strawberry season is well
known. They are said to be particularly in estimation among
the Jews. The names of Red Chili, and Chinese, are indis-
criminately given to both sorts ; though there is authority for
the former it is improper, since the term Chili is appropriate
to a distinct Class. I have called the first kind exclusively
Chinese, giving that of Surinam, to this latter, the application
of this denomination being justified by its use both among
Cultivators and Nurserymen. They are found in some collec-
tiens under the name of Carolina Strawberries. The impor-
tant distinctions between the two kinds are, that the leaves of
the Chinese are dwarf, and consequently that the fruit when
ripe is visible on the plant ; on the contrary, the leaves of the
Surinam being very tall, conceal the fruit, which grows on
short scapes. The Chinese are also early ripe, while the
Surinams come into bearing later.

I have strong reason to believe that one or both of these
Strawberries ate the kinds which are grown for the Market
both in the vicinity of Dublin and at Edinburgh. At the
former city the gardens of Chapelizod produce them, and at the

By Mr. James BARNET. 195

latter they come into use when the season of the Old Scarlets
is over,

6. Dutch Strawberry. This Strawberry, intermediate in
habit between the Chinese and Surinam, was sent to the
Society in 1822, from the garden of Sir WILLIAM Row ey,
at Tendring Hall, in Suffolk. It was introduced there nearly
forty years ago, from an old garden since destroyed in the
neighbourhood, under its present name, by the gardener,
Mr. Josepu Goppen.

It is an abundant bearer, ripening later than the Chinese or
the Surinam. The fruit is large, round, of a bright shining red
on the exposed side, the other side paler; the seeds project
from a polished smooth surface ; the flesh is pale red, woolly,
hollow in the centre, with a core, of indifferent flavour. The
calyx large and spreading. T'he footstalks of the leaves are
tall, a little hairy, somewhat erect, the leaflets small, slightly
concave, of thin texture, with sharp serratures, the upper
surface smooth, shining dark green, ‘The runners small, .
numerous, very light green. The scapes short, stiff, hairy,
much branched ; the peduncles long; the blossoms large.

Though of inferior flavour, this may prove a valuable kind
to the Market Gardener, its produce being not only abundant
but certain; it never fails to yield a good crop, and conse-
quently might be cultivated for sale, to succeed the Surinam,

7. Old Pine, or Carolina Strawberry.. An old inhabitant
of the English Gardens, and deservedly highly prized when
it is treated properly, and its management well understood,

196 Account and Description of Strawberries.

Synonyms.
Pine. Devonshire Scarlet Pine.
Carolina, Varnished.
Scarlet Pine. Barham Down.
Old Scarlet Pine. Blood Pine.
Old Carolina. Large Pine.
Large Carolina. Kew Pine.
Black Carolina. Windsor Pine.
Miss Gunning’s. Cockscomb Pine.
North’s Seedling. Regent’s Favourite.

It was also transmitted to the Garden of the Society under
the following incorrect names, all of which certainly belong
to other kinds, viz. Black Pine, Surinam, Bath Scarlet, and
New Bath Scarlet. |

I have, after the fullest consideration, decided on attaching
the name of Carolina to the Old Pine; it certainly seems to
be the principal one by which it is known in England, espe-
cially at any distance from London, though probably it origi-
nally belonged to another variety. It is somewhat singular
that a Strawberry so generally known, and of such excellence,
should have been confounded under such variety of names ;
that this however is the case is apparent from the above long
list of Synonyms. I am aware that the plants to which the
names of the Royal Gardens, Kew and Windsor, are affix-
ed, have heen considered distinct subvarieties, but from care-
ful examination and comparisons of these and their supposed
type, under similar circumstances, I have not hesitated to.
unite them. Plants of the Old Pine exist which are less
productive than others, which differ in no other respect;

By Mr. James Barner. 197

but this, I apprehend, will be found to be the case in every
kind of fruit, which is extensively cultivated ; and though the
circumstance is such as ought to make the Cultivator careful
in the selection of his stock, it does not justify, nor will it
support, the adoption of a distinct name. The like observa-
tion is applicable to what is called the Cockscomb Pine, for
all good bearing and well managed Old Pine Strawberry
plants, will yield fruits of a cockscomb shape; therefore no
distinction of name is necessary for them.

The Pine Strawberry is a good bearer in situations and on
soils which suit it ; it ripens rather late. The fruit is large,
slightly hairy, with a neck, of an uniform bright scarlet, ovate-
conical, occasionally compressed, and when luxuriant the ear-
ly fruits are cockscomb shaped, but it will be found that the
berries thus overgrown have in all cases less flavour, than those
produced of the usual shape ; the seeds are slightly embed-
ded in the skin ; the flesh is rich and juicy with a very grateful
flavour, pale scarlet, sometimes the largest fruit have a small
hollow in the centre, but they are generally solid. The calyx
is large, spreading, sometimes partially reflexed. The foot-
stalks of the leaves are tall, rather upright, stiff, partially co-
vered with long hairs, the leaflets small, nearly oval, some- -
times nearly round, spreading horizontally with rounded ser-
ratures, their upper surface almost smooth, shining dark green.
The runners numerous, large, reddish, ascending at first in a
nearly upright direction, in the same manner as those of the
Bostock. The scapes half the length of the leafstalk, rather
upright, very stiff, slightly hairy, branching, with long pedun-
cles; flowers large and late.

This Strawberry unquestionably stands above all others in

198 Account and Description of Strawberries.

excellence, though its flavour is not so intense or powerful
as that of the Old Black and its varieties, nor so aromatic
as the Hautbois; it has however a quality so peculiarly
agreeable to the palate, that it must be placed in the first
rank of Strawberries. It forces well under particular ma-
nagement, but does not bear early under glass. It is also
most excellent when preserved whole as asweetmeat. None
of all the various parcels received from different places which
I examined, though varying in productiveness, exhibited any
distinguishing characters either in the foliage, flowering stems,
blossoms, or fruit. It prefers a cool though not a shaded
situation, not succeeding well where exposed to the reflected
heat of the sun. It succeeds best in a stiff soil approaching
to clay. |

8. Glazed Pine Strawberry. This Strawberry came with
the name of the Glazed Pine from the garden of Viscount
Sypwney at Frognal in Kent. Mr. Tuomas Morrarr the
Gardener there, received it as a valuable kind from Mr.
JAMES GRANGE’s garden at Kingsland. It is known as
Knott's Pine. about Manchester, where it is much esteemed,
having been introduced to that neighbourhood some years
ago by Mr. Jonn Kwort, of Chester, whose account of it is,
that it was raised in the garden of Lord DELAMERE at Vale
Royal. It was sent to the Society from Smith’s nursery,
near Manchester, by the proprietor, Mr. Winxi1am SmITH.

Synonyms.
Knott’s Pine.
Scarlet Pine Apple.

By Mr. James Barner. | 199

ït came also from nurseries in one case under the name of
Chinese, and in another as the Carolina.

It is a good bearer, ripening late. The fruit is variable in
shape, the largest frequently appear as if compressed, but
they are generally conical with a neck, large, hairy, of a
darkish shining scarlet next the sun, having the other side
paler; the seeds prominent ; the flesh pale scarlet, firm, with
a large core; the flavour good, but inferior to that òf the Old
Pine. Calyx large and incurved. The footstalks of the
leaves are tall, spreading or erect, red, slightly hairy ; leaf-
lets large, oval, pointed at the ends, flat or slightly folded
together, with deep and coarse serratures, their upper surface
almost smooth, shining light green. The runners are elevated
at first, and afterwards recumbent, as in the Old Pine and
Bostock, they are of a reddish colour, large and numerous.
The scapes are very short, upright, hairy, branching ; the
peduncles very long; the blossoms large.

In habit this Strawberry is like the Old Pine, but the leaf-
lets are of thinner texture, and reclined ; it is readily known
by its red footstalks. It is said to be a good forcer, and is on
the whole an useful kind, though inferior to the Old Pine.

9. Bullocks Blood Strawberry. Was received into the
collection from the late Mr. James Lex of Hammersmith,
who alone, as far as appears by the notes transmitted to the
Secretary, which I have inspected, appears to have possessed
the variety.

It is a very shy bearer, ripening late. The fruit ovate,
large, when ripe of a uniform light shining red; the seeds
dark red on the exposed side, yellow on the other, projecting

200 Account and Description of Strawberries.

from a polished surface ; the flesh pale red, firm, juicy, the
flavour very indifferent. The calyx is middle sized, spreading, .
or reflexed. The footstalks of the leaves are tall, nearly.
upright, almost smooth; the leaflets large, ovate, flat, with
bluntly pointed serratures, their texture thick, the upper
surface smooth, shining dark green. The runners numerous,
reddish and large. The scapes very short, stiff, erect, almost ©
smooth, branching, with long peduncles ; flowers small.

This kind has little to recommend it to notice, its fruit
being neither abundant nor of good quality. I have not
been able to obtain any account of its origin or history.

10. Keens’ Seedling Strawberry. No Strawberry that
has been recently produced has excited so much attention as
Keens’ Seedling. It has consequently brought both fame and
profit to the Individual who had the good fortune to raise
it. Some of the first fruits which it produced were exhibited
to the Horticultural Society in 1821, and an account, with
a figure, of them was published afterwards.* It originated
from a seed of Keens’ Imperial.

Synonyms.
Keens’ New Seedling. Keens’ New Pine.
Keens’ Black Pine.

A most excellent bearer, ripening early, soon after the
Scarlets, and before any other of the Pines. The fruit is
very large, round or ovate, some of the largest assuming a
cockscomb shape, when ripe of a very dark purplish scarlet
next the sun, the other side paler, slightly hairy ; seeds a little

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v, page 261.

By Mr. James BARNET. 201

. embedded in the polished surface of the fruit, which has
usually a furrow at the apex; the flesh is firm, solid, scarlet,
without any separable core, tolerably high flavoured. The -
calyx is of moderate size, hairy, incurved. The footstalks of the
leaves are tall, slightly hairy ; the leaflets very large, roundish,
for the most part flat, reclined, of a very smooth shining dark
green, with coarse serratures, which are large and rounded.
The runners are small, numerous, greenish yellow, and slightly
hairy. The scapes are of moderate length, sometimes very
short, branched, with short, weak, clustered peduncles ;
middle sized, opening early.

This Strawberry is a very extraordinary production, pos-
sessing beauty, size, firmness of flesh, as well as productive-
ness, and that at a season when no other, at all approaching
it in appearance, is ripe. Though good, its flavour is-sur-
passed by several, both in the Pine and the two preceding
Classes, but in the Public Market its external properties give
it a decided advantage over all the other kinds yet known.
The leaflets are the largest of the Strawberry tribe, middle
sized ones measuring four inches and a halfacross. It forces
well both late and early, bearing plentifully,

t1. Keens Imperial Strawberry. A production of an
earlier period by the Market Gardener whose name it bears.
It was raised from a seed of a Large White Chili ( White
Carolina) Strawberry about~the year 1806. Some of its
produce were exhibited to the Horticultural Society in 1813,
and a figure with an account of the variety, was published*
in the Transactions.

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. u° page 101.
VOL. VI. Dd

202 Account and Description of Strawbernies.

Synonyms.
Imperial. Keens’ Black.
Black Imperial. Keens’ Large-fruited.
Large Imperial Black. Isleworth Pine.
Imperial Pine. Large Black.
Black Isleworth. Keens’ Black Pine.

This is not an early Strawberry, but it produces usuallya
tolerably good crop. ‘The fruit is very large, roundish, some-
times bluntly pointed, when ripe of a very dark purplish red
next the sun ; the seeds project from the surface of the fruit,
which is shining; the flesh is not juicy, but very firm, it is
coarse, hollow in the centre, with a core, the flavour tolerable.
The calyx is large, partially spreading, incurved, sometimes
reflexed. The footstalks of the leaves of moderate length,
stiff, spreading, slightly hairy; the leaflets large, roundish,
concave, of thick texture, spreading, with large and coarse
rounded serratures, their upper surface glossy dark green.
The runners are but few, they are however very large. The
scapes are as long as the leafstalks, very stiff, hairy, branching
much, with long, spreading, stiff peduncles; the flowers are
rather small, they are not uniformly productive, the latter
ones especially being abortive.

The want of rich flavour in this variety caused it to decline
in the good opinion of the generality of Cultivators, though it
was very popular on its first appearance, and the introduction
of Keens’ Seedling, which excels it in every quality, whether
peculiar to the two, or possessed in common with others, has
nearly driven it from the market. The fruit of Keens’ Impe-
rial will remain fresh and good to the eye three days after it
has been gathered. The plants appear to be tender.

By Mr. James Barnet. 203

12. Black Prince Strawberry. This was raised from the
seed of Keens’ Imperial by Mr. Jonn Witmor of Isleworth,
in 1820. Specimens of it were exhibited to the Horticul-
tural Society in June 1822, and a notice of it was subsequently
published,* under the name of Wilmots Black Imperial.

Itis a good bearer, ripening early for a Pine. The fruit is
middle sized, depressed-spherical, with a furrow at the apex,
hairy, when ripe entirely of a very dark violet colour; the
seeds slightly embedded ; the skin of the fruit is highly polish-
ed; the flesh is solid, very firm, of a rich dull scarlet, with
a small core, with a flavour higher than the Imperial, the
juice dark. The calyx is small for a Pine, and spreading. The
footstalks of the leaves are very short, almost smooth, the
leaflets middle sized, nearly round, convex, with blunted
serratures, the upper surface smooth, shining dark green.
The runners numerous, light brown on the upper side. The
scapes very short, stiff, hairy, branching much ; the peduncles
long; the blossoms very small.

This is one of the most singular Strawberries that has yet
` been raised, on account ofits peculiar dark and polished sur-
face, which gives it an appearance entirely unlike any other
yet known. Mr. Witmor states that it is one of the best
forcers he knows, producing a plentiful and certain crop. In
habit it approaches Keens’ Imperial; the leaflets are of
thicker texture, the upper surface more furrowed and convex.
The whole plant is dwarf. The fruit is considerably smaller
than its parent, and not so coarse.

13. Mulberry Strawberry. Of the origin of this fruit J
* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 398,

204 Account and Description of Strawberries.

have no account ; it was received with its present name from
the late Mr. James Let, of Hammersmith, but it did not ap-
pear in any other list with the same appellation, nor were any
of the Synonyms given below used by two persons.
Synonyms. —
Mahone. King.
Cherokee.

Mr. Kirxe has informed me that this kind has existed in
his garden at Brompton for twenty-five years, as the Mahone
Strawberry, and that it was given to his father by General
Murray, who, it was said, introduced it from some foreign
country. Mr. ANprew Dickson, of Edinburgh, sent it from
his nursery to the Society as the King Strawberry, and it
came with the name of Cherokee from a private collection.
It is known in some of the Scotch gardens as the Surinam
Strawberry. |

It is a shy bearer, ripening late. The fruit is middle sized,
ovate, with a short neck, when ripe a dark purplish red next
the sun; the seeds are embedded slightly on the skin; the
flesh is soft, coarse red, with a long core, the flavour moderate.
The calyx is hairy, very large, incurved, extending over half
the fruit. The footstalks of the leaves are short, spreading,
and hairy; the leaflets very large, oblong, generally con-
cave, of thick texture, with coarse serratures, the upper surface
hairy and dark glossy green. ‘The runners numerous, coarse,
reddish on the upper side. The scapes short, stiff, hairy,
branching, with very long peduncles, and large flowers.

It is a Strawberry not worthy of attention, but it would
be a matter of curiosity to ascertain its history and origin-
The leaves are particularly dwarf and spreading.

By Mr. James BARNET. 205

WHITE CAROLINA STRAWBERRIES.

There are two distinct varieties of these Strawberries, but
they do not seem to have been before distinguished by Cul-
tivators, as I find that the names of one are indiscriminately
given to the other. I therefore state the Synonyms here as
common to both.

Carolina. Chili.

White Carolina. White. Chili.

White Pine. Large White Chili.

Large Blush Pine. Large Pale Chili.

White Bath. Large Flesh coloured Chili.

Large White.

I propose to adopt the name of White Carolina, which is
sufficiently expressive of the character, and’ is preferable to
Chili, by which I shall avoid the confusion that would arise
between these and the next Class, if that denomination were
retained. I suppose that they are called Chilis under the
impression that they were varieties of the True Chili Straw-
berry.

I have no account of the origin of either of these ; ; . they
have doubtless been long in our Gardens, their great ‘size and
peculiar appearance having given them attractions, which
could not have arisen from their flavour.

14. Round White Carolina Strawberry. A good bearer,
but ripening late. The fruit is large, irregularly ovate, some-
times roundish, having a tendency to form a neck, of a
brownish colour next the sun, the other side white ; the seeds
deeply embedded, with ridged intervals; the flesh soft, white,

Ai

206 Account and Description of Strawberries.

woolly, with a large core; the flavour very indifferent. The
calyx is large and incurved. The footstalks of the leaves
are very long, slightly hairy; the leaflets large, nearly oval, flat,
their texture thick, with serratures very coarse and blunt, the
upper surface smooth, shining dark green. The runners large,
light green. The scapes very short, stiff, hairy, much branched;
peduncles long ; blossoms large.

15. Dwarf White Carolina Strawberry. A moderate
bearer, ripening about the same time as the Old Pine. The
fruit is large, irregularly ovate, brownish next the sun, white
on the other side, hairy; the seeds scarcely embedded, appear-
ing prominent, darker than the fruit; the flesh white, soft,
woolly, with a large core; flavour indifferent. The calyx very
large and incurved. The footstalks of the leaves short, stout,
hairy; the leaflets large, oblong, bluntly pointed at the ends,
with rounded serratures, upper surface smooth, shining dark
green. The runners strong, greenish yellow. The scapes re-
markably short, very hairy, for the most part with three main
branches supporting long peduncles, which bear large blossoms.

This is the worst of the two varieties of White Carolina.
They are readily distinguishable, the last growing near the
ground, whilst the foliage of the other stands high. The fruit
of the Round Variety is much the largest, and has its seeds
embedded ; these are prominent in the other.

Crass IV. CHILI STRAWBERRIES.

1. True Chili Strawberry. This Strawberry is a native of
South America, and has been in the European Gardens above

By Mr. James BARNET. 207

one hundred years. The stamens are usually entirely abor-
- tive, or very rarely produce anthers sufficiently supplied
with pollen to fecundate the stigmas, hence the plants
are rarely productive, for as they blossom chiefly after the :
season when most Strawberries are in flower, they have no
chance of being impregnated from other kinds. A little atten-
tion however will always remedy this defect, for it is not dif-
ficult to contrive to have plants of the Roseberry or some
other free and late flowering variety ready for the purpose
required at the proper seasons, by being grown in a north or
shaded border, from which the blossoms could be taken; or
if the plants were kept in pots, they might be removed and
placed in the beds among the scapes of the Chilis.

It is called in some Gardens the Patagonian Strawberry,
and is probably known in the North of England under the
appellation of Greenwell's, having been imported from France
some years since, by a gentleman named GREENWELL, and
given to Mr. Wii1i1am Fata, of Gateshead, near Newcastle
on Tyne, in whose nursery it is called Greenwell’s French,
or Greenwell’s New Giant, Strawberry.

The fruit ripens late. It is particularly large, irregularly
shaped, but usually ovate or bluntly conical, when ripe a
uniform dull varnished brownish red; the seeds dark brown
and projecting; the flesh slightly tinged with red near the
outside, the rest whitish, very firm, hollow in the centre, with
a small core; the flavour of the fruit is moderate, but it is
harsh, and has an ample portion of acidity. Calyx very large,
incurved. The footstalks of the leaves are tall, upright, stiff,
and covered very densely with hairs, the leaflets are small,
nearly oval, concave, with very obtuse serratures, the upper

208 Account and Description of Strawberries.

surface slightly hairy, shining light green, under side very
downy, their texture thick. Runners very strong and thick ;

_ the intervals between the young plants produced on them are
very long. The scapes are short, strong, very villous, much
branched, the branches spreading horizontally and bearing long
stiff peduncles ; the flowers are not very large, and they open
late inthe summer. The foliage of this kind mostly perishes
in the winter, but the succeeding varieties which have been
bred from it, keep their leaves.

It is said that the Chili Strawberry delights in a strong loam,
and that in such soil it will produce a tolerably fair crop, if
otherwise properly managed. It has also been suggested that
if the plants were left undisturbed in the same place for some |
time, without replanting, and allowed to cover the whole bed
with their runners, they might be more productive. The ex-
periment is worthy to be tried.

2. Wilmot’s Superb Strawberry. This is a new production,
raised by Mr. Jonn Witmort, of Isleworth, in 1821, from ~
seed of the True Chili, impregnated by the pollen of the
Roseberry. It appears to be an abundant bearer, ripening
late in the season, after the Old Pine, and in succession, so as
_ to afford a lengthened supply. The first fruits are very large,
irregularly rounded, ovate or flattened, sometimes growing
of a cockscomb shape, the other berries are invariably round,
all are hairy, pale scarlet, appearing as if polished, the seeds
projecting, brown; the flesh very firm, pale scarlet next the
outside, within whitish, with a small hollow in the centre, and
acore. Flavour very good, buttery and rich, mixed with
acid. The calyx is very large, incurved, partially spreading.

By Mr. James BARNET. 209

The footstalks tall, hairy, rather strong; the leaflets small,
nearly round, with small blunt serratures, their texture thick,
the upper surface very smooth, shining dark green. The run-
ners numerous, very strong, thick, and hairy. The scapes are
the length of the footatalks; stiff, very hairy, upright, and
much branched or divided; the peduncles very long, the
truss consequently appears large, and it is also considerably
elevated above the leaves before the berries swell, but after
it is bent down by their weight; the blossoms are large,
and produce fertile anthers.

This is a Strawberry of great promise, the fruit is very beau-
tiful and of extraordinary size; one that I had an opportunity
of examining measured six inches and a half in circumference.
The crossing seems to have produced all the change that
was necessary to the Chili: Strawberry, it has added to it
beauty, productiveness, colour, and flavour. The plant itself
is stronger and more vigorous than its female parent.

3. Yellow Chili Strawberry. This isa new variety, raised
from seed of the Old Chili, impregnated by the pollen of the
Downton Strawberry, in the garden of Jonn Wittrams, Esq.
of Pitmaston, by whom it was presented to the Society's
Garden. It bore fruit first in the year 1821.

A plentiful bearer, ripening late. ‘The fruit is very large, ir-
regularly ovate, frequently compressed, and sometimes cocks-
comhed, brown on the exposed side, and yellow on the other ;
seeds brown, slightly embedded, with flat intervals ; flesh very
firm, buttery, yellowish, with a core; flavour very rich, with
some acidity. The calyx is large, andincurved. The foot-
stalks of the leaves are tall, and hairy. Leaflets middle sized,

VOL. VI. Ee

210 Account and Description of Strawberries.

broadly elliptical, with small rounded, bluntly pointed serra-
tures, not so thick in substance as Wilmot’s Superb, their upper
surface smooth, slightly hairy, dark green, less rugose and not
so much cupped as in the Old Chili. The runners middle sized
(for this tribe) rising upright at first, and afterwards becoming
recumbent, like those of the Bostock and Old Pine, their upper
side is brownish. Scapes very short, stiff, somewhat erect ; the
peduncles long and branched ; the blossoms larger than those
of the Old Chili; the anthers large and abounding in pollen.

The fruit frequently attains a great size, weighing upwards
of an ounce. Mr. Wri11AMs observes that the flavour of this
Strawberry depends much on the season ; in the warm dry
summer of 1822 it attained great perfection. The under side
of the fruit, when mature, became of a fine yellow colour, and
the taste of the flesh much resembled that of a very fine ripe
Pine Apple. |

The production of fine and valuable Strawberries from the
Old Chili by impregnation with other kinds which bear per-
fect pollen, of which I have here recorded two recent instances,
is likely to afford an entire new stock of varieties to our gar-
dens ; they will have the merit not only of beauty and flavour,
but will produce fruit at a period of the year, when we are
without the luxury of Strawberries, except what the Alpines
and retarded or transplanted Scarlets afford.

Crass V. Havrsors* STRAWBERRIES.

1. Common Hautbois. Bearing male and female flowers

* I have adopted a mode of spelling the general name of this Class, which has
not been much used until lately; in the older gardening books it is usually called
Hautboy. The name is probably derived from the circumstance of the scape

By Mr. James BARNET. 211

on different plants. This is the original type of the Class
from which the improved varieties have proceeded, and being
` in fact a most unprofitable sort ought to be eradicated from
our gardens, and would probably have been so, but it has al-
ways been thought necessary to keep a stock of the male
flowering plants as an essential part of the plantation of a bed
of Hautbois.
Synonyms.

Hautbois. Dicecious Hautbois.

Old Hautbois. Hautbois, or Musky.

Original Hautbois.

The footstalks of the leaves are of moderate length, very
hairy ; the leaflets middle sized, ovate, very deeply and sharp-
ly serrated, their texture thin. The runners numerous and
small. The seapes tall, upright; the peduncles short, clustered;
the calyx very small; the blossoms small. ‘The flowers called
the males, producing occasonally a small imperfect fruit with
projecting seeds ; the female flowers bearing a small spherical
fruit, similar, but inferior, to that of the Globe Hautbois. The
male plants retain their old leaves sometimes, but the im-
proved varieties lose them, having only a few short and young
leaves continuing alive on their roots during the winter.

It has been usual, and strongly recommended, to introduce
into every plantation of Hautbois Strawberries, plants of the
males of this kind; these produce rumers very abundantly
and the increase of these sterile plants has made the beds un-
productive. To avoid this, if such adventitious aid be con-

which bears the fruit standing ppa than the leaves, and consequently being
called Haut:bois.

212 Account and Description of Strawberries.

sidered necessary, it would be better to have a separate and
contiguous plantation of the male plants, and not to allow of
any intermixture of their runners, or they might be planted
in pots, and when in blossom placed where they were expect-

ed to become useful. But I doubt if any assistance of the
sort is requisite; all the varieties of the Hautbois in the gar-
den of the Society last season were remarkably productive,
and even the Globe Hautbois, which usually has been sup-
posed to require the proximity of the male plants, bore as
well as others, and yet none of these had been introduced
when the beds were formed. They were probably fecundated
by the pollen of other varieties which produce hermaphrodite
flowers with perfect stamens. |

2. Globe Hautbois. The Synonyms applied to the Old
Hautbois are equally referable to the Globe Hautbois, and
are consequently not repeated. ai

This is at all times but a moderate bearer, and possesses
no good quality which is not to be found in the other. kinds.
It was the first improvement on what was in fact the Old or
Original Hautbois, the names of which seem to have been
transferred from that to this kind.

- The fruit is nearly spherical, small, becoming dark purple
when ripe; the seeds prominent; the flesh greenish, firm,
with a separable core, flavour good, with the aroma peculiar
to the Class. Calyx reflexed, very small. The footstalks of
the leaves very tall, strong, upright, and hairy; the leaflets
small, oblong, spreading horizontally, pointed at the ends,
with irregular small serratures, the upper surface shining
yellowish green, The runners small, numerous, light brown

By Mr. James BARNET. 213

on the upper side. The scapes longer than the leafstalk,
very hairy and upright ; the peduncles weak, hairy, not much
branched ; the flowers small, with imperfect stamens.

3. Black Hautbois. This kind was received, as a New
Hautbois, from the Royal Gardens at Windsor, where, as
I learn from Joux Arron Esq. it was raised about the year
1815, from the seed ofthe Prolific or Conical Hautbois ; it is
grown in the public gardens round London, but not distin-
guished by name, for it was sent from them as the Old Haut-
bois, the Common Hautbois, and as the Hautbois simply.

In the general appearance and character of its leaves it re-
sembles the Globe Hautbois, except that the leaflets are less
concave between the nerves. The fruit is conical, more
lengthened than in the Prolific Hautbois, of a very dark dingy
purple colour when ripe; the seeds scarcely embedded;
flavour high and flesh buttery. The calyx. is small and re-
flexed. The scapes are much shorter than the leaves, pedun-
cles branched, the partial ones short ; the flowers very small,
similar to those of the Globe Hautbois. )

This kind is a great bearer, and rather earlier than the
others, occasionally producing a few berries in the autumn.
It is a valuable variety.

4. Prolific or Conical Hautbois. This kind was brought
into notice several years ago, in consequence of its having
been cultivated in the garden of the late Sir Josera Banks,
at Spring Grove. It is however of older standing, and it is
not easy to ascertain why it was not generally cultivated before
it was so noticed. |

214 Account and Description of Strawberries.

Synonyms.
Double Bearing. Dwarf.
Hermaphrodite. Sacombe.
Hudson’s Bay. Sir Joseph Banks’.
Musk. Spring Grove.

Regent's.

Of the above synonyms that of the Musk, I conceive, is
applicable to every Hautbois, for they are described by
Botanists as being “fructu moschato.” It came with the
name of the Sacombe Hautbois from the late Mr. James LEE,
of Hammersmith, who probably obtained it some years ago
from the late Garden of the Society at Kensington, to which
it had been sent as an improved variety from the Garden of
GrorcE Caswatt, Esq. at Sacombe, in Hertfordshire. Why _
it is called the Hudson’s Bay Hautbois I have not ascertained.
The species is stated by MıLrer to have come originally
from North America, but I suppose that this particular va-
riety is the result of cultivation on this side of the Atlantic.

This is certainly the best of all the known Hautbois, and
where only one variety is kept should be preferred to the
others. The fruit is large, conical, shorter and more obtuse
_ than in the preceding, the colour of it is dark, but not so deep
as in the Black Hautbois; the seeds are slightly embedded,
the flesh solid, greenish, and high flavoured. The calyx is
small, and reflexed. The footstalks of the leaves are tall,
upright, slender, hairy, the leaflets middle sized, slightly fold-
ed together, irregularly oblong, with coarse serratures, of thin
texture, their upper surface ridged, hairy. The runners small,
numerous, brownish on the upper side. The scapes shorter
than the footstalks ; the peduncles’ branched, the partial ones

By Mr. James Barner. 215

shorter than in the Black Hautbois; the flowers the largest
of the Class yet known, with numerous stamens.

A very abundant bearer, and it usually produces a partial
second crop, blossoming in August and September, and the
fruit ripening in October, or later if the season is fine; the
autumnal berries are much larger than the summer ones, and
nevertheless high flavoured. This variety is said to force
better than any other.

5. Large Flat Hautbois. This kind has been hitherto
but little known in the gardens near London, it seems to have
been more common in the vicinity of Bath, and was first
brought into the notice of the Society by Sir Samuet Young,
Bart. who communicated plants and specimens of it from his
garden at Formosa Place, near Maidenhead, in Berkshire. He
received them in 1809 from Mrs. Lowprer of Lansdown Cres-
cent, Bath, who obtained them from the garden at Warwick
Castle. |

Synonyms.
White. Formosa.
Bath. : Lowder’s.
Salter’s. Weymouth.

It was also sent as the Prolific Hautbois, but that name is
more appropriate to the preceding kind.

The fruit is roundish, depressed, light red and pale on the
under side, large, the flesh greenish, without core, juicy, but
though delicate, not so high flavoured as the other; seeds
embedded on the skin: The calyx reflexed. The footstalks
of the leaves are short, stiff, upright, hairy ; the leaflets very
large, irregularly ovate, with rounded serratures, their texture

216 Account and Description of Strawberries.

thick, upper surface slightly hairy, shining yellowish green, the
spaces between the nerves flattish. The runners small; nume-
rous, brownish on the upper side. The scapes nearly as long
as the leaves; peduncles regularly branched, very short, strong;
flowers large, but. smaller than in the Prolific Hautbois.

A good bearer, coming into fruit rather later than the other
kinds in the Garden at Chiswick. At Formosa, the soil of
which is particularly favourable for Strawberries, it is a more
abundant bearer than any other Hautbois, and ripens earlier
than the kinds cultivated there. The calyx is slightly em-
bedded in the fruit, by which circumstance it is readily distin-
guished. It produces in mild seasons, a few autumnal fruits.

I have thus completed my undertaking as far as I proposed
from the observations made in the last season, and have fur-
nished descriptions in the five first Classes as follows :

Of Scarlet Strawberries - - - - - 9%6
Of Black Strawberries - - - - - = 5
Of Pine Strawberries s- =a + =. - + 15
Of Chili Strawberries - - - = - ing $
Of Hautbois Strawberries - - - - - 5

: Tota 54

_ I make no doubt that with the addition of the two remain-
ing Classes which I have not noticed, and of the varieties of
the other Classes yet undescribed, which are either at present
in the Garden of the Society, or which, though existing, have
not reached us, that the list may be extended to near one
hundred kinds. 2978

When a perfect knowledge of all has been obtained reduc-

By Mr. James BARNET. 217

tion of the numbers will be the immediate consequence, for
when Cultivators become acquainted with the characters of
the whole, they can make their selection without hesitation
or anxiety, because they will be certain that their choice will
fall on the sorts possessing the properties most desired, and
the consequence will be the rejection and ultimate annihila-
tion of those of inferior merit.

_ A good selection of kinds from the contents of this Paper
would consist of the following.

Scartets—Old Scarlet, Roseberry, Carmine Scarlet,
Grove End, Duke of Kent’s, Grimstone, American, Hudson’s
Bay, Cockscomb, and Wilmot’s late Scarlet.

Biacxs—Pitmaston and Downton. :

Pinrs—Bostock, Surinam, Old Pine, Keens’ Seedling, and
Round White Carolina.

CuiLis—Superb.

Havursois—Prolific and Flat.

If to these twenty sorts, were added plantations of Red
Alpines and White Alpines, the whole would form a more
perfect collection of Strawberries than has probably ever ex-
isted together in any one garden. It is to be observed that
flavour has not been the only property attended to in the above
selection; certain kinds, though deficient in that important
point, have been included because of their superior produc-
tiveness; it being considered that quantity, as well as quality
and variety, is usually required.

At the beginning of this Paper I intimated my fnitenition
of attempting to refer the names of the Strawberries given
in the modern English books on Horticulture to the kinds
cultivated in the Garden of the Society. I now proceed to do

VOL, VI. Ff

218 Account and Description of Strawberries.

so, as far as I am able, but it is a task of some difficulty, and
I think nearly impossible to be performed with certainty, for
I am satisfied that many of the lists in these books, meagre
as they are, were neither founded on practical knowledge nor
on the information of persons in any way acquainted with the
subject.

The works I shall examine are the following ;—I believe
they are the only ones used by persons who refer to books
for instruction in matters connected with Gardening.

Ist. Mawe and Abercrombie’s Every Man his own Gar-

dener, 22d Edition.

2d. Abercrombie's Practical Gardener, 2d Edition, by

Mean. ;

3d. Marshall's Introduction to Gardening, 5th Edition.

4th. Nicols Gardeners Kalendar, 3d Edition.

I have used the latest editions of each of the above named
books. |

Mawe and Abercrombie's Every Man his own Gardener
has long been the most popular work of the kind; the last
edition of it has undergone much improvement, many of
the new discoveries in Horticulture having been introduced.
The following Strawberries are mentioned in it. lst. The
Wood. 2d. The Scarlet (Old Scarlet.) 3d. The Roseberry.
4th. The Downton. 5th. The Carolina (Old Pine.) 6th. The
Hautboy or Musky, (Globe Hautbois.) 7th. The Chili, (True
Chili.) 8th. Red Pine, (Surinam.) 9th. White Pine, (Round
White Carolina.) 10th. Red Alpine. 11th. White Alpine.
12th. The one-leaved. I have added in Italics, both here and
subsequently, the proper names of what I consider to be the
sorts intended to be enumerated, where any doubt could be

By Mr. James BARNET. 219

entertained as to what are really meant. The omissions in this
and all the other lists are far more numerous than they ought
to have been. Of the Wood Strawberry the White variety is
not noticed. In determining what are meant by Red and
White Pines, there could not be much question as to the latter,
and I have considered the Red Pine to be the Surinam, having
no doubt but that it is the Fraisier Ananas of DuHAmeEt, from
whence was derived the name of Pine, which having also in
latter times been given to the Old Carolina, has created con-
fusion respecting the sorts. The one-leaved Strawberry is a
seedling from the Wood raised many years ago, and is now cul-
tivated more for curiosity and ornament than for its produce.
I consider the improved edition of Abercrombie'’s Practical
Gardener as superior for an English Horticulturalist to any
of the other books more commonly used. Its list of Straw-
berries does not however contain any of the new sorts, but is
otherwise more correct than that of the preceding work.
Thirteen kinds are enumerated. Ist. Red Wood. 2d. White
Wood. 3d. Green Wood, (The Common Green Strawberry.)
Ath. Scarlet, (Old Scarlet.) 5th. Large Carolina, (Old Pine.)
6th. Musky or Hautbois, (Globe Hautbois.) 7th. Black,
(Black Hautbois.) 8th. Chili, (True Chili.) 9th. Red Pine,
(Surinam.) 10th. White Pine, (Round White Carolina.)
llth. Red Alpine. 12th. White Alpine. 13th. One-leaved.
The Green Strawberry is here incorrectly placed as a variety
of the Common Wood, a mistake neither originating with nor
peculiar to the author, for many other writers have fallen
into the same error. The introduction of the Black Hautbois,
a kind but little known or distinguished, cannot be accounted
for ; had it not been placed as a Hautbois I should have sup-

220 Account and Description of Strawberries.

posed that it was the Old Black Strawberry which was in-
tended to have been noticed.

_ The account of Strawberries in Marshall's Introduction to
Gardening does very little credit to the accuracy or know-
ledge of the writer. After enumerating, Ist. Red Wood.
2d. White Wood. 3d. Green Wood, (Common Green Straw-
berry.) 4th. Red Alpine. 5th. White Alpine. 6th. Scarlet,
(Old Scarlet.) 7th. Carolina, (Old Pine.) 8th. Hautboy,
(Common Hautbois.) 9th. Red Pine Apple, (Surinam.)
10th. Green Pine Apple, (Common Green Strawberry a se-
cond time,) he mentions “ Chilis of sorts with seminal varie-
ties, as several of the Hautboy, and one in particular of the
Carolina, called the Pink-fleshed Strawberry with one leaf,
a variety of the Wood and Prolific.’ What sorts of Chili
or varieties of the Hautbois he meant to notice it is impossi-
ble to guess, and the making the One-leafed Strawberry a
Carolina is an absurdity.

Nicols Gardener's Kalendari is the Manual of the Horticul-
turalists of Scotland, whose application of the most common
names of Strawberries differs from that of England as used
in the three before mentioned works. His names are as fol-
lows: 1st. Virginia or Scarlet, (Old Scarlet.) 2d. Red Chili,
(Surinam.) 3d. Hautboy, (Common Hautbois.) 4th. Pine
Apple, (Common Green Strawberry.) 5th. White Bath,
(White Carolina.) 6th. Red Bath. 7th. White Wood, 8th.
Red Wood. 9th. Red Alpine. 10th. White Alpine. 11th.
Carolina. Though I have referred some of these to what I
conceive to be their proper places, yet as I cannot venture to
decide what are meant by the Red Bath and the Carolina,
the determination of these must remain unsettled.

By Mr. James BARNET. 221

Some apology is necessary to the general Reader and ex-
perienced Gardener for the detail entered into, in quoting the
names given in these works, but it will doubtless be service-
able to those who in possessing one or all of these books may
be desirous of ascertaining to which of the varieties I have
described, the kinds, they have been used to read of, are to be
referred. Without such an examination of the formerly pub-
lished names as has now been made, it might have been sup-
posed that sorts which are really described had been omitted
by me.

For the purpose of facilitating reference to the various
kinds of Strawberries described in this Paper I have added
the following Index, in which the established names of each
variety are printed in Roman characters,.and every synonym
in Italics.

222..

Aberdeen, 156.
Aberdeen Seedling, 156.
American Scarlet, 166.
American Scarlet, 168
American Scarlet, 179
Atkinsons Scarlet, 159.
Atkinson’s Scarlet, 168.
Austrian Scarlet, 160
Autumn Scarlet, 176. :
Barham Down, 196.
Bath Hautbois, 215.
Bath Scarlet, 190.
Bath Strawberry, 190.
Beatties Seedling, 188.
Bishop’s Seedling Scarlet,
172.
Black, 182.

Index.

Carmine Roseberry, 158.
Carmine Scarlet, 158.
Carolina, 195.

Curolina, 196.

Carolina, 205.

Charlotte, 155.

Cherokee, 204.

Chili, 205.

Chinese, 191.

Chinese, 193.

Cluster Scarlet, 160.
Clustered Scarlet, 164.
Clustered Wood Pine, 164.
Cockscomb Pine, 196.
'Cockscomb Scarlet, 180.
Common Hautbois, 210.
Cone, 188.

Black American, 167.
Black Beacon, 182.
Black Canterbury, 182.
Black Carolina, 196.
Black Hautbois, 213.
Black Imperial, 202.
Black Isleworth, 202.
Blac’: Pine, 182.
Black Prince, 203.
Blood Pine, 196,
Bostock, 187.
Bullock’s Blood, 199.

Conical Hautbois, 213.
Devonshire, 190.

Devonshire Chili, 190.
Devonshire Scarlet, 193.
Devonshire Scarlet Pine, 196.
Dieecious Hautbois, 211.
Double Bearing Hautbois, 214,
Downton, 185.

Duke of Kent’s Scarlet, 160.
Duke of York's Scarlet, 160.
Dutch, 195,

Dwarf Hautbois, 214,

Dwarf White Carolina, 206.

Early Pitmaston Black, 175.

Account and Description of Strawberries.

Early Prolific Scarlet, 160.

Early Scarlet, 152.

Female parent of the Down-

ton, 178

Formosa Hautbois, 215.

Garnstone Scarlet, 171.

Gibbs’s Seedling Black, 184.

Glazed Pine, 198.

Globe Hautbois, 212.

Globe Scarlet, 160.

Golden Drop, 190.

Great American Scarlet, 179.

Greenwell s, 207.

Greenwell’s French, 207.

Greenwell’s New Giant, 207.

Grimstone Scarlet, 165,

Grove End Scarlet, 159.

Hairy-leaved Scarlet, 179.

Hautbois, 211.

Hautbois or Musky, 211.

Hermaphrodite Hautbois,
214,

Hopewood’s Scarlet, 168.

Hudson’s Bay Hautbois,
214,

Hudson’s Bay Scarlet, 168.
Hudson’s Pine, 168.
Imperial, 202.

Imperial Pine, 202.
Isleworth Pime, 202.

Keens’ Black, 202.

-~ Keens’ Black Pine, 200
Keens’ Black Pine, 262.
Keens’ Imperial, 201.
Keens’ large fruited, 202.
Keens New Pine, 200.
Keens New Seedling, 200.
Keens’ Seedling, 200.
Kew Pine, 196.
King, 204.
Knight’s large Scarlet, 178.
Knight's, No. 3, 186.
Knight's, No.7, 185. |
Knight's, No. 10, 176.
Knight’s, No. 13, 178.
Knights, No. 14, 177.
Knight's Scarlet, 179.
Knight's Seedling, 178.
Knight's Seedling, 185.
Knight s Strawberry, 185
Knott's Pine, 198.
Large Black, 202.
Large Blush Pine, 205.
Large Carolina, 196.
Large Flesh-coloured
Chili, 205.
Large Flat Hautbois, 215.
Large Imperial Black,

02.
Large Pale Chili, 205.
Large Pine, 196.
Large Scarlet, 153.
Large Scarlet, 179.
Large Virginian, 181.
Large White, 205.
Large White Chili, 205.
Late Pitmaston Black,
183.
Late Scarlet, 168.

By Mr. James BARNET.

Lewisham Scarlet, 163.
Liverpool, 190.

Long fruited Scarlet, 154.
Long Scarlet, 154.
Lowder’s Hautbois, 215.
Mahone, 204.

Methven Castle, 173.
Methven Scarlet, 172.
Milne’s Seedling, 190.
Miss Gunning’ s, 196.
Montague’s, 188.
Morrisania Scarlet, 162,
Mulberry, 182.
Mulberry, 203.

Musk Hautbois, 214.
Nairn’s Scarlet, 169.

| Narrow-leaved Scarlet, 177.

New Bath, 188.

New Bath Scarlet, 190.
New Hautbois, 213.
New Scarlet, 161.
North's large Scarlet, 192.
North’s Seedling, 199.
North's Seedling, 191.
North's Seedling, 196.
Nova Scotia Scarlet, 160.
Oatlands Scarlet, 160.
Oblong Scarlet, 153.

\Oldaker’s New Pine, 193.

Old Black, 182.

Old Carolina, 196.

Old Hautbois, 211.

Old Pine, 195.
Original Hautbois, 211.
Old Scarlet, 152.

Old Scarlet Pine, 196.

Original Scarlet, 152
Padley’s Early Scarlet, 154.

Late Virginian, 181. | Patagonian, 207.

223

Pine, 196.
Pitmaston Black, 183.
Pitmaston Black Scarlet,
175.
Princess Charlotte's, 155.
Prolific Bath, 188.
Prolific Hautbois, 213.
Prolific Hautbois, 215.
Prolific Pine, 156.
Prolific Scarlet, 160.
Red Chili, 192.
Red Chili, 193.
Red Pine, 193.
Red Pine Apple, 193.
Regents Favourite, 196.
Regent s Hautbois, 214.
Roseberry, 156.
Rose Strawberry, 156.
Rostock, 188.
Rostock Pine, 188.
Rostock Scarlet, 188.
Rostock Seedling, 188.
Round White Carolina, 205.
Sacombe Hautbois, 214.
Salter s Hautbois, 215.
Scarlet, 152.
Scarlet Cluster, 163.
Scarlet Pine, 196.
Scarlet Pine Apple, 198.

Scarlet Virginian, 152.
Scone Scarlet, 170.

~ [Scotch Scarlet, 156.

Sir Joseph Banks Haut-
bois, 214.

Sir Joseph Banks’ Scarlet,

161.

Southampton Scarlet, 173.

Spring Grove Hautbois,

214.

224 Account and Description of Strawberries.

Surinam, 193.
Surinam, 204.
Sutton’s Large, 193.
Sweet Cone, 186.
True Chili, 206.
Turkey Pine, 182.

Variegated Pine, 192.

Varnished, 196, .
Vernon's, 188.

Vernon’s Scarlet, 174.

Virginian, 152,
Wellington, 188.

Weymouth Hautbois, 215.

White Bath, 205.

White Carolina, 205.
White Chili, 205.

White Hautbois, 215, #
White Pine, 205.

Whites Scarlet, 174.

Whitley's Pine, 188,

Wilmots Black Imperial, .

203. >
Wilmot’s Late Scarlet, 181,
Wilmots New Scarlet, 181,
Wilmots Scarlet, 181.
Wilmots Seedling, 181.
Wilmot’s Superb, 208,
Windsor Pine, 196:
Yellow Chili, 209,

York River Scarlet, 168,

[ 225 ]

XVI. Description of a Greenhouse, in the Garden of Sir
Rozsert Preston, Bart., at Valleyfield in Perthshire. In
a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. ALEXANDER STEWART.
Corresponding Member of the Society.

Read December 7, 1824.
Sir,
I AM induced to send you the inclosed Sketch of the Green-
house at this place, as the form and arrangement of the stages
are very different from those commonly used, and which will
perhaps be considered an improvement, since it combines the
style of a Conservatory with that of a Greenhouse. The ad-
vantages which the stages possess over the common ones are
principally in their angular form, and from the manner in
which they are placed, intersecting each other, yet allowing
‘sufficient space for a person to walk between them, either to
examine or water all the plants, without interruption; and
I think they display more surface to the light and air than
in the common mode of arrangement. It is also obvious,
that as the house fronts due south, there is no part of each
‘stage that has not its proper share of the rays of the sun, as
it passes.
It is now about ten years since the idea of making these
stages struck me, and I am happy to say they have answered
“my most sanguine expectations, and have met with the appro-
‘bation not only of my employer, but of most ice who have.
¥OL. YI: Gg

226 Description of a Greenhouse.

seen them. It will be gratifying to me, should the plan be
thought deserving the notice of the Society also.

I remain, Sir,
very respectfully,
your obedient humble servant,

ALEXANDER STEWART.

Reference to the annexed Plate.

sie 1. Shews the inside of the House and the back of the
large stages with the trellis work forming an arched
roof behind each. The whole of the trellis is cover-
ed with creepers planted between the RS and

- extending up the rafters.

Fig. 2 and 3. Are sections of the stages ; the larger one has a
hanging shelf on a level with the bottom of the
rail marked, a, a.

Fig. 4. Ground plan; shewing the whole of the stages =
the spaces left for going between them, also the
borders at the back and front of the house marked,
b, b.

Fig. 5. The outside section at the west end, with the entrance.

Fig. 6. Inside section at the east end, shewing a niche with
trellis work on each side, and a section of the stages
as they intersect each other, marked, c, c. Three
flues occupy the space behind the large stages,

“i maked, d, d, d. The house is heated by two fur-
—— naces; the flue from one runs along the front of the
house below the pavement and returns along the

3 mE
HORT TRANS. VoL VLPLII

phe ‘ k m

(77 a Oy DPZ
OMY al VE Y tilde 2

ron è

Fig. 1. m j

By Mr. ALEXANDER STEWART 227

back wall, it is the uppermost of those marked,
d, d, d; the other furnace supplies the two other
back flues, the smoke from it passes first along the
lower and returns by the middle flue.. The space
marked e, is the recess behind the stages. A
ventilator marked f, opens by a slide two feet long
by one wide; one of these is placed between each
stage.

[ 228]

XVII. Upon the beneficial Effects of Protecting the Stems
of Fruit Trees from Frost in early Spring. By THomas
_ Anprew Knicut, Esq. F. R. S. §c. President.

Read February 1, 1825.

Tue blossoms of Fruit Trees fall off abortively in some
seasons, and produce much fruit in others, in which the wea-
ther, relatively to temperature and moisture, has been nearly
the same during the flowering season of such trees ; and it is
in very favourable, or very unfavourable seasons only, that
the gardener can, with any degree of precision, pronounce
what portion of his blossoms will afford fruit. If a larger part
of it, than he has been led to anticipate, prove abortive, he
generally attributes its falling off to something which he calls
a Blight, and which he supposes to be the operation of some .
unknown noxious quality in the atmosphere, during the sea-
son in which his trees have been in blossom.

Many circumstances have, at different periods, come under
my observation, which have led me to draw a different con-
clusion, and to believe that whenever a very large portion
of the well organized blossom of Fruit Trees falls off abor-
tively, in a moderately favourable season, the cause of the
failure may generally be traced to some previous check, which
the motion and operation of the vital fluid of the tree has
sustained,

On Protecting the Stems of Fruit Trees from Frost. 229

It is well known that the bark of Oak trees is usually
stript off in the spring, and that in the same season the bark
of other trees may be easily detached from their alburnum,
or sap wood, from which it is, at that season, separated by
the intervention of a mixed cellular and mucilaginous sub-
stance; this is apparently employed in the organization of
a new layer of fibre, or inner bark, the annual formation of
which is essential to the growth of the tree. If, at this period,
a severe frosty night, or very cold winds, occur, the bark of
the trunk, or main stem, of the Oak tree, becomes again
firmly attached to its alburnum, from which it cannot be se-
parated till the return of milder weather. Neither the health
of the tree, nor its foliage, nor its blossoms, appear to sustain
any material injury by this sudden suspension of its functions ;
but the crop of Acorns invariably fails. The Apple and Pear
tree appear to be affected to the same extent by similar
degrees of cold. Their blossoms, like those of the Oak,
often unfold perfectly well, and present the most healthy and
vigorous character ; ; and their pollen sheds freely. Their
fruit also appears to set well; but the whole, or nearly the
whole, falls off just at the period when its growth ought to
commence. Some varieties of the Apple and Pear are tiiti
more capable of bearing unfavourable weather than others,
and even the Oak trees present, in this respect, some dissimi-
larity of constitution.

It is near the surface of the earth that frost, in the spring,
operates most powerfully, and the unfolding buds of Oak
and Ash trees, which are situated near the ground, are not
unfrequently destroyed, whilst those of the more elevated
branches ‘escape injury; and hence arises, I think, a proba-

230 On Protecting the Stems of Fruit Trees from Frost.

bility that some advantages may be derived from protecting
the stems, or larger branches, of Fruit Trees, as far as practi-
cable, from frost in the spring; and the following facts appear
strongly to support this conclusion.

Mr. Witu1ams of Pitmaston pointed out to me, two or
three years ago, an Apple tree, which, having had its stem
and part of its larger branches covered by evergreen trees,
had borne a succession of crops of fruit; whilst other trees,
of the same variety, and growing contiguously in the same
soil, but without having had their stems protected, had been
wholly unproductive. I subsequently saw in the garden of
another of my friends, Mr. ARkwricut of Hampton Court,
in Herefordshire, a Nectarine tree, which having sprung up
from a seed accidentally in a plantation of Laurels, had borne,
as a standard tree, three successive crops of fruit. The pos-
sessor of it, with the intention of promoting its growth and
health, cut away the Laurel branches, which surrounded its
stems, in the winter of 1823-4, and in the succeeding season
not a single fruit was produced. Never having known an
instance of a standard Nectarine tree bearing fruit in a
climate so unfavourable, or nearly so unfavourable, I was
led to expect that the variety possessed an extraordinary de-
gree of hardiness: but having inserted some buds of it into
bearing branches upon the walls of my garden at Downton
in the autumn of 1822, I have not had any reason to believe
that its blossoms are at all more patient of cold than those of
other seedling varieties of the Nectarine.

I planted some years ago, in my garden, under a wall, in
a north-east aspect, and shaded by a contiguous building, a
Common Chinese Rose tree (Rosa Indica), and a plant of

By Tuomas Anprew Kyiecut, Esq. 231

Irish Ivy. Both have risen considerably above the top of the
wall, which is thirteen feet high ; and the Rose tree, of which
the stem is wholly covered by the branches and foliage of the
Ivy, has annually produced more abundant flowers, and ex-
hibited symptoms of more luxuriant health, than any other
tree of the same kind in my possession. The soil in which
it grows is poor and unfavourable; and I am unable to dis-
cover any cause, except the protection it receives, from which
- it has derived its luxuriant health and growth.

Ivy is generally, I believe, known to Gardeners as a creep-
ing dependant plant only: but when the trees have acquired
a considerable age, and have produced fruit-bearing branches,
these exhibit an independant form of growth, which they re-
tain when detached, and afford very hardy evergreen shrubs
of low stature. If these were intermixed with plants of the
more delicate varieties of the Chinese Rose, or other low de-
ciduous and somewhat tender flowering shrubs, so that the
stems of the latter would be covered in the winter, whilst
their foliage would be fully exposed to the light in sum-
mer, I think it probable that those might be successfully cul-
tivated in situations where they would perish without such
protection: and the evergreen foliage of the Ivy plants in
winter would be generally thought ornamental. Detached
fruit-bearing branches of Ivy readily emit roots, and the re-
quisite kind of plants would therefore be easily obtained.

[ 232 ]

XVIII. An Account of a Method of obtaining very early
Crops of the Grape and Fig. By Tuomas ANDREW
Knieut, Esq. F. R. S. §c. President.

Read March Ist, 1825.

Ms. Arxkwricut* has proved that Vines, of which the
wood and fruit have ripened late in one season, will vegetate
late in the following season, under any given degree of tem-
perature ; and I have shewn the converse of this proposition
to be equally true;t the plants under each different mode of
treatment requiring a period of rest, during which they regain
their expended excitability. The following statements will
shew, that Mr. ARKwricut and myself have met at the same
point, like navigators who have continued to proceed east
and west in diametrically opposite courses, the one with an
apparent loss and the other with an apparent gain of time.
A Verdelho Vine, growing in a pot, was placed in the
stove early in the spring of 1823, where its wood became per-
fectly mature in August. It was then taken from the stove,
and placed under a north wall, where it remained till the
end of November, when it was replaced in the stove; and it
ripened its fruit early in the following spring. In May it
was again transferred to a north wall, where it remained in 2

* Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iii. page 9 95.
+ Ibid. Vol, ii. page 368,

On obtaining very early Crops of the Grape and Fig. 233

quiescent state till the end of August. It then vegetated
_ Strongly, and shewed abundant blossom, which, upon being
transferred to the stove, set very freely ; and the fruit, having
been subjected to the influence of very high temperature,
ripened early in the present month, February. The plant will
retain its foliage till April, and will not be prepared to vegetate
again till late in the spring, and it is at the present period
very nearly in the same inexcitable state with those described
by Mr. Arxwrieut. This experiment will probably succeed
well with those varieties of the Vine only which produce blos-
soms somewhat freely, and are of hardy habits ; but abundant
crops of fruit of these may be obtained at any period of the
winter or spring by proper previous management of the
plants, and by the application of a higher or lower degree of
temperature.

The White Marseilles Fig, and the other white variety of
Dunamet, the Figue blanche, which very closely resemble
each other,* succeed most perfectly under similar treatment ;
and if the trees be taken from the stove in the end of May,
or beginning of June, and placed under a north wall till Sep-
tember, and be then again transferred to the stove, they will
_ begin to ripen their fruit in January or February, and continue
to produce it till the end of May, or the beginning of June,
when they should be again removed from the stove. The Figs
which ripen in January and February are not so good as those
ripened in more favourable seasons: but they are nevertheless
very good fruit, and valuable in mid-winter ; and the trees, if
the temperature be proper (and they are extremely patient of
heat) grow equally well in all seasons, if the roof of the stove
be properly constructed, and the glass be of good quality.

* Traité des Arbres Fruitiers, Tom, i. page 211.

VOL. VI. Hh

234 On obtaining very early Crops of the Grape and Fig.

So small a quantity of the fruit, which is formed in the pre-
ceding autumn, of either of those varieties of the Fig, sets in
any climate, that it will rarely be found to deserve much at-
tention ; and I usually prune off as much of the annual wood
as is necessary to reduce the trees to such forms and sizes as
I think most convenient, without paying any regard to their
blossom buds. It appears probable that many of those vari-
eties of the Fig, which will not at all bear the high tempera-
ture of a stove, in summer, may succeed well in winter, and
early spring; but I have not yet had sufficient experience to
enable me to decide.

[ 235 J

XIX. On the Cultivation of Pine Apples. In a Letter to
the Secretary. By Mr. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDs, Gar-
dener to Ricuarp Brenyon ve Bravyorr, Esq. F. H. S.
at Englefield House, in Berkshire, Corresponding Mem-
ber of the Horticultural Society.

Read April 19th, 1825.

Sir,

Ix compliance with your request I have drawn up instructions
for the management of Pine Apples, which correspond with
my practice at this place, and I beg leave to submit them
to the consideration of the Horticultural Society.

In the end of August, or the beginning of September, pre-
pare a pit sufficiently large to contain the stock of crowns
and suckers. A pit of twenty-four feet long by six feet wide,
inside, will hold four hundred plants. Fill the pit with tan,
or leaves, as may be most convenient, leaving sufficient room
for the suckers to stand upright, without touching the glass,
but no more. After the mass of tan or leaves has been levelled,
lay upon it about two inches and a half in depth of old dry
mushroom bed dung, or half rotten leaves, mixed with a quan-
tity, equal to about one-fourth part of the entire mass, of light
mould. Tread the whole down firm, and let it remain a few
days, till the heat begins to decline. When all danger of
burning is over, stick in the crowns and suckers, in rows, as
thick as they will stand, and about one inch and a half deep,

236 On the Cultivation of Pine Apples.

patting the bed firm and even, as each row is planted. When
this work is finished, shut the lights down, and let them remain
closed for five or six days, but if the heat comes up very strong, _
a little air should be given. Shade with mats, if there be hot
sun shine, but if the weather is dull, this will not be necessary.
The heat within the frame must be kept to 70° and very
little fresh air, except as above directed, should be admitted
during the first fortnight. At the end of that time, the plants
will be rooting freely, and will require more air to be given
gradually, at favourable opportunities.

Through the winter, apply dung linings, to keep the inter-
nal air between 50° and 60° and protect the glass with mats
during the night. If the bed should get very dry, give a
gentle watering over the surface. No other care or atten-
tion will be necessary till March, the roots will then have run
nearly over the surface of the bed, and oe the pes
will require potting.

Having previously prepared a pit for their reception, filled
with tan or leaves, and got it to such a temperature that it
will feel gently warm to the hand, take up the plants, and put
them into pots of about six inches diameter for the largest
suckers, reducing the dimensions of the pots according to the
size of the plants. Leave on all the roots, and strip off three
or four of the bottom leaves. Use deep potting, which is a
great advantage to Pine plants in all stages of their growth.
When the potting is finished and the plants are set in the pit,
shut the lights down close, letting them remain so from four
to eight days, shading in hot sun shine. At the end of
that period, give a little water, and discontinue the shading,
keeping the temperature of the top heat, that is, the air with-

By Mr. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS. 237

in, to about 70° for the first three weeks, in that time the
plants will be well rooted, and will then require free admis-
sion of air, and watering about twice a week, as well as fre-
quent sprinklings with the engine, in hot dry weather. The
top heat must then be maintained with dung linings to 65°,
and the lights must be covered with mats at night, till the
summer heat makes it unnecessary, this will be in the month
of June. At that time the plants will require fresh potting
into pots two sizes larger than the last. There will be no fresh
tan wanted at this season for the bed; turning it over one
fork deep, to level the surface, is all that will be necessary.
Pot the plants with balls entire, using the mould at this and
every other potting in as rough a state as possible.

When this potting is finished, reset the plants in the bed,
giving them plenty of room, for they will make great progress
during the ensuing two months, and if they are suffered to
remain too thick, they will get drawn, and consequently be in-
jured. After the potting give the plants a little water, and
very little air, for ten days or a fortnight, to make them root
freely. Subsequently, water and sprinkle freely, giving plenty
of air, and always as early in the morning as possible.

Let this treatment be continued till the middle of August,
or even to the middle of September, the plants will then re-
quire fresh potting into their fruiting pots. The proper sized
pots for full grown plants are from twelve to fourteen inches
in diameter. Prepare the Pine house for their reception by
removing the old stools from it, and adding a little fresh tan

to the bed, sufficient to keep up a gentle steady heat in it
through the winter. Pot the plants with balls entire, and
deep in the pots, stripping off a few of the bottom leaves to let

238 On the Cultivation of Pine Apples,

them push out fresh roots. In setting the pots, give plenty
of room to the plants, for they will make considerable pro-
gress after this potting. When the setting is finished, give
a little water, to settle the mould; the plants will not require
any more for ten days or a fortnight after. Keep the house
rather warm, to make them root freely, and then water
whenever they appear dry, which is the best criterion to go
by in the autumn and winter months. Give plenty of air
whenever the weather permits, and sprinkle with water when
the bark bed and house become dry.

Begin fire heat when the internal heat of the house in the
morning falls below 60°, keeping between that and 65° to
the middle of January, when a rise of 5° will be necessary.
Watering often freely will encourage the plants to grow,
and to shew their fruit strongly in March and April, when
they will require to be moved from the bed, that a little
fresh tan may be added, in order to raise the plants nearer
the glass. Fork the bed over two forks deep, keeping the
fresh tan quite at the bottom of the pit, and then level the
surface. Before the plants are replaced, three or four of their
bottom leaves should be stript off, and a little of the old mould
taken from the surface of the pots, and replaced with fresh
mould, raised quite to the tops of the pots. When the plants
are returned into the bed, plunge the pots to half their depth
only (this should be observed at all other settings, as there
is nothing so injurious to a Pine plant as too much bottom
heat) giving plenty of room and a gentle watering. Keep the
house rather warm for the first week, till the heat of the bed
returns. Give air whenever the weather will permit, watering
about twice a week in hot dry weather, and sprinkle with

By Mr. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS. 239

the engine frequently, when the house is shut up in the

evening. There will be no farther attention necessary till
the fruit is swelled to its full size, and begins to ripen, then
all waterings should be discontinued, and a free circulation of
air admitted to bring the fruit to its full flavour.

The preceding directions apply to the management of Pine
Plants that are intended to show their fruit in about eighteen
months after they have been taken from the mother plant,
either in the state of crowns or suckers. It is necessary to
add a few observations on the large sorts that do not so freely
produce fruit at so early a period, but require to be kept
growing through another season, especially when large fruit
is required from them.

What has been above stated, however, will in every respect
apply to their cultivation during the first season, until the
period of the last potting in August or September. At that
time the stronger kinds of Pine plants should be put into pots
from ten to twelve inches in diameter, according to their size,
these will be large enough for them to remain in through the
winter season. The internal air of the house in whicn they are
kept should be between 60° and 65°, till the end of January or
beginning of February, when it should be raised two or three
degrees, to encourage the plants to grow, and frequent water-
ings should be given if fire heat is applied; but if they are
worked with dung linings only, they will not require so much
water, for the steam from the dung will in a great measure
produce sufficient moisture. |

Early in March remove the plants from the bed, shake the
balls entirely from the roots, and fresh pot them into pots
eight inches diameter. Add a little fresh tan or leaves to the

- 240 On the Cultiwation of Pine Apples.

bed, according as the heat may have previously decreased,
and reset the pots in the bed. The plants must then be
treated in every respect as directed before for other plants at
the same season. By the middle or end of May their roots
will begin to get matted, consequently they will require to be
fresh potted into pots two sizes larger than the last. Before
replacing them, level the surface of the bed, and in setting
the pots be careful to leave plenty of room, for the plants will
make great progress in growing from this time till the end of
August or beginning of September, when they should be put
into their fruiting pots. At this shifting they will require pots
from fourteen to sixteen inches diameter. Prepare the bed
as before directed, for fruiting plants. In setting, plunge the
pots to half their depth, give them a gentle watering, to settle
the mould among the roots, keepmg the air in the house
rather warm for ten days after shifting, to encourage their
rooting freely, that is about 65°; and this is the temperature
which should be maintained from the time of first lighting
fires in the autumn till the middle of January. The mould in
the pots should be kept rather dry till the middle of January,
- when the top heat should be increased to 70°, and water freely
given to induce the plants to fruit.

What has been previously stated respecting the fruiting of
other Pine plants from this time (January) to the maturity of
their fruit, will in every respect apply to the subjects under
present consideration, except that with them the internal air
of the house should be kept three or four degrees higher
during the spring months.

The rules that I have laid down in this communication all
apply to the treatment of Pine plants that are intended to

By Mr. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS. 241

give a general summer crop. Where ripe fruit is required
earlier or later, the different pottings, &c. must be varied ac-
cordingly, and be done earlier or later, as the fruit may be
required to come in for use at an earlier or later season.

The compost mould to be used at all the pottings should
be strong surface loam and half rotten hog dung, of each
equal quantities, kept as rough as possible, in which state
it should be applied on all occasions. The mixture should
never be used when more than twelvemonths old.

It may be here observed that no Pine plant should be
checked in its progress, for the consequence of checking is
always a premature and weak production of fruit,

I remain,
your very obedient Servant,

WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS:

Englefield House, near Reading,
April 16, 1825.

VOL. VI. Ti

[ 242 ]

XX. An Account of the Calville Rouge de Micoud. A new
Variety of Apple. By M. Anvru’ Tuourn, Foreign Mem-
ber of the Horticultural Society.

Read July 15, 1823.

Narone is much more liberal in new productions than is
generally supposed. In proportion to the number of culti-
vated vegetables in a country are the varieties of them which
she produces; and notwithstanding the negligent manner in
which they are observed, and the little care that gardeners
are apt to bestow upon them, some from time to time escape
destruction, and contribute to increase our resources and eco-
nomical enjoyments. Such a one is the fruit tree which is the
subject of this Paper; a seedling, and deprived of the advan-
tages of cultivation, it has, on arriving at maturity, been
distinguished for the extraordinary properties it possesses,
which not only are sufficient to separate it from all our known
varieties, but to render it an object of considerable importance
for domestic purposes.

This Apple tree was raised from seed about forty years
ago; when two years old it was transplanted into a light
substantial soil, in nearly a southern aspect. On the north
it is protected by an adjoining house, and is only about one
hundred yards distant from the banks of the Leire. Although

An Account of the Calville Rouge de Micoud, 243

planted in a garden, it has been left entirely to nature, with-
out being subjected to the pruning knife. It has received no
particular cultivation, but as the ground is turned over to
within a short distance of the trunk, it derives advantage from
the labour, and especially the manure which the soil receives
every year, for the sake of the crops of esculents cultivated
near it. Since the tree has arrived at maturity it has never
failed to flower and fruit every year. It is situated on the
farm of the Baroness de Micovup, which lies near La Charité
sur Loire, in the department of the Liévre.

Its first season of flowering generally takes place in April,
at the same time as the greater part of the other varieties of
Apples; the second is in June. The tree then ceases for a
time to produce flowers; the third and succeeding flowerings
take place in August, September, October, and November,
when they are stopped by the severity of the frost. It is
necessary to remark, that the last flowerings are much less
abundant than the two first, and the fruit which they pro-
duce is small, and imperfectly ripened.

The leaves are oval, a little pointed at the end, and some-
what cordate at the base, their colour is at first bright and
delicate, during the summer it becomes deep green, and about
the fall of the leaf, it assumes a yellowish tint. They are
smooth and shining on their upper surface, and beneath they
are whitish, and covered with a slight cottony down. The
blossoms are produced in corymbs of twelve or fifteen flowers
in the first season of flowering, but only from five to nine in
the succeeding seasons. The colour of the corolla is white,
tinged with rose-coloured stains, especially on the edge of
the petals,

244 An Account of the Calville Rouge de Micoud.

The following is a full description of the fruit of the first
crop: Form, depressed-spherical, near three inches in dias
meter across the centre of the fruit, but not exceeding two-
thirds of that measure in its section from the stalk to the
eye; three, or more frequently four, slight ridges divide it
lengthways, and give it a somewhat square outline. Stalk,
cylindrical, moderately thick, rather long, placed in a funnel-
shaped cavity. Eye, formed by the five divisions of the
calyx, which remain in part when the fruit is ripe, it is placed
at the bottom of a cavity, scooped out like a funnel, this
hollow is larger than that in which the stalk is placed. Colour,
of a very deep and even dull red on the side next the sun,
‘but less intense on the shaded side, where it is streaked by a
few lines and spots of a pale red. Skin, tough, and adhering
firmly to the flesh, of an austere taste. Flesh, yellowish
white, fine, breaking with a crystalline appearance, juicy.
Juice, sweetish acid, and agreeably perfumed. Its maturity
commences about the middle of July, and continues with
little interruption till November. The fruits of the April
flowering ripen mostly in August, and are usually eaten during
harvest. Those of the second flowering succeed the first, and
may be brought to table till the end of October; they are
quite as good as the first, but are not bigger than an hen’s
-egg. The fruit of later flowerings are not bigger than a small
Pomme d’Api; nevertheless, when they are stopped in their
growth by the frost, they may be placed in the fruit room,
where they ripen very well, and keep till November.

This Apple ripening, as I have already remarked, at a time
of the year when the heat is usually considerable, and being
of a sweet acid taste, is agreeable and wholesome. It is eaten

By M. Anpre’ Tuovi. 245

taw, but if roasted it acquires a delicate and sweet flavour;
it is also very agreeable when stewed. It will undoubtedly
be tried as a cider Apple, when the plants of it shall be more
generally diffused. But hitherto, although the tree bears
three thousand apples annually, the fruit has always been
consumed as food rather than applied to purposes of beverage.

Not only will the general utility of the tree procure it a
place in our orchards, but its beauty must make it a desirable
object for our shrubberies. The original tree now forms a
nearly hemispherical head of considerable size. The dense
dark green shining foliage, gray beneath, is during three-fourths
of the year enamelled with numerous bunches of delicate
rose-coloured blossoms, and scattered over with fruits of
which the diversity of colour and size produces an effect not
less singular than agreeable.

The abundant and especially the constant disposition of
this tree to produce fruit, must undoubtedly appear a pheno-
menon to cultivators, and particularly to those who are aware
that in our natural orchards those trees which are not pruned,
although producing their fruit but once a year, are usually
subject to a year of rest, after a year of bearing, while this
variety, on the contrary, always bears several crops yearly,
without exhibiting any symptoms of exhaustion. Nevertheless,
if we take into consideration the prodigious quantity of roots
and fibres with which the numerous and deep principal roots
are supplied, the myriads of leaves which cover the whole
tree, even upon branches five years old, and the power these
must have of imbibing from the atmosphere the aliment of
the decending sap; if we observe the tendency of the tree to
change the buds of its branches after one or even three seasons

246 An Account of the Calville Rouge de Micoud.

into fruit spurs, and finally the unusual power of produc-
ing from these spurs fresh shoots covered with leaves, it will
be evident that although the absorption of the nourishing
juices is considerable, it is more than equalized by the addi-
tional quantity of organs provided for regenerating it. On
account of the form of the tree which we are considering, the
permanent ribs of its fruit, the texture of its flesh, its crystal-
line fracture, and especially its flavour, it cannot be placed
otherwise than among the class called Calvilles, which being
subdivided into three groups, characterized by the colour of
the fruit, being either white, red, or variegated, the Apple we
are describing should be placed in that division which has
red fruit ; and its large size, the colour of its flesh, the periods
of ripening, which commence in the early part of summer
and continue till late in the autumn, will give it a station
- between the summer and winter varieties.

It has been called the Calville Rouge de Micoud, in honour
of the Baroness de Micoup, on whose estate it was raised.
I am indebted to that lady for the communication of the
notes necessary for drawing up the foregoing description, and
for several plants of this new and interesting variety.

[ 247 J

XXI. On the Management of Hothouse Flues, so as to keep
up a nearly equal Temperature during the Night. Ina
Letter to the Secretary. By the Rev. Georae Swayne,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society.

Read February 1, 1825.
Dear Sir,

A\s often as I cast my eyes on the following admonitions*
of my Gardening Directory, viz. “ His last examination of
the furnace for the evening, should not be earlier than ten
o'clock.” —“ He ought to be again at the fire within seven
hours of the leaving it.” —“Attend punctually to the furnace
in the afternoon, late at night, and timely in the morning.
Between five and nine in the forenoon never let the course
of fire heat, relax,”—I feel pity for those among the successors
to the primitive employment of our first parents, who have to
attend to the modern refinements now very generally attached
to that employ, namely, the forcing department and the culture
of exotics. Whilst the rest of the servants of an establishment

* These admonitions refer to the method of heating stoves by flues; but that
of heating by steam is not less subject to the inconvenience of night attendance,
as I understand from aletter of Mr. James Dopps (Vol. iii. of the Caledonian
H. S.’s Memoirs, page 124) addressed to Mr. Hay, the contriver of his apparatus,
wherein he tells him that in order to keep up the heat of his house to 60° he made
up the fire to the boiler at 10 o'clock at night, and 6 o'clock in the morning; the
substitution of the latter method, therefore, for the former, however preferable in
other respects, would not less break in upon the gardener’s rest by night.

+ Asercrompie’s Practical Gardener, by MEAN, page 612-13.

248 On the Management of Hothouse Flues.

are usually enjoying themselves before a comfortable fire, at
some of the above periods, and in their warm beds, at others,
the poor gardener is obliged to encounter the pitiless pelting
of rain, snow, or hail, the cold pulses of the frosty air, or the
piercing shafts of the northerly blasts, in regularly pacing to
and from his furnace (in many cases no doubt at a considera-
ble distance from his lodgings) without the allowance of a
single intermission during the tedious winter.

But surely these matters may be managed otherwise. The
common baking oven, after fuel has been burning therein
about two hours, when the fire is removed and the door clos-
ed, retains a high degree of heat for twenty or thirty hours ; *
Although, in the mean time, it has been somewhat cooled
by the evaporation from the bread, in baking, as well as by
the door standing open whilst the same is being withdrawn,
and although (as in my case) the door be of iron, which, from
its known conducting quality, rapidly transmits the heat into
the atmosphere in contact with it. Why then do we not adopt
the ovenian principle (to borrow Mr. JEREMY BENTHAM’S
license) in our stoves and hothouses, and by closing up the
furnaces and flues, after they have been properly heated, at
an early hour in the evening, and re-opening them, and
rekindling the fires, at an hour not inconvenient in the morn-
ing, at once spare the gardener’s nightly rest, and the master’s

* In attempting to measure the heat of my oven on the morning after it had
been heated in the middle of the preceding day, by placing therein a brewing ther-
mometer, in the tube of which the mercury had the power of rising no higher
than 210°, the bulb in a short time burst. The heat therefore, I think, must have
exceeded that point, Having been so unfortunate, I did not make any further
attempt.

By the Rev. GEORGE Swayne. 249

coal heap? But this closure, in order to be effective, must,
I conceive, be air-tight, or nearly so; and therefore cannot be
made with due effect by means of the common iron furnace
doors: not even by the double doors, with registers, now, I
believe, pretty generally in use. Nor will iron slides (or
dampers as they are commonly termed) be more efficient;
for neither of these can be made to shut so close, but that
air will pass through or around them. And however well-
fitted we may suppose them to be, at first, they will not
(from the rough usage as well as the alternate expansion
and contraction to which they are exposed in that situation)
long continue so; but will soon become loose and have vacui-
ties around them. And whenever there is an aperture, even,
if that aperture be on the top of the chimney, a stream of
cold air will continually descend, on one side, whilst the
warm is ascending on the other, till the flues and the body
of air contained therein become of equal temperature with the
super-incumbent atmosphere. Some other contrivance, then,
becomes necessary for this purpose, which by common ingenui-
ty, will, in most cases, be found of difficult accomplishment.
I am possessed of a small experimental stove, I may call it
a diminutive one, and that this epithet is not appropriate, I -
think you will allow when I state its dimensions to be only
twelve feet nine inches in length by somewhat less than ten
feet in width, inside measure. In the management of this
little stove during the last winter (the first of my possession
of it) yielding to the prejudices of my gardening servant, I
suffered him to follow the directions of his books, as well as
the example of his brother practitioners in the neighbourhood,
by making up a large firein the furnace, just before bed time,
then damping it down, as it is termed, with ashes on the top,
VOL. VI. Kk

250 On the Management of Hothouse Flues.

and leaving the door more or less open, according to the mo-
tion of the air, otherwise tlie draught of the furnace. In the
morning, the fire was sometimes just alive, so as to rekindle
on being stirred, but more frequently it was wholly extinguish-
ed. But whether it was in or out, the temperature of the
house was much the same, and always very low, in accordance
with that without doors. However, by other attentions, I
contrived to keep the frost out, and to preserve a few Pine
plants with a tolerably healthy appearance through the winter.

But I was so very much dissatisfied with the furnace ma-
nagement, that I resolved, if I should live to see another
winter, to put in execution the ovenian plan, which resolution
the perusal of Mr. Arxinson’s Paper on the management of
furnaces * in the mean time tended in no small degree to
confirm. Accordingly, in the month of September, I began
to prepare for this new scheme of refotm. First, I had the
wall around the opening of the furnace and ash-hole, which
had been left in a rough state, made plain and level with
plaister. Next, I had to prepare a door for this opening which
would shut close, and at the same time resist the heat; being
averse to the use of iron for this purpose on account of its heat-
- conducting quality, I obtained from Bristol a large Welsh
slate sufficient to cover the whole. This slate was squared,
fitted, and framed with good red deal, in the manner of a
ciphering slate, but more substantially. The inside of the
frame (that which, when applied as a door, was to press against
the wall) was lined all round with thick cloth list. It was
then slung in a pulley just over the fire place, and balanced
with a weight. In this state it was moveable up and down
with the least exertion, and when drawn up was out of harm's

* Horticultural Transactions, Vol, v. page 467.

By the Rev. GEORGE SWAYNE, 251

way. When let down it was pressed close to the wall by
means of a bar; and then covered the whole of the furnace
and ash-hole beneath, air tight

The next thing was to secure the other extremity, the
chimney, which being topped with a chimney-pan, I had only
to get a moveable cover to fit the latter. Here, Į could not,
on account of the exposure to the weather, well dispense with
the use of some metal, and therefore had an iron cap made
for the pan, with a loop on its summit, a standard of the same
metal was fixed in a stone beneath, on the top of which a
cross bar traversed on an axis (in the manner of a weighing
beam), with a hook on one end, on which the cap was hung.
From the other end, which was nearly balanced by a leaden
weight, a wire was appended which reached to the fire-place,
in the shed, by means of which the cover was moveable on and
off at pleasure, To render this cover air tight, as well as to
obviate the conducting quality of the iron, it was lined with
thick woolen cloth,

The management of this machinery i is as follows ; Genti
the evening, 1, e, between seven and eight o'clock, the fire
(not a large one) is made to burn briskly, for about half an
hour, When it has burnt clear, the slate is drawn down and
fixed to its place, with the bar; in a few seconds, the cover is
let down on the top of the chimney; in this state they are
both suffered to remain till eight o’clock the next morning,
at which time the slate is drawn up to its place over the fur-
nace; the ashes stirred out from amongst the cinders (or
an the charred coals) left in the grate over night, which
should be done with a wooden stick, for the better preservation
of the iron-work, and the ash-hole beneath cleansed of its
contents, Then, and not before, for a reason to be mentioned

252 On the Management of Hothouse Flues.

presently, the cover is drawn up from the top of the chimney
and the fire is lighted. The fire is continued burning till
eleven o'clock (three hours) when the flue and furnace are
closed again, till about four o'clock in the afternoon. They
are then re-opened, the fire kindled and kept in active com-
bustion till about eight o'clock. By this management the
fire is in action less than one-third of the twenty-four hours,
consequently two-thirds of the fuel, which would be necessarily
expended in keeping the fire burning the whole of that period,
are saved, as well as all night attendance rendered unnecessary.

But there is another troublesome operation besides the
night attendance, which this plan, if it does not entirely pre-
vent, renders of much less frequent occurrence, and that is,
the cleaning of the flues. As two-thirds less fuel are consum-
ed, the soot produced is of course diminished, in the same
proportion. But it is not the soot only, or principally, that
choaks the flues, but the ashes which are carried into them by
the current of air, whenever the fire is stirred or the ash-hole
emptied. These ashes collect in heaps, the heaviest of them
just beyond the throat of the flue, and the lighter at the
different angles. To prevent which, whenever the fire is
stirred or the ash-hole cleaned out, the cap should be previ-
ously let down en the chimney top for the moment. This
instantly causes a recoil of the current of air, which blows out
of the mouth of the furnace those ashes which would other-
wise have been carried in, and have lodged in the flues. As
soon as the dust raised by stirring the fire, &c. has subsided,
the cap is to be drawn up again.

By the aid of this simple apparatus thus regulated, I have
been enabled to keep up in my little stove through this win-
ter hitherto a higher, more equable, and regular temperature,

By the Rev. GEORGE SWAYNE. 253

and with much less trouble and expense* than I could do in
the last, when the furnace was supposed to be continually in
action. At no time since last September has the fire been
lighted before eight o'clock in the morning, or continued after
eight in the evening. Nor is it my intention to alter this re-
gulation although the weather should become much colder
than it has hitherto been.{ The glazed roof of my stove is
not puttied, and there is no tan in the pit, only a few common
leaves on the top of it, to the depth of the bottom of the pots,
the latter resting on a foundation of drift-sand and coal-ashes.
It may deserve to be noticed, that in a few minutes after
the current of air has been excluded from the flue in the
evening, the thermometer suspended in the middle of the
house begins to rise, and continues to do so, from twenty to
thirty minutes; during which time it rises from one to three
degrees, after which, it becomes stationary for some time, and
then gradually subsides about one degree in an hour, till the
morning. When I leave the stove at eight o'clock in the
evening, it ususally stands at from 65° to 70°. In the morn-
ing at the same hour, I commonly find it from 55° to 60°.
Another good effect of the exclusion of the air from the flue,
is, that the latter, very soon afterwards, becomes nearly of an
equal temperature throughout, which is not the case whilst
the air is passing through it.
a quarter of an hundred of small coal suffices for the

* On my present plan,
consumption of the furnace during twenty-four hours, as I have ascertained by
The cost of which, estimated

weighing the quantity used in that space of time

according to the price of that article as stated by the President, in his Paper, On
the most economical method of employing fuel, §¢. ( Hort. Trans. Vol. iv. page
156,) amounts to no more than 17d, but I rather think it costs me about double

that sum. :
+ The thermometer out of doors, one morning, was at 4 below freezing.

254 On the Management of Hothouse Flues.

An objection may possibly be made to the trouble of so
many kindlings of the fire (twice a day). But if there be a
provision made, and kept at hand, of materials proper for this
purpose, such as a tinder box or a phosphorus bottle,
matches, and some small faggots of a proper size for the fur-
nace, each made with a handful of dry sticks, with a few
shavings or dry straw bound up with them, I presume this
objection will be considered to have very little weight, for the
charred coals left in the grate at closing up, being warm as
well as dry, presently take fire from the application of a very
small quantity of ignited matter. The flue likewise being
warm, a quick draught ensues, and blows up the fire in an
instant. In stoves situated at no greater distance than 50 or 60
yards from the dwelling house, the furnaces may be lighted
(as mine constantly is) by a shovelfull of live coals taken from
the bottom of the kitchen grate without either wood or straw.

Very serious injury is frequently occasioned in stoves and
hothouses, by the flues getting over heated, from the wind
unexpectedly rising high in the night, and accelerating the
draught of the furnace when no one is at hand to regulate it; or
from the soot taking fire, when the flues have been neglected
to be cleaned in time, Under the above system, all accidents _
of this kind are effectually prevented from happening in the
night, And should the soot take fire at any time by day it
may be presently extinguished by first taking the fire from the
furnace grate, and then excluding the air as above described,

I remain, &c.
GEORGE SWAYNE,
Dyrham, January 14, 1825.

[ 255 ]

XXII. On the Culture of Strawberries. By Tuomas ANDREW
Kniocut, Esg. F. R.S. §c. President.

Read May 17, 1825.

Az the period when, in the last year, I addressed to the
Horticultural Society some observations upon the culture of
different species and varieties of Strawberries,* I had seen the
successful result of other experiments; but as my experience
had then been chiefly confined to a single season, I thought
it better to wait for the further evidence which the present
spring has afforded me. .

It is, I believe, the general practice of Gardeners to select
the early runners of one season, to place in pots for forcing
_ in the following spring. Instead of these, I selected, as soon
as their fruit had been gathered, the roots, which in the mode
of culture recommended in my last communication * upon the
subject, had borne one crop of fruit; but which had been
planted too closely in their beds, to be retained there long
with advantage. The roots of these, to which a good deal
of mould remained attached, were retained as perfect as
was practicable ; but their branches, which in some varie-
ties were become very numerous, and which in all were too
abundant, were reduced to three at most in the large varie-
ties, and to four in the smaller ; and the plants were all placed
so deeply in the soil, after their old and decaying leaves had
_ been taken off, that their buds alone remained above it. Soil

* See page 101. `
_ VOL: VI. L1

256 On the Culture of Strawberries.

of extremely rich quality had been chosen for the purpose, and
water holding manure in solution, was rather abundantly given
to the pots; the plants I by these means obtained, apparently
owing to their possessing a more copious reservoir of sap
beneath the soil, afforded me a more abundant crop of fruit,
and of superior quality, to that which I believe I could have
obtained from younger plants. A single plant of this kind
will be found sufficient for a pot, the size of which must be
regulated by the habits of the variety of Strawberry.
Summer planting is, I think, always in some degree objec-
tionable ; because the plants can never have time enough to
extend their roots to a sufficient depth beneath the soil, to
save themselves from being injured by drought in the follow-
ing spring. But as the whole extent of the soil, which is
allotted to produce Strawberries, becomes, under this mode of
management, every year productive of fruit, it may in some
situations be the most eligible. Whenever this mode of
culture is adopted, I would recommend the kind of plants
above-mentioned to be selected, and to be treated in every
respect, as if they were to be placed in pots for forcing;
except that their roots should be made to extend as deeply
as practicable into the soil in which they are planted. In
summer planting I have also found great advantage in using
the runners of the preceding year; these had been planted
with a dibble within three inches of each other, in rows, and
with intervals of only six inches between the rows, till the
ground in summer was ready to receive them: a very small
space was thus found to afford plants enough for a large
plantation ; and these having acquired greater strength, with
more strong and more numerous roots, afforded a much more

By Tuomas Anprew Knient, Esq. 257

copious produce in the following season than could possibly
have been obtained from younger plants. By placing the
plants ultimately near each other, those of the large varieties
within six inches of each other in the rows, and with intervals
of fourteen inches between the rows; and those of the smaller
varieties within four inches of each other in the rows, and
with intervals of a foot only between the rows, as large, or
nearly as large a weight of fruit may be obtained, I think,
from any given extent of ground, as by planting early in the
spring, provided water be supplied in the spring in sufficient
quantity: but the fruit will rarely rival that which will be
produced by plantations made early in the preceding spring,
either in quality or size; it will nevertheless excel both in
quantity and quality the produce of the preceding year's
runners, either in the open air or forcing-house.

Whenever Strawberry plants are wanted for very early
forcing, it is advantageous that their roots should have been
well established in their pots in the preceding autumn, and
well preserved through the winter; but for late forcing I have
obtained very good subjects by the following means. Plants
which had produced one crop of fruit were taken up, as soon
as all their fruit had acquired maturity, and were planted at
nine inches apart, in soil which had been manured superfi-
cially only, and their roots were spread horizontally near the
surface of the soil; late in the autumn the roots were as
much detached from the soil as would have been requisite,
if they had then been to be planted in pots, but they were
replaced in the soil, till the end of February ; being at that
period placed in pots, they produced an abundant crop of
very fine fruit. 1 found, under this mode of management,

258 On the Culture of Strawberries. -

pans without any apertures to permit the escape of the water
to be preferable to pots, apparently owing to the finely reduced
mould having more perfectly closed round the fibrous roots
in the form of mud, in the pans, than in pots of the ordinary ©
construction. In giving water to plants which grow in ves-
sels from which it cannot escape, thë Gardener will avoid
supplying it in excess; but Strawberry plants whilst growing
are not easily injured by any degree of moisture in the soil.
It is scarcely necessary to mention, that it will be advan-
tageous in the first, as well as in the second transplantation,
not to detach the roots more than necessary from the soil
in which they have grown.

XXI. On the Cultivation of the Amaryllis Sarniensis, or
Guernsey Lily. By Tuomas Anprew Knicurt, Esq.
F. R. S., §c. President. |

Read December 20, 1825.

So many splendid species and varieties of Crinum, and other
plants of the Liliaceous tribe, have within a few years been
introduced into our gardens, that the culture of the Amaryllis
Sarniensis, or Guerhsey Lily, notwithstanding the unrivalled
splendour of its blossoms when closely inspected, has to some
extent ceased to interest the modern Gardener. I should
consequently think the matter of my present communication
scarcely worth sending to the Horticultural Society, if I were
not perfectly confident that the same mode of culture is
applicable to bulbous roots of every kind which do not flower
freely (exclusive of those which grow in water), and with
but little variation to plants of every kind. Wishing, how-
ever, at the present time, to confine myself to very narrow
limits, I shall simply relate the experiments which 1 have
made upon the Guernsey Lily, with the conclusions which I
have drawn from the result of those experiments; and my
narrative will I think be most plain and intelligible, if I con-
fine it to treatment through successive seasons, of a single
root of that plant.

260 On the Cultwation of the Amaryllis Sarniensis.

The Gard many means of making trees produce ~
blossoms ; by raphe by ligatures, and by depressing their
branches, and the increasing thickness of the bark of these ne-
cessarily obstructs the course of the descending fluid, and thus
tends to render them productive of blossoms. But none of these
mechanical means can be made to operate upon the habits of
bulbous rooted plants; and I thence inferred, that in the
culture of these, I should best succeed by adopting such
measures as would first occasion the generation of much true
sap, and subsequently promote such chemical changes in
that, as would cause it to generate blossoms; and under
these impressions I made, amongst others, the following ex-
periments, the results of which have in every respect an-
swered my expectations and wishes.

A bulb of the Guernsey Lily, which had flowered in the
Autumn of 1822, was placed in a stove as soon as its blossoms
had withered, in a high temperature, and damp atmosphere.
It was planted in very rich compost, and was amply sup-
plied with water, which held manure in solution. Thus cir-
cumstanced, the bulb, which was placed in the front of a
curvilinear roofed stove, emitted much luxuriant foliage, which
continued in a perfectly healthy state till sprmg. Water
was then given in smaller and gradually reduced quantities
till the month of May, when the pot, in which it grew, was
removed into the open air. In the beginning of August the
plant flowered strongly, and produced several offsets. These,
with the exception of one, were removed; and the plant,
being treated precisely as in the preceding season, flowered —
again in August, 1824. In the autumn of that year it was
again transferred to the stove, and subjected to the same

By Tuomas Anprew Knicur, Esg. 261

treatment, and in the latter end of the last summer, both
bulbs flowered in the same pot with more than ordinary
strength, the one flower-stem supporting eighteen, and the
other nineteen large blossoms. One of these flowered in the
beginning of August, when its blossoms were exposed to the
sun and air during the day, and protected by a covering of
glass during the night, by which mode of treatment I hoped
to obtain seeds; but the experiment was not successful.
The blossoms of the other bulb appeared in the latter end
of August, and were placed in the same situation in the stove,
which the bulb had occupied in the preceding winter; and
I by these means obtained three apparently perfect seeds.
One of these, the smallest, and seemingly the least perfect,
was placed immediately in a pot in the stove, where it has
already produced a plant. The old bulbs have been again
placed in the stove, where they have emitted abundant
foliage, and in which I do not doubt they will again generate
blossoms.

In the foregoing experiments, I conceive myself to have
succeeded in occasioning the same bulbs to afford blos-
soms in three successive seasons; by having first caused
the production of a large quantity of true sap, and subse-
quently, by the gradual abstraction of moisture, having caused
that sap to have become inspissated, and in consequence
adapted to the production of blossom buds. Some Gar-
deners entertain an opinion that bulbs may be excited to
produce blossom buds by being kept very dry, after their
leaves have withered: but I believe this opinion to be wholly
unfounded ; and that the blossoms are always generated whilst
the living foliage remains attached to the bulb.

262 On the Cultivation of the Amaryllis Sarniensis.

I have made nearly similar experiments upon some fibrous
rooted plants, without the aid of artificial heat, with similar,
and, to me, with more interesting results, an account of which
I shall reserve for Afuture communication,

[ 261 ]

XXIV. Report upon the New or Rare-Plants which have
flowered in the Garden of the Horticultural Society at
Chiswick, from March 1824, to March 1825. By Mr.
Joun Linpiey, F. L. S., &c. Assistant Secretary for the
Garden.
Read January 3, 1826.
Paz following Report embraces an account of such plants as
flowered in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, between
the month of March in the year 1824, and the end of the
same month in 1825. It may be considered a continuation of
the Report made in 1824, and subsequently printed in this
volume of the Transactions.* ;
The arrangement of the subjects there adopted not ap-
pearing to require alteration, it is still adhered to.

TENDER PLANTS.
TREES OR SHRUBS.

I. Diospyrus vaccinioides. Lindley. |

This is a small branching shrub, with numerous small ovate
silky leaves, in their young state of alight green colour. The
flowers appear singly from the axillæ of the leaves, they are
small, downy, cylindrical, four-cleft, greenish-white tinged
with pink ; the calyx is hirsute and edged with red. The :
stamens are four but abortive. The ovary is ovate, three-

* See page 62.
VOL. VI Mm

262 A Report on New and Rare Plants, c.

celled, with three simple stigmas. The whole plant bears a
striking resemblance to some species of Vaccinium. It was
introduced from China for the Society, by the late Mr. Joun
Ports, in 1822, it has also been received by the Society from
the same country at several other times. Although referred to
Diospyrus, the genus to which it strictly belongs is at present
uncertain. From that genus it differs in its ovarium being
three-celled, but it agrees with it in the other parts of the
fructification, especially in the number of the divisions of the
calyx and corolla, and of the ovules in each cell, in which res-
pect it is distinguished from the neighbouring genera, Maba
and Cargilia. The female flowers only have hitherto been
seen. The plant has been published by Professor Hooker,
in his Exotic Flora, tab. 139, from a drawing made in the
Society’s Garden. It flowers in the green-house in May and
June, but will probably succeed in a cold frame, a plant
against a wallin the open air having lived through the two last
winters with no other protection than a mat in severe weather.

II. Ardisia punctata. Lindley.

This is a dwarf evergreen shrub, with coriaceous, lanceo-
late, stalked, crenate-toothed, thick-edged leaves, and umbels
of whitish flowers, curiously dotted over with purple. It
differs from A. lentiginosa, in the greater length of its leaves,
which are not so regularly crenated as in that species, but
have a somewhat toothed edge and are of a much thicker
substance. This species does not ripen its berries like A.
lentiginosa. It does not appear to have been described till
it was published from a plant in the possession of the Society
in the Botanical Register, tab. 827. It flowers in May and

By Mr. Joun Linviey. 263

June, and will succeed in a conservatory, but not in situa-
tions where it is subject to the influence of a low tempera-
ture. Introduced for the Society from China in 1822, by
Mr. Jonn Porrs. It has since beenreceived among the plants
collected in the same country by Mr. Jonn Damper Parks,
who was sent to China by the Society, for the purpose of
procuring new plants, in 1823, and returned in 1824.

III. Callicarpa rubella. Lindley.

Stem from a foot to a foot and half high, densely covered
with a dull green down. The leaves are sessile, obovate,
acuminate, cordate, rugose, crenate beyond their middle,
hairy on both sides, and of a pale green colour. The flowers
are of a delicate pink, and appear in dichotomous corymbose
cymes which are shorter than the leaves. This is a very dis-
tinct species of Callicarpa, introduced from China for the
Society in 1822, by Mr. Joun Ports. It is figured in the
Botanical Register, tab. 883, from a drawing made in the
Garden of the Society. The figure in that work represents
the leaves to be regularly crenated along their whole length,
while in fact the crenatures do not commence before the
middle of the leaf; in other respects the figure is sufficiently
faithful. A green-house shrub easily propagated from cut-
tings, It flowers in July,

IV. Callicarpa longifolia. Lamarck. -

This species was sent from China to the Society, in 1822,
by the industrious collector from whom the three previous
articles of this Report were received, and by the above named
Mr. Parks in 1824. It is an inelegant shrub, rising to the

264 A Report on New and Rare Plants, $c.

height of three or four feet, and covered all over, except on
the upper side of the old leaves, with a mealy stellated
pubescence. Leaves long, lanceolate, narrowed at each end,
serrated beyond the middle ; flowers in small axillary cymes,
which are as long as, or longer than, the leaf-stalks, of a deli-
cate pink colour, with yellow prominent anthers. A hardy
green-house plant, flowering at the same time as the last spe-
cies, and readily increased by cuttings. It is not, however,
deserving a place in any collection except such as is bota-
nical. Figures of it are in Dr. Hooxer’s Exotic Flora,
tab. 133, and in the Botanical Register, tab. 864.

V. Quisqualis Indica. Linnaeus.

Trained to the wires of an iron curvilinear stove, so that
its stem and leaves were as near as possible to the light, this
plant flowered in unceasing beauty and profusion through
the whole summer. From the end of March to the middle of
October, the house was perfumed with its delicious fragrance
and enlivened by the varying hues of its bunches of change-
able orange and ruby-coloured flowers. ‘The plant is easily
propagated and cultivated, but requires the constant heat of
a good stove, and a free exposure to light. Figures of this
plant may be found in the Botanical Register, tab. 492, and
in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2033.

VI. Nauclea Adina. Smith.
Adina globiflora. Salisbury
This was sent to the Society from China in 1822, by Mr.
Joun Ports. It is a small neat looking bush, with lanceolate
acuminate stiffish glabrous leaves, with two sharp deciduous

By Mr. Jous LINDLEY. 265

bifid stipulæ between the leaves; and small round heads of
pale yellow flowers, emitting an agreeable smell. Upon
comparing this with a plant described and figured in the
Paradisus Londinensis, tab. 115, under the name of Adina
globiflora, it proves to be the same. Sir James SMITH,
however, considers the genus. Adina referable to Nauclea,
and his opinion has been adopted for the reasons given in the
Botanical Register, tab. 895, where is a figure of the present
plant, from a drawing made in the Garden of the Society. A
green-house plant, with the aspect of a myrtle, flowering in
September, and easily propagated from cuttings.

VII. Cassinia leptophylla. 2. Brown.

This has been raised at the Garden of the Society from seed,
collected in the Bay of Islands, New Zealand ; and sent to the
Society by Mr. Cuaries Frazer, in 1822. It isa low com-
pact shrub, about two feet high, requiring the protection of a
frame during winter, and flowering in August and September.
The branches are very numerous, and white with down.
Leaves small, spreading, linear, revolute at edge, smooth above,
hoary beneath. Flowers in small corymbs, ‘appearing in pro-
fusion from the ends of the young branches. The scales of.
the receptacle are tipped with a white scarious spreading
membrane, which gives the involucrum an appearance of con-
taining radiate florets. This plant is propagated by aang
placed in fine white sand, in a very gentle heat.

VIL... Grewia affinis.

Stem shrubby with stellate pubescence. Leaves alter-
nate, rugose, stalked, oblong or obovate, acuminate, cordate,

266 A Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

slightly and irregularly serrate, three nerved at base, smooth
on both sides. Stipules subulate, pubescent, deciduous.
Flowers pale-green in terminal racemose simple panicles,
appearing by threes, and, before expansion, covered over with
deciduous bractes. Rachis downy, with stellate pubescence.
Outside of calyx and fiower-stalks closely downy. Petals
pale green, three times as short as the calyx. This plant _
flowered in the stove in June. It differs in having oblong
or obovate leaves, from the G. Microcos of Linnzus, which,
according to Burmann’s tab. 74, in the Thesaurus Zeylani-
cus, and Sir James Epwarp Smirn’s description in REEs’s
Cyclopedia, has ovate lanceolate leaves with a long point.
The G. Microcos is also stated by Sir James Situ to have
reddish flowers, and is represented in the Thesaurus Zey-
lanicus, with loose many-flowered panicles, while the subject of
this article has green flowers and erect few-flowered panicled
racemes. Upon comparing the cultivated plant with perfect
native specimens in the possession of the Society, which had
been brought from China, by Mr. Parxs, who collected
them upon Pena Hill, near Macao, there appears to be no
difference between them, except that the leaves of the wild
specimens are less obovate, and their margins nearly entire.
This is a plant of little beauty either in flower or foliage; it
requires the temperature of a stove, flowers in June, and is
propagated by cuttings without difficulty. Received by the
Society from Mr. Joun Ports, in 1822, Arsis rugosa of
LovreErro seems to have some affinity to this plant, but it is
not mentioned among the species of Grewia enumerated by
M. De Cannotte. It may be thus defined :

G. affinis; foliis obovatis acuminatis cordatis rugosis utrin-

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 267

que glabris, paniculis simplicibus racemosis terminalibus,
petalis calyce muito brevioribus.

IX. Clerodendron lividum. Lindley.

A new species of Clerodendron, brought for the Society
from China, in 1824, by Mr. Parks, who found it wild in
the vicinity of Macao. It is at present a soft-wooded half
herbaceous shrub, three feet high, destitute of leaves along
its stem, and therefore probably a much taller plant when in
perfection. The branches are round, dull green tinged with
purple on one side, and covered all over with fine down.
The leaves, which are seated on short downy stalks, are ellip-
tical, narrowed towards the base, coarsely and simply toothed
with a small point, slightly rough to the touch on each side,
but nearly destitute of pubescence. They are strongly
marked with parallel yeins, which give them the appearance
of being transversely plaited. The flowers appear in cymes
of from three to seven flowers each, which are much shorter
than the leaves. The calyx is inflated, quinquefid, with five
strong angles, and coloured with dull green purple. The
corolla is white, slightly tinged with purple, and not much
longer than the calyx. Stamens are, after the bursting of the
anthers, rigidly curled back to each side of the corolla;
offering a striking example of that kind of motility, which M.
Durrocuet, in his Recherches sur la structure intime des
Animaux et des Végétaux, et sur leur Motilité, calls fixed
incurvation. This is a hardy green-house plant, of a livid
appearance, and little beauty. It has been figured in the
Botanical Register, tab. 945, from a plant in the possession of
the Society. |

268 A Report on New and Rare Plants, $c.

X. Prockia Crucis. Linneus.

This shrub was raised from seeds collected for the Society
at the Havannah, by Mr. Grorce Don, in 1822; and pro-
duced its flowers in the stove in August last. The young
branches are round and pubescent, the old ones nearly smooth,
and covered with a light brown bark. The leaves are alter-
nate, stalked, ovate-acuminate, equally serrated, a little cordate
at base, bright green above, paler, and slightly pubescent on
the nerves beneath; footstalks a third the length of the
leaves, slender, hairy ; stipules one third the length of foot-
stalks, falcate, glandular at edge. Flowers in simple terminal
few-flowered racemes. Footstalks long, shaggy ; sepals ovate,
acuminate, downy on each side, but pale on the inside, occa-
sionally having the rudiment of a fourth sepal. Petals none.
Stamens numerous, bright yellow. It is not improbable that
this may be the variety of P. Crucis, figured by Lamarck, in
his Illustrationes, tab. 465. fig. 1, and distinguished by M.
De Canpbo_te, on account of the cordate base of its leaves.
But the stipules are decidedly falcate, as in the true P. Crucis,
and the sepals generally three in number, on which account
I incline to think the plant which has flowered in the Garden
of the Society, the original form of the species. It is 4
stove plant of little beauty, easily increased by cuttings.

XI. Diplolepis-ovata.

Two species of Diplolepis were described* in the Report of
last year; another is now to be added, which was brought for
the Society from China, by Mr. Ports, in 1822. It resembles
Diplolepis vomitoria in its habit, but is smaller in all its parts

* Diplolepis vomitoria and Diplolepis apiculata No, VIII., and No, IX,
page 68.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 269

than that species, and has a greater disposition to produce
flowers. The leaves are small, ovate, acute, covered with
silky pubescence, and frequently shorter than the panicles.
The stem is also hirsute, rather than silky. The species
has no merit as an ornamental plant, but may be distinguished
from those already described by the following character.

D. ovata; foliis ovatis acutis sericeis panicula brevioribus,
caule hirsuto, stigmate depresso.

XII. Murraya paniculata. De Candolle.

This plant was sent to the Society from Sumatra, in 1823,
by Sir Tuomas Stamrorp RAFFLES. It forms, in the stove,
a naked arborescent shrub six feet high, with pinnated leaves,
of which the leaflets are alternate, ovate acuminate, unequal,
flat, quite smooth. The flowers are white, and appear at the
ends of the young branches singly, or by pairs from the axils
_of the upper leaves, which are simple, and may more properly
be termed bractes. The blossoms have a delicious fragrance,
resembling that of the Orange. They are quickly perishable,
and have not in this country been succeeded -by ripe fruit.
All the parts of the plant on being bruised emit a pleasing
resinous smell. A figure from the plant in the Garden of
the Society has been published by Dr. Hooxer in the Exotic
Flora, tab. 134.

XIII. Blackwellia fagifolia.
Pythagorea Cochinchinensis. Loureiro.
Among the plants imported from China, by the Society in
1824, by means of Mr. Parxs, were several individuals of a
remarkable plant with downy branches, and ovate serrated
VOL. VI. Nn

270. _A Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

bright: green alternate leaves, with linear subulate pale-green
deciduous stipule. One of them flowered within a few
weeks after its arrival ; its blossoms grew in numerous axillary
pendulous simple racemes, about the length of the leaves,
and were of a pale yellowish-white colour, emitting a fragrant
odour. They consisted of a perianthium jointed with its
pedicel, having a limb divided into sixteen stellate beautifully
fringed segments, and an half inferior, one-celled ovarium with
- four parietal placente, each bearing two pendulous ovules.
The stamens were eight, inserted at the line of: separation
between the ovarium and perianthium, opposite to the seg-
ments of which they were placed. Opposite to each of
those divisions of the perianthium not furnished with a
stamen, was inserted a small square compressed hairy gland.
The styles were four and spreading. It was therefore obvious
that it was referable to the natural order of Homalinee,
from which its stellate, many-parted perianthium, in which
no distinction was shewn between calyx and corolla; the
glands alternating with the stamens, and the half-superior,
many-styled, one-celled ovarium, with parietal placentze, ren-
dered it impossible that it could be separated. Upon com-
paring it with the few genera, yet referred to that order, it
appeared not to be distinguishable from Blackwellia of Com-
MERSON, the characters of which have been amply described
by Jussirv; and it therefore became a question whether
the plant was distinct from the Astranthus Cochinchinensis
of Louvrerro, which has long since been determined by Mr.
Brown to be of the same genus as Blackwellia. But that
plant being described by its discoverer as having woolly
leaves, and an ovarium absolutely superior, can scarcely be

By Mr. Joun Linpvrey. 271

considered specifically identified with that before us. Among
the octandrous genera of Lourerro, with four styles, there
is, however, a genus named by him Pythagorea, with his
account of which this agrees in so many respects, that I
think there can be little doubt of its being the species he has
named Cochinchinensis; and I do not hesitate to entertain
this opinion, notwithstanding the capsule of Pythagorea
being described as consisting of four cells, because there is
sufficient evidence of this plant belonging to Homalinee,
which makes a four-celled capsule improbable ; and because
he may have been misled by the capsule dividing into four
valves, which happens in Blackwellia, and may therefore be
expected in the present plant. When in blossom this is an
object of much interest, not only on account of its pendulous
racemes of white flowers, which burst forth from the axille
of every leaf, and fill the air with their perfume, but also for
the sake of its beautiful starry floral envelope, which, with its
delicate fringe of shining white hairs, exhibits one of the most
elegantly symmetrical combinations in nature. It is nearly
a hardy plant, flowering in May, and appears, from dried wild
specimens in the possession of the Society, to be not uncom-
mon on the Lapa Hills, near Macao.*

XIV. Eurya Chinensis. Abel.

This plant has been imported from China, by the Society,
by means of Mr. Parks, and flowered in February of the `

* Since this Report was written, the second part of M. De Canpotxr’s Pro-
dromus, containing Homalinee, has been received. There is not any species
described in that work with which the present can be confounded ; nor indeed is
there any reference to Louretro’s Pythagorea.

272 A Report on New and Rare Plants, $e.

present year. It isa very dense leafy bush, about two feet
high, with ovate shining evergreen leaves, which cover over
the flowers. The latter are small, white, slightly tinged
with pink, and hang down on the under side of the branches.
It is a hardy green-house plant. A figure of it may be found
in the Appendix to AsBEL’s Voyage to China.

XV. Mimosa polydactyla. Willdenow.

This curious species of sensitive plant was raised from
seeds sent to the Society from Maranham, by Mr. GEORGE
Doy, in 1823. It is scarcely more than biennial, rising with
hirsute stems to the height ofa foot, or foot and half. The
stems are furnished, besides the hairs, which are deciduous,
with very stout unequal scattered compressed falcate aculei,
The leaves appear to be digitate, consisting each of four pair
of pinnz, covered with an indefinite number of highly irrita-
ble linear leaflets, each ciliate with a few very fine bristles.
The heads of flowers are terminal or axillary, usually solitary,
reddish-purple, seated on footstalks densely covered with
erect stiff hairs. The pods are short and hispid, separating
into about four articulations. This plant may be raised with
facility from seeds, which it produces in abundance, but it
has not been propagated in any other manner. Like all
sensitive plants, it requires, in order to acquire its highest
degree of irritability, to be cultivated under the influence of
a strong light, in a highly heated atmosphere, charged
almost to saturation with humidity. The species in its native
country is much more vigorous and beautiful than under
artificial management in a garden.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. -273

HERBACEOUS PLANTS.

XVI. Calceolaria corymbosa. Ruiz and Pavon.
Calceolaria Paralia. Hooker.

For seeds of this beautiful plant, the Society is indebted
to Francis Prace, Esq. It is scarcely more than biennial,
usually perishing after having perfected its seeds. It requires,
like most of the herbaceous plants from Chile, a cool tem-
perature, and humid atmosphere during both summer and
winter. It is managed most successfully by being placed
in a cold airy frame, which may be protected by mats from
sevore frosts during the winter. In the months of April, May,
and June, it produces its brilliant yellow corymbs of flowers
in abundance, and these are, under favourable circumstances,
succeeded by seeds, from which, if sown immediately after
ripening, fine young plants may be obtained for flowering
the following summer. A native of shady places near Con-
cepcion, where it is called by the country people Arguenila.
This is distinct from the Calceolaria Paralia, described and
figured by CAVANILLES,* from specimens found near Paral,
and communicated to him by Nex. That species has a stem
which is more leafy than that of C. corymbosa, and its
flowers are smaller, with a longer labellum. A figure of C.
corymbosa is to be found in the Botanical Register, tab.
723, and in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2418. And also
in Dr. Hooxer’s Exotic Flora, Vol. i. tab. 75, under the
name of C. Paralia.

* Icones, Vol. v. tab. 447.

274 A Report on New and Rate Plants, $c.

XVII. Costus Pisonis.
Costus spicatus 2 Hortus Kewensis.

This species of Costus has been long ago described, with
an expressive though rude figure, by Prso, in his History of
the Medicinal productions of Brazil, page 98, under the
name of Jacuacanga, or Paco Coatinga. By modern bota-
nists, it has been confounded with the Alpinia spicata of
Jaceuin, which has yellow flowers, and an ovate, not oval,
spike. The last mentioned author, who saw his own plant
alive, and has given an ample account of it, pointed out the dis-
crepancy between the yellow-flowered species found by him
on the banks of torrents, in Martinique, and the red flower-
ing Brazilian kind, described by Piso, in the work above
cited. The present species was sent to the Society by
Rosert Hesxeru, Esq. a most liberal and valuable Cor-
responding Member of the Society, from Maranham, in 1823.
It grows to the height of three feet or more, and is clothed
from its base with fleshy, elliptical, lanceolate, acuminate,
sessile, smooth leaves, which become smaller as they reach
the spike of flowers, which is oval, the size of a pigeon’s egg,
and formed of stiff, ovate, entire, densely imbricated scarlet
bractez, out of which proceed several rose-coloured flowers,
which, after remaining expanded for a few hours, close and
perish. The principal beauty of these species consists in
the brilliant scarlet or rather crimson colour of the spike,
which remains in beauty for many weeks, both before and
after the flowers are protruded. It is a tender stove plant,
slowly propagated by dividing its roots. A figure of it will

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 275

be found in the Botanical Register, tab. 899, taken from 4
plant in the possession of the Society.

It is not known that any yellow-flowered species of Costus
exists in collections in this country. It is therefore not im-
possible that the Costus spicatus of the Hortus Kewensis is
a synonym of C. Pisonis,

XVIII. Leonotis intermedia. Lindley.

This fine plant was raised from seed collected in Delagoa
Bay, and sent to the Society by the late Mr. Jonn Forses.
It is a naked, half shrubby, herbaceous plant, about four feet
high. Leaves rugose, cordate, small, much shorter than the
joints of the stem ; the flowers are disposed in several terminal,
whorled spikes ; the corolla is about an inch and a half long,
covered all over with long, silky, loose, dark orange coloured
hairs. Cultivated in the stove, in common soil, and easily in- _
creased by cuttings. It is figured in the Botanical Register,
tab. 850. |

- XIX. Mentha blanda. Wallich.

A small herbaceous perennial plant, requiring the protec-
tion of a frame. Stem a foot or a foot and a half high,
square, blunt at the angles, slightly pubescent, coloured with
purple at the joints. Leaves triangular-ovate, coarsely ser-
rated, entire at the base, nearly smooth, about the same
length as the slender footstalks. Flowers white, very minute,
in slender dense spikes, bractez subulate, length of the calyx,
which is campanulate, five-cleft, nearly equal, covered with
white hairs. Corolla a little longer than the calyx, downy
on the outside, four-cleft, the upper lobe emarginate, the
lateral entire, the lower cup-shaped, a little larger than the

276 A Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

others. Stamens nearly equal, distant, smooth, the length
of corolla, inserted in the middle of the tube. Lobes of the
stigma linear, equal. This plant differs slightly from the
generic character of Mentha, and resembles, in so remarkable
a degree, the genus Elsholtzia, of WiLLDENow, as to make it
almost doubtful to which of the two it is strictly referable.
The Perilla polystachya of the Prodromus Flore Nepalen-
sis,* which appears to resemble this, has lanceolate bractes,
as long as the flowers, and asmooth stem. A native of Nepal,
whence seeds of it were sent to the Society, by Dr. WALLICH,
in 1823. ‘The following specific character may be assigned
to it.

M blanda ; foliis glabris longè petiolatis rhomboideo-ovatis
grosse serratis glabris, calycibus villosis, bracteis subulatis
calycis longitudine, caule pubescente.t

XX. Phalangium Nepalense.

A perennial plant raised from seeds from Gossain Than,
presented to the Society, by the Honourable Court of Direc-
tors of the East India Company, in 1824. It is a foot and
an half high, quite smooth in every part. The leaves erect,
spreading at end, upon the upper surface glossy, and bright
green, on the under side glaucous and striated, at the end
blunt, with three slight nerves, and a somewhat membranous
edge. A strong rib passes along the back. The flowers are
pure-white, with yellow anthers, scentless, when expanded
nodding, when closed erect; they appear by threes in an

* Prodromus Florz Nepalensis, page 114,

+ Since the reading of this Paper, a figure of Mentha blanda has been es

lished by M. De Canvortr, in the second fasciculus of the Plantes Rares du Jardin
Botanique de Genéve, tab. 8.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 277

erect, nearly simple panicle, which is rather shorter than the
leaves. Scape dark-green, rounded, a little tumid at the
joints. The lower bractea is long, lanceolate, of the same
colour and texture as the leaves; the upper bractee gradually
become smaller, till the uppermost are shorter than the
flower stalks. The capsule is erect, and covered by the per-
sistent remains of the perianthium. This plant flowered in
a curvilinear stove, and exhibited no indication of impatience
of the heat. It is however not improbable that it will be
hardy enough for a green-house. It appears to have some
affinity with the Phalangium ramosum of Ker, but it is not
very similar to any species previously described. It may be |
thus defined.

P. Nepalense ; foliis lineari-lanceolatis scapi longitudine,
panicula simplice, bracteâ inferiore longissima subtus glauca,
perianthii laciniis patentibus oblongis obtusis :

XXI. Gloriosa virescens. Lindley.

Roots ofthis species of Gloriosa were received in 1823 from
the late Mr. Jonn Forges, along with a miscellaneous collec-
tion of seeds and plants from the eastern coast of Africa. The
leaves and stem are similar to those of Gloriosa superba, but
the tendril at the end of the leaf is not so long. The flowers
are a dull yellow-green colour, slightly tinged with dull red,
but never acquiring the brilliant orange colour of G. superba ;
the segments are undulated, but less so than in G. superba,
and only towards their extremity. It probably is the same
as the variety of G. superba, described by LAMARCK, as
having been found in Senegal, by ApANson. In the collec-
tion of dried plants from Mozambique, sent home by Mr,

VOL. VI. Oo

278 A Report on New and Rare Plants, &ec.

Forges, are specimens of this plant, with which the plant that
flowered inthe Garden of the Society,agreed in all its characters.
A figure may be found in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2539.

XXII. Arthropodium minus. - R. Brown.

A tuberous rooted plant, about eighteen inches high, leaves
linear-lanceolate, erect, of .a pale glaucous green, quite
smooth, and shorter than the panicle. Panicle slightly com-
pressed, very slender. Flowers about two together, or solitary,
pendulous, pure white; the tuft of the stamens yellow, the |
anthers purple. A hardy green-house plant, flowering in J uly.
- Raised from seed sent to the Society from New Holland in
1823, by Mr. CHARLES Frazer. A figure, froma plant in the
possession of the Society, is in the Botanical Register, tab. 866.

ORCHIDEOUS PLANTS.
XXIII. Catasetum Claveringi. Lindley.

This noble species of Catasetum was brought from Bahia de
S. Salvador in 1823, by Mr. Groner Don. It is a parasitical
plant, consisting chiefly of a cluster of oblong bulbs, covered
with the remains of the dry sheaths of the leaves of former
years. The leaves are long, lanceolate, plaited and wavy, of a
bright green, slightly spotted with purple towards their base.
The flowers are disposed in a spike, upon a radical scape, which,
together with the flowers, is about half the length of the
leaves. The flowers are very large, somewhat globular, quite
free from pubescence, and having a powerful but pleasant
smell of honey ; on the outside they are dingy green, in the
inside they are banded with irregular spots of a rich purple,
like the flowers of some kinds of Stapelia. The labellum

$

By Mr. Jons Linpuery. 279

is very fleshy and solid, 4nd overshadows the inside of the

flower like an helmet ; in the inside it is bright yellow, on the
outside pale green. The column is very large, beautifully
spotted with purple, and has two long cirrhi in front,
which being longer than the columna, lie coiled up in the
bottom of the labellum. A robust stoye plant, flowering
in September; in its native country, it is found upon the
stems of living trees. It, or a neighbouring species, has been
received by the Society from Rosperr Hesxetu, Esq. His
Majesty's Consul at Maranham, growing upon the live stem
of a young palm tree. This species has been figured, and
described in the Botanical Register, tab. 840, from the plant
which flowered in the Society’s collection. It has been named
after Captain Doveras Cuartes Cuaverine, F.-R. S., &e.

the Commander of H. M. S. Pheasant, in the voyage during
which the plant was collected. It is very distinct from C.
iridentatum of Dr. Hooxer, (Exotic Flora, tab. 90,) but the
distinction between it and the C. floribundum of the same
work, (tab. 151,) does ttot appear to extend much beyond
the differences in their colour.

XXIV. Polystachya puberula. Lindley.

An exceedingly rare species of Polystachya, sent from
Sierra Leone, by Mr. Grorare Don, in 1822. The leaves
are five or six upon each of the ovate bulbs, distichous, lan-
ceolate, obtuse, with about nine nerves, and forming a sort

of stem by the union of their bases. The flowers are ter-
minal, bright greenish-orange, in a close thyrsoid panicle,
and covered over with minute yellow hairs. From the other
species of Polystachya it is easily distinguished by its long

280 A Report on New and Rare Plants, c.

pale yellow leaves, by the compact nature of the panicle, and
especially by the downy covering of the flowers. A very
delicate stove plant, propagated with difficulty by dividing
its roots. Itis figured in the Botanical Register, tab. 851.

XXV. Vanda multiflora. Lindley.

This is a fine species of Orchideous plant, frequently im-
ported from China, and known for several years in collections ;
but it has rarely produced | its flowers. Its leaves are e large,

their Teak: and rounded obliquely, with a little notch at the
ends. The flowers are bright, and dark yellow, beautifully
variegated with purplish brown marks. They appear in close,
erect, rigid, axillary spikes, and remain expanded for a long
time. Itis distinguished from V. premorsa, the Cymbidium
premorsum of WiLLpENow, by its long spikes of flowers,
large size, and differently terminated leaves. A hardy stove-
plant, flowering in June, easily cultivated in decayed vegetable
soil. Figured in Collectanea Botunica, tab. 38.

XXVI. Camaridium ochroleucum. Lindley.

A parasitical plant, with the habit, axillary bulbs, and long
pale green leaves of Ornithidium coccineum. The bulbs are:
ovate, two-edged, and rugose. Stems decumbent, two-edged,
covered over with the withered remains of the bases of the
leaves. Leaves long, ligulate, somewhat wavy, equally emar-
ginate at their ends. Flowers are pale yellow, or nearly.
white, spreading open, solitary, appearing out of a spa-
thaceous peduncle, from the lower axilla of the leaves.
The lip is darker yellow than the sepals, trifid, cucullate,

By Mr. Joun Linder. 281

and much shorter than the exterior sepals. This plant
was sent to the Society from Trinidad, by His Excellency
Sir Rate Wooprorp, and is figured in the Botanical Re-
gister, tab. 844. It flowers in June, and appears at present
to be more difficult to manage than most gee of its
kindred.*

XXVII. Cattleya Forbesii. Lindley.

This is at once an elegant and interesting addition to the
genus Cattleya; from the former species of which it is
distinguishable by the yellow colour of its flowers. It is a
parasitical plant, not producing above-ground bulbs, but from
a tortuous entangled prostrate caudex, throwing up a few
round stems about six inches high, and covered with greenish
white vagine. On each stem are formed two oval lanceolate
leaves, which are obtuse, with a little point at the ends.
The flowers are large, appearing in pairs, of a dull dirty
yellow colour, their segments spread open, obovate, lanceolate,
and wavy. The labellum is wrapped round the columna; on
the outside it is whitish, inside bright yellow, beautifully
marked with crimson dots; the ‘middle lobe is cordate,
roundish, crisp, with a little bag at the very tip. Sent by
Mr. Fores, in 1823, from Rio de Janeiro, where it appears
to be common in some situations, growing and flowering in
profusion on the trunks of dead trees. In this country it
blossoms in June.}-

* Surely the Dendrobium album of Dr. Hooxer’s Exotic Flora, Vol. ii. tab.
142, is not different from this.

+ This is now figured in the Botanical Rand: tab. 953, from the Society’s
plant.

282 A Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

XXVIII. Aeranthes grandiflora. Lindley.

This most singular plant was sent by Mr. Forges in 1824,
from St. Mary’s, Madagascar. It is a low parasitical plant,
without either stem or bulbs, but throwing out from the base of
its leaves a few slender roots, by which it adheres to the soil,
or surface of the material on which it grows. Its leaves are in
two ranks, four or six in number, glaucous blue, and waved at
the edge. The flower is large and nearly transparent, of a pale
greenish yellow colour. It appears at the end of a weak radical
scape, covered closely with hard, dry, striated sheaths, and
unless supported artificially, falls prostrate upon the earth.
The figure in the Botanical Register, tab. 817, represents
the flower as too green. It was made from the first that
appeared, but which did not entirely expand. Afterwards,
from the same scape, and nearly from the same spot, other
-flowers were produced in succession—a singular circumstance,
which ‘is common to many other plants of the same family,
from the same country. A delicate stove plant, flowering in
May. .
XXIX. Ionopsis utricularioides. Lindley.

Dendrobium utricularioides Swartz.

Some delicate individuals of a parasitical stemless orchi-
deous plant, with purplish green leaves, sent from Trinidad
to the Society, by His Excellency Sir Raren Wooprorp, in
1823, flowered among decayed earth in the month of April of
-the last year. They proved to belong to the Dendrobium
utricularioides of Swartz, a species found by that Botanist
in the Island of Jamaica. The flowers are in a branched ter-
minal spike, and ofa delicate white, tinged at the edges with

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 283

lilac. All the segments ofthe flower are parallel with each other
and connivent, while the lip of the labellum, which is closely
supported beneath by the two lower segments, and is large and
hanging down, gives the flower the appearance of some kind
of Utricularia. ‘The plant is undoubtedly referable to M.
_ Kunru’s genus Lonopsis, but seems different from the Jantha
pallidiflora, figured by Dr. Hooker, in Exotic Flora, tab. 113.
A figure taken from the plant in the Garden of the Society,
may be found in Collectanea Botanica, tab. 39.

BULBOUS PLANTS. —

XXX. Conanthera campanulata.
Conanthera bifolia, Sims ; not of Flora Peruviana.

Roots of this extremely rare plant were received from
Mr. Ptace, as part of his*collection of Chilian plants, trans-
mitted to England, by Mr. Joun Miers. Itis quite dif- |

ferent from C. bifolia, with which it has been confounded |
by Dr. Sıms. It is a small bulbous-rooted plant, producing
about three linear-lanceolate leaves, which spread nearly flat
upon the ground. The flowers appear in an umbel, seated
upon a nearly erect scape, and expand two or three at a time.
They are bright blue, and somewhat flatly campanulate ;
their outer segments are concave, and rounded, their inner -
flatter, smaller, and fringed as in Thysanotus, but never either
acute, reflexed, or spotted. A figure of the true Conanthera
bifolia may be found in the Botanical Cabinet, tab. 904; and of
C. campanulata, in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2496, under
the erroneous name of C. bifolia. Itis a very delicate green-
house plant, which has not yet produced either seeds or

284 A Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

offsets. It flowers in May, and may be thus distinguished
from C. bifolia.

C. campanulata, foliis lineari-lanceolatis humifusis, pe-
rianthii laciniis obtusis patentibus immaculatis : alternis mino-
ribus fimbriatis.

XXXI. Zephyranthes rosea. Lindley.

A species very like Zephyranthes Atamasco, in foliage,
which is however broader, and lies closer to the ground.
The flowers are of a beautiful rose colour, more vertical, and
of a firmer texture than in Z. Atamasco. It was brought
from the Havannah, in 1823, by Mr. Grorce Dov, and has
been figured in the Botanical Register, tab. 821. When
first brought to this country it manifested no signs of flower-
ing, but in the second season of its cultivation it produced _
_its blossoms in great abundance. +A green-house plant, flow-
-ering in May, propagated freely by divisions of the roots.

XXXII. Crinum revolutum.
A bulb of a species of Crinum was brought from Maranham,
to the Society, by Mr. Gzorez Don, in 1823. It appears
to be as distinct from the other species of Crinum already
described by authors, as they are from each other. The
_ leaves are a foot and an half long, linear-lanceolate, flat, with
two nerves towards the end, blunt, recurved, with a few
scattered glands at the edge, rather longer than the scape,
and bright green. The flowers appear in fours, they are
white with a tinge of pink, and have an unpleasant smell.
Their stalk is short, the tube is green, round, six inches
long, becoming white, and narrower towards the upper

By Mr. Joun Lixpuey. 285

extremity; their segments are linear, a little curled at the
edge, at first rolled back, afterwards hanging down. The
filaments and style are red at the ends. This species seems
to be nearest in natural affinity to Crinum Americanum, but
that plant has- broader leaves, a shorter tube, sessile flowers,
with lanceolate, much more undulated segments. From that
- species it may be distinguished by the following character :

C. revolutum; sesquipedale, foliis patentibus lineari-lan-
ceolatis obtusis margine scabriusculis, scapo foliis subæquali,
umbella 4-flora, perianthii laciniis linearibus revolutis de-
nique pendulis, filamentis styloque apice coloratis.

A stove plant, flowering in May, and slowly increased by
offsets.

XXXIII. Amaryllis Forbesii. 8, purpurea.

In the Report of last year, this new species of Amaryllis
was described; since that Report was prepared, a variety
flowered, which far exceeded in the beauty of its blossoms
the first which was seen. The whole ofthe colour, which in
the original variety is of a delicate pink, was in this changed
to a rich purplish crimson, resembling the colour of Crinum
amabile. A smaller number of flowers was produced in this
new variety, and the divisions of the flower appeared more
revolute than in the kind first seen; otherwise they were not
observed to differ.

XXXIV. Chrysiphiala pauciflora. Lindley. -

Two or three roots of this plant were sent to the Society in
1823, from Peru, by the late James Cowan, Esq. and flowered
in the green-house in April. It is a low bulbous-rooted plant,

VOL. VI. Pp

286 A Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

producing its flowers before the leaves. The flowers are of
an orange-yellow, with green tips to their segments, and are
seated in pairs upon a scape, a little more than three inches
long. The leaves are nearly erect, lanceolate, petiolate, quite
smooth, fleshy, slightly plaited, dark green above, beneath
somewhat glaucous, with the midrib incomplete, on the upper
side depressed in the middle, on the under side very pro-
minent. A figure of it has been given from a plant in the
Society’s Garden, in the Exotic Flora, tab. 132.

HARDY PLANTS.

TREES OR SHRUBS.

It may be here stated that in future years this head of
the Report may be expected to be much more ample than it
has been hitherto; young plants of this description do not
come into flower so early as those which are of an her-
baceous nature.

XXXV. Rosa Indica var. ochroleuca.

This plant was brought for the Society from China, in
1824, by Mr. Parks, as one of the interesting yellow China
- Roses, which have long been known to collectors by the
drawings of the Chinese ; but upon flowering it proved to be
neither R. pseud-indica, nor R. xanthina, but a variety of
Rosa indica, with pale sulphur-coloured flowers.

It is a plant with a less vigorous habit than the common
R. indica, resembling in that respect, R. i. odoratissima.
The branches when young are covered with many small
glands; leaves smooth, of a thin texture, and not shining,

By Mr. Jons Lixviey. 287

leaflets rather convex, and by no means veiny; leaf-stalks
covered with glands, among which a few little hooked prickles
are intermixed. The flower-stalk is glandular, tube of the
calyx campanulate, and nearly smooth, sepals reflexed, quite
simple, villous, and glandular at the edge. The flowers are
very large, solitary, pale sulphur colour, quite double, very
fragrant, not expanding much more than R. sulphurea; but
under the influence of much heat, opening fully, when they
measure four inches across. This is one of the finest varieties
of China Roses known in the gardens, and so entirely dif-
ferent from any other, that it may be considered an important
addition to our collections. It appears to be hardy, but
thrives in a conservatory, where it expands its flowers better
than in the open air.

XXXVI. Rosa gemella. Willdenow.

A plant of a Rose from North America was purchased by
Mr. Sasine some years since from Mr. Joun Frazer, under
the name of Rosa setigera, of Micuaux; and subsequently
presented by him to the Society. It is a low bush, closely
covered with dull-green, scarcely shining leaves, which are
quite smooth above, and are hairy on the midribs beneath, and
on the leaf-stalks. The stem bears under each leaf two slender
faleate prickles, and on the stronger root-shoots at the base,
are several weak, straight, unequal prickles; the stipules are
convolute, as in Rosa Carolina; the flowers bright red,
surrounded by longer leaves; the flower-stalks are smooth ;
tube of the calyx short, ovate, and with the quite simple
sepals, glandular. This is plainly different from the obscure
species under the name of which it was sold, but I have no

288 A Report on New and Rare Plants, $c.

doubt that it is the R. gemella of WiLLDENow, with whose
description of that species it agrees in all essential particulars,
especially in being as it were intermediate between R. lucida
and Carolina, and in its leaves not being at all shining.

Thus this little known and long lost m may be con-
sidered restored to our gardens. *

XXXVII. Menziesia polifolia. Swartz.

Several distinct varieties of this beautiful little shrub are
cultivated in gardens, but have not been distinguished in any
work of authority. As they have all flowered except one, in
the Garden, in the course of the summer, they are here de-
scribed and distinguished.

That which appears to be the wild form of the plant, has
a diffuse, branched stem, ovate stalked flat leaves, rough,
with scattered glandular hairs on the upper side, and inflated
_ exactly oval flowers of a bluish purple colour. This was ©
presented to the Society by Mr. Witt1am MaALcoLm, and
may be called M. polifolia vera.

The second variety, which was presented to the Society by
Mr. Wittiam FALLA, of Gateshead Nursery, Newcastle-
upon-Tyne, is remarkable for the rich dark colour of its
flowers, for which reason it may be called M. polifolia atro-
purpurea. Its stem is upright ; leaves ovate, stalked, slightly
revolute at the edge, and rough with scattered glandular hairs
on the upper surface. The flowers are ovate, retuse at the
base, and of a very dark purple.

* M. Serincr, in M. De CANDoLLE’s Prodromus, Vol. ii. p. 605, upon the
authority of a specimen from Dr. MEYER, refers R. gemella to R. cinnamomea,
distinguishing it only as a variety of that species. But if R. gemella is to be re-
duced to the station of a variety only, it would be better placed under R. Carolina.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 289

The third variety, which deserves to be distinguished, was
received from Messrs. Loppieers, under the name of M.
polifolia stricta, but that name not appearing sufficiently ap-
propriate, it would be better to call it M. polifolia longifolia.
The stems are nearly upright. The leaves narrow, ovate,
la late, stalked, spreading, somewhat falcate, much revolute
at the edge, and rough, with scattered glandular hairs on the
upper side. The flowers are inflated, ovate, pale bluish
purple.

Resembling the last, but differing from it in the deep colour
of the flowers, and in the unusual breadth of the leaves, is a
plant called by Messrs. Loppices M. polifolia latifolia, and
by them presented to the Society. It has a nearly erect
stem ; leaves broad, ovate-lanceolate, stalked, spreading, con-
vex, but scarcely revolute at the edge, and nearly destitute of
hairs on the upper side. The flowers are very large, of a
deep rich purplish red.

The last variety to which it is necessary to advert, is, that
remarkable plant which is occasionally seen in nurseries under
the name of M. polifolia nana. It is said to have been first
observed many years ago in Mr. Matcoum’s Nursery at Ken-
sington, in a bed of seedlings of M. polifolia. It forms a very
compact dwarf bush, appearing as if intermediate between
M. cerulea and M. polifolia : it is thickly covered over with
small ovate stalked leaves, a little revolute at the edge, slightly
hairy above, and quite hoary on the under side ; all of them
many times longer than the interval between them. The stem
is slightly downy, but quite destitute of the long spreading
glandular hairs by which the other varieties of M. polifolia
are distinguished. The flowers not having been observed,

290 A Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

the place of this kind cannot be decided with certainty,
but it is probably a species distinct from M. polifolia, from
which there is an abundance of characters to separate it. But
without seeing its flowers, it is better to allow it to remain
_ provisionally with the species to which it has hitherto been
referred. For the plants in the Garden the Society is in-
debted to His Grace the Duke of BEDFORD.

ANNUAL PLANTS.
XXXVIII. Castilleja septentrionalis. Lindley.

A single individual of this exceedingly rare plant, which has
been called Bartsia pallida by American botanists, sprang up
among the earth of some turfs containing plants which had been
sent to the Society through the hands of Epwarp Moore, ©
Esq. from Labrador in 1823, by the Missionaries stationed
there. It was about a foot high, with narrow, lanceolate, scat-
tered, smooth, sessile, spreading, three-nerved, dark green
leaves, tinged with red. The flowers were in a pale yellowish-
green imbricated spike. The bractez large, oblong, somewhat —
truncate, five-toothed at end, of a pale yellowish green, slightly
tinged with red, and with three prominent veins. The calyx
was hairy. Corolla bright green, and shorter than the bractex,
its lower lip very small, somewhat inflated, and trifid. Anthers
discharged an orange-coloured pollen from just under the end
of the upper lip of the corolla. Stigma bright green, capitate,
two-lobed, longer than the anthers. From a careful inspection

of the flowers of this plant, I do not doubt that it is, as M.
Kuntu has observed, referable to the genus Castilleja ; but
it is singular that Mr. Nurrau should have retained it under
Bartsia, notwithstanding his having separated Bartsia coccinea

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 291

as a particular genus, which he calls Euchroma, and which
does not differ from Castilleja. The specific name of pallida
has not been retained for this plant, because the Siberian
plant, which Linnazvus seems to have had in view for his
Bartsia pallida, is quite distinct as a species from the American
plant. This is figured from the Garden of the Society in
the Botanical Register, tab. 925.

XXXIX. Talinum ciliatum. Flora Peruviana.

A beautiful hardy annual plant, well adapted to, covering
rock-work, which it enlivens with the brilliant lustre of its
purple blossoms, reposing upon the pure glossy green of the
leaves. It is a dwarf, rather succulent plant, with long, nar-
- row, bluish green leaves, beginning to flower in June, and
remaining till the first frosts of autumn. The seeds should
be sown on a hot-bed, from whence the plants may be after-
wards removed to the place they are to occupy during the
summer. A native of Chile, whence seeds were received by
Mr. Prace, and by him presented to the Society. . There is
a figure in Dr. Hooxer’s Exotic Flora, tab. 82.

XL. Vicia atropurpurea. Desfontaines.

A beautiful annual plant, native of the states of Barbary.
The stem is weak,.and procumbent, unless supported upon
treillage, or by a stake. The leaves are pinnated and hairy,
and their stalk is terminated by a three-parted tendril. The
flowers are of a rich and beautiful purple, appearing in long ©
one-sided racemes, opening in the middle of July, and re-
maining in beauty for many weeks. The plants were raised
from seeds sent to the Society by Mr. Orro, from the Royal

292 A Report on New and Rare Plants, &c.

Botanic Garden at Berlin, as well as by Mr. Fiscurr, Di-
rector of the Botanic Garden at Gottingen. A figure from
plants growing in the Garden of the Society has been pub-
lished in the Botanical Register, tab. 871. The plant should
be raised from seeds, and treated as an hardy annual.

BULBOUS PLANTS.
XLI. Amaryllis longifolia, fl. albo.

A pretty variety of Amaryllis longifolia, received from Mr.
C. Van Erpen, of Haarlem. It is not to be distinguished,
specifically, from the species to which it is here referred,
although it appears more robust, and produces both its flowers
and seeds in great abundance. The flowers are quite white,
and similar in shape to those of Crinum aquaticum, figured in
the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2352. It appears to be hardy
enough to live through the winter, in a warm sheltered border,
without protection.

XLII. Tritonia lineata. Ker.
Gladiolus lineatus. Salisbury.

This plant blossomed freely in the open air, under a south
wall. It has survived two winters, and is now (June, 1825)
in perfect beauty. It is a middle sized border flower, with .
leaves like those of a Gladiolus, and pale yellow flowers, ele-
gantly streaked with brown lines. A native of the Cape of
Good Hope, whence roots were sent to the Society by M.
Vitter. A figure of the plant may be found in the Botanical
Magazine, tab. 487, under the name of Gladiolus lineatus.

By Mr. Joun Linpwey. 293

HERBACEOUS PLANTS.
XLIII. (Œnothera speciosa. Nuttall.

A handsome perennial plant, lately discovered in the Ar-
kansa country, in North America. As a border plant it is
recommended by the beauty and long succession of its flowers,
but its creeping roots, which over-run the neighbourhood of
the spot where it is planted, render it objectionable. Its
stem is downy, about two feet high, covered with glaucous,
cut, lyrate leaves. The flowers are large, white, very hand-
some, becoming pink upon closing. The anthers and stigma
are pale yellow, the latter four-lobed, a little dashed with red.
The capsule is erect, short, rounded, truncate, with eight
prominent ribs, which are alternately narrower. Roots were
brought to the Society from North America, by Mr. Davip
Dovatas, in 1824. It is figured in Dr. Hooxer’s Exotic
Flora, tab. 80, and is propagated with facility by divisions of
the roots.

XLIV. Œnothera triloba. Nuttall.

Seeds ofthis interesting species of Œnothera were brought
from North America by Mr. Davin Doveras, in the spring
of 1824. It is a stemless spreading annual plant, with closely
tufted bright green leaves, which are deeply lyrate, and quite
smooth. The flowers are bright yellow, seated among the
leaves, and expanding in the evening only. Stigma four-
lobed ; capsules smooth, sessile, very short, with four trian-
gular angles, and four horns at the end between the angles.
- The species has much resemblance to the Œnothera acaulis,
noticed in the Report of last year, but is distinguished from it

VOL. Vi.. Qq

294 A Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

by the smoothness of its leaves, its yellow flowers, form of cap-

sule, and other obvious marks. Mr. NuTTALL discovered it
in the neighbourhood of the Red River, m the Arkansa
Country of North America, and from a plant communicated
by him to Rosert Barctay, Esq. a figure in the Botanical
Magazine, tab. 2566, has been taken.

XLV. Pogonia pendula. Lindley.

Triphora pendula. Nuttall.

This most curious little plant blossomed in great perfection
in a shady American border, on the 31st of July. The roots
had been collected in Canada by Mr. Davip Doveras, and
brought home by him in 1824. The whole plant is not more
than four inches in height, and has no other than about three
little scale-like, three-nerved leaves, which appear upon the
simple red stems. The flowers are terminal, white, tinged
_ with red, large for the size of the plant, appearing about three
together, and opening in succession. The face of the labellum
is green, the anthers and pollen masses purple. It is probable
that this plant is lost to the Garden, as it has not made its
appearance this year (1825), but if it should not be lost, it can
scarcely be anticipated that any means will be discovered of
increasing it. A

XLVI. Mimulus parviflorus. Lindley.

A pretty prostrate perennial plant, with trailing hairy stems,
putting forth roots at every joint Leaves ovate, toothed,
and three-nerved ; flower-stalks capillary, and covered, as
well as the calyx, with minute glands. The flowers are small,

=

By Mr. Jons Linpiey. 295

bright yalliw; spotted with crimson in the throat. This is an
interesting species, raised from seeds collected in Chile, and
presented to the Society by Mr. Puace. It is covered with
flowers ‘through nearly the whole year, even during the
winter months, if protected by a hand-glass. A` figure
from a plant in the Garden of the Society has been published
in the Botanical Register, tab. 874. This plant is readily in-
creased by seeds, which it produces in abundance, or by
divisions of the rooting stems.

XLVII. Arum crinitum. Linneus.

Roots of this extraordinary plant were sent to the Society
from the south of France, by Grorce BENTHAM, Esq. of
Montpellier, in 1823, and blossomed in a warm border in May.
The plant is exceedingly rare, and its flowers are seldom
seen. They consist of a large brownish-purple spatha, covered
closely in the inside by reflexed, fleshy, dull purple hairs,
which are very dense at the orifice of the tube, where they
are said to act as a means of preventing the return of such
insects as find their way into the tube. In decay, the flower
is said to exhale a powerful smell of carrion, but this was not
the case in the plant which flowered in the garden. The
plant in the Society’s possession has not yet increased. A
figure from it has been published in the Botanical Re-
gister, tab. 831.

XLVIII. Pedicularis Canadensis. Linnaeus.
A pretty plant seldom seen in collections, on account of
the difficulty of cultivating it. That which flowered in the
garden was brought from North America by Mr. Dayip

296 A Report on New and Rare Plants, §c.

Doveras, in 1824. Its dark green, elegantly divided leaves,
and heads of pale yellow flowers tinged with red, and appear-
ing in the first days of April, render it a beautiful ornament
to the flower garden. It is figured in the Botanical Maga-
zine, tab. 2506, from a plant in the possession of the Society.

XLIX. Dracocephalum nutans. Linneus.

This, although an old Linnean plant, and introduced so
long since as the early part of the last century, is seldom
seen in gardens. It is a beautiful perennial, expanding its
blossoms in the last days of April, and continuing in beauty
till the end of August. The stem is square, from nine
inches to a foot in height; the angles rough with reflexed
hairs. Leaves oblong o robovate, obtuse, stalked, wavy, three-
nerved. Flowers bright dark blue in many-flowered whorls.
Seeds, collected among the Mountains of Altai, were sent to
the Society by Dr. Fisuer, in 1823. A figure of it is in the
Botanical Register, tab. 841. |

L. Nolana paradoxa. Lindley.

This is a very valuable introduction to our gardens, for
which we have again to thank Mr. Prace, to whom it was
sent from Chile, by Mr. Mrers. It may be either treated as
a tender annual, being raised in the spring in an hot-bed,
and planted in the open border in June, or as a frame peren-
nial, taking the plants out of the border in the autumn, potting
them, and keeping them in a cold frame over the winter;
they may be replanted in May, and the trouble of sowing
the seeds avoided. The leaves are small, fleshy, ovate and
stalked. The flowers of a bright and clear violet, with a

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 297

white centre, very handsome, and continuing to expand in the
utmost profusion during all the summer months. With much
of the habit of the common Nolana prostrata, this is a far
more beautiful plant. It is figured froma plant in the Garden
of the Society, in the Botanical Register, tab. 865. The
Nolana paradoxa of the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2604, is
another and very different species,

LI. Sambucus Chinensis.

Plants of a species of Elder were imported by the Society
in 1822, from China, among the earth in which other things
had been placed. From that time up to the present period,
they have remained exposed to the weather without protec-
tion, and without injury. In September last, they produced
their flowers for the first time. The species is a rank, weedy,
herbaceous plant, in a favourable situation forming a bush
five or six feet high, with the aspect of Sambucus Ebulus.
The branches are round, pale green, with rough, dark green
furrows. The leaves are pinnated of three or four pairs, and
an odd one; leaflets oblong, lanceolate, concave, serrated,
very dark green above. The flowers are in terminal cymes,
and of two sexes. The males are white and numerous, with
brownish purple anthers, the females fewer in number, and
mixed irregularly among the males; they are destitute of
either calyx or corolla, and consist of a large cyathiform,
fleshy discus; in the centre of which the style is immersed.
Fruit has not been produced in this country. Propagated
by pieces of the roots, which over-run the border, and require
to be annually reduced. The species may be thus cha-
racterized.

298 A Report on New and Rare Plants, Sc. <

S. Chinensis; herbacea, caule verrucoso striato, foliolis
lanceolatis crenato-serratis utrinque nudis, foribus foemineis
apetalis cyathiformibus carnosis.

LII. Leonurus lacerus.

This species of Leonurus was raised in the Garden of the
Society from seeds sent from Nepal, by Dr. Watuicu, and
flowered for the first time in August, 1824. It is a hardy
herbaceous plant, most nearly resembling L. crispus on the
one hand, and the plant called in gardens L. condensatus
on the other. Its leaves are always curled in such a way as
to have a considerable portion of their lower side exposed;
the lower are roundish, cordate, and five-lobed, with acutely-
cut, irregularly-lacerated segments ; the upper gradually lose
their cordate form, and become, towards the top of the stem,
ovate, with a few acuminate divisions on each side. The
flowers are pale purple, woolly, and in size and form like
those of Leonurus Tataricus. This species may be thus dis-
tinguished:

L. lacerus ; foliis complicatis inciso-serratis : laciniis acumi-
natis; inferioribus rotundato-cordatis superioribus ovato-lan-
ceolatis rhomboideis, corollis calyce pungente longioribus.

By Mr. Joun Linpiey.

Index to the Report.

Adina globiflora. Salisbury..-.-.......... VI.
Aeranthes grandiflora. Lindley.» . XXVIII.
Amaryllis Forbesii, Ð purpurea. . CXXXII.
Amaryllis longifolia, fl. albo....+.-. ra AGL
Ardisia punctata. Lindley....... speedo ies II.
Arthropodium minus. R. Brown...... XXII

Arum crinitum. Linnæus .-.....s.... XLVII.
Blackwellia fagifolia........ceeeeseees XIII.
Calceolaria corymbosa. Ruiz et Pavon....XVI.
Calceolaria Paralia. Hooker.......+++ XVI

Callicarpa rubella, Lindley..+....++++. pe
Callicarpa longifolia. Lamarck..........:

Camaridium ochroleucum. Lindley . EM
Castilleja septentrionalis Lindley... XXXVIII.

Cassinia leptophylla, R. Brown..+...+..VII.
Catasetum Claveringi. Lindley....... XXIII.
Cattleya Forbesii. Lindley -.++...... XXVII.
Chrysiphiala pauciflora, Lindley .. .. XXXIV.
Clerodendron lividum. Lindley i eeka L&
Conanthera campanulata.+-++..2.+++s0s XXS.
Conanthera bifolia, Sims..+....+++++: XXX.
Costus Pisonis.. s... “iea feveiti dsi VIE.
Costus spicatus ? Hortus Kewensis..... XVII.
Crinum revolutum. . XXXII.
Dendrobium album? Hooker. . EVE
Dendrobium utricularioides. Swartz... XXIX.
Diospyrus vaccinioides.. Lindley....+.+.«.+. Z
Diplolepis SE ee eee XI.
phalum nutans. Linneus....... XLIX

Eurya Chinensis. Abel. ..... Lee 4 4s

Gladiolus lineatus. Salisbury..++......XLII.
Gloriosa virescens. Tindley....++- nS ee XAXI,
niat eet ces G VIII.

lonopsis utricularioides, Lindley......X XIX.

Leonotis intermedia. Lindley...

CEAN AER

299
Lebnurus lacetti- ssas 44k 6 rara s LI.
Menziesia polifolia, Swartz.........XXXVII
Menziesia polifolia vera..--+++.++++. XXXVIL
Menziesia polifolia atropurpurea. - ---. XXXVII.
Menziesia polifolia stricta : s.. ssi... XXXVII.
Menziesia polifolia longifolia ........ XXXVII.
Menziesia polifolia latifolia......... XXXVII.
Menziesia polifolia nana. .......+++- XXXVII.
Mentha blanda. Wallich.. s>s... ses... AIX.
Mimosa polydactyla. Willdenow....+.. .. XV.
Mimulus parviflorus. Lindley .....+...XLVI
Murraya paniculata. De Candolle......XII.
Nauclea Adina. SMa iEn Edise VI.
Nolana paradoxa: Lindley.. wL.
(Enothera speciosa. Nuttall .. XLIII
Œnothera triloba. Nuttall.......... -XLIV
Pedicularis Canadensis. Linneus..... XLVIII.
Phalangium Nepalense..... a XX.
Pogonia pendula, Lindley eevee es ced eee ALV

Polystachya puberula: — teens XXIV.
Prockia Crucis: Linnewus....+.-+++......X.
Pythagorea p TIE E eee. “XII.

Quisqualis Indica. Linnæus:...ss........ V.

Rosa Indica var. ochroleuca..++++... KAKV.
Rosa gemella. Willdenow ....» «<... XXXVI
Poet ess oe atsy Li:

Sambucus Chinensis » » s»...

Talinum ciliatum. Flora Peruviana. XXXIX.

Tritonia lineata: Ker.«w stews bree eee . XLII.
Triphora pendula. Nuttall..++++.+++. XLV.
Vanda multiflorà. Lindley vet aemeeree AANV.

Vicia atropurpurea, Desfontaines..++++-. XL.

Zephyranthes rosea, Lindley..++++... XXXI,

[ 300 ]

XXV. Observations on a Disease to which Grapes are lable,
and on the Means of preventing it. By Mr. DANIEL
Jupp, F. HS.

Read November 16, 1824.

Turner is a disease to which Grapes grown under glass are
lable, which though so destructive, that when it does take
place it generally ruins the crop, yet I have never met with
any observations upon it, or directions how to prevent it.

It is well known that after the berries are formed upon the
bunch, they advance pretty rapidly in size until the period
when the seeds are forming, when for a time their in-
crease seems suspended. Immediately after this it some-
times happens that the foot-stalks suddenly turn brown and
shrink, and the berries ceasing to increase in size, shrivel,
acquire an unpleasant taste, and ultimately fall off. By
many gardeners this disease is attributed to. the badness of
the border on which the Vines are planted, but it will be

-. found. that it arises from a totally different cause.

At the formation of the seeds, the skins of the berries as
well as of the foot-stalks are remarkably tender, and conse-
quently easily affected by the surrounding atmosphere. If
fresh air is not given early in the morning, before the internal
air becomes heated, a vapour rises in the house which is per-
ceptible by its condensing on the glass and walls, and on any
iron-work that may be in the house. If under these circum-
stances the bunches of fruit are carefully examined, the

Observations on a Disease in Grapes, §c. 301

moisture will be found plentifully collected on the berries,
and more particularly on the foot-stalks. This is the de-
structive material, for as the temperature of the house is in-
creased, an effect equal to scalding is produced on the cuticle
of the berries, and hence the diseased appearance which they
assume, and should the sun break suddenly out the destruc-
tion becomes complete.

To prevent this, one or two of the top sashes aoa be
drawn down a little, early in the morning, and if the day
opens out bright and sunny, the rest of them may also be
drawn down. Unless the day be very warm the front lights
should not be opened, for a current of air is produced by this,
which in cold weather is very liable to produce a spotting upon
the berries, a disease scarcely less injurious than the scalding.
This however does not prevent the berries from colouring,
but if the spots become large, the berries take an irregular
shape, and cease to improve in size. The first appearance
of this disorder is a number of very minute brown spots,
which penetrate quite through the skin, sometimes affecting
some of the berries only, sometimes the whole bunch.

VOL. VI. Rr

[ 302 ]

XXVI. Description of the different Varieties of Parsneps, .
cultwated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society of
London. By Mr. Axnprew Martuews, A. L. S.

Read December 6, 1825.

Tue cultivated -Parsneps are varieties of the Pastinaca
sativa,* a native of England and other parts of Europe. The
wild plant differs from the cultivated ones in having a smaller
root, and in its leaves being downy underneath. The garden
Parsnep has been long used as a culinary vegetable, as well
as for the purposes of agriculture. As an esculent it is
sufficiently known and esteemed, but until lately, there has,
I believe, been but one kind in general cultivation in this
country. The following descriptions of the different varieties
at present grown in the Garden of the Horticultural Society
will therefore probably not be unacceptable.

Dr. Jous M‘Cuttocn is, I believe, the first writer who
has noticed more than one kind. In his Paper on the culti-
vation of Parsneps, addressed } to the Caledonian Horticul-
tural Society, he mentions three kinds, viz. the Coguine, the
Lisbonaise and the Fourquée, as being known in the Islands
of Guernsey and Jersey. Mr. Neixu, the Secretary of the
Caledonian Horticultural Society, in his Treatise on Garden-
ing, published in the Edinburgh Encyclopedia, mentions

* English Botany, folio 556; and Smrru’s English Flora, Vol. ii. page 101.
t Transactions of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, Vol. i. page 405,

Description of the different Varieties of Parsneps. 303

the Siam Parsnep, as described by French writers; but he
does not quote any authority for the statement, and I have
in vain endeavoured to find a description of it in the Bon
Jardinier, or any other modern French book on Gardening.
Mr. Neruu states that it is yellow, and more tender, with a
richer taste, than the Common Parsnep, from whence I am in-
clined to think it may be the same as I have described below,
as the Turnep-rooted Parsnep. Dr. M‘Cuttocu considers the
Fourquée to be merely a modification of the Lisbonaise, and
though it is in cultivation in Guernsey, it is less esteemed there.
Having made these preliminary observations, I now pro-
ceed to describe the varieties with which I am acquainted.

1. Common Parsnep.
Synonyms.
Swelling Parsnep.
Large Swelling Parsnep.

The leaves of this kind are strong and numerous, generally
about two feet high; the roots are from twenty to thirty
inches in length, and from three to four inches in diameter
at the shoulder, regularly tapering to the end, occasionally
producing a few strong fangs; the crown is short and narrow,
elevated and contracting gradually from the shoulder, which
is generally below the surface of the earth. Seeds with the
above names were received from different Seedsmen in this
country, from Holland, from Germany, and from America,
and all proved alike, though some were much superior to
others in the size of their roots, owing, I consider, to the
judgment with which the plants, from which the seeds saved

304 Description of the different Varieties of Parsneps.

were selected, as. well as the age of the seeds. It was found
that new seeds uniformly produced the largest roots. —

2. Guernsey Parsnep.
Panais long, of the French.

Panais Coquine, of Guernsey.

- The leaves of this kind grow much stronger, and somewhat
taller, than those of the Common Parsnep, the leaflets are also
broader ; the only difference I have been able to distinguish in
the roots is, that those of the Guernsey Parsnep are the largest
and most perfect, being sometimes three feet long. Those
produced from seeds obtained from Guernsey were evidently
much superior to what were raised from seeds saved in
this country in the preceding year; from which circum-
stance I am inclined to think the Guernsey Parsnep is only
a superior variety of the Common, arising from soil and
cultivation in that Island. Dr. M‘Currocm states that
in Guernsey, its roots grow to the length of four feet. The
Society was indebted to Major-General Le Couteur, of.
Jersey, for the first seeds received of this kind; last year
they were also sent by Mr. WiLLIAm Rocers, of Southampton.
Jn its flavour it does not differ from the Common Parsnep. —

3. Hollow-crowned Parsnep.
Hollow-headed Parsnep.
Panais Lisbonaise, of Guernsey.
In this variety the leaves are shorter and not so numerous
as those of the Common Parsnep, the roots are oblong;
about eighteen inches long, more swollen at the top, and not

By Mr. Anprew Matuews. 305

tapering gradually, but ending somewhat abruptly with a
small tap-root, which is about four inches in diameter at the
_ shoulder; the crown is short and quite sunk into the
shoulder, so as to form a hollow ring round the insertion of
the foot-stalks, and grows mostly below the surface of the
soil. Dr. M‘CuLLocH appears to have first described this
Parsnep ; seeds of it, with the English names above given,
were received from English seedsmen; but the description
of the Lisbonaise accords so exactly with the Hollow-
crowned Parsnep grown in the Garden of the Society, as
leaves no doubt, in my opinion, as to their identity. This
variety possesses sufficient merit to recommend it for general
cultivation, especially as it does not require so deep a soil as
either of the preceding; in flavour it does not differ from
them. :
4. Turnep-rooted Parsnep.

Panais rond.

Siam Parsnep? Neill.

The leaves of this sort are few, and do not exceed twelve
to sixteen inches in length; the roots are from four to six
inches in diameter, funnel-shaped, tapering very abruptly with
a strong tap-root, the whole being from twelve to fifteen inches
in length; the rind is rougher than either of the preceding ;
the shoulder very broad, growing above the surface of the soil,
convex, with a small short crown. It is much the earliest
of the kinds, and if left in the ground too long is apt to rot
in the crown; the leaves also decay much earlier than in

either of the preceding, This variety has been recently
introduced by the Horticultural Society from France, the

306 Description of the different Varieties of Parsneps.

seeds having been received from M. Vitmorrn, in 1822. Iam
not aware that it was known in this country before that period. —
It is stated, in the Bon Jardinier* for that year, to be a new
variety, but there is not any account of its origin in that
work. It is particularly well adapted for shallow soils, and
from its coming into use much earlier than either of the other
varieties. In flavour it is much superior, and when dressed
is of a yellower colour than any of the others.

* See Bon Jardinier, for 1822, page 228 and 277.

[ 307 ]

XXVII. On the Cultwation of Ginger in a Glazed Pit. By
Mr.Curisti&t Durr, Gardener to the Earl of GROSVENOR,
at Eaton Hall, Cheshire.

Read January 17, 1826.

Fresu roots of Ginger are much in request in many families
for preserving, but the usual method of growing them in pots or
boxes in a stove, affords but a scanty supply. It occurred to
me, that by giving the roots greater space, and growing the
plants in a moister heat, the produce would be greater, and
the roots more tender. I first put the following plan in prac-
tice in 1819, at Bretton Hall, in Yorkshire, where I then
lived as Gardener to Colonel Braumont, and I continued to
use it until I left that place last year.

In March I took some old roots and divided them, leaving
one eye to each piece. These pieces I potted separately in
small pots (sixty size), and placed them under a frame in a
hot-bed. When they had shot from a foot to cighteen inches,
which was about the middle of May, I turned out the plants,
under glass, into a sunk brick pit, which had been built to
protect hardy green-house plants in winter, about one foot
from each other in a light rich soil, the surface of which was
three feet from the glass, in order to leave room for the plants
to grow. The bed under the mould was made up of a mix-
ture of stable-dung and oak leaves, the heat produced from
which supplied warmth sufficient for the plants, exclusive of
what was afforded, by the sun. The soil in the bed did not

308 On the Cultwation of Ginger in a Glazed Pit.

exceed six inches in depth. The plants were kept without
air, that is, the lights were not left open at all. In hot weather,
water was given to the plants daily. |
Under the above treatment, the Ginger grew rapidly, and
in September was taken up for use ; and I have frequently
obtained separate roots which weighed five ounces each. After
September the plants, if left in the ground, begin to decline,
and the roots at that time, and under these circumstances,

become stringy.

[ 309 ]

XXVIII. Observations upon the natural Laws which govern
the Production of Double Flowers, arising out of a re-
markable Case of Preternatural Formation in the Flowers
of an Amaryllis. By Mr. Joun Linvtey, F.L. 5S., §c. $e.
Assistant Secretary for the Garden.

Read December 6, 1825.

Ix September last, some dried roots of a plant called the
Double Barbadoes Lily were, with several other things, sent
to the Horticultural Society by Mr. Joun HERBERT, Super-
intendent of the Botanic Garden St. Vincent's, by the desire
of His Excellency Sir Charles BRISBANE, the Governor of that
Island. Upon blossoming last month in the stove, the Lily
proved to be a variety of Amaryllis crocata, in which so con-
siderable an alteration of the parts of fructification had taken
place, as to produce a very handsome double flower. It is not
however for the purpose of bringing into notice this particular
variety, which has not now been introduced for the first time, |
that I submit the following observations, but for the sake of
recording one of the most singular instances of preeternatural
formation with which I am acquainted in the vegetable king-
dom, and which appears to me to confirm an opinion J have
for some time entertained, respecting the laws which regulate
the production of double flowers.

_ It is well known that the cause of that kind of monstrosity
which is commonly called a double flower, is either the mul-

VOL. VI. Ss

310 Observations on the Formation of Double Flowers.

tiplication or the transformation of the various organs which
envelope the ovarium, or even of the ovarium itself; but I am
not aware that it has been shewn that actual changes of
structure are subject to the influence of certain fixed laws,
from which it rarely happens that any considerable deviation
takes place. It has indeed been stated by Sir James Epwarp
Smrru,* that the change of form in the various parts of a flower
takes place backwards, but the question has been so cursorily
treated in the work referred to, that Iam induced to make
some additional remarks upon the subject.
It is well understood that the universal principle upon
which perfect vegetables are formed, is by the continual addi-
tion of parts one above the other, round a common axis
which is produced by their accretion. This law is not con-
fined to the production of foliage or branches only, but must
be considered to extend to the ultimate point of vegetable
developement in the ovarium ; and seems to indicate that the
progress of nature is continually onwards. Unless, therefore,
it could be shewn that the order of alteration in the struc-
ture of organs so produced is in monstrous formations re-
versed, it would be a reasonable inference that nature follows
her usual course in transformation, as well as in original pro-
duction, and that the changes which particular portions of a
flower may undergo, always have the character of that series
which is placed next them in the inside, and not of that on
the outside. The consequence of the prevalence of such a
law would therefore be this with respect to the formation of
double flowers, that bractez, if present, would change into

* Introduction to Botany, Edit. 5, page 220.

By Mr. Joun Linpirey. 311

calyx, calyx into petals, petals into stamens, and stamens into
ovaries; and that the reverse of that order could not take
place. Alterations indeed of another kind may happen, such
as changes in the appearance of stamens, occasioned by abor-
tion ; but such metamorphoses are to be considered imperfect
attempts on the part of particular organs to revert to their
primitive forms, and are analogous to the alterations of the
ovarium, which I shall have presently occasion to notice, but
they do not affect the present question, which concerns only
the law of transformation of one organ into another organ.

I am not ignorant that the common belief upon this subject
may be against the opinion I venture to entertain ; I am aware
that the usual explanation of the cause of the monstrous
multiplication of the parts of a flower is the conversion of
stamens into petals, and that, as I have already stated, a `
Botanist of high consideration has recently expressed his
opinion, that such changes take-place backwards, or in an in-
verse order to that of first developement. But, if the com-
mon explanation were admitted with respect to these altera-
tions, it would not be easy to shew the cause of the greater
beauty of double than of single flowers, because the inevitable
consequence of a reversed order of transformation would be,
that the rich or delicate colour of the petals, upon which all
flowers depend for their beauty, would be converted into the
uniform green of the calyx. Such a change, therefore, instead
of producing a flower more beautiful than its original, would
tend to destroy its beauty.

But if the true order of ditetation be such as I have de-
scribed, if it takes place upwards, or, speaking more plainly,

312 Observations on the Formation of Double Flowers.

from the circumference to the centre, and if the different
organs of fructification are only susceptible. of being con-
verted into those which are next between them and the axis
of inflorescence, and if no retrograde action takes place, the
reason of the superior beauty of double flowers will be
obvious. In the latter case, the calyx may indeed throw off
its dull green colour, and assume the vivid hues of the petals,
as in the Pzony and Primrose, and the petals may dilate
themselves, and in attempting to perform the functions of
stamens may multiply and transform themselves in the transi-
tion into an hundred curious and grotesque appearances ; but
no diminution of beauty, or loss of brilliant colours will take
place. It would also, I think, be reasonable to conclude, in
the absence of more satisfactory evidence, that a given organ
_ would in its transformation bear a more perceptible resem-
blance to that from which it was changed, than to that
towards which its form was altering. Now it is obvious to
every observer, that in double flowers the metamorphosis
which takes place between the petals and stamens bears 3
far greater resemblance to the former than to the latter.
Independently however of these considerations, an atten-
tion to the nature of the alterations which take place in the
centre of double flowers appears to me to prove that it is
impossible that any retrograde action can influence the præ-
ternatural alteration of the parts of fructification. If we
examine the various double flowers with which our gardens
are enlivened, we shall find that the ovarium either continues
to maintain its original form, notwithstanding any changes
which may take place around it, or, that it is altogether

By Mr. Joun Linpwey. 313

abortive, or, that it at once reverts to the state of a leaf, thus
assuming the original simple form of which it would in its per-
fect state be a modification: as happens in what are termed
proliferous flowers; but I am not aware that any example
exists of the ovarium ever indicating the smallest disposition
to become a stamen, or to retrograde; if altered, it either
becomes abortive, or reverts to its primitive type; as in the
double Cherry mentioned* by Sir James EDWARD SMITH,
in which the ovary had changed to a leaf of the iiti
appearance.

The contrary of this, namely the change of stamens into
ovarium, in which the progressive action takes place, must
be familiar to the recollection of many. The curious case of
the Common Wall-flower (Cheiranthus Cheiri) in certain indi-
viduals of which the stamens constantly undergo this altera-
tion, is one instance; that of the House-leek (Sempervivum
tectorum) the anthers of which are frequently filled with
ovula instead of pollen, affords another, and the double Bar-
badoes Lily, the subject of this communication, is a new
instance.

Of this plant the petals were in the usual position and
state, except that at their points of union at the base, was a
slight tendency to distortion. Inside of them were nine
other petals, quite similar to the exterior, and like them
united at the base in an irregularly imbricated way. These I
consider to be merely supernumerary petals, no tendency to an
alteration of form being perceptible in them. Next these in
the inside were nine other petal-like leaves, which were

* Introduction to Botany, Edit. 5, page 220.

314 Observations on the Formation of Double Flowers.

much distorted and frequently halved down the middle,
having a more or less perfect indication of an anther on either
side. Here then the multiplication was bringing on trans-
formation, and exhibiting in an obvious manner an attempt
on the part of the multiplied petals to assume the functions
of stamens by the formation of a polliniferous receptacle.
Upon one of the most interior of the transformed petals above
‘the unguis, I observed the presence of that glandular fringed
process, which in the perfect flower is placed at the orifice of
the tube of the corolla; where it forms a sort of annular ex-
crescence. This fact alone might, even if unattended by any
other evidence, be considered conclusive that the conversion,
which was operating, was of the petals into stamens. Among
the petaloid bodies were intermixed four unhealthy stamens,
bearing anthers of the natural form, their filaments being
neither petaloid, nor altered in any material degree from
their usual appearance, except being shorter than common.
The place of the ovarium was occupied by a deformed subu-
late process, much shorter than the petals, and cucullate at
the lower end, where it enwrapped two other smaller ap-
pendages. In the usual situation no trace whatever could
be perceived of ovula, but upon a more careful examination,
I discovered three different places at the base of the inner-
most staminoid petals, where ovula were produced in suf
ficient abundance. In two cases the ovula proceeded from
the edge of the body to which they were attached, and m
the other case, two only appeared from a point which I did
not discover to be marginal with respect to any organ. In
the latter instance the ovula were collateral, in the others

By Mr. Joun LiNDLEY. 315

they were imbricated vertically in a single row, as is repre-
sented in the accompanying magnified figure of a portion of
the lower part of the flower. `

From this description it appears that the male organs
were converted partially into female, by the addition of
ovula to their base, and that the ovaria themselves indicated
no disposition to assume the functions of males, but were
nearly obliterated.

This and other circumstances have therefore led me to
conclude, as has been already stated, that the same laws
which govern the production of the various organs of vege-
tation, exercise an undeviating influence upon their trans-
formation also ; that the latter consequently proceeds upwards
in the order of developement, or from circumference to centre,
and that the popular opinion held upon this subject is not

316 Observations on the Formation of Double Flowers.

founded upon a just consideration of all the facts connected
with metamorphosis.

That exceptions to this law may exist, although unknown
to me, I am prepared to anticipate, for no attentive observer
of nature can be ignorant of the singular caprice which it is
her privilege to exercise, or of those frequent anomalies
which shew how incomprehensible are her operations, and
how little the human mind is capable of understanding her
mysterious workings; but I think it may be affirmed that
the principle above laid down is that by which she is guided
in the great mass of her creations of this kind. i

Before I conclude, I wish, in order to prevent misconcep-
tion of my meaning, to observe, that the changes in the parts
of a flower which take place either by mulplication, or trans-
formation, or abortion of particular organs, are altogether of
another nature from those which happen in Composite,
where impletion is only apparent, and in which the metamor-
phoses depend upon laws of a different kind.

[ 317 ]

XXIX. Notes on Grafting, Budding, and Cultivating Gar-
den Roses. By Jean BarristE Van Mons, M.D.
Foreign Member of the Horticultural Society of London.

Read May 4, 1824.

Ir is generally believed that the Rose cannot be propagated
by grafting, and that budding must be employed for the pur-
pose ; this however is a mistake, the former method succeed-
ing as well as the latter.

For grafting,* scions are used of such a thickness that when
fitted they may equal the stock in diameter ; by making the
slit short of the axis of the stock, the slenderest scions may
be used. The scion is to be cut on both sides, so as to form
an elongated wedge, and the bark of the stock must be made
to fit the graft on both sides ; a ligature is afterwards applied,
of fine bass, made water-proof by pressing it first through a
solution of white soap, and next through one of alum. The
ligature is finally covered with a coat of marly clay mixed
with old slaked lime, and moistened with white of egg beat
up with four or five parts of water. This material is applied
with a hair pencil. The best stocks for this mode of graft-
ing, are the shoots of any kind of Garden Rose.

We employ in Flanders the same mode of grafting with
the Dog-Rose, only taking the precaution that _ cleft be

* The mode of grafting here described, is what in English Gardening is
called Crown Grafting. See.
VOL. VI. F

318 On Grafting, Budding, §c. Garden Roses.

of sufficient depth to allow the cut edge of the scion which
is immediately above its cut part, to rest firmly upon the
wood ofthe stock. The ligature in this case is of bass, and
we cover it with white mastic made of Burgundy pitch,
white wax, and boiled turpentine, with or without a little
white size. Black masti cimbibes heat too much when ex-
posed to the sun.

The Rose may be budded very well in the spring, if the
buds are extracted with a small portion of wood adhering to
them. For this purpose scions are cut before winter and
stuck into the ground, till the moment when in spring the
bark of the stock will run. To prepare the bud we make,
firstly, a transverse cut into the wood a little below an eye,
which incision is met by a longer cut downwards, commencing
at a short distance above the eye, care being taken that a
portion of wood is removed with the bark; this bud is in-
serted into the bark of the stock, which is cut like an inverted
T thus, 1 the horizontal edges of this cut in the stock and
of the bud must be brought into the most perfect contact
with each other, and then bound with water-proof bass,
without however applying grafting clay. Eight days after
the insertion of the bud, the stock is pruned down to the
branch, which is immediately above the bud on the opposite
side, and this branch is stopped by being cut down to two
or three eyes; all the side wood is destroyed, and when the
bud has pushed its fifth leaf we compel it to branch by
pinching its extremity, it will then flower in September of
the same year. :

You may also bud the Rose in the spring, without waiting
till the bark separates, by placing the bud with some wood

By Jean Baptiste Van Mons. 319

on it in a niche made in the stock, similar to what would be
formed by taking an eye for budding from it in the manner
above described, and into which it is fitted exactly with a
slight pressure. It is recommended to make the cut for the
niche where there is already a bud on the stock ; when placed,
the bud is then bound with bass and covered with mastic.

For budding in June, I deprive the young shoots, of the
plants I desire to cultivate, of their leaves, and fifteen days
afterwards the eyes at the axils of the leaves are sufficiently
swelled to allow of their being taken off, and inserted as buds.
The shoots from these buds often bear even in the same year
‘many flowers.

In August and September, we insert our buds upon stocks —
that have not been pruned; they are placed upon the old
wood, not only because we bud low, but because this suc-
ceeds best. :

Whatever be the period at which budding is done, if the
plant be well pruned on all its branches the bud does not
-fail to push.

The scion of a Rose tree is seldom too dry to take, when
the bud is inserted with a thin bit of wood behind its eye.
I have thus budded successfully from scions that had remained
in a drawer for ten days. When cuttings for buds are to travel,
I pack them in long grass, and surround them with straw
disposed longitudinally.

We prefer to graft and bud our: Roses not more , than six
inches above ground, firstly, in order that the whole head of
the bush may be exposed to the eye of the observer, and,
secondly, because the union is more certain, and the plant
keeps the earth about it moist by its own shadow. Besides,

320 On Grafting, Budding, §c. Garden Roses:

it often happens, in bending down the stem of high plants, to
see their flowers, that their stem is injured and the buds dis-
placed by the curiosity of persons desirous of minutely ex-
amining them.

At the pruning season, the branches of the budded plants
which are formed into a head, are annually cut down to nine
inches in length, and we do the same thing with our Roses
which are not budded; we thus obtain a great deal of young
wood, and a bushy plant, as well as a very large number of
flowers. The pruning is performed at the end of January;
all the four-year old wood is cut entirely back, and the plants
themselves are taken up and renewed at the end of eight
years.

Whenever we wish to make our Roses flower in the
autumn, we prune them back in the spring, as soon as we can
discover their flower-buds.

In order to obtain stocks, we take from the woods and
hedges suckers of the Dog-Rose, which is very abundant in
Flanders, and which like every other tree or shrub increasing —
itself spontaneously, has its roots bent like that of a layer.
We select plants without lateral branches, and take them
up before winter, to be planted into their places after the
winter, and we cut down the stem to a foot and a half in
length. The stocks make suckers most usually the yea
after budding, but afterwards in greater quantity; we do not
destroy these suckers, but in the following spring we lay
them down to the depth of an inch or more, and leave only
the end of the sucker above-ground. Each eye forms @
cluster of roots, and furnishes a very fine stock which is taken
up after winter. When a bud has missed, which rarely

By Jean Baptiste Van Mons. 321

happens, we cut the stock down to half an inch under
ground; we then obtain many suckers which we lay in like
“manner; these shoots will naturally take a vertical direc-
tion, in which they should be preserved by a slight stake,
which strengthens them singularly, and would make them well
fitted for being budded when young, if it were not preferable
to select for that purpose wood of two or three years old.
In the year that a plant is intended to be budded, care must
be taken to prune back all its branches, including the top,

[ 322 J

XXX. Account of several New Chinese and Indian Chrys-
anthemums, with additional Observations on the Species
and Varieties, and on the Management of the Plants in
Gardens. By Josern Sainz, Esq. F.R.S., Sc. Se-
eretary.

Read, January 17, 1826.

A rrer an interval of two seasons, I again* present myself
before the Horticultural Society, with descriptions of New
Chrysanthemums. In that interval very extensive and beau-
tiful additions have been made to the number of the varieties
cultivated in this country, which it is necessary should be-
come known to the collectors of ornamental plants, through
the same medium of communication, which has hitherto been
used. The success which has of late years attended the
endeavours to increase the number of the varieties, and the
general improvement in the knowledge of their treatment
and cultivation, have raised this class of plants into the first
importance with the admirers of beauty and variety in
flowers. In the two last seasons, the exhibition of Chrys-
anthemums in the Garden of the Society has been generally
allowed to be the most splendid one of flowering plants in
one mass, that has ever been seen, and superior to any other
garden exhibition at even the gayest period of the year.
Chrysanthemums in pots, in full flower, to the amount
of about seven hundred, were placed together in one of

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol, v. page 412.

- By Joseru SABINE, Esq. ‘ 828

the curvilinear iron houses, without the admixture of any
other plants, and were continued, by changing the pots
and the introduction of the later varieties in succession, in a
state of perfection and splendour from the end of October
to the middle of December; thus enlivening the garden at a
period when nothing else existed to attract attention. In
the season just ended, the great extent of novelties has given
additional interest to the exhibition. A description and
account of these are the principal objects of the present
communication.

I have before noticed* the expectations that were formed,
of considerable accessions to our stock of Chrysanthemums,
from the mission of Mr. Joun DAmrrr Parks, who was sent
to China on account of the Society, on board the Lowther
Castle, Captain Tuomas Baxer, in the year 1823. He was
instructed to collect, amongst other rarities, as many good
varieties of Chrysanthemums as possible.

Part of his collection was sent home by him, and arrived
in the spring of 1824, on board the General Kyd, com-
manded by Captain Narrnr.+ The remainder were brought
by himself in the Lowther Castle, which arrived in England in
the month of May subsequently. The number of distinct
living Chrysanthemums received by these two conveyances
was twenty; four of them proved to be sorts previously in
this country, the rest are new, and are now to be described.

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v, page 427.

+ The Society is also under obligations to Captain NAIRNE for the care of and
attention shewn to Mr. Joun Ports, the Gardener of the Society, who went
with him to Bengal and China, on board the General Kyd, in 1821, and re-
turned with him in 1822; bringing home a valuable collection of plants.

324 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

‘Besides these, a few more novelties have been added to the
collection from other quarters ; Mr. Reeves, who returned to |
England on board the Warren Hastings in 1824, brought
with him a few Chrysanthemums, which he gave to Mr.
SamuEL Brookes, of Ball’s Pond, who presented plants of
them to the Society. Two of these are new; the first of
them is similar to one of Mr. Parxs’s, the other is a distinct
kind. Captain Mayne, whose services in the introduction of
Chrysanthemums for the Society in the year 1820 has been
recorded in its Transactions,* also brought a collection of
Chrysanthemums from China in 1824; these he presented
to the late Duchess of Dorset, for the Garden at Knowle,
having previously given cuttings of them to WILLIAM WELLS,
Esq. of Redleaf. The Society received from Mr. WELLS,
as well as from Mr. Asuworrtu, the Gardener at Knowle,
plants of these. Several of them turned out to be old kinds,
but one has proved entirely new, and another of them cor-
responds with the new kind above noticed, brought by Mr.
Reeves, as well as by Mr. Parxs. These, with the addi-
tion of one, the origin of which is not known, and of two dis-
tinct varieties recently raised from sports, in this country,
and hitherto undescribed, constitute the twenty-one new
Chrysanthemums now to be noticed. This addition, to the
twenty-seven sorts previously described,} makes our collec-
tion of varieties amount to forty-eight.

These have been introduced into the gardens of England
at the following times, and in the ways stated. One was sent
from Paris to the Royal Garden at Kew in 1790, having been

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 334, and Vol. v. page 151.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. y. page 419-422.

By Josrru SABINE, Esq. 325

imported from China into France in 1789; seven were in-
troduced for Sir Asrauam Hume, between 1798 and 1808
inclusive; one for Mr. Evans in 1802; one by Captain
Rawes in 1816; one by Captain Larxrns in 1817; one by
Messrs. Barr and Brooxes in 1819; one by Mr. REEVES
in 1824; one by Captain Mayne in 1824 ; two have appeared
without its being known who imported them; four are sports
originating in England; and twenty-eight have been brought
from China on account of the Horticultural Society, between
1819 and 1824 inclusive.

I now proceed with the descriptions of the new kinds.

1. Pale Pink Chrysanthemum. In my last communica-
tion,* describing new Chrysanthemums, I mentioned this kind
as a novelty not yet sufficiently established to be introduced
into the permanent list. It has however since proved itself
as constant to its variation as any of the other sports which
have been produced in this country. It was obtained in the
autumn of 1822 from the Rose or Pink variety, in the Nursery
of Mr. James CorvILL of Chelsea, and a plant of it was soon
after presented by him to the Garden of the Society. It
differs in no respect from the Rose or Pink, except in the
general colour of the florets, which are all very pale, those
in the centre being paler than the others, sometimes almost
white, and occasionally having a slight tinge of yellow. The
period of blossoming is early, being of course contemporary
with the Rose or Pink. Its colours not being brilliant, it
will not probably be in great estimation. Though this kind
is immediately derived from the Rose or Pink, it will be
proper to consider the Buff or Orange strictly as its parent,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 418,
VOL. VI. Uu

326 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

the Rose or Pink being derived from that originally by sport-
ing; and this is therefore its offspring, through the inter-
mediation of its sport. In the open border and against a
wall this kind grows well, and its flowers so circumstanced
are very similar to those produced under glass.

2. Early Blush Chrysanthemum. Two plants of this
variety were brought home by Mr. Parks, in the Lowther
Castle, in 1824, and were noted by him under the different
names of Double Blush and Double White, they were pro-
bably obtained at different periods of their blossoming, for
after the flowers have been for some time opened they lose
much of their coloured tinge, and thus the two names may
be accounted for. Captain Mayne brought this plant with
him from China in the same season, on board his ship the
Atlas, and by him it was presented to the late Duchess of
Dorset, in whose Garden at Knowle, as well as in that of
Mr. Wers’ at Redleaf, the kind had obtained the name
of the New Blush Chrysanthemum. The imported plants
blossomed at the above places, as well as in the Garden of
the Horticultural Society, in 1824, but more perfectly m
the present year. It is now called the Early Blush, from
the period at which the flowers expand; they are open nearly
as soon as those of the Quilled White, but far surpass that
kind in beauty. The flowers are produced very freely, grow-
ing in loose clusters ; they may be called nearly double, though
they exhibit a moderately sized disk ; they have an expansion
of about three inches, but their circumference is not regular.
The florets at first project forwards, and then turn outwards
with a slight curvature backwards; they diminish in length
pretty regularly from the outside, but do not become very

By Josepu SABINE, Esq. 327

short even at the centre of the flower, which is hollow,
showing the disc at the bottom. The florets are all ex-
panded, not quilled, their surfaces furrowed, the outer ones
are broader than those near the centre, their terminations are-
nearly all entire; the backs of the florets are neatly tinged
with pale purple, the fronts are white, but exhibit the purple
tinge through the substance of the florets, so as to give the
whole blossom, when in its most perfect state, a delicate blush
tinge. The leaves are an opaque green, rather elongated,
with short footstalks, their lobes scarcely imbricated, divided
by shallow indentures, and having their serratures bluntly
pointed. The blossoms under glass are superior to those
produced against a wall, but still the kind may be considered
as a good out-door variety.

3. Parks’s Small Yellow Chrysanthemum. Plants of this
kind were collected in China for the Society, by Mr. Parks
in 1823, one of them was brought to England for the Society
by Captain Narrne in the General Kyd, and another by
Mr. Parxs himself, in the Lowther Castle, in 1824, in
which year the imported plants blossomed nearly as well
as they have done subsequently. From the general ap-
pearance and size of the flower, it may readily be mistaken
for the Small Yellow Chrysanthemum described* in a pre-
ceding paper, but the leaves are remarkably different ; besides,
the blossoms of this sort open earlier, they are not so fully
double, they are smaller, and the florets are without the
dark colour at their backs, noticed in the other sort. The
flowers are produced freely, and have a very neat appearance,
with a regular and even circumference. The florets are

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 415.

328 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

bright yellow, and well expanded; the outer ones take a
horizontal direction, whilst the inner gradually project so as
to form a neat semiglobose head ; they diminish in their length
‘very regularly, but slightly, towards the centre, which rarely
shows any disc; they are distinctly notched at their ends,
and have their edges reflexed with their surface furrowed.
The branches are rigid, with short joints, and produce flowers
along their whole extent more than any other kind. The leaves
are singular; they are dull green, broad and flat, having four
nearly equal imbricating lobes with shallow indentures, the
margins of the lobes are very slightly indented, and their
serratures bluntly pointed; the small leaves at the end of
the branches near the flowers are more simple than usual.
The plants thrive and flower well against a wall, and there
show their property of producing blossoms along the stems,
better than when they are grown in pots.

4. Blush Ranunculus-flowered Chrysanthemum. Two
plants of this were receivéd in 1824 from China, one was
sent by Mr. Parxs in the General Kyd, and the other
was brought by him in the Lowther Castle. The blossoms
produced in this country, agree so well with the Chinese
drawing of this variety, in the possession of the Horticultural
Society, that I have been enabled thereby to affix to it the
original name of the Blush Ranunculus-flowered ; it is also
called in China the Drunken Lady, on account of the rosy
hue of its flowers. It is an early flowering kind. The
branches are stiff and angular with short joints. A flower
with an expansion of about three inches terminates each
shoot ; other smaller flowers, in number from four to six, grow
below it on short footstalks, at little distances from each

By Joseru Sazine, Esq. 329

other, and near to the first flower, forming with it a thick
cluster or corymb. The florets are very numerous; they are
short and project, composing a very regular and compact
double flower, having very much the appearance of shell-work ;
the external florets are broad, and flatly expanded, having two
longitudinal furrows on their under surface, they are notched
at their ends; the florets in the centre are irregularly dis-
posed, and are very convex ; these at first, when unexpanded,
appear smaller, and grow so thick together, that they give
the centre of the flower a peculiar appearance at its first
opening. The backs of all the florets are tinged with a
purplish pink, less intense in the middle, than in the outer
ones; the front of all is white, but has a gentle blush caused
by the transparency of the substance of the floret, showing
the purple colour from behind. After the flowers have been
open for some time, the outer florets become tinged with
purple. The leaves are somewhat recurved and have a crisp
appearance, they are much indented, their lobes are im-
bricated, and the serratures of the lobes are deep and sharp
pointed. The blossoms are produced freely in the open
air against a wall, but the plants appear to suffer by the
exposure.

5. Tasselled Yellow Chrysanthemum. The original plant
was brought from China by Mr. Parxs in 1824, on board
the Lowther Castle, and was noted in his list as the New
Sulphur Yellow; it was subsequently called Parks’s Large
Yellow; its present name seems more appropriate. It
is a fine variety, growing tall and blossoming early, much at
the same time with the Old Sulphur Yellow, from which it
differs in haying its flowers more clustered, rather darker

330 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

in colour, and especially in having a conspicuous dise. The
florets of the ray are numerous, though they do not form a
full flower ; the expansion of the whole flower is about five
inches ; the circumference, from the unequal length of the
florets, is irregular ; the florets all project, and though not
equal, do not vary much in length in the outer part of the
flower, but towards the inner part they become shorter, leaving
the centre hollow, and showing the disc, which is however
sometimes covered by short linear florets, differing from the
others not only in their length but in their breadth. Each of
the florets of the ray is quilled a considerable part of its
length, being very slender at the base, gradually enlarging
upwards, and ending in a spoon-shaped opening, incurved at
first but recurved afterwards, and notched at the end; the
colour of the whole is pale yellow, without a tinge of any
other hue. As the blossoms get older, the florets become
mixed together, conceal the disc, and have a tasselled appear-
ance. When the flowers begin to decay, the external parts
are tinged with a dingy red. The leaves are long and narrow,
reclined and convex, with long footstalks of an opaque green;
they are deeply indented, with their lobes distinct, and the
serratures sharp-pointed. This is a very splendid kind, it
has not yet grown against a wall in the open air, but will
probably succeed in such a situation equally as well as the
Sulphur Yellow.

6. Changeable Pale Buff. This kind was brought home
by Mr. Parks, in the Lowther Castle. The original plant
flowered in 1824, but less perfectly than in the present
season, it was then called the Pale Cluster; the name
now given to it is more characteristic. The plant grows

HORT, TRANS. Vol. VI. PLIT.

f j AY Sth ;
l hangal oy Lal Be bp (hai gsanlh enum: 7

Draws by W Clarke.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 331

strong, though not tall, and shews its blossoms early in
what may be called the second season, that is soon after
the most early ones. The blossoms are produced abundantly
in thick clusters or corymbs at the ends of the branches,
and from the peculiarity of their appearance are attrac-
tive ; they seem full, though not thick of florets, with an
irregular circumference, the larger ones having an expan-
sion of more than three inches. The florets project a little
and spread themselves out so as to form a well shaped flower.
The colours are pale. The fiorets are all expanded, the ex-
ternal ones being reflexed at their edges their whole length ;
these are of a gentle pink hue, but more tinged with that
colour on their backs; there is a gradual transition of the
pink in the entire flower, at about half way from the circum-
ference, into buff or pale yellow ; this is the colour of the in-
ternal florets, which are however sometimes marked a little
with dull pink on their backs; their edges, when the flower
is at its best, are incurved, and towards the centre they be-
come less and linear, and turning inwards conceal a small
disc. The leaves are dull pale green, large and broad, re-
flexed or curled back at their edges, lobed, but not deeply ;
the lobes are obtuse, the serratures of the lobes are very ob-
tuse and shallow, but with sharp pointed terminations.

The blossoms of this variety are produced freely against a
wall, but have not the delicate beauty of those under glass, —
the weather increasing the dark colour at the backs of the
florets, especially of those in the centre of the flower. A
figure of this variety, (Plate III.,) from a drawing made in the
Garden of the Society by Mr. Wint14m CLARK, has been
engraved to accompany this Paper.

“yn
THA

332 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

7. Curled Blush Chrysanthemum. This is a sport pro-
duced by the Curled Lilac Chrysanthemum. The original
was imported* by the Horticultural Society in 1820, and was
described} with other varieties in 1822. Plants ofit were
presented to various persons by the Society, and one of
these produced a sporting branch in the garden of RoBERT
Barciay, Esq., at Bury Hill, in 1823. The cuttings of
the sport have preserved their character, and have made
a very pretty addition to the collection ; the parent variety
has always been esteemed one of the most beautiful of the
whole tribe. Other cases have occurred, in which this same
sport has been produced, besides that in Mr. Barciay’s
garden, though that was probably the first instance. Cuttings
taken from the Curled Lilac plant have also sometimes proved,
whén they blossom, the Curled Blush ; these would of. course
have formed a sporting branch if they had remained on the
plant. There is no difference between the sport and the
original except in the colour of the flowers, which in the
former are a delicate pale pink, becoming, after they have
been open some time, paler and in the centre almost white.
This sport will doubtless succeed as well in the open air as
the Curled Lilae. oia

8. Tasselled Lilac Chrysanthemum. Was brought home
in 1824 by Mr. Parks, on board the Lowther Castle, and
did not shew its blossoms till the last flowering season. It
flowers in the second season, and soon after the Changeable
Pale Buff. It certainly is one of the best of the new
acquisitions, being extremely beautiful as well as very PFO

* See Horticultural Trausactions, Vol. v. page 151.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 155,

HORT, TRANS. Vol. V1. 72. 1V.

n Site

ts P En gm ral Qi
mitre. bv W? Clarke. s
”

TI : HA ti
‘ = Lip - isl t. fad. Chipsonlhemem:

By J OsEPH SABINE, Esq. ` 333

ductive of blossoms. The plants appear inclined to grow
to a moderate height. The flowers are produced-in thick
clusters at the end of the bunches, so thick that the florets
of the different blossoms intermix. The expansion of the
_ flower, is full five inches, with an irregular circumference.
The florets are all quilled ; they project slightly forwards,
and are of an uniform lilac; they are slender and long,
increasing in size upwards, and opening with a small spoon-
shaped mouth, much broken at the end; those florets next
the circumference are straight ; in the inner part of the flower,
half way from the circumference, the ends of the florets
are at first incurved, afterwards straight ; the whole are of
various lengths, the longest being in the circumference, and
gradually but not evenly diminishing in length towards the.
centre, where they are short. The leaves are bright green,
of moderate size, with shallow indentures, the lobes are im-
bricating and very bluntly serrated ; the serratures are nearly
rounded, with obsolete points. It has not yet been placed
abroad against a wall, but may be considered as likely to suc-
ceed in that situation.

9. Two-coloured Red Chrysanthemum. This plant came
from China in the General Kyd, under the care of Captain
Narrne, in 1824, and was also in Mr. Parxs’s own col-
lection. It is remarkably different from any other variety,
and is called in China the Golden-backed Red; in that
country the backs of the florets are so yellow as to justify
the name, but this remarkable character is not preserved by
the blossoms in this climate, for though the imperfect flowers
produced on the original plant in 1824 gave expectation of
it, yet in the past season the posterior colour, though distinct,

VOL, VI, Xx

334 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

cannot be assimilated to gold. It was called by Mr. PARKS
Semi-double Brown. The plant, though strong, is of dwarfish
habit. The flowers are producedearly i in the second season,
they are abundant, growing in clusters, but sometimes singly
when the shoots are weak. The. largest flowers have an
expansion of about three inches, the florets of the ray
spread out, with a very slight inclination forward, in the man-
ner of a China Aster, being about an inch in length, and
nearly equal; the disc is three quarters of an inch broad,
remaining always conspicuous, and is bright yellow. The
colours of the radial florets in the front are brownish red ; at
the back they are much paler, and towards the tips have a
little inclination to dull yellow ; their bases are bright yellow,
and form a narrow circle of that colour round the disc. ‘The
whole of the florets are expanded and broad, with their ends
more entire than in some other kinds, and their edges some-
times a little incurved, by which the colour of their back is
occasionally exhibited in the front view of the flower. The
leaves are small, very deeply divided into detached narrow
lobes, the lobes being deeply and irregularly serrated ; the
serratures are rounded with sharp points. In the past season
this kind has flowered well and abundantly against a wall,
though it has not spread over much space. A figure,
(Plate IV.), from a drawing by Mr. ——- CLARK, is
annexed.

10. Pale Buff Chrysanthemum. The original of this
plant was imported by Mr. Reeves in 1824, and by him
given to Mr. Samvet Brookes, of Ball’s Pond, to whom
the Society is indebted for the addition of it to their collec-
tion. It was at first called the Semi-double Quilled Buff,

By Joseru SABINE, Esg. 335

but as that name was more applicable to another sort, it
has been altered to that of Pale Buff. The original plant
flowered imperfectly in 1824, and then appeared much less
deserving of estimation, than it has become entitled to on its
second blossoming. The plants grow tall, with strong bran-
ches and short joints, producing their blossoms plentifully, in
‘loose clusters, on long footstalks. It is in flower in the second
season. The flowers have an expansion of about three inches
and a half, with a circumference nearly regular ; they are semi-
double, and exhibit a large disc. The colour of the florets
is pale yellow, with a dash of pale red, which is strongest at
their backs ; this gives a general appearance of pale buff; the.
disc is a brownish yellow. The florets of the ray incline
slightly forwards, and are of various lengths, some being
an inch and a half long, but others are particularly short ;
they are quilled half their lengths, the lower ends being very
slender and enlarging upwards; the openings are at first
spoon-shaped, they become recurved after a time, and their
openings are notched ; a few short linear yellow florets, curling
inwards, are occasionally interspersed about the disc. At an
early period of their flowering, the florets of the circumference
are all turned towards the left, giving the semblance of a
Catherine wheel to their general appearance. The leaves
are large, dark shining green; the divisions of the lobes are
moderately deep ; the lobes are variously serrated, in some
instances deeply ; the serratures are sharp-pointed. This
has not yet been planted abroad, but will, in all likelihood,
succeed against a south wall.

11. Windsor Small Yellow Chrysanthemum. Of the
origin of this variety we are not informed; it was given by

336 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

Mr. Joun Arron, of Windsor, to Ropert Henry JENKIN-
son, Esq., and by him presented to the Garden in 1824.
The shape of the flower prevents its being considered as
a sport, for it does not agree with any other kind in that par-
ticular, and the foliage is generally so weak and imperfect,
that no inference can be made respecting it, by comparison
of it with others. The plant is of short stature, with weak
branches. The flowers are produced on long footstalks, but
not in clusters, and are open at an early period. The flowers
are of small size, about two inches in diameter, with a cir-
cumference somewhat starry ; they are uniformly bright yel-
low, with occasionally, when abroad especially, a tinge of red
on the backs of the florets; they do not show a disc. The
florets spread out almost horizontally, they are flat and
narrow, diminishing pretty regularly towards the centre,
with their ends occasionally slightly notched ; those in the
centre are short, linear, and erect, forming a sort of cone.
The leaves are small, pale green, deeply divided, and the
lobes are all slightly serrated, with pointed serratures. This’
kind flowers against a wall nearly as well as under glass, but
from its weak habits is ill suited for such a station, when
compared with others of greater strength.

12. Clustered Pink Chrysanthemum. For the first posses-
sion of this plant the Society i is indebted to WrLLIAm WELLS,
Esq. of Redleaf, it came also from the Garden at Knowle, it
being one of those introduced in 1824 by Captain Mayne,
but was not in either of Mr. Parxs’s Collections. The
early appearance of the flowers is very unpromising of beauty,
but they change their character after a time, and then, though
not strikingly handsome, from the peculiarity of their appear-

By Josrru Sazinz, Esq. 337

ance, attract much notice in a collection. The plant grows to
a moderate length with strong branches and very short joints,
bearing many flowers in a thick and somewhat lengthened
cluster. Inits early state the blossoms have a series of straight
and quilled florets in the circumference, with a considerable
disc, the middle part of which appears green, until the flower
has advanced. In its perfect state the expansion is about
three inches and an half, the florets in the circumference
being straight in the lower parts, and a little inclined forwards
at the ends; the disc is large, convex, and fully exposed.
The blossoms are in perfection in the second season. The
florets of the ray are sometimes two inches long, they vary in
length, but not considerably ; they are pale at the base, anda
rich purplish pink upwards ; those near the centre are paler
and sometimes nearly white; the whole might probably be-
come more so when grown abroad. The florets are quilled,
angular, flattened, and furrowed, with a small opening at the
top, which is rather hollow than spoon-shaped. It is the
peculiar form of the florets, that constitutes the singularity of
the character of the flowers. The leaves are broadish, dark
green, much recumbent on their footstalks, and not regularly
divided into five lobes as usual, but variously cut into shallow
indentures, and the lobes thus formed have very shallow

serratures, which are rounded and pointed at their termina-
tions. No trial has been made of this plant in the open air.

13. Semi-double Quilled Pale Orange Chrysanthemum.

Two plants of this were imported in 1824, one by Captain

Nairn in the General Kyd; the other by Mr. Parks in the

Lowther Castle. It was called in the original list prepared

by Mr. Parks, Semi-double Deep Yellow, but the general

338 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

colour is certainly more what is usually termed orange, that is, a
mixture of red and yellow, and therefore the name has been
changed, being distinguished by its being generally paler
coloured, from the Semi-double Quilled Orange, which was
described* formerly in an imperfect state, but which has
subsequently shewn itself so different that I have given
a corrected account of it, in a subsequent part of this
Paper. This new plant has but little merit. The blos-
soms are produced in loose drooping clusters; the second
flowers are often imperfect ; they appear about the end of
the second season. The flowers of the ray are confined
nearly to the circumference, and are not very numerous;
they spread out horizontally, and vary in length, from two
inches to half an inch; they are quilled, slender, angular, and
furrowed ; when young a deep orange, when fully grown so
much paler as to be nearly yellow ; their openings are various
some very small, others exceeding a quarter of an inch in
length; their extremities are notched. The disc is large,
_ greenish at first, afterwards pale yellow. The leaves are
small, pale green, deeply divided, with the serratures of the
lobes sharp-pointed. Against a wall this plant makes but
an indifferent appearance, but in such situations the florets,
both before and after their expansion, have a much darker
appearance, the red colour predominating.

14. Starry Purple Chrysanthemum. Was one of the
plants brought home by Mr. Parxs in 1824. It comes
into flower at the beginning of what may be called the
third season of the class, and is assuredly a fine variety,
attracting notice both on account of the shape and the

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 412.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 339

colour of its blossoms. The plant grows rather tall, and
is well furnished with leaves; it produces many branches ;
these are terminated by broad loose clusters or corymbs
of flowers. The expansion of a good flower exceeds three
inches and a half. From the inequality of the florets in
the circumference, the outline of the flower is very irre-
gular ; this, and the pointed terminations of the florets, give it
a very star-like character. The florets do not project forwards,
but spread out nearly horizontally, so as to form a flattish
flower; no disc is seen. The florets are a rich purple, paler
where their anterior surface is exposed, and very pale at their
extremities; those in the centre are much darker; they are
quilled about half their length, sometimes rather more than
in that proportion; their openings are at first flat and after-
wards recurved, and their ends sharp-pointed, generally entire ;
from the circumference inwards, there is a gradual diminution
_ of the length of the florets; at the centre they become narrow
and incurved. At an early period, the blossom puts on some-
what the appearance of the Large Lilac Chrysanthemum,
except that it exhibits no disc, and that the open part of the
florets is much paler ; after a time the florets in the centre lose
their darker colour, become like the others, and the whole
flower then is an uniform pink. In China the flowers are much
larger, and the plant, according to the information communi-
cated by Mr. Parks, occasionally sports in the gardens of
Canton, producing a perfectly white flower. The leaves are
smallish, reflexed, grayish green, and rather deeply divided ;
the lobes narrow, and very slightly serrated, with pointed
serratures. It succeeds well against a wall, producing its
blossoms rather late; it is not strong in its growth.

340 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

15. Golden Lotus-flowered Chrysanthemum. This variety
was brought to England by Mr, Parxs in 1824 in the Lowther
Castle, and blossomed the season it arrived. The name
is a translation of the original Chinese appellation, the cor-
rectness of which has been proved by comparison with
a drawing made in China, by the artist employed there for
the Horticultural Society. The plant is strong, growing
to a tolerable size, and producing its flowers plentifully in
the second season, in loose corymbs at the ends of its
branches. The expansion of a good sized flower is about
three inches and an half, with an uneven circumference.
Mr. Parks states that in China they grow much larger, and
are there very grand. The florets project a little forwards,
and then spread out widely, so as to form a flatly opened
flower, with an hollow centre; before they are fully ex-
panded, their inner florets are incurved, and cover the disc,
which, when the whole is fully blown, appears in view. ‘The
colour of the florets is uniformly a rich deep yellow, they are
of different lengths from two inches, to an inch and a half:
the longest, though mixed with shorter ones, being most
removed from the centre; they are quilled a short part of
their length, the open part is very broad, furrowed, flatly ex-
panded, contracted, and slightly notched at the end. The
blossoms are far superior to either those of the Golden Yellow
or the Sulphur Yellow, not only from the richness of the colour
and the breadth of the florets, but from their being usually
nearly entirely free from any stain of red on their backs.
The leaves are large dull grayish green, slightly recurved,
more indented towards the base than in the upper part;
the lobes are not imbricated, they are sharply but not deeply

` By Joseru Sasine, Esq. 341

serrated, and the ends of the serratures are sharp and pointed,
In the open air against a wall this kind succeeds apparently
as well as under glass.

16. Brown Purple Chrysanthemum. This kind was brought
home by Mr. Parxs in the Lowther Castle in 1824, but
did not shew its flower till the present season. The plant
grows very tall, producing many flowers in small loose
corymbs at the ends of the branches ; it is later in blossoming
than any kind yet described in this Paper, coming out about
the same time as the Superb White. The expansion of a
good flower is about three inches and an half, but it appears
less, from the great irregularity of its circumference, which is
caused by a few of the florets there considerably exceeding
the others in length. The florets taking a horizontal direc- `
tion, the blossoms appear quite flat, and are fully double
_ without any apparent disc. The general colour of the front
of the florets is a brownish purple; their backs are grayish
purple, which is very striking when contrasted with the front
colour, it is however but little seen except when the edges of
any of the florets are turned forwards. The florets are of
different lengths, those of the circumference irregular, as
before noticed, but from the circumference to the centre they
diminish very uniformly; a few of them are quilled a con-
‘siderable part of their lengths, but the quilled parts are not
visible without examination, except in those florets which are
at the back of the flower ; the florets are flatly expanded, their
ends are obtusely pointed, and their edges after a time become
slightly recurved; but those towards the middle part are
incurved, whilst the flower is in perfection. The leaves are
small, flat, palish green, not very deeply lobed; the lobes

VOL. VI. Yy

342 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

have sharp-pointed, shallow serratures. This kind grows
and blossoms well against a wall, with very little difference
in the appearance of the flowers from those under glass,
except that they are somewhat less brilliant in colour.
17. Two-coloured Incurved Chrysanthemum. This was
imported by Mr. Parxs himself in the Lowther Castle in
1824, and blossomed, though imperfectly, in the same season.
Of all the recent introductions it is perhaps the most striking,
though not remarkable for the brilliancy of its colour. The
plants are strong and grow tall. The blossoms are expanded
late, about the same time with the Superb White: they are
produced at the ends of the branches in clusters of few
flowers, the side ones being much inferior in size to the
centre or principal. The expansion of one of these last is
about three inches, of the best of the others not above two
inches and an half. The circumference of the flower is very _
‘even, the florets spread horizontally, and their ends turn
forwards ; they progressively diminish in length towards the
centre, the-outer ones overlapping those within. The outer
florets are quite expanded, very broad, somewhat furrowed,
their edges slightly incurved, and their ends much so; they
are yellow a little way at their base, which on the inner side
is shaded into a dull brownish red, this being the chief colour ;
their backs are striped with yellow and the same red, the
latter predominating towards the end, but the tips -have
more yellow, and from the incurvature of the florets this
colour is brought into view, and produces a beautiful effect:
~The inner florets are much narrower, but their edges as well
as their ends are ineurved ; they have the same colour as the
outer florets, and are nearly similarly disposed, except that

By Josern Sasine, Esq. 343

there is more yellow on their bases, and that the incurved
edges are yellow. There is no apparent disc. As the
flowers get older the florets become more incurved, espe-
cially towards the centre, and exhibiting only their backs,
have an appearance entirely different from that of their earlier
state, the whole flower being at the last expanded. The leaves
are rather large with deep indentures, the lobes are irregularly
serrated, with sharp-pointed serratures. A strong plant was
‘placed, in 1824, against the south wall in the Arboretum in
the Garden of the Society, and last season produced its flowers
not only much larger, but considerably earlier than those
‘under glass in pots. It is therefore probable that in another
and future seasons, the blossoms of the housed plants will be
superior in size to those produced in the present year, and also
earlier. From the cireumstances stated respecting the out-
door plant, it will ‘of course be understood that this variety
will do well in the open air against a wall.

18. Late Quilled Yellow Chrysanthemum. This kind was
brought to England by Mr. Parks in the Lowther Castle in
1824, but did not flower in that year. It is so late in blos-
soming, and when out, apparently (from what has hitherto
been seen of it) of such inferior merit, that it will not be ex-
tensively cultivated, except where all the varieties are to be
collected together. The plant is of moderate height, pro-
ducing one tolerably. perfect flower at the end of each
branch, and other imperfect ones from the sides; the whole
if perfect would form a loose corymb. The florets project
and form an upright tassel-shaped flower, which when fully
blown has a diameter of about two inches. The florets are
all an uniform pale yellow, very slender, generally about an

344 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

inch in length, flattened, and quilled their whole length,
_ with a small jagged or notched opening at their extremities;
they rise from all parts of the receptacle, but are sometimes
more numerous in the circumference than in the centre;
there are no tubular florets, but the receptacle is thickly
studded with dark-edged green paleæ, longer than those
appendages generally are in other varieties, and from amongst
them the quilled florets arise. The leaves are narrow with
broad intervals between the lobes, the terminating lobes
being longer than usual, the serratures of the lobes are deep
and obtuse, with a terminating point.

19. Yellow Waratah Chrysanthemum. This was one of
Mr. Parxs’s own importation in 1824. The original plant
produced a single blossom very late in that year. No flower
however appeared on the plants either in the house or against
the wall in the past season, from which circumstance it may
be inferred that it will not be a kind on which much depend-
ance for ornament can be placed. The whole appearance of
the plant, in its general habit, the nature of its flowers, as well
as in the shape and character of the foliage, is so different
from that of Chinese Chrysanthemums generally, as to in-
duce a belief that it has probably originated from, and may
be referred to some distinct species. A short note of the
blossom seen last year having been preserved, enables me to
give the following description of it. The whole of the
flower both ray and disc was yellow, the florets of the ray
` were in single series in the circumference only, they were
narrow and pointed, and being of different lengths, gave the
flower a starry appearance; the florets of the disc though
tubular were lengthened, and ‘considerably elevated, their

By Joseru Sasine, Esq. 345

mouths being deeply divided into five segments, the whole
had a character which induced its present name from its re-
semblance to the appearance of a Warratah Camellia. The
stem of the plant grows bending, not upright, it is short,
and thickly furnished with leaves. The leaves are broadly
ovate, decumbent on the petiole, with very large stipule ;
they are irregularly five-lobed, the divisions of the lobes are
shallow, and the serratures of the lobes irregular and unequal,
mostly broad and sharp-pointed. The surface of the leaf is
blistered. The plant seems to be hardy, and therefore its
deficiency in blossoming may be attributed chiefly to the want
of sufficient light and continuation of warmth in the latter
months of the year.

The two new plants which remain to be described, are of that
class of small flowering Chrysanthemums which I have* for-
merly considered as double varieties of the real Chrysanthemum
Indicum of Linnazvs, and which I subsequently endeavoured}
to establish as being specifically distinct from the Chinese
Chrysanthemum, the type of which I designated as Chrys-
anthemum Sinense.{ In preceding publications I expressed§
a hope that these plants, though of less brilliancy and beauty,
would make a portion of some future importation from China,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 328, and Linnean Transactions,
Vol. xiii. page 561.

+ See Linnean Transactions, Vol. xiv. page 142, and Horticultural Diem:
tions, Vol. v. page 427.

ł In the Catalogue of Plants cultivated in the peat of Messrs. AUDIBERT,
at Tonelle, near Tarascon, published in 1825 (page 27), this species is denomi-
nated Chrysanthemum Varians, on the authority of M. De CANDOLLE.

§ See Linnean Transactions, Vol. xiii, page 577, and Horticultural Transac-
tions, Vol, iv, pages 329 and 330.

346 Account sd New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

and I have now the satisfaction of recording in part the com-
pletion of my expectations.
20. Chrysanthemum Indicum flore pleno luteo. * Double
Yellow Indian Chrysanthemum. ‘This was brought home by
Mr. Parks in 1824, in the Lowther Castle. It has not pro-
duced any flowers in pots under glass, but it blossomed tole-
rably well, though late, against a south wall in the beginning
of December, growing vigorously and continuing in full flower
until stopped by frost. The blossoms first appear at the ends
of the branches, on short footstalks, in small close corymbs,
consisting of three or four flowers. Below these, on the
stem, there spring from the alz of the leaves for a consider-
able way downwards, short leafy footstalks, each bearing a
single flower ; these open after those at the extremity. The
flowers are small, not exceeding an inch and a half in diameter,
of an uniform deep yellow; the florets of the ray growin a single
series in their natural position, they are short, flatly expanded,
with two longitudinal furrows on their surface, and with
notched extremities ; they spread horizontally, and are partly
concealed by the elevated florets of the disc; these latter rise
above the usual level of the disc, with rather a flattened sur-
face, they are angular and somewhat enlarged towards their .
summit, which is five-cleft, having the segments a little spread-
ing. The florets of the disc are destitute of stamens, contrary
to the usual structure of that part of the inflorescence in
Chrysanthemums. There are no paleæ in the receptacle.
The branches extend to a considerable length when trained,
when left to themselves they spread about and do not grow
‘upright. The leaves are numerous, small, rather dark and
shining, deeply divided, the lobes slightly imbricated, and the

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 347

segments sharply serrated and pointed. An original drawing
from China, of this variety, is in the collection in the Library
of the Horticultural Society.

21. Chrysanthemum Indicum flore pleno albo. Double White
Indian Chrysanthemum. This plant also came with Mr. PARKS
in 1824, it blossomed for the first time in the present season.
In the stems, leaves, and general habit; it is not distinguishable
from the preceding kind. The whole of the flower is white,
but it agrees in every other circumstance with the Double
Yellow variety, except in size. Its expansion does not exceed
aninch. Only one flower opens at first at the extremity of each
branch, the remainder of the corymb expand later. The period
of its blossoming is more than three weeks after the Double _
Yellow, for I was not able to get flowers well fitted for de-
scription till about Christmas, and then only the terminating
blossoms were open ; those on the lower parts of the branches
were at that time in a very backward state, and the whole
were destroyed by frost before they were properly expanded.
The plant which produced these grew well and vigorously on.
a south wall, but those in pots and under glass did not shew
blossoms at all. A drawing of this variety has been recently
received from China into the collection m the Library of the
Society ; the footstalks of the flowers are represented in it as
rather more elongated than those which were produced in
the Garden of the Society, and the side shoots are figured
bearing corymbs of flowers, not single blossoms.

When I published* my observations on the two species of
Chrysanthemums from China, in -the Transactions of the Lin-
nean Society, and annexed the synonyms of different authors

* See Linnean Transactions, Vol. xiv. page 142.

348 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

to my characters of them, though I referred the Chrysanthe-
mum Indicum of Lourerro to my C. Sinense, I did not quote
his* C. Procumbens as belonging to the Chrysanthemum
Indicum of Linnzus, though his reference to PLUKENET’S `
Matricaria Sinensis minore flore, &c. would perhaps have
justified it. I was deterred by the description of the pro-
cumbent character of the stem of his species, which certainly
did not at all accord with the appearance of the plant I had
under my observation. However, since my examination of .
the two varieties just noticed, it appears to me that Lov-
RETRO’'s character, and consequently his name, may be founded
on the cultivated varieties which he deseribes, and not on
. a plant in a single state of inflorescence. The descriptions
of Loureiro are not generally considered as particularly
accurate, and a general accordance of plants with them may
therefore be sufficient to identify them, which I am therefore
disposed to do in the present case.
The Small Yellow Single Chrysanthemum, which should
. with more propriety be called the Single’ Yellow Indian
Chrysanthemum, has flowered this season in the Garden of the |
Society; it had before blossomed in December, 1821, but not .
in the interval, for want of that high autumnal temperature
which is necessary to advance its flowers. It was described
in the Paper above referred to, and though of more upright
growth than the double varieties now noticed, has evidently
a general specific accordance, but whether it should be con-
sidered as the actual type of the species, or only as a cultivated

“6 so Flora Cochinchinensis, page 499, and WEILLDENoW’ 5 Edit.
Vol. i. page 610.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 159.

By Josern SABINE, Esq. 349

variety with single flowers is uncertain ; it is more probably
the latter. All the cultivated varieties, according to Lov-
RETRO, have small flowers ; he has particularly tioned four.
—The Ist, with double ligulate yellow flowers; this agrees
with the figure published in the Transactions of the Horti-
cultural Society,* from a drawing belonging to the East India
Company. The 2nd. With a yellow ray and disc; probably
the Double Yellow Indian here described. The 8rd. With a
yellow disc and white ray ; of this we have not yet obtained a
plant, nor seen a drawing. The 4th. With the disc and ray
white ; this is, I suppose, the Double White Indian.

The conversion of the tubular florets of the disc into a more
ornamental form by elongation and enlargement, instead of
their becoming ligulate florets, is a mode of variation in Chrys-
anthemums I was not before acquainted with. It exists in
the two above described varieties of the Chrysanthemum
Indicum, as well as in the Yellow Warata’h Chrysanthemum;
and as there is no other instance of this kind of variation in
the Chinese Chrysanthemums, the circumstance gives addi-
tional strength to the supposition that this plant belongs to a
distinct species. The first of Lourerro’s varieties of C.
Indicum above noticed, has a multiplication of ligulate florets,
like the varieties of C. Sinense.

In the preceding description of the Chinese Chrysanthe-
mums, I have omitted any notice of the scent of Chamomile
in the flowers, which, in fact, with one exception, is common
to the whole of them, though differing in strength. The
excess appears to exist whenever a greater portion of the

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. Plate 13,
VOL. VI. Zz :

350 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

tubular florets are produced in the disc; the plants which
are without these are riot entirely destitute of the scent, but
have it in aless degree. The Quilled White is the only vari-
ety of Chrysanthemum Sinense which has an odour differing
from the others ; that has been justly assimilated to the smell
of new honey-comb. The Quilled Pink has been supposed*
to possess a similar scent ; it has it however very slightly, and
that only occasionally. The odour of a large collection
of Chinese Chrysanthemums when in a. house, is far from
unpleasant, though it cannot be called fragrant. The scent
of the varieties of the Chrysanthemum Indicum is very diffe-
rent from that of Chamomile; it is slightly pungent, and
somewhat aromatic.

In some of the varieties of Chinese Chrysanthemums, in the
present season, especially on the blossoms of the darker
flowering kinds, I observed an appearance which I suppose
is that described by M. RAMATUELLE, t as a small. sweet-
scented dust, sprinkled on the ligulate florets of the blossoms
of the Old Purple Chrysanthemum. This was only however
observed at Marseilles, and not at Paris. It may have been
always more or less visible on the blossoms in this country,
though hitherto unnoticed, but the production of it this year
more conspicuously, may have been caused by the superior
heat and dryness of the summer, which infused into the plants
a greater vigour than usual.. Very minute shining oblong
bodies are produced irregularly on the surfaces of the florets,
having the appearance of solid transparent exudations growing

_ * See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 150.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 336, and Journal d’Histoire
Naturelle, Vol. ii, page 237.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq: : 351

out of the cuticle, which M. Ramarvetce has described as
resembling dust. I could not discover any scent Lane from
them.

I avail myself of this opportunity to make some corrections
and additions to former descriptions, the defects of which
were caused by the imperfect state of the blossoms, or other
circumstances at the period when they were originally made.

The Quilled Pink Chrysanthemum. In the descriptions *
of this variety hitherto published, it is represented as not
producing many flowers, a defect which, joined to its lateness,

has, notwithstanding the great beauty of its blossoms, caused
-it to decline in estimation. The plant however which was
afterwards imported for the Society by. Captain Mayne in
1820, and which has been+ hitherto considered as a duplicate
of that originally described, has subsequently been ascer-
tained to differ from it in being much more free in producing
blossoms; it has therefore been substituted for the original
in the collection of the Society. I n its leaves and the cha-
racter of its flowers there is no variation ; a slight difference
in the colour of its blossoms is perceptible, they are a shade
paler.

The Semi-double, Quilled Pink Chrysanthemum, has pec)
a much more beautiful variety. than. it- was -originally . de-
scribed t to be.. The outside of the florets of the ray is a
rich purplish pink, which is much darker when the plant is
grown in the open air; the inside of the florets is pure white,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 350, and Vol. v. page 150.
+ See Horticultural Transanctions, Vol. v. page 159, and page 414.
$ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. Plate xvii.*

352° Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

and this forms a beautiful contrast to the pink of their
external surface.

The description and figure of the Semi-double Quilled
Orange Chrysanthemum, published in the Transactions,*
were made from the first flowers produced in this country.
The plants having become more established and stronger,
now exhibit characters in their blossoms, which require
notice as well for the sake of correctness, as to bring
under observation one of the most singular variations in
the tribe. The florets of the ray are in all cases, when
the plants are strong, and especially against a wall, very
numerous ; they are however still ranged in the circumference,
leaving a very broad disc, but in this disc there are occa-
sionally a few long ligulate florets, produced not regularly,
but issuing from various parts of the receptacle amongst the
short tubular florets ; sometimes, though but seldom, these are
so numerous as nearly to conceal the disc, The very slender
appearance of the long florets in this kind, makes its general
character differ remarkably from all others.

The Late Pale Purple Chrysanthemum. This variety,
which was originally} described as the Large Pale Purple,
but has since been more known under the name now given
to it, is one that will be but little sought after, except by the
general collector, or for the purpose of growing it in the open
air. After the mild and frostless Christmas of 1824, it came
into flower against a south wall in J anuary. In the last season
the flowers were well expanded in the same situation in the

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. Plate xvii.#*
+ See Horticultural Transaetions, Vol. v, page 413.

By Josern SABINE, Esq. 353

middle and at the end of December, and until the severe
frost which occurred in January. From the experience of its
cultivation in the Garden of the Society, it seems to succeed
best in the open air; those plants which have been grown
in pots and not under glass, having produced weak and in-
ferior flowers. Its blossoms have some peculiarities, not
mentioned in the former account, which deserve attention.
The disc is large, flat, and when the flower is expanded ap-
pears green, in consequence of the tubular florets not being
open ; the florets of the ray spread out quite horizontally, and
form a large flat flower with an irregular circumference; the
quilled part of the florets in a good flower is shorter than
has been before ‘stated, they are also white at their base,
which being seen in the front, gives the appearance of a
white circle round the disc. The florets are very unequal
in length, the expanded parts are broad, furrowed, slightly
recurved, and are an uniform pale purple. Many of the
florets of the ray, especially those near the centre, produce
form the inside of their tubes one, two, or more short
petal-like filaments of the same colour as the expanded
part of the floret; these originate from towards the base
of the floret, and are evidently an effort of the flowers to’
become double. I have not observed this circumstance
in any other Chrysanthemum; it appears however to have
been noticed in China, for in the original drawing of this
kind which is in the collection of the Society, these filamen-
tous additions to the florets were represented.

Among the new plants described in the present Paper,
two cases* of sporting are recorded as having caused the

* The Pale Pink and the Clustered Pink Chrysanthemums.

-

354 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

establishment of permanent varieties. Instances of this
operation of nature are likely to occur more frequently, and
it is therefore desirable that cultivators should be correctly ,
informed as to what points they are to attend, both in pro-
pagating the sport, and observing on what they may consider
as such, On the appearance of a sporting branch, part of it
should. be taken off for propagation in the season of its
appearance, because it is not certain, though probable, that
a sporting shoot will be produced by the old plant in the
next year, and as the branches are only annual, the increase
of the sport by cuttings must not be deferred to the spring.
The sport never deviates from the shape and character of
the leaves, nor from the habit of*the: parent plant; the
flowers alone are altered, and. this is done either by change
of colour, or by conversion of quilled into expanded, or of
expanded into quilled florets.

The sporting plants already noticed, are, Ist. The Pans
which produced* the Changeable White in England. 2nd.
The Expanded Light Purple, and the Quilled Light Purple,
which having been imported} from China separately, it
cannot be ascertained here, which was the original. 3rd. The
‘Curled Lilac; from which the Curled Pink has lately been ob-
tained in our Gardens, as noticed in this Paper, and 4th. The
Buff or Orange, which sported in China to the Rose or Pink:
these two kinds were separately imported,{ though the latter
was produced subsequently in this country from the Buff or
Orange, which is therefore § considered the original. This
: * See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 336. |

+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 153, 154, and 155.

} See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 344, 345, and 346.
§ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol, v, 6 416,

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 355

latter has been either directly, or through the medium of
the Rose or Pink, the parent of other sports. The actual
origin of the Small Yellow has not,* and probably now cannot
be ascertained precisely, but from its frequently producing
branches bearing flowers of the Rose or Pink, it probably
sprang immediately from that kind. The Pale Pink is
known to have originated from the Rose or Pink.

To some persons, the having plants producing sporting
branches may be a matter of amusement; for this purpose
` sporting plants should be procured, and as such they are best
kept against a south wall; but it must be recollected,} that
the reproduction of sporting branches by any particular plant
is not to be depended on. In this way the Changeable White
sporting to Purple, the Orange sporting to Pink, the Small
Yellow sporting to Pink, which frequently occurs, and the
Curled Lilac sporting to Curled Pink, have fallen under my
observation in the Garden of the Horticultural Society. The
reverse of all these may also perhaps be occasionally seen, and
it may be possible to find an Original Orange Plant, or an

Original Pink Plant, with two or more separate branches with
a different sporting colour on them, viz. either Orange, Pink,
Yellow, or Pale Pink. Neither the Expanded Light Purple,
nor the Quilled Light Purple, have yet within my knowledge
sported in this country.

It is most usual that the sport is an entire branch pro-
ceeding from the root, but I have seen instances when a
part of a branch has exhibited a sport. It sometimes occurs

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 416 and supra page.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 416.

356 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums.

with the Buff or Orange, and its derivations, to throw out a
parti-coloured flower, such as some Rose florets mixed with
the Buff, or a flower Yellow on one side and Rose on the other.

Those who wish to exhibit different flowers in the same
pot, may obtain their object in an easier manner than by
procuring the sporting plants. Cuttings or small plants
of the different kinds derived from the same origin, may
be planted in the same pot, and when they produce the
blossoms, as their leaves are exactly similar, they will have
the appearance of the same plant yielding differently coloured :
flowers; the pots used for the purpose should be large, to
give full support to the increased quantity of roots.

From an original drawing in the possession of the Hor-
ticultural Society, it appears as if the Chinese obtained a
variety of coloured blossoms together by means of grafting.
Several different kinds, and those not sports from each other,
are represented in the drawing as all branching off from one
common stem, which is divided near its base into several shoots
bearing different varieties of Chrysanthemum.

Since the publication of the list of figures, and the two
plates, in the last* Volume of the Transactions of the Hor-
ticultural Society, Dr. Sims has given in the Botanical Maga-
zine, folio 2556, a representation of the Expanded Light
Purple Chrysanthemum ; this, with the figures of the Change-
able Pale Buff, and the Two-coloured Red, which have been
engraved to accompany this Paper, make the number of pub-
lished representations in this country, eighteen.

The Continental Gardeners have been in possession some

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. vy. page 423, and Plates xvii.* and
xvil.**

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 357

time of the earlier imported sorts. In the list of plants cul-
tivated in the Botanic Garden at Pisa, twelve sorts are enu-
merated. Messrs. Aup1isert of Tonnelle, near Tarascon,
appear by their catalogue to have also twelve sorts in cul-
tivation. In the Bon Jardinier* for 1822, the Editor enu-
merated thirteen kinds, which are noticed as having been
introduced by M. Noiserre into the French Gardens; the
same account is continued in the Bon Jardinier for 1825. In
all these cases the names given to the varieties are principally
founded on the colours of the blossoms, but do not appear to
correspond with those by which they are known in Eng-
land. Each of these foreign collections is besides differently
named, and it is impossible without a comparison of the
plants to identify them. When M. Notserte visited this
country in 1824, he was presented (togéther with several
other plants from the Garden of the Society) with the twenty-
seven sorts of Chinese Chrysanthemums then described, and
a list of them is attempted to be given in the “ Nouvelles”
of the Bon Jardinier for 1825, page 35, but their names are
very inaccurately printed, so much so, that some can scarcely
be recognized.

Considerable improvements in the cultivation of the Chrys-
anthemums, have been made within these few last years in
the Garden of the Society. An account of the management of

* See Bon Jardinier for 1822, page 568, and for 1825, page 433.

+ Whilst this Paper was in the press, the Bon Jardinier for the year 1826 has
been received; in this Edition names in French and descriptions corresponding to
those of the first twenty-seven sorts, enumerated in pages 419, &c. of the fifth
Volume of the Transactions of the Society, are correctly given.

VOL. VI. 3A

358 Account of New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums,

them in pots has been prepared by Mr. Munro, to be laid
before the Society.

All the older sorts, and many of those now déscribed for
the first time, have been planted against the south wall of
the Arboretum, in the Garden of the Society, where it is pro-
posed constantly to keep the whole collection; adding new
acquisitions when they arrive. In such a situation, by far the
greater part of the varieties succeed admirably, and continue
in beauty for a long period ; some are not so well suited for
this purpose ; and therefore in private collections, a selection
only of the kinds should be so placed; the tender and weak
growing plants should be rejected. The late flowering sorts
in most cases, contrary to what might have been expected,
have more vigour and show more splendidly abroad in this
manner, than in pots under glass.

The practice of reducing the number of flower maili; re-
commended by Mr. Josera WeELLs,* answers equally. as
well in the production of large flowers on the trained, as on
the potted plants; the experiment was in the present season
tried against a south wall in the Garden of the Society on
two branches of the Large Quilled Orange, with great success ;
the branches so treated produced blossoms of an unusual
size and expansion. In training the shoots to a wall, it is
. very desirable, if possible, to keep the branches of different
lengths, so that the flowers which only grow at their ends,
may not all appear as if at the extremities of the plant, leaving
the middle destitute of blossoms.

In cultivating the Chrysanthemums as standards in an
open border, it has been proved by experience, that few

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 572.

By Josrepu Sazine, Esq. 359

only of the kinds attain an appearance which can be con-
sidered as deserving notice, and the same kinds shew so
much better against a wall, that the plan of growing them in
borders has been abandoned in the Garden of the Society.
When, however, the advantage of a wall is not to be ob-
tained, and it is nevertheless desired to grow the Chrysan-
themums abroad, the early and the hardy sorts, such as the
Purple, Changeable White, Buff or Orange, and Rose or
Pink should be selected, and a warm and well sheltered spot
should be chosen for them.

[ 360 ]

XXXI. Account of the Cultivation of Chinese Chrysanthe-
mums the Garden of the Horticultural Society. By
Mr. Donatp Munro, F. L.S. Gardener to the Society.

Read January 17, 1826.

Sixor the first establishment of the Garden of the Horticul-
tural Society in the year 1818, and more especially since its
removal to Chiswick in 1823, considerable attention has been
paid to the cultivation of the Chinese Chrysanthemums. An
account of the practice which was in use in the year 1820 has
been published* in the Transactions, but it has been so varied

and improved upon, from time to time, that the present mode
has now become entirely different from what it then was,
and it seems therefore necessary to detail the system under
which the plants are now exhibited in such a state of per-
fection, as even perhaps to rival their appearance in their
native country. It is however but just to state, that the great
improvement alluded to, is derived from the information
communicated by Mr. Josrery We ts + to the Horticultural
Society at the end of the year 1821. Fresh experiments will
doubtless be made in this branch of gardening, for the Chrys-
anthemums have now become so essential to the perfection of
a flower garden, that they will certainly henceforth attract
the attention and care of all collectors and cultivators. The
present mode may consequently in a few years become as

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iy. page 352.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iy. page 571.

Cultwation of Chinese Chrysanthemums. 361

obsolete, as the former now has. Such as it is, however, I now
lay it before the Horticultural Society.

In the beginning of April, a certain number of cuttings of
each sort of Chrysanthemum in the collection, are taken
for the supply of flowermg plants for the ensuing season.
The cuttings are taken from the top shoots of the last year’s
plants. The pots used for the cuttings at first are those
generally called about London, small sixties. They are filled
with mould made up of one-half equal portions of loam and
bog-mould, and one-half sand. The cuttings when prepared,
are about three inches long, they are inserted singly, one in
each pot, and when all are potted, the pots are placed in a
frame supplied with a gentle bottom heat. They are kept
in the frame until they are well rooted, which usually is in
about three weeks or a month. When the plants are fit to
move, they are placed in a cold frame to harden a little
before they are exposed in the open air; for this it is ne-
cessary to take off the lights in the day-time, and to close
them again at night. About the beginning of June, the
plants are shifted into ferty-eight sized pots; they are then
arranged in an open airy piece of ground, and watered
with richly manured water,in which soap-suds have been
mixed. The pots are never plunged in the earth, as it is
found they do equally well without it, and when they are
plunged in garden mould, the plants are continually rooting
through their pots, and require to be moved every week or
fortnight ; besides, the quantity of mould in the pots is so
small that it requires frequent watering, and when the pots are —
plunged watering is often neglected, and the consequence is
that the shoots grow weak and small. After the second pottiug,

362 Account of the Cultivation of Chinese Chrysanthemums.

the tops of all the plants are nipped off to make them bushy,
and when they put out fresh side shoots, no more of these
are allowed to remain for flowering than the plants are likely
to be able to support. In the month of August, the whole
are shifted into thirty-two sized pots, which are afterwards
arranged in an open airy situation as before, at such distances
as to allow the plants plenty of room to grow without touching
each other's leaves. Here it is necessary that they should
be frequently moved, in order to prevent the roots growing
through the pots into the earth. It is also requisite that the
plants be now tied up to sticks. The compost used in the last
potting is strong loam, with about one-third of rotten dung.
The pots are not taken under glass until they have formed
their flower buds, and even until some of the earlier sorts are
beginning to expand their flowers. In setting the plants in a
glass-house, for shew, it is necessary to mix the varieties as
much as possible. In the Garden of the Horticultural Society,
the plants have been placed in a small curvilinear house fifty
feet long, which holds about seven hundred pots at one time,
there being no other plants but Chrysanthemums put into it
at their flowering season, and at a moderate calculation, that
quantity exhibited in the past season ten thousand flowers
expanded at once. Some of the large plants which flowered
the preceding season, of which a few are always kept over,
produced about sixty or seventy flowers each.

It has not been the practice in the Garden of the Society
to reduce the number of flowering buds, as recommended by
Mr. Josern WEL Ls in his Paper above referred to; for
although the blossoms on a plant so managed come some-
what larger, the effect of a greater number of flowers, though

By Mr. Doxatp Munno. : 363

smaller, particularly where the space intended to be filled
is considerable, is preferable ; when a small number of plants
are kept, or when they are placed distinct: from: each other,
or in a single row, then it is desirable to look to the size of
the blossoms, in preference to their number.

We are much indebted to Mr. We tts for his account of
the cultivation of these plants, he has caused the saving a
great deal of labour and expense, by bringing the plants to
maturity from cuttings in the same season ; perhaps the time
of striking them proposed by him is rather too late, and the
growing them under hand-glasses in a shady border is not
always to be depended on, particularly if the season should
prove unfavourable in consequence of cold, as it often does in
the beginning of May; besides, the trouble of taking up,
potting, and shading them until they recover, is considerable.
When the cuttings are struck in small pots, their removal
afterwards causes very little trouble, and they require no
shading after potting, nor is any care necessary in doing it,
for one man will re-pot a hundred small plants in an hour.

After all the cuttings that are wanted are taken from the
old plants, they are turned out of their pots, the old mould
is entirely taken away from their roots, and the suckers are
rubbed off; they are then potted in forty-eight sized pots,
and when they have filled those with roots, they are shifted
into thirty-twos. In the month of August they are either
put into twenty-four or sixteen sized pots, according to their
size and vigour. They are generally kept with one stem,
but sometimes three or four stems are allowed to rise; each
of these is trained to a stick, and when the collection is

364 Account of the Cultivation of Chinese Chrysanthemums.

taken into the house for flowering, the large plants are placed
behind the small ones, thus the size of their pots and the
length of their stems are concealed from the view, whilst their
superior height forms a good back to the whole mass of
plants. It is to be observed, that the whole collection is not
taken into the house at first, the late flowering sorts are
placed in a covered pit, or frame, and are brought in as the
earlier ones decline, thus a succession of varieties is kept up
in equal perfection; and this makes it necessary, in order to
have the house full to the end of the season, to keep in pots
more than double the quantity of plants, including all the
varieties, which the house will hold at one time.

[ 365 J

XXXII. Account of a Method of Forcing Figs, practised in
the Garden of the Earl of Harrwoop, F.H. S. at Hare-
wood House in Yorkshire. By Jostru SABINE, Esq.
F. R.S., §c. Secretary.

Read February 7, 1826.

Wiru the assistance of Mr. Rosert Cuapman, the intelli-
gent and skilful Gardener at Harewood House, I am enabled
to lay before the Horticultural Society the following details
of the Cultivation of the Fig in pots under glass, which has
been successfully practised by him for the last thirty years
in the Garden under his charge.

The pots, after the trees have perfected their crop in the
autumn, and have dropped their leaves, are plunged in the
earth in a fruiting house, where they are protected through
the winter from severe frosts, and kept dry. In this state
they remain until the time of forcing them arrives: this is
the beginning of January. The trees are then taken out
of the pots, all the younger roots are cut off with a sharp
knife, so as to leave a ball of earth of a foot or fifteen inches
diameter, according to the strength of the plant, round the
older roots, and the outer mould is renewed, the plant being
repotted in rich sandy loam. The pots used are large, and
in proportion to the strength of the plant, the usual size
being fourteen inches deep, and from twenty-two to twenty-
four inches wide at top. A bed composed of horse manure,
and oak or beech leaves mixed together, four feet broad,

VOL, VI. 3 B

366 Account of a Method of Forcing Figs, &c.

and three feet and a half deep, is formed on the floor of a
glass fruiting house, in the-front part, and the whole length
of the house; the pots are placed on the top of this bed
in a row at such distances that the branches of the trees
shall not interfere with each other. The house is seventy
feet long, and eight feet wide, with fire flues in the back wall,
on which Grapes are grown. The Fig trees occupy the
front ; a week or ten days after they are put into the house,
the fires are lighted, and the temperature from fire heat is
kept from 65° to 70° degrees of Fahrenheit. When the heat
of the bed has moderated, that is, in about six weeks from
the commencement, the pots are sunk into it up to their
rims. The roots of the trees soon after this shoot through
the holes in the bottom of the pots into the bed, which thus
supplies great nourishment to the plants, and materially con-
tributes to the advance of the fruit. The wood of the trees
is frequently lightly syringed with water, until it begins to
burst into leaf and to shew fruit; when the leaves are ex-
panded, water is plentifully supplied, both to the pots and
on the leaves. The fruit begins to ripen early in April, and
a succession from the different kinds used, and by means of
the second crop, is kept up in the same house until October.
As the branches grow they are tied to stakes to prevent
their intermixing with each other, and to keep them in their
places, so as to derive the greatest advantage from the light
and air. The sorts of Figs which are thus cultivated at
Harewood, are the Genoa, the large Brown Ischia, the small
Black Ischia, the Green Ischia, the Murry and the Black
Genoa. The trees are of different ages, from three to twenty
years.

[ 367 ]

XXXIII. On the Cultivation of an Early and a Late
Variety of the Pear on the same Tree In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Duncan Montcoomery, C.M.H.S.
Gardener to the Duke of Montross, F. H.S. at Bu-
chanan, Stirlingshire.

Read January 17, 1826.
SIR,

I suBMIT to you what I have found to be a very beneficial
plan in the management of Pear trees on walls. For twenty-
four years and upwards, I have seen the practice of grafting
old Pear trees growing against walls with various approved
sorts on the same tree; in doing this the general method has
been to cut off all the branches of the tree close to the trunk,
except those intended to receive the grafts, and these are left
about six inches long. I have also observed the system of
side grafting, in order to fill the naked parts of the branches
and other gaps in the trees. —

These plans answer to a certain extent, but that which I
have particularly to recommend is so useful that it requires
only to be named to be generally adopted: it is to graft the
half of the late Pear trees with the early sorts, and half the
early trees with the late sorts; for instance, every alternate
branch of the Crassane with the Jargonelle, and of the Jar-
gonelle with one of the best late Pears.

The advantage of this plan in a small garden, where the
walls are not extensive, is obvious ; and even where there is
4 great extent of wall, when it is considered that it is mostly

368 On Cultivating Early and Late Varieties of the Pear.

the south exposure that is used for the produce of early and
late sorts of Pears, in the climate of Scotland, the benefit is
great. :

By having the branches of Pear trees, alternately, one early
the other late, there are as it were two chances of success ; the
Jargonelle being very early in blossom, if that fails in con-
sequence of unfavourable weather, the late sort flowering at
another time may succeed. Another advantage arises from
the crop coming in at different seasons. The Jargonelle
ripens off before much effort is required from the tree to
support the late sort, so that the tree is more capable of
supplying nourishment to half a crop of J argonelles, than if
the crop were all of that sort; and as the early Pears are all
gathered before the late sort begins to swell to size, the tree
is at once relieved from half its crop, and in that case more
enabled to mature in greater perfection its late produce. My
experience in the practice enables me to state that the trees
produce finer fruit in this way than if they were all of one
sort. If you think this Communication worthy your notice, .
I shall be gratified,

and have the honour to be, SIR,
your very obedient Servant,
Duncan MONTGOMERY.

Buchanan,
December 31, 1825.

Note by the Secretary.

It is, as far as my observation has extended, very much the
practice in Scotland to grow several varieties of Pears on the

By Mr. Duncan Monteomery. 369

same tree against walls. The necessity, caused by the climate,
of training most of the Pears on warm exposures, has induced
the adoption of this economy of wall room. It is however
worthy of imitation in private gardens in England ; for as
few families can consume the entire produce of a full-sized
well managed Pear tree of any one kind, much waste would
be avoided, as well as more variety for the table secured, if
every tree on a wall were worked with two or more kinds. _

[ 370 ]

XXXIV. On the Transplantation of Plants with Spindle-
shaped Roots. By Tuomas Anprew Kwnicur, Esg.
F. R. S. &c. President.

Read February 7, 1826.

Irisa generally received opinion amongst gardeners, that
plants with spindle-shaped roots cannot be advantageously
cultivated by transplantation; and it cannot be questioned
that the most perfect crops of plants of this habit, both in
quantity and quality, will be obtained by permitting them to
retain their first situation and position. But the value of
every crop is rather to be estimated by the price it will make
in the market, or the amount of convenience it will afford in
a private family, than by its quantity, or quality; and con-
sequently much may be advantageously sacrificed to obtain
a crop at the period in which it is most wanted. I succeeded
in bringing to my table, a crop of Carrots, in the last spring,
nearly a month earlier than I could have done by the ordinary
modes of cultivation; and as the same mode of management
appears applicable to every plant of similar nature, and, as the
process appears very unlikely to fail of success in the very
worst seasons, I have thought it worth communicating to the
Horticultural Society.

Pots of ten inches in width at the top, and of eight inches
deep, were selected in the end of J anuary, and filled to the
depth of two inches with compost of the richest quality ; and
a smaller pot of nearly six inches deep, and eight wide, was

On the Transplantation of Plants, Sc. . oF

then placed to stand in the centre of each of the larger.
The space between the circumference of the larger and
smaller pots, was then filled with sandy loam of a moderate
degree of richness, and in this, in circular lines, the seeds
were deposited. The pots were placed in the cooler part of
a stove (the unoccupied part of a hot-bed, or other situation
of moderate warmth would have answered equally well) till
all the seeds had vegetated ; and the plants were subsequently
protected from frost, and very unfavourable weather, by a
glass light, till they were planted out in the beginning of
April. When the plants were about to be removed, the
smaller pots, which had executed the double office of giving
the roots a direction more perpendicularly downwards, and
of enabling me to convey water to the rich compost in the
bottom of the pots, without moistening the loam on their
sides, were withdrawn; and the roots were found to have
reached and extended themselves greatly in the lower layer
of very rich compost. The plants were then placed in
shallow pans of water, and conveyed to the beds in which
they were to be planted. Deep holes were made with a
dibble to receive the roots, which were occasioned by the
fluid, which adhered to them as they were individually taken
from the pans of water, to hang perpendicularly downwards
in the form of wet pack-thread strings; and they were thus
made, without trouble, to descend perpendicularly and deeply
into the soil. A mild and damp day was chosen, and a pro-
per quantity of water given, and subsequently no further care
or trouble was requisite. A few pots will be found to afford
plants enough for a very large bed; and a common labourer,
who is not accustomed to such business, will be able to

372 On the Transplantation of Plants, §c.

plant a couple of thousands in a day. In this, as in almost
all cases where plants are placed in rows, it will be found
advantageous to place the plants very near each other in the
rows, with comparatively wide intervals between the rows.
Four inches between each plant in the row, and a foot
between each row will be found to be a sufficient and proper
distance, and as the whole space of the beds will be fully
and closely occupied, the weight of produce, comparatively
with the extent of surface, will, I have good reason to be-
lieve, be generally found to be very great.

The same mode of management may, I entertain no doubt, —
be employed with much advantage in the culture of the dif-
ferent varieties of Beet; and, I believe, of the Swedish
Turnep, whenever that is transplanted; for the mould will
adhere much more readily to wet than to dry roots; and it
is obviously advantageous that the roots of a plant, which
cannot be regularly watered in dry seasons, should be made
to descend deeply into the ground.

Fibrous rooted plants also, I am inclined to infer from the
grounds above stated, will be found to succeed well under the
same mode of treatment; for these would readily emit, in
great abundance, new superficial roots. I am not however pre-
‘pared to speak upon the evidence of any direct experiment,

[ 373 ]

* XXXV. First Report on the Experiments carried on in the
Garden of the HorticuttuRAt Society of London, made
up to the end of March, 1825,

Read, February 7, 1826.

Tue following Report is that to which reference is made
in the last Report of the Garden Committee, as comprehend-
ing an account of experiments conducted in the Garden
of the Society to the end of March, 1825. It has been
considered advisable not to extend this beyond notices con-
nected with the Hot-houses and similar buildings constructed
in the Garden: and to defer to future opportunities, a state-
ment of the results of other experiments which have been
instituted. The recent formation of the Garden, and the
necessarily imperfect state, in so new an establishment, of
most of the materials which are réquisite for purposes of
experimental investigation, have hitherto presented obstacles
which each succeeding year may now be expected to remove ;
and as Reports are to be annually made on such experiments
as shall be brought to a satisfactory termination, these will,

` in due time, be successively submitted to the notice of the
Society.

Hor-novses. Of the houses in the Ornamental Garden
department, two are constructed with wood; and one, which
is double, that is, with a north and south aspect, is framed
with iron. Those constructed with wood had been erected at

VOL. VI. 3C

374. First Report on the Experiments carried on

the late Garden of the Society at Kensington, whence they
were removed when that Establishment was transferred to
Chiswick. In their external structure there is nothing par-
ticularly novel to be noticed, but some observations on their
interior may be useful. |

Bark Stove. The small house which is used for the pur-
pose of a Nursery Bark-stove, has its interior fitted up with
a small tank for the growth of aquatic plants, a central brick
pit for tan, an elevated border along the back wall for para-
sitical orchideous plants, and various shelves and stages of
wood along the front and sides for smaller plants in pots.
The roof does not rest immediately upon the back wall, but
has a return to the north of about three feet, adapted to the
purpose of ventilation without loss of light, the sashes being
moveable on hinges. The plants in this house thrive ex-
ceedingly both in summer and winter, and in all respects it
has been found perfectly suited to the growth of small plants
of the more delicate kind from within the Tropics. The
glass sashes to the north, alluded to, are found to be of great
use in bringing the light nearer to the low plants cultivated
in the border in the back part of the house.

Green-house. This, when fitted up, was designed for the re-
ception of small plants in pots, before their being transferred to
houses of larger dimensions. With this in view, and in order to
bring the whole of the plants as near the light as possible, the
back shelf, which is broad, was elevated nearly three feet and
a half above the level of the front platform, and the inter-
mediate space was fitted with two hollow stone stages, one
rising two feet above the other, access being had to the back
part of the house by means of stone steps at each end of the

in the Garden of the HORTICULTURAL Society. 375

central stages. The front and sides were furnished with open
wooden shelves for plants in pots. The roof rests immediately
upon the back wall, and in no case is more than five feet from
the stages upon which the plants are arranged. In the sum-
mer, plants thrive well in this house, especially those of a
‘bulbous nature, and from temperate latitudes ; but not being
capable of receiving sufficient heat from the sun’s rays, it is
not adapted for the protection of tender or delicate plants.
In the winter, plants are not so healthy in it as could have
been wished, a circumstance which it is supposed may be
attributed to the dampness of the brick work, and stone
shelves of the interior, the ill effects of which are not suffici-
ently counteracted by the operation -of light and heat. So
much timber has been used in the construction of the roof,
that it has been calculated that about one-third of its whole
breadth is opaque. The building was originally constructed
at Kensington on very cheap terms, as a temporary protection
for Chinese plants, and it would perhaps have been the best
policy not to have removed it, but to have constructed a house
on a more improved plan instead. |

Protecting Pits. Both these last mentioned houses have a
brick flue passing along and close to the front wall, from
which a sufficient heat is imparted to small pits built in front,
to maintain their temperature at a degree which is high `
enough for the preservation of bulbous and half hardy plants
during the winter, and with the aid of a mat in very severe
weather, to exclude frost during our coldest winters. The
hinges of the sashes on these pits have been contrived by Mr.
WILLIAM ÅTKINSON, to whose advice and assistance in the
construction of the buildings in the Garden, the Society is much

376 First Report on the Experiments carried on

indebted, in such a way as to render it easy to lift the sashes
out of their frames when it is wished to remove them. This
is effected by the pin of the hinge being screwed on the side
of each end of the sash, and falling into a corresponding half
circle of metal in the frame of the sash. This method is
found extremely useful, and not at all liable to be deranged
either by use or neglect.

Curvilinear Houses. These Houses are formed with curvi-
linear bars of wrought iron resting in front upon the plate of
a low wall, and at back against the face of the back wall. They
are built as two distinct houses, the one facing the south, the
other the north. That to the south is fitted up withinside
with a stone shelf on a level with the wall-plate, running along
the sides and front, and a hollow chamber, over which is a
sand-bed, heated by an internal flue along the centre. No tan
is used in this house. The back is without shelves, but
several niches have been contrived in the wall which receive
the half of as many large pots, in which are planted trees
trained to a trellis, over the whole back of the house. Wires
are also fixed to the roof from front to back, and from end
to end, for supporting climbing plants. The north house, |
which was designed as a propagating house, has a stone
shelf at the back, and a hollow chamber with a sand-bed
over it in front, and is heated by a single flue, which, en-
tering at the front, runs through the interior of the chamber,
and, imparting a certain degree of heat to the sand-bed
above the chamber, returns by the back. The two ends of this
last house are not glazed, being of brick work. In remark-
ing upon these houses, much pleasure is felt in being able
to state that, as far as experience in them has gone, their

in the Garden of the HORTICULTURAL Society. 377

value as protections for plants is not inferior to the elegance
of their appearance. In the south house, various kinds of
Tropical fruit trees have been planted, and among them have
been mixed other plants from similar climates, and requiring
similar treatment. These have grown with a vigour and
healthy appearance far beyond what has been remarked in
any wooden hot-houses which have come under observation.
Several, such as Guavas, Eugenias, &c. have already produced
their fruit upon very young trees, and good promise is offered
of their being followed by other plants yet more difficult to
fruit. This must, it is believed, be attributed to the abund-
ance of light afforded to the plants, and to the effect of the
solar heat, which is more abundantly admitted by the great
extension of the glass, and which renders it practicable to
maintain the atmosphere in a much more humid state than
in darker houses. The whole loss of direct light in the
curvilinear iron houses cannot be estimated at more than
one twenty-third, while in the common stoves it is never less
than one-sixth, and sometimes as great as one-third. During
the time to which this Report extends, that is the two
years since these houses have been built in the Garden, the
` unusual mildness of the winters has prevented any observa-
tions being made upon the effect of severe cold upon them.
~ It may be remarked however that in the summer, heat is
transmitted through the glass and iron bars in a space of
time inconceivably small. Those persons, however, who are
best acquainted with the management of iron houses, do not
fear that, though the same causes will, in hard frosts, occasion
the internal heat to be given out to the external atmosphere,
in a corresponding ratio, the proper management of the

378 -First Report on the Experiments carried on

fires will be able to maintain such a temperature as is
‘requisite.* The only weather which was sufficiently severe
to produce any perceptible effect upon the plants inside either
these houses, was in the beginning of 1823, a few months
after they were built. At that time, the thermometer was
not at any time in the open air more than a very few degrees
below the freezing point ; but this slight degree of cold was
accompanied with a strong north wind; and then it was found
impossible to keep the frost out of the north house without
covering the outside with mats. At that time however the
laps of the glass were not puttied, which made the external
covering necessary. The remedy of closing the laps with
putty, was immediately and successfully applied. It must
not be forgotten, that the above remarks apply to Curvilinear
Stoves only ; with respect to Green-houses constructed with
iron, the Garden of the Society at present affords no evidence. .
Forcine Houses In the Experimental Fruit and Kitchen
Garden, two small Glazed-houses have been erected, the one
a Curvilinear Iron-house, the other a wooden Peach-house.
Peach-house. No observation can be made respecting
this house until the trees, with which it is planted, shall have
arrived at a bearing state. It is constructed more for the
purpose of exhibiting and comparing varieties of the Peach
and Nectarine, than for the production of early or large crops.
Curvilincar Fruiting-house. Upon this house several ob-
servations have been made which deserve attention. It was
contrived for the purpose of forcing fruits in pots. In its
internal arrangement, it is somewhat the same as the south
* February, 1826. ‘The experience of the past winter has fully justified this
opinion: irene ce

in the Garden of the HorticuLtTuRAL Society. 379

curvilinear plant-house before described, that is to say, it has
a sand-bed m the middle, stone shelves along the front and
ends, and niches in the back wall: these last are used for the
reception of fig-trees in pots. The sand-bed, however, is not
placed over a hollow chamber traversed by a flue, as in the
house in the Ornamental Garden, but is of stone raised upon
piers with a flue running below it, which consequently is
open to the whole house. ‘The house is ventilated, not only
by means of apparatus in the front and back walls, but the
two ends of the house are so contrived that they will open
almost entirely when necessary, so that a current of air may
be introduced both from the ends and sides. In the first year
of its trial, the roof was permitted to be wholly exposed to
the action of the sun, but it was found impracticable to re-
gulate its temperature under such circumstances. The tem-
perature indeed was kept equal during the night by means
of fire-heat without difficulty, but in the day-time it was im-
possible to do so. When there were alternate changes from
a clouded to a bright sky, the action of the sun’s rays was so
sudden, that the temperature of the house was raised too
high before the speediest supply of air could be given; and
when there was a whole day of continued sunshine, with a
calm atmosphere, as often happened in the early part of
the season, the house could not, with all the ventilators
in operation, be kept within ten degrees of the tempera-
ture required for Cherries, or even Peaches. When, on such
days, Cherries were in full flower, the foot-stalks of their
flowers became withered, and never afterwards recovered.
Strawberries produced an abundance of fruit, and Figs as
much as could be expected in their first season. After this

380 First Report on the Experiments carried on

expefience, it was determined to counteract the irregularity of
temperature by providing the roof with an awning of canvas,
which might be drawn over the glass or removed, as should
be advisable. This produced very beneficial results. Peaches
and Nectarines appeared to sustain less inconvenience from the
nature of the house. Plums, Apricots, and some other more
hardy fruits have succeeded better, but Cherries have continued
to resist the attempts which have been made to force them in
it. The experiment therefore seems to prove, that, although
with attention it may be practicable to force some descrip-

‘tions of fruits, such as Peaches, Nectarines, Figs and Straw-
berries, perhaps with almost as much success as in a wooden
house, yet that others are not to be made to bear their fruit,
and that upon the whole, a house constructed with wood is
much better adapted to the purposes of forcing, than one
with a curvilinear roof of iron.

Ventilation. After having said thus much of the hot-
houses in the Garden, with reference to their internal arrange-
ments, it may be proper to offer some remarks upon the
manner in which they are ventilated. Not that the mode in
which it is effected, is either absolutely new, or not known to
many of the Fellows of the Society, but because the method is
not so much adopted as it deserves to be; and because the
advantages which have been experienced from it deserve to
be generally made known upon the authority of the So-
ciety. The way in which it is effected, was, it is believed,
first practised by Mr. Arxrnson, who introduced it into the
construction of vineries with good effect. The contrivance
is this—In the first place, the roof is not provided with
moveable sashes, but they are, on the contrary, fixed: there

-in the Garden of the Horticutturan Society. 381

is necessarily no upright glass in front of the house; but the
roof rests there upon the solid wall, and at back upon the
face of the back wall. In the front wall are built a number
of wooden frames, into which shutters opening externally on
hinges, are accurately fitted. In the back wall within the
house, and next the glass at top, are also fitted a corresponding
number of wooden frames furnished with a wooden slider,
running up and down by means of pullies with cords and
weights, after the manner of a window-sash. These sliders are
interposed before a hollow in the wall, which communicates
with the external air.in front above the glass roof of the
house. When it is wished that no air shall be admitted, the
front shutters and the back sliders are closed, and in propor-
tion as it is desired to ventilate the house, are they opened
to a greater or less degree. By these means a current of air
is maintained from front to back; and. as fast as the admitted
air becomes heated, and. rises in the house, it escapes through
the ventilators at the top of the back wall. When it is ex-
pedient to admit fresh air, without loss of much heat, the
front ventilators alone are opened. The ventilation of the
houses being thus effected with facility and accuracy, renders
the moving the lights for that purpose unnecessary; and, in
consequence, all the sashes in the Houses erected in the Garden
of the Society, excepting those of the Peach-house, are now
fixed. By aid of these ventilators, the temperature of iron
houses is capable of being lowered iñ the hottest days of
summer to a degree even inferior to that of the external air.
The advantage in obviating the wear of wood-work, and
the breakage of glass, is manifest. The ventilation of the
house for forcing Peaches and Nectarines is also provided
VOL. VI. 3 D

382 First Report on the Experiments carried on

for, on the same plan as in the other houses; but the lights
are not fixed, because it is necessary for the perfection of
these fruit, both as to their colour and flavour, that they
should be exposed to the direct influence of the sun without
the intervention of glass, in the last period of their ripening.

These lights therefore have not been fixed, in order that
they may be taken off at the requisite time.

Humidity in the houses. Some observations have been
taken with Mr. Danievx’s Hygrometer, upon the state of
the atmosphere in hot-houses; the result of which seems to
be this. That in curvilinear houses during the summer, the
degree of atmospheric moisture, which appears to be most
suitable to Tropical vegetation, may be settled to be about
-860, the temperature being from 80° to 87° Fahrenheit,
and the transmission of light such as has been already stated.
to take place through an iron roof. And it has been satis-
factorily ascertained, that the nearer the temperature and
humidity of a stove, approximate to these degrees, the more
favourable is the artificial climate found for bringing the
powers of vegetation into vigorous action. It can also be
stated, that unless such a degree of humidity is carefully
maintained during the summer months in a hot-house con-
structed of iron, such a house will be found more rapidly
_ prejudicial to the health of plants, than one constructed of
wood, because its atmosphere if left to itself would become
more dry, and the plants would exhibit all the wget
consequent on aridity.

Plant-pits heated by dung. In the Ornamental Experi-
mental Garden is a triple range of brick pits, heated ex-
ternally with dung, these have been erected upon a plan

in the Garden of the HORTICULTURAL SociETy. 383

recommended by Mr. Samurex Brooxes of Ball's Pond, for
‘the purpose of receiving such plants or seeds as require the
heat of a dung-bed during the summer, and especially as a
nursery for Tropical plants after their arrival from a long
voyage. These pits are thus constructed. Upon three pa-
rallel equidistant walls, built with pigeon holes, and crossed
at intervals by other walls acting as tyes, is placed.a flooring
of strong slates. A single course or more of bricks is laid
over the slates in front, and at back in like manner is placed a
slight wall higher than the front wall by one course of bricks:
Upon these upper walls is fixed a common garden frame.
Dung is applied to the faces of the walls constructed with
pigeon holes, as in a common brick dung-pit. This is found
economical in the consumption of dung, and beneficial to the
plants, by keeping them in a regular degree of warmth and
moisture, without the inconvenience of the unwholesome
steam from the dung being admitted among them. These
pits have answered their purposes perfectly well, except
during the winter season; at that period they are inconvenient
on account of dampness, and it has been found difficult in
very cold weather to keep so high a degree of heat in them
as is sometimes desired. :

Merton anv Piye-rits. The following pits have been
erected. Two Melon-pits upon the plan of M‘Paaiz;.
two Melon-pits upon a plan proposed by Mr. ATKINSON;
two Pine-pits upon what is usually called Mr. Batpwrn’s
plan; one Pine-pit upon Mr. Scort’s plan, as detailed in
the Transactions of the Horticultural Society ;* and one Pine-

* Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 220,

884 First Report on the Experiments carried on

pit upon the plan of Mr. Buck, as also described in the
Transactions.* There is also a small stove for the purpose of
fruiting the smaller kinds of pines.

Scott's and Buck's Pine-pits. Of the pits. constructed
upon the plans of Mr. Scorr and Mr. Bucx, ample informa-
tion has been given in the descriptions above referred
to. The first of these is constructed so that the heat of
fire and dung may be separately or jointly applied to the
plants; the other is warmed by fire alone; but both are de-
signed to allow the whole space of the pit under the glass
to be occupied with the plants, the flues being removed
without the body of the pits, and yet affording all the heat
required. The pines grow perfectly well in them; their con-
struction is however costly, and some inconvenience attends
the shifting the plants which are kept in them. A con-
siderable: difficulty also is consequent on the situation of the
flues, when it is necessary to get at them, for the purpose of
cleaning or repairing them.

Small Pine-house. Of the small brick stove for fruiting
pines, there is not any thing remarkable in the construction.
It is ventilated from back to front as the large houses, and
the lights remain, unmoved, except when it is required to
change the tan, or to alter the general arrangement of the
plants. It has a walk at the back, which is of course con-
venient for the purpose of inspection, though of little use to
the cultivation. This house was intentionally constructed of
small dimensions. An enlargement of the plan in every
direction would form a better house for ordinary purposes.

* Horticultural Transactions, Vol. iv. page 533.

in the Garden of the Horricutturat Society. 385

M‘Phail’s Melon-pits. The Melon-pits upon the plan of
M‘Puait, were constructed in the Garden in two ways.
In the first, the original plan of M‘Pait was exactly fol-
lowed : flues were built across the pit under the rafters, as
well as round the sides, and covered with flue-tiles. In the
other, the original plan was deviated from by the omission of
the cross flues; the flues being built round the outer wall only ;
they were moreover covered with slates. This was done with
a view to diminish the expense of constructing the pits, and
at the same time for acquiring a greater space for earth. The
following observations have been made upon their respective
heat. On the 26th February, 1824, the temperature of the
external air being 46°, the naked bulb of a thermometer was
applied to the tiles, and it rose in three minutes to 64°; but
applied to the slates, it rose in the same space of time, and
under the same circumstances, to 69°. On the 3rd of March
following, the whole of the lining of both pits having been
renewed a short time previously, a similar experiment was
made, but in a more perfect manner. The temperature ex-
ternally was 37°. In one hour and a half, thermometers
placed in the pits at the same moment were examined, and
found to be in the pit with slate-covering to the flues, 82° ;
and in that with tile-covering, 72°. It therefore appears that
by using slate as a covering to the top of flues in such pits, a
greater degree of heat is obtained at a less expense of building
and space. The contrivance of these pits is, however, under
the best construction, clumsy, and much inferior to that. next.
to be described.

Atkinson's Melon-pits. It has been already stated that
two Melon Pits were built upon a plan proposed by Mr.

386 First Report on the Experiments carried on

Atkinson. These have been found far superior to any other
yet constructed. The principle is that of a brick pit heated
by dung, and-consists of four external walls, of which the
back and sides are four inches thick, and built in the pigeon-
hole manner. The front is a hollow fourteen-inch wall open
at top within side, and externally formed with a thin panel
of slate in one case, and of thin bricks set on edge with cement
in the other case. Against these walls the dung is applied
as usual, by which means dry heated air is communicated to
the pit from the front, and the damp warmth from the steam
of the dung penetrates the Pit at the back and sides. This
contrivance is simple, and free from the objectionable points
in the M‘Puarr’s Pits, especially in being much less expensive,
and more roomy. If it were intended to apply the principle
to the construction of a Pine pit, it would be necessary to en-
large the dimensions of the pit, and advisable to add a hollow
flue against the face of the back wall, by means of small
plug-holes in the upper surface of which, steam from the dung
could be admitted to the interior atmosphere whenever neces- -
sary. It should be remarked, that in these pits a contrivance
was attempted for admitting fresh air in a heated state
through a flue communicating at the one end with the ex-
ternal air, and at the other with the lower part of the cavity
of the front hollow wall of the Pit. The advantages at-
tending this contrivance were not such as were anticipated,
and as it added materially to the cost of the pit, it has not
been noticed here as essential to the plan. It has been already
stated, that these Pits have heat conveyed to the inside in
front by means of thin panels, of two kinds, the one made of
slate, the other of thin bricks set on edge in cement. This

in the Garden of the HORTICULTURAL Society. 387

was done with a view to ascertain what the differences were
of the conducting power of slate and bricks, and whether the
difference, if any, was such as might be considered equal to
the extra cost of the slate. On the 3rd of May, 1824, two
thermometers were suspended in the cavity, the air of which
is heated by the medium of the above described panels, the
external lining of dung having been recently renewed. After
remaining suspended for an hour andan half, the thermo-
meters were examined, and it was found that the heat of the air
in the cavity, warmed by the intervention of the slate panel,
was 89°; of the brick panel, was 92°; making a difference of
3° in favour of the least expensive material.

Baldwin's Pine-pits. The two Pine-pits upon the plan of
Mr. Batpwin are, in all respects, such as are usually con-
structed, but with this exception, that the walls, instead of
being built with pigeon-holes, have passages for the dung-heat
left by the omission of the mortar in the side joints of the
bricks. This has been found a more regular mode of admitting
the dung heat than that usually adopted, and also a more
effectual method of excluding vermin from the inside, but it
has the disadvantage of not allowing a sufficiently quick trans-
mission of steam and heat. The dung-pits are covered ex-
ternally with sloping wooden lids, resting upon a frame-work
of wood ; these cause the dung to retain its heat for a longer
time than when it is exposed to the weather, and they give a
degree of neatness to the Pit which can never be maintained.
when dung is exposed.

[ 388 ]

XXXVI. On the Cultivation of the Passiflora Quadrangu-
laris. By Mr. Witi1AmM Mircueson, Gardener to JoHN
Mitrorb, Esq. F. H. 8S.

Read October 18, 1825.

My practice in the cultivation of the Passiflora Quadran-
gularis, or Granadilla, for fruit in a stove, differing in some
respects from that published by the Horticultural Society in
their Transactions* sometime since, I am induced to submit —
the consideration of it to the notice of the Fellows of the
Society.

With me the Granadilla is planted in a box or tub of
about eighteen inches square, which is fixed at one of the
angles of the tan-pit, on brick or stone work, to prevent its
sinking. In the sides of the box are bored a number of
holes about one inch in diameter, to admit the roots to run
amongst the tan, which they must be encouraged to do as
much as possible, and which they will freely do if supported
by frequent watering. The plant is trained with a single
stem till it reaches within a foot of the glass, and is then
stopt to induce it to throw out separate shoots, which should
be trained to four or more rods or wires fastened to the
rafters, at about a foot apart, and from a foot to eighteen
inches distance from the glass. The shoots are trained to
the right and left, three each way, and the laterals of each
shoot are trained to the same wire with their principal shoot.

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol, iv, page 60.

On the Cultivation of the Passiflora Quadrangularis. 389

In autumn the shoots are pruned back to within two or three
eyes of the old’ wood, and in March following, or just before
the plant begins to break, it is taken up, and the roots are
cut away, so as to reduce the ball to about a foot in diameter
every way. It is then replanted, the box being filled with
fresh compost. The cutting the roots gives a temporary
check, but the plant acquires subsequent strength from the
operation. 2

When in bloom, and also when. the fruit is swelling, an
ample or rather a copious supply of water is given. I have
found this supply of water at the flowering season so beneficial
to the plant, as to enable it to set its fruit without artificial
impregnation, though in dull weather, and when little air is
admitted to the house, it is certainly the safest method to
assist the setting by that means; but, I have never observed
any inconvenience to arise from the decay of the rays or
other parts of the flower at the base of the column, which
supports the germen after the impregnation has been pro-
perly effected. | 3
= Whena plant has been established one or more years, it

will generally begin to ripen its fruit in the end of June, or
beginning of July, and will continue to bear in regular suc-
cession till near Christmas. A strong plant will produce as
many as forty fruits, and I have gathered that number in a
season; but to have them large and fine I prefer taking
a less number, considering from fifteen to twenty a sufficient
crop.

VOL. VI. 3 E

[ 390 ]

XXXVII. On a Method of Growing Asparagus in single
Rows, as practised by Mr. Warrer Dicxson, at Red-
_braes, near Edinburgh. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Anvrew Dickson, F. H. S.

Read March 21, 1826.
Sir, .

Msg. Dicxson’s method of growing Asparagus in single
rows, of which you have requested an account, is so simple,
that little explanation will be required. It occurred to him
that planting Asparagus in single rows, particularly in the
soil of his Garden, (which is alight black earth upon a subsoil
of sand) might answer much better than in beds, as it would
enable him to introduce manure to the roots, by pointing it
in between the rows with the spade. He had observed that
the usual mode of dressing Asparagus beds by a covering of
dung in winter on the surface was apt to produce canker,
and that consequently many of the plants in the beds came
up sickly and weak in spring, and ultimately decayed during
the summer. The first plantation he made in single rows
was in our Leith Walk Nursery upwards of twenty-five years
ago, and this yet retains its vigour and produces fine heads.
This I think you did not see when you were at Edinburgh,
otherwise you would have noticed he had erred in not giving
sufficient room between the rows, which are only two and 4
half feet apart.

The plantations he has since either made himself or re-

On a Method of Growing Asparagus in single Rows. 391

commended others to make, have been at three and a half
feet distance row from row. The plants are planted at nine
inches apart in the rows; the ground has no further prepara-
tion previously to planting than being dug or trenched to its
full depth, and well manured with rotten cow-dung. The
young plantation you saw at Redbraes, has only been made two
years, and was so strong as to admit of being partially cut the
second year. Mr. Dickson prefers planting in July to spring,
and with seedlings of the preceding season. I venture to give it
as my opinion, that the produce from two single rows planted
in the way described, will both in quantity and quality (but
particularly the last) be found superior to three rows of equal
length planted in beds in the usual way ; the ease and facility
with which the heads are cut is likewise in favour of the row
system. I may further add, that in our northern climate, it is
of moment that the plants should have all possible benefit of
the sun’s rays, that the roots may be well ripened and pre-
pared to shoot vigorously in spring; and I need not point
out to you that this will be better obtained by the plants
growing in distant rows, than when they are crowded in beds
in the usual way.
I am, Sir,
Your very obedient servant,

ANDREW Dickson.
Edinburgh,
12th March, 1826, cw a e

[ 392 ]

XXXVIII. Notice of New or Remarkable Varieties of Fruits,
ripened in the Summer and Autumn of the Years 1828
and 1824, which were exhibited at Meetings of the Horri-
CULTURAL SOCIETY.

STRAWBERRY.

Mk. Jouns Wiimor, F.H.S. sent to the Meeting on the
6th of July, 1823, specimens of a new Strawberry, which has
been named Wilmot's Superb, raised by him from seeds of
the true Chili, impregnated by the pollen of the Roseberry.
It is of very large size; the first fruits are usually of the
cockscomb shape; the colour is a little darker than that
of the Old Pine; the seeds are numerous and prominent.
The flesh is stained with red throughout, but is whitish
at the centre, where there is a small hollow; it is buttery
and rich with a pleasant acidity. The plant is large, tall
and vigorous, bearing its fruit high from the ground. This
variety has been already described in the account of Straw-
berries* cultivated in the Garden of the Horticultural So-
ciety, and is here noticed for the purpose of illustrating the
annexed figure} of it, (Plate v.) from a drawing by Mr.
CHARLES Joun ROBERTSON.

* See page 208 of this Volume.

+ From a duplicate drawing by the same artist, Mr. WrLmor has caused
another engraving to be made, conceiving that the publication of it would make
the fruit more generally known. The Council of the Horticultural Society were
not aware of Mr. Wixmor’s intention until the present plate had been engraved,
but as Mr. Witmor’s figure is not attached to any work, consequently not likely
to be equally permanent, it was thought right not to withhold the print.

Notice of New or Remarkable Varieties of Fruits, 393

Pium.

Nıcnoras Wii11am Ripiey Corzorng, Esq. F. H. S. on
the 27th of September, 1824, sent from his garden at West
Harling in Norfolk, two specimens of Coz’s Golden Drop
Plum of different colours borne on the same branch: one
was of the usual colour, the other violet. The fruit of the
latter was perfectly formed, and the branch was in good
health, so that disease had no share in producing the change ;
its flavour was precisely that of the yellow variety. Mr.
Ripitey Consorne subsequently sent the branch to the
Garden of the Society, where it was grafted, with the view of
ascertaining whether the sport will be permanent or not.

APRICOT.

Mr. ALEXANDER Ricuarpson, Gardener to the Countess
of TANKERVILLE, at Walton on Thames, sent to the Meeting
on the 2nd of September, 1824, specimens of a seedling
Apricot, the produce of a standard tree, raised from a stone
of the Moor Park, and growing in Lady TANKERVILLE’S
Garden. The variety very much resembled the Moor Park,
but appears to be more hardy, since it ripens quite well on a
standard, and attains toa larger size. It has been named the
Walton Moor Park Apricot.

PEACHES.

Grorce Roserr Goopin RICKETTS, Esq. F. H. S. sent
on the 20th September, 1823, specimens ofa Peach raised
from seed by Mr. WrLLIam Hotes of Twyford, near Win- .
chester. It closely resembles a Noblesse, is well shaped,

394 Notice of New or Remarkable Varieties of Fruits,

and very excellent both in colour and flavour. It has been
named the Twyford Peach. The stone from which this
peach-tree was obtained was sown in 1817, and the plant in
the fourth year after produced its fruit.

Mr. StepuEeNn Hooxer, F. H. S. sent on the 10th of October,
1823, specimens of a Peach, the produce of a standard-tree
growing in a court-yard adjoining the house of Mr. Ware,
in the town of Tonbridge. — It is of good size, round, deeply
cleft, a rich yellow on the shaded side, and very deep red
where exposed. Flesh yellow, red at the stone, hard and
adhering firmly; very rich and highly flavoured. It is a re-
markably hardy variety, and will no doubt ripen earlier if
grown in a more favorable situation than that in which Mr.
Ware's tree is placed. The tree is sixteen or seventeen
years old, and has never been transplanted. It began to
bear when six or seven years old, and has continued to pro-
duce abundantly every year since. It has been named the
Tonbridge Peach.

NECTARINES.

Specimens of the Boston Nectarine were received from
Tuomas Anprew Kyicur, Esq. the President, on the 18th
of July, 1823. The original tree was raised at Boston in the
United States, by Mr. Lewis, of that town, from a stone of a
Peach. Plants of it were presented to the Society and to the
President by Samurt G. Perxtns, Esq. of Boston, a Corre-
sponding Member of the Society. The fruit is of the middle
size, nearly heart-shaped. The skin, where shaded, is bright
yellow, deepening from slight mottling to intense red as it is
more exposed ; its appearance is very beautiful. The flesh ©
is a rich | orange colour, having no mixture of red; it parts

ripened in the Summer and Autumn of 1823 and 1824. 395

freely from the stone (which is small and pointed), is rather
firm, not remarkable for its sweetness, but has a peculiar
flavour, which is very pleasant. As Nectarines are but
seldom raised, and little cultivated in the United States, the
original production of this variety was considered worthy of
record and notice.

On the 16th of September, 1823, Mr. Knieur sent speci-
mens of a new Seedling Nectarine of large size, marked No. 6.
The shape of the fruit is rather more globular, and its colour
deeper than that of the Elruge Nectarine ; the flesh is pale
yellow, red at the stone, which is small in proportion to the size
of the fruit. The skin peels off freely, the flesh is soft, full of
juice, rich, and sweet. Mr. Kniceur states that these Necta-
rines ripened several days before the fruit of either the Violette
hative or the Elruge, and that they had the property of being
so firmly attached to the stalk, that they did not drop off,
but all remained on the tree till they shrivelled. In reference
to this circumstance it has been called the Imperatrice Nec-
tarine, the Plums with that name having the same property.

Pears.

Captain Perer Rarnier, F. H. S. sent, on the second of
November, 1823, specimens of a seedling Pear of considerable
excellence. It resembles the Easter Bergamot in shape and
colour, but is melting, with a little grit at the core. It ripens
in the beginning of November, is rich, sweet, and pleasantly
perfumed, and is an excellent bearer. It was found growing
wild in the neighbourhood of Southampton, by the late
Bryan Epwarps, Esq., and was removed into his garden.

It has been named Bryan Edwards's Pear. The original

396 Notice of New or Remarkable Varieties of Fruits,

tree is growing as a standard in an open quarter, and is so
hardy in its blossoms that it produces a crop even in an un-
favourable season. Its fruit does not ripen on the tree, but
probably would do so on a wall, as it only requires to be kept
a week or ten days after it is gathered, before it is fit for the .
table.

Messrs. Grorcr and Wiix1am TINDALL, of Beverley, in
Yorkshire, sent to the Meeting on the 20th of January, 1824,
specimens of a new variety of Swan’s Egg Pear, which is
stated to succeed well in that neighbourhood. It is larger
and browner than the Common Swan’s Egg, and equal to it in
_ flavour. It keeps well till the end of January, and sometimes
later. It has been named Tindall’s Swans Egg. Plants of
the variety have been subsequently presented to the Garden
of the Society by Messrs. TINDALL, from their Nursery.

A plant of the Sha Lee, or Sand Pear of China, was
introduced by the Horticultural Society from China, in the
Spring of 1820, on board the Cornwall, Captain Joun PETER
Witson. A graft of it having been sent to the President,
was placed by him on an old Pear-tree against a south wall
in his garden at Downton, and it produced fruit in 1823.
On the 17th of November in that year, a specimen was sent
by Mr. Knienr to the Society ; it -was near three inches long,
and two inches and a half in diameter in the middle, and
nearly equal at both ends, forming almost a perfect oval.
The stalk was unusually long, the eye small, close, deeply
sunk ; the skin pale dull yellow, covered with numerous
‘rough brown spots; the flesh white and crisp, with the
flavor of an apple rather than of a pear, and of no particular
excellence, The tree appears to be a distinct species, but

ripened in the Summer and Autumn of 1823 and 1824. 397

nearly related to the Pyrus Communis; it has been named.
by Mr. Linpiey Pyrus Sinensis. It is very different in ap- _
pearance from any variety of the Common Pear. The leaves
are almost ever-green, continuing on the tree nearly the whole
winter ; they are large, and shining dark green. The tree
vegetates very early in the spring; when it is easily recog-
nized by the brown colour of its young leaves and shoots,

VOL. VI. He

[ 398 J

XXXIX. Report upon the Meteorological Observations made
in the Garden of the Horticultural Society, during the
Year 1825. :

Read February 7, 1826.

Tae Garden Committee having, on the 28th of February,
1825, resolved that it was expedient that a Meteorological
Journal should be kept in the Garden of the Society, a plan
for carrying this resolution into effect was prepared, and some
instruments were procured in time to commence the obser-
vations on the Ist of the following May. From the difficulty,
however, of obtaining efficient instruments, the tables of ob-
servations, up to the end of 1825, are not in a state sufficiently
perfect to justify their publication. The present Report, there-
fore, is made only with the view of offering a few remarks
upon the state of the atmosphere during one of the driest
summers which has been experienced in Great Britain for
many years. .

From the 1st of January, 1826, the Journal of Observations
has been carried on with instruments of the most perfect con-
struction, and on a more enlarged plan than that first pre
pared. For a detailed account of this plan, and of the instru-
ments employed, as well as for an explanation of the nature of
several of the observations, particularly of those relating tO
humidity and radiation, reference may be made to a succeed-
ing Report which will detail the plan to be pursued and the
instruments to be employed in conducting a course of Meteo-
rological Observations in the Garden.

Report upon the Meteorological Observations, fc. 399

In the beginning of May the weather was cool for the
season, the thermometer, during the first fortnight, rarely
indicating more than 64° at noon, and being as low as 48° and
50°. - At this time a good deal of rain fell, but towards the
end of the month the weather became fine, and the thermo-
meter at one time rose as high as 76°. The mean degree of
moisture was .840, and the least degree of moisture .427.
The amount of rain was 2.90 inches, and the prevailing
winds were southerly, having been in that quarter 14 days
out of 31.

In June the weather had become much warmer, and was
upon the whole very fine ; the thermometer was frequently
as high as 78°, and once 81°, at noon, and at night seldom
lower than from 57° to 63°, so that the nights of this month
were as warm as the greater part of the days of May. The
lowest point to which the thermometer fell was 46° on the
morning of the 22nd. Very little rain fell except in the be-
ginning of the month, in consequence of which the atmo-
sphere became so dry that the mean degree of moisture was
not higher than .792, while it was observed, on one occasion,
as low as .389, and towards the end of the month the dew
point at noon was frequently much higher than 20°; on one
occasion it was observed as high as 28°. The wind was not
in the north for a single day, and in the N. E. only 3 days.

July was remarkably hot and dry. During the whole
month there fell only .05 inch of rain. ‘I'he mean humidity
of the atmosphere was not so high as that of June by .067,
amounting on the whole to only .725; but no single observa-
tion during the month indicated a much lower degree of
moisture than was noticed in June. The thermometer was

400 Report upon the Meteorological Observations

frequently observed as high as 90° in the shade, and twice as
high as 95° between 2 and 3 P. M. At 9 P. M. it was several
times as high as 75°, and on no occasion was ever lower than
48°. Notwithstanding this heat, the wind was not due south
for a single day. After the 20th the wind was northerly, and
the nights became colder.

In August the weather was occasionally showery and
cloudy, and during the month 2.03 inches of rain fell.. The
wind was chiefly westerly. The mean degree of moisture
increased to .857, but on one occasion the air was noticed to
be as dry as .359, a state in which it is seldom found in this
country. This was at noon on the 9th; the thermometer
at 69° in the shade, with a very slight breeze from the
west. The difference between the temperature in the shade
and under the influence of the solar rays, was, on the 20th
at noon 40°, the shade being 70°, and the sun 110°. The
greatest degree of terrestrial radiation was indicated by the
radiating thermometer to be 41° on the first day on which
the instrument was used.

In September the weather became more unsettled, 12 days
during the month being more or less rainy. The amount
of rain was however inconsiderable, being only 2.31 inches.
The early part of the month was hot and very fine; that
part during which the rain fell was very sultry, the thermo-
meter being usually about 70° in the shade at noon, and ten
or fifteen degrees higher in the sun. The mean degree of
moisture was .863, which was a little higher upon the whole
than in August, but no day was found to be drier than .537,
which was a material increase of humidity. beyond that of
August. The highest degree of heat which the thermometer

made in the Garden of the HorticuuTuRAt Society. 401

indicated in the shade at noon was 78° on the first of the
month, and 108° in the sun.

In October the heat and dryness of the previous season had
entirely passed away, and was succeeded by cold unsettled
weather during the whole of the month; notwithstanding
the wind was for the most part in a southerly direction, the
mean degree of moisture was found to be as high as .906, and
the least which was observed was .658. The amount of rain
was 2.40 inches. The greatest heat was 69° in the shade,
and 82° in the sun at noon, while the thermometer was one
day as low as 43° in the shade: it was remarked however to
be 71° at the same time in the sun; so that while with a tem-
perature of 69°, the amount of solar radiation was only 13°,
it was with the low temperature of 43° as much as 28°. Two
nights only were frosty, each being 30° against a wall, and
28° according to the radiating thermometer. The common
range of the thermometer at night was between 34° and 42°.

November was cold and unsettled, with frequent frosts at
night, the thermometer having indicated a temperature lower
than 32° for 15 nights. On the 12th it was as low as 23°,
The days were also cold, the thermometer usually ranging
in the shade at noon from 45° to 50°; in the sun however it
was at three several times higher than 70° at the same time ;
but the mean temperature was only 42°. The atmosphere
was ina high state of humidity, the mean degree of moisture
being .921, and the least degree .714. The amount of rain
was 2.83 inches.

December was milder than November till the 27th, when
a sharp frost set in; up to that time there had been only 4
frosty nights. The mean temperature was 41°.2. ‘The mean

402 . Report upon the Meteorological Observations, $c.

degree of moisture was .959., .038 higher than in November,
but the air was at one time observed as dry as .707. The
highest temperature in the sun was 62°, and in the shade 55°;
the lowest at night was 26°. A slight fall of snow took place
on the 27th, but up to the end of the year the quantity that
fell was very inconsiderable. Nine days only were wet, and
the greatest quantity of rain was 1.73 inch. -

[ 403 ]

XL. Method of Cultivating the North American and other
hardy Orchideous Plants. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Stewart Murray, Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society of London, Curator of the Botanic
Garden at Glasgow.

Read February 7th, 1826.
Sir,

[ wave much pleasure in complying with your request, that
I would communicate to the Horticultural Society a descrip-
tion of the mode I have adopted in this Garden for the culti-
vation of hardy Orchideous Plants, which you appeared so
much to approve, when you visited Glasgow last autumn.
About the middle of February last, I made choice of a well
sheltered border, nearly the lowest in the garden, and facing
towards the south. The original soil was first taken out
to the depth of sixteen inches, and a wooden frame fixed in
the border; this was twenty-two feet long, nine feet and a
half wide, two feet and a half high at the back, and fifteen
inches high in front. Moveable glass lights were fitted to
cover it. The inside of the frame was then filled to the
ground level, with a compost made of the following materials :
one-third of leaf mould, one-third of turfy peat recently
taken from the moors and partly full of the roots and stems
of the common heaths; the remaining third was composed,
half of Sphagnum and half of sand. The whole was well broken
and mixed together, but not riddled. The roots were then
VOL. VI. 3G

404 Method of Cultivating hardy Orchideous Plants.

planted, and some care was taken to keep the surface a little
higher for those kinds which require less moisture, such as
Cypripedium arietinum, and others. A regular supply of
water was constantly given to the plants as required. In hot
weather, a partial shading was laid over the glass during the
forenoon, sufficiently thin, however, to admit of the tempera-
ture under the glass being raised to something like that of a
North American summer, by the influence of the sun. Atten-
tion was also paid to the admission of air, so as to prevent the
plants being drawn.

The above was all the care bestowed. The plants flowered
very beautifully in the early part of the summer. In autumn
the old stems were cut away, and a slight top-dressing of the
same mixture as was used for the original planting, was given.
During the winter (the last three weeks of which have been
severe frost, the thermometer frequently at 9° of Fahrenheit, )
the frame has been covered with mats.

From the appearance of the buds now coming up, they offer
to be much stronger this year than they were in the last ; and
I have no hesitation in stating, that all terrestrial Orchideous
plants will do better under similar treatment than in pots or
boxes. |

I am, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,
Stewart MURRAY.

Glasgow Botanic Garden,
January 19, 1826.

By Mr. Srewart MURRAY. 405

P. S. I have annexed a list of the various Orchideous
plants which have been hitherto cultivated in the manner
now described, and have added the names of some other
Herbaceous plants which have succeeded well in the same
frame under similar treatment.

Orchideous Plants. Orchis viridiflora.
Aceras Anthropophora. tridentata
Arethusa bulbosa. bracteata
-————- Ophioglossoides. spectabilis.
Calypso Borealis. orbiculata
Corallorhiza multiflora. dilatata.
Cymbidium pulchellum. E macrophylla
Cypripedium Calceolus. fimbriata
—— parviflorum. hyperborea
pubescens. hircina.
spectabile. ustulata
humile. militaris
arietinum, pyramidalis.
usca.

Epipactis palustris.
——— pallens.

Miscellaneous Plants.

—— ensifolia. Tene
Herminium Monorchis. pase ges
Malaxis Liliifolia. sash egrif
Correana. pees repens.
Ophioglossoides genes
s t . . .
Neottia cernua. u a era
pubescens. eE : ;
inguicula grandiflora.
xer : —- Lusitanica.
Oph ee = Primula pusilla.
Seal minima.
—— Aranifera.
+i Pyrola ee
Orchis ciliaris. mac

flava.

Sarracennia purpurea.

[ 406 ]

XLI. Plan for obtaining a Second Crop of Melons. Ina
Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.Cuarrtes Harrison,
F. H. S. Gardener to James ÅRCHIBALD STUART
Worttey, Esq. F. H. S. at Wortley Hall, Yorkshire.

Read October 18th, 1825.
SIR, `
My method of managing Melon Plants, in order to obtain a
second crop of fruit, being very much approved of in this
neighbourhood, and considered by most individuals who have
seen it, very different from, and far more successful than any
other, I am induced to send you the following description
of it.

When the first crop of fruit is nearly gathered, I take off
cuttings from the old plants. The cuttings which I select are
those extremities of shoots which are shewing the most small
fruit. They are cut off close under the second advanced joint
from the top, as at A. The leaves Band C are taken off, and
each cutting thus prepared is ready for insertion. I put two

om
W
Ai W A À
3
AYY

im N

cuttings into each pot, and insert them up to D, placing them
close to the side of the pot, and filling the pots with light rich

Plan for obtaining a Second Crop of Melons. 407

soil, gently shaking it upon the cuttings. The pots used are
twenty-fours. After being watered, I place the pots in a
small one-light frame, a hot-bed having been previously pre-
pared under it a sufficient time, to allow the burning heat to
subside before the bed is thus used. I cover the bed to the
depth of eight or ten inches with moderately dry soil ; in this
the pots with the cuttings are plunged up tothe rim. The
frame is then kept close for four or five days, in order to retain
the steam, which is very essential in supporting the cuttings
until they strike root. The frame is also shaded for some
time during four or five hours in the middle of the day.
Care is also taken that the heat is not so intense at the
bottom of the pots as to burn the cuttings. In about a week
the cuttings, if properly managed, will have struck root ; this
will be shown by their shoots pushing.

The first crop of Melons having been gathered from the
old plants, I take out the soil in which they have grown,
and replace it with some new, to the depth of twelve inches.
The beds are also at the same time lined with fresh dung. In
about ten days from the time of inserting the cuttings, they
will be ready to plant out ; and having prepared the original
beds as here described, I turn out one pot of cuttings entire,
under each small three-light frame, and to each large three-
light frame I allot two pots, one to each end light. When
the plants have pushed about fourteen inches, I pinch off the
end of each shoot, to cause them to produce fresh runners.
The fruit which had shewn previously to the cuttings being
taken from the old plants will, after the cuttings are finally
planted out, swell very rapidly, and in three weeks after the
bed has been replanted, I have cut abundance of fine fruit,

408 Plan for obtaining a Second Crop of Melons.

some weighing seven or eight pounds each, varying in this
according to the kind. The plants also yield abundantly,
being much more productive and healthy than if they were
old plants cut in, in the usual manner. I have uniformly
gathered of the second crop from twelve to twenty fruit in
each light.

A considerable advantage belonging to this plan is, that
the plants never run to length, they need no more stopping
than already described, nor do they require any thinning of
the shoots. I have also to observe, that it often happens in
-Melon plants, not raised from cuttings, that the stems near the
roots will crack, and when water is poured upon such places
it causes the plants to perish ; but this is never the case with
those raised as above described.

At present, I have an abundance of fruit upon fine healthy
plants, which since they were taken off as cuttings, have
borne fruit upwards of two months.

I am, Sir,
Your most obliged and obedient Servant,

s CHARLES HARRISON:
Wortley Hall,
October 15th, 1825.

[ 409 J

XLII. Description of American Fruits, of which Trees have
been transmitted to the Horticultural Society of London.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Micuar. Froy,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society.

Read May 17th, 1825.
SIR,
I HAVE consigned to the care of Mr. Davip Dovetas, a case,
containing several trees and plants, which I beg to present
to the Horticultural Society. As many of the Peach trees
and Apple trees are of kinds which are either new or but
little known ; I have sent short descriptions of them for your
information.
PEACHES.

1. Washington Peach. This is a most excellent and va-
luable fruit, very juicy, and delicious ; ripe from the latter end
of August to the first week in September; it is one of the
finest kinds of Peaches, of the second class as to the time of
ripening. Colour of the skin a darkish red on the exposed
side, the lighter part inclining to pale yellow ; the stone small
and free. : :

2. Kennedy's Lemon Clingstone. This is akind much in
demand for preserves; the shape that of a large Lemon; a
fine red colour towards the sun, the rest a beautiful orange
yellow; the flesh yellow, juicy, ofa sprightly flavour, and, when
perfectly ripe, very fine. One fruit often weighs from nine to
twelve ounces. It has been grown many years here, and is held
in high estimation. Ripe from the latter end of September

410 Description of American Fruits.

to the middle of October, and may be kept till the beginning
of November ; but will require artificial heat to bring it to per-
fection in England.

3. Morris's Red Freestone, and

4. Morris's White Freestone. These are fine early Peaches,
coming to perfection from the beginning to the middle
of August, of the class denominated Rare Ripe Peaches.* —
Flavour very good. The two fruits come into season nearly
at the same time, and are much alike in size and shape.

5. Morrisania Pound Peach, or Hoffman's Peach. The
buds of this kind were procured from Gouverneur Morris,
at Morrisania, a few miles from New York. It is an excellent
Peach, with a free stone; fruit very large, weighing from
twelve to fourteen ounces, very juicy and delicious. It
comes in late, about -the middle of October. MARTIN
Horry, Esq. informed me that this Peach originated with
him, that it came up from a stone, by accident, in his meadow
on York Island, and that Mr. Morris took buds from the
original plant. It is one of our finest Fall Peaches, and is in
great repute. It will require artificial heat to bring it to per-
fection in England.

6. New York White Clingstone. This is a rich, juicy, soft,
clingstone Peach, and by many preferred to every other kind.
The juice is very rich and sweet ; the flesh is white with a
very slight tinge of red. Ripe about the end of August, or
beginning of September.

7. Mammoth Peach, or Saartye Mout Peach, or Aunt

* The Rare Ripe Peaches are those with free stones, which ripen early in

- season. Fall Peaches, afterwards mentioned, are generally (but not alway s)»
clingstones, and ripen in October,

By Mr. Micuaeu Froy. 411

Sarah's Peach. A very large fruit, and, when perfectly ripe,
delicious; with a free stone ; ripe the latter end of Septem-
ber or beginning of October. It has the fault of a large
stone, but is worthy a place in a collection, on account of its
great size and handsome appearance. It originated in New
York, from a stone, many years ago. I have this fact from
Mr. Brevoort, now near eighty years of age, the descendant
of a Dutch settler; he recollects the first tree, when he was
quite a boy, and it was then called Saartye Mout, or Aunt
Sarah’s Peach; the stone is remarkable for always having
two kernels, and he asserts that it always produces the same
kind of fruit from the stone. `

8. Philadelphia Freestone, called Grosse Gallande in
Philadelphia, where it is probable it originated. I believe it
to be different from the European Peach of the latter name ;
it is a good fruit, and worthy of cultivation.

9. Blood Clingstone, or Claret Clingstone. Is a large
fruit, dark dingy red on the outside, and cutting like a blood
beet in the inside ; it has a brisk sharp flavour, too acid to be
considered pleasant as a table fruit; it is, however, much
sought after for preserving, on account of its singular colour.
The stone is rather large. It is ripe and fit for preserving
late in October.

10. Orange Freestone Apricot Peach, or Early Yellow
Mailacoton.* This is a very fine flavoured Peach, lively and

* On examining Mr. GEorcE Lrnpuey’s List of Peaches, published in the
fifth volume of the Horticultural Transactions, I think it different from his
Abricotée or Orange, No. 73; but it is probable it originated here from a seed of
that kind. }

VOL. VI. 3H

412 Description of American Fruits.

sweet tasted. The flesh isa fine golden yellow, the stone is
free and rather small; ripe about the middle of August, and
much esteemed by most people. It is worthy of cultivation
in every good collection.

11. Brevoort’s Seedling Pound Peach, was raised by Mr.
Brevoort from a seed of the Morrisania Pound Peach, and is
much like it, but ripens a fortnight or three weeks earlier;
nearly the same shape and flavour as the Morrisania Pound
Peach, before described.

12. Early Sweetwater Peach. This is the best early Peach
we have; it is ripe here the latter end of July and beginning
of August, about a week after the White Nutmeg, or, as it is
here called, the Anne Peach. It was raised from a stone of the
White Nutmeg; the flavour, however, is much finer; in size
it is nearly twice as large, the flesh is very juicy and sweet. `

13. Dr. Graham's White Freestone Peach. A fine Peach,
perfectly white ; it is of a very large size, and weighs usually
about eight ounces; the stone small, the juice rich and
sweet ; it is ripe about the middle of September. |

14. Serrated Peach, Emperor of Russia Peach, or Unique
Peach. This is a very singular Peach: the leaves are very
deeply and doubly serrated, the fruit ripens early, soon after
the Early Sweetwater Peach ; the fruit is deeply cleft, one
half of it projecting considerably beyond the other; the stone
is free and rather large; the flavour of the flesh is very
good. The sort originated in the woods in New Jersey, not
far from this place, near twenty years ago. It is singular that
all the stones of this fruit produce plants with jagged leaves;
but I have not seen one of its offspring so good as the original-

By Mr. Micwae. Foy. 413

The branches are apt to have a mildewed appearance, and
the tree seldom grows very large, but inclines to be low and
bushy.

15. George the Fourth Peach. This is one of the finest
Peaches I have seen, and the richest I have tasted; it ori-
ginated in the garden of Mr. G11, in Broad Street in this city.
Captain Hamiuton, who lives in the house adjoining, recom-
mended it to my notice. I annex his letter* to me, giving an
account of the Peach. This is the second year of its fruiting,
and the first of my knowing it. I have given it the name as
above; every one that has seen it has pronounced it the finest
of Peaches ; it is ripe the latter end of August. The original
tree is remarkably thrifty, and bore a very full crop this
season.

16. New York Early Lemon Clingstone Peach. This is a
seedling, and no doubt raised from a stone of the Old Lemon

è Dear Sir,

In reply to your inquiries respecting the Peach Tree, from which,
at my solicitation, you took cuttings last summer, for the purpose of budding in
your Nursery, I answer ;—The present is the first year of its producing. It is, I
am well persuaded, a Seedling; the fruit it yields is, I think, of the Rare Ripe
kind, of uncommonly large growth, with a stone remarkably small for the size of
the fruit; the skin is uncommonly pellucid, with a beautiful blush on one side,
and clear white on the other, with very little down upon it.

The flesh is very luscious, and.of the most delicious flavour I have ever tasted.
I weighed, on the 26th of August, the largest Peach that was produced, and it
was full nine ounces and a quarter.

| Very truly yours,
New York, James K. HAMILTON,
November 5, 1823.

414 Description of American Fruits.

Clingstone,or Kennedy's Carolina Peach. I procured the buds
from a tree in Forsyth Street at this place. The fruit is larger
than the Old Lemon Clingstone, and ripens’ a fortnight
earlier; it is an abundant bearer, and weighs from nine to
twelve ounces. The flavour is the same as that of Kennedy’s
Lemon Clingstone ; but its ripening earlier will make it more
acceptable in England.

17. Brevoort's Seedling Peach. This was also raised by
Mr. Brevoorrt, like No. 11, from the Morrisania Pound
Peach, but is not at all like its original. The size of the fruit
is middling, it is very juicy and rich; ripe the last week in
August; the stone is small and free.

18. Lady Anne Stewart's Peach. This is a very juicy,
rich, freestone Peach ; when perfectly ripe it is very delicious,
but it is not very large; it is white, with a small blush tinge;
the stone is flat, and rather hollow at one end ; it is ripe the
second week in September.

19. Hoyte’s Lemon Clingstone, originated in the garden of
Mr. Hoyre, in Broadway, in this city, most probably from a
stone of the Pine Apple Clingstone, which it much resembles.
The fruit is very large, weighing usually twelve ounces, ripens
late, and will require artificial heat in England.

20. Pine Apple Clingstone, or Red Mallacoton, is like the
Lemon Clingstone in colour and flavour, but round, with a
small tip at the end; ripens a week or a fortnight later, that
is, from the middle to the end of October, and is more valued
here consequently for preserving. When perfectly ripe, the
juice is rich and lively; it has a little of the flavour of the
Pine Apple; whence the name. `

21. Aster’s Seedling Peach. I had the buds from Mr.

By Mr. Micuaet Fror. 415

AsTER’s garden in the Bowery, (a street so called,) here. It
is a very rich, juicy, sweet, fine-sized Peach, much like the
Washington, and ripens about the same time; stone small.
It is worthy of cultivation. i

APPLES.

1. Early Bough Apple. This is the first large-sized
Apple that appears in our markets; but it cannot be con-
sidered fine for cooking, being a sweet Apple. It is very
pleasant for the table when ripe.

2. Honey Greening. I have not seen the fruit of this
kind; the grafts were brought to me from Connecticut, by
Timotuy Green, Esq. who recommended it very highly, as
one of the finest kinds of Apples.

3. Early July Pippin. A very fine Apple, of handsome
size, perfectly ripe in July, and excellent both for cooking
and as a dessert fruit. It is the best early Apple I know.

4. Ortley Apple.* The grafts of this Apple were brought
to me by Mr. ORTLEY, of this place, from New Jersey. It
is an excellent keeping Apple, and finer flavoured than the
Newtown Pippin, according to his judgment; I have eaten
of the fruit, and think it quite as good. It is certainly a dis-

* Several fine specimens of the Ortley Apple were received from Mr. Froy in
February, 1825, and exhibited at the Meeting of the Horticultural Society on
the Ist and 15th of March subsequently. The Apple bears a close resemblance
to the Yellow Newtown Pippin, but is a little more oval. The eye is large and
well formed, not being deeply sunk, and is surrounded by many small folds or
plaits. The stalk is slender, inserted in a deep even-formed basin, The skin
is a bright clear yellow where shaded; and where exposed, is of a bright scarlet,
sprinkled with a few spots of russet. The flesh is inclining to yellow, crisp and
breaking, very juicy, with the same Pine Apple flavour which distinguishes the
Newtown Pippin. Sec.

416 Description of American Fruits.

tinct variety from the Newtown Pippin ; the tree grows more
thrifty, and is a free bearer.

5. Æsopus Spitzemberg. The true Æsopus Spitse
is, I suppose, the finest eating Apple in the world when per-
fectly ripe; it is, however, not a keeping Apple; with care
it will last till Christmas. It is most beautiful in appearance.
Mr. Coxe, who describes this Apple at page 127 of his work
on Fruit Trees, thinks the Flushing Spitzemberg nearly as
good. The fact is, there are a number of kinds of Apples
called Spitzemberg, and some of them even early summer
Apples, that have the appearance, and probably originated
from seeds, of this kind; but they are different, and inferior
in flavour and quality. This variety no doubt originated at
‘Esopus, in Ulster County; it is plentifully cultivated at
Livingstone’s Manor, in Columbia County, in the State of New
York, from whence the Apples are brought to this market, and
always command a good price for table fruit. I have not seen
any so fine from any other part of the country. I am informed,
that it makes very rich Cider. The grafts of the trees I
send you, I obtained from Epwarp Livinestone, Esq. of
Clermont, the present proprietor of the manor; I can there-
fore warrant them to. be the genuine sort.

6. Large Fall Pippin. A most noble Apple for cooking
or the dessert : when ripe it is delicious, having somewhat the
richness of a Pine Apple; when over ripe it becomes mealy
and insipid, and it does not keep good longer than the end
of October or middle of November: size very aig often
weighing from fourteen to sixteen ounces.

T. American Nonpareil. The grafts of this kind I had
from Staten Island, from the orchard of the late Vice Pre-

By Mr. Micar Froy. 417

sident TomPKINS: it is a fine Apple, well tasted, almost like
the English Nonpareil, but rather larger. The tree bears
abundantly. It is no doubt a very different Apple from
the one described by Mr. Coxe under this name.* Origin
uncertain. The shape is exactly like that of the English
Nonpareil.

8. Swaar Apple. A large and fine flattish heavy Apple, as
the Dutch name, Swaar, implies. It keeps well till spring;
when perfectly ripe it is a very fine eating Apple, and it is
also a good cooking Apple during the winter months. It was
first raised in North Jersey by the Dutch. My grafts were
obtained from Mr. Livinestone, who has them in great per-
fection. It is well described by Mr. Coxe.+

9. Straat Apple. This kind originated in a Street at
Albany, whence the Dutch name, Straat or Street. Itis a
very fine Apple, and is not inferior in flavour to the New-
town Pippin; it is rather a larger fruit, but does not keep
so long. | :

10. Van Dyne Apple. This is much like the Fall
Pippin, though distinct. It is a very large Apple, often
weighing from twenty to twenty-four ounces; in shape it is-
not so flat, and I do not think its flavour so fine, as that of
the Fall Pippin; it is however a beautiful fruit, and sells well
in the market, on account of its size. It was probably raised
from seed of the Fall Pippin: it originated in New Jersey,
opposite this city. It always goes by the name of Van Dyne
Apple, after the name of the person who had it first in his
orchard ; it is never called the Fall Pippin.

In the case you will find some cuttings taken from a Pear

* See Coxx on Fruit Trees, p. 109. + Ibid. p. 161.

418 | Description of American Fruits.

tree, which is one of the oldest inhabitants of this part of the
world. It is known as Governor Stuyvesant’s Pear, and is
an excellent sort: the fruit and leaf resemble the Summer
Bon Chrétien in appearance, but it is of higher flavour; it is
ripe the third week in August. The tree looks healthy and
vigorous enough to live another century. I am indebted to
PETER Stuyvesant, Esq. the present proprietor of the estate
where the tree grows, for the following account of it. It is
supposed that it was imported from Holland, but of this Mr.
SruyvEsanr is not certain; but there is no doubt but that
it was planted by old Governor Stuyvesant where it now
stands. He assumed the government of the province, then
called the New Netherlands, in 1647, which has always been
considered to be the date of the introduction of the tree, it
is consequently upwards of 170 years old. From its aromatic
flavour, it is sometimes called the Spice Pear.
I am, with the highest respect,
Your most obedient,
and very humble servant,
Micuackt Fror.
` New York,

December 6, 1824.

[ 419 J

XLIII. On the Cultivation of Celeriac, as practised in
Denmark and Germany. In a Letter to WiLLIAM Ar-
KINSON, Esg. F. H.S. By Mr. Jens PETER PETERSEN.
Communicated by Witt1am Arxıixson, Esq.

Read March 7, 1826.
SIR, ;

L\CCORDING to your request, I send you the following
account of the method of cultivating Celeriac, or Knoll-Sel-
lerie, in Denmark and Germany. It will be found to differ
very much in the details from the directions given, on the
authority of Lord Srangoreg, in the Third Volume* of
the Transactions of the Horticultural Society, for. the culti-
vation of the same vegetable, as practised in the neighbour-
hood of Dresden.

Celeriac requires a light, moist, and well manured, or iak
soil. The ground should be trenched in autumn two spades
deep, and mixed with a good dressing of well reduced horse-
dung; it must be dug again in spring, when the plants: arè
ready to be put out. It is essential that the dung should be
perfectly decomposed ; if this has not been effected, it is re-
quisite that the ground should first be cropped with other
vegetables, such as Cabbages, Lettuces, &¢., by which the
manure will become well united with the soil.

For summer and autumn crops, sow the seed ata a
end of February, very thin, in a moderate hot-bed, in good
rich vegetable mould. When the plants appear, they must
be inured as much as possible to the open air, to make them

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. ui. page 72.

VOL, VI. 31I

420 On the Cultivation of Celeriac, &c.

grow strong, and not allowed to run into leaves; and they
should be thinned so as to stand at least one inch apart from
each other; the seed bed must always be kept very moist.
The plants will be fit for transplanting about the middle of
May, or when they are four inches high; and the roots, if
well managed, will be fit for use in the end of July.

For a winter crop, the seeds must be sown in the latter end
of March, or beginning of April, in a bed of good, light, and
rich mould, or on a warm border. When the plants are about
an inch high, they must be thinned to one or two inches
apart; and, as before directed, the seed bed must be kept
moist. In the beginning of June, or when the plants are
about four or five inches high, they are fit for transplanting ;
this is to be done on a flat bed four feet wide, drawing on it
with a hoe four lines twelve inches apart, and three or four
inches deep ; a small portion of the roots and some of the
top of the plants are to be cut off, and they are then to be
planted in the drilled lines, twelve inches distant from each
other. They must be well watered, and the watering must
be repeated every day if the weather continues dry ; and the
ground should be kept clear of weeds.

When the plants are grown to half their size, or a little
larger, which, in the late crop, will be about the beginning
of August, a small quantity of the mould round the root of
each plant must be removed, taking care not to disturb or
expose the main root; then cut off with a knife all the side
_roots, as well as the coarse large outside leaves, close to the
plant, levelling the mould to each as this is performed, and
when the whole is completed, the bed must be sufficiently
watered.

On the Cultivation of Celeriac, §c. 421

In Denmark and the northern parts of Germany, the roots
are generally taken out of the ground at the end of October,
and preserved for winter use in sand in a dry house, or in a
pit made in the open ground, secured from the frost, by
which they are liable to be injured in severe winters, if not
protected,

I have the honour to be,
SIR,
your most obedient humble Servant,

Jens PETER PETERSEN,
Mr. Lee’s Nursery, Hammersmith, i

February 23, 1826,

[ 422 ]

XLIV. On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium Speciosum.
In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. ALEXANDER
Stewart, F. H. S.

Read March 7, 1826.
Sir,

GREEABLY to your wish, I now send the particulars of what
occurred here in the cultivation of the Nelumbium Speciosum,
and ‘which led me to adopt a plan of treating the plant
different from that usually practised.

In the year 1824, the tub in which a plant of Nelumbium
Speciosum was growing became leaky, so much so, that when
filled up in the evening with the rest of the aquatics, it was
nearly dry in the succeeding morning; this continued for
some time, but the plant, notwithstanding, grew vigorously ;
I therefore determined to let it take its chance, and, about the
middle of July, I had the pleasure to observe three flower
stems rising amongst the leaves ; they grew very strong to the
height of four feet, or thereabouts, the flowers all expanded,
and were from six to eight inches in diameter, the capsules also
swelled to a considerable size, but none of the seeds came to
perfection. Previous to this, I had not been able to flower
this beautiful plant, I was therefore determined to follow the
same process in the succeeding year, as nearly as possible, and
I am happy to be able to state, that the experiment was
attended with a favourable result, for a plant so managed in 4
tub about the same size produced five flowers. I was in hopes

On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium Speciosum., 423

also that I should have succeeded in procuring ripe seeds, and
I have some reason to think this would have been the case, had
the idea of assisting the fructification struck me sooner, for I
endeavoured to do so with the last flower which opened, and
the capsule of that swelled much larger than either of the
others, and the seeds attained nearly their full size, though
they were not perfect; I hope, however, to be more successful
in the present year.

It is necessary, in addition, to observe, that the tub in which
the plant grew was plunged in a corner of a pit in which pines
are fruited, and which is kept during the greater part of the
spring and summer at a temperature as high as from 65° to 90°
and even to 100° of Fahrenheit ; in winter the temperature is
kept lower, being seldom above 60°. During that time the
plant received but little water; and indeed the supply was
diminished gradually from the time the plant flowered until it
became almost dry, and it remained in that state during the
winter. In the spring I gave rather more water, and as soon.
as the leaves began to grow a few inches above the surface I
took out as carefully as possible all the old earth from about
the roots and replaced it with strong rich loam; the tub was
then kept nearly full of water, so as to allow the leaves to float,
and was continued in this state until they were sufficiently
strong to rise of themselves above the surface of the water, to
the height of about eighteen or twenty inches; I then began
to reduce the water by slacking the upper hoop of the tub so
as to let the water escape gradually through the staves to
about the level of the earth which the plant grew in; this it
generally did in the course of the night. This process was
pursued during the last summer, the tub being filled up with

424 On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium Speciosum,

fresh water every night until the flowers and leaves died away
gradually, and the water, as before noticed, was reduced at the
same time.

This is all I can say on the subject at present, which I hope
will be sufficient to induce others to adopt the same mode of
treatment, and prove the experiment fully. To those who are
fond of the aquatic tribe, I know of none that is so splendid or
more deserving of cultivation than the Nelumbium Speciosum,

I have the honour to remain,
SIR,
very respectfully
Your obedient humble Servant,
ALEXANDER STEWART.

Valleyfield, Perthshire.
February 22, 1826,

[ 425 ]

XLV. Description of a Pit for Winter and early Spring
Forcing. Ina Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Atex-
ANDER STEWART, F. H. S.

Read March 7, 1826.

SIR,

I T is with much pleasure that I now send you a description
of the economical Pit used at this place for preserving
vegetables during the Winter, and for raising early Salads,
Potatoes, and other tender esculents, in the spring: indeed
it would be tedious to mention the various articles that may
be preserved and forwarded in this simple contrivance ; the
advantages I have derived from it for the last ten years
enable me to speak with certainty of its utility. It may
perhaps be more useful here than in the South, but to those |
who are desirous to have the table well supplied with vege-
tables during winter, its advantages will, I think, be obvious
from the following details.

In the month of October, or sooner, according to the
season, I begin to fill the pit by lifting all the Cape Brocolis,
Cauliflowers, Lettuces, and Endives: of the two first, all such
as are about to show their heads, some few a little forwarder,
others somewhat later, so as to keep up a succession for use :
in removing the plants from the different quarters of the
garden care is taken to = as much earth about the roots

426 Description of a Pit for Forcing.

as can be conveniently done, and at the same time a few of
the outer leaves are trimmed off; they are then put into the
pit, which must be prepared with a layer of earth at the
bottom sufficiently deep for the roots of the plants. I
generally proceed by planting in rows across the pit, placing
the tallest plants at the back, and keeping the rows suffici-
ently distant to allow a free circulation of air; twelve or
fifteen inches between the rows, and about five or six inches
in the row, are sufficient distances for Brocolis and Cauli-
flowers ; they must be kept as upright as possible and as high
in the pit as the covers will allow; when planted, they receive
a little water to settle the mould about their roots. The
Lettuces, Endives, and other dwarf vegetables that are put
in require the pit to be more filled; either rotten tan, or
decayed leaves will do, with a little earth on the top, to raise
the level of the surface within the pit sufficiently high that
plants may receive the benefit of the sun and air. The whole
of the plants in the pit are occasionally attended to; and
all decayed yellow leaves removed. As much air is given
every day as possible.
In the autumn, when the weather is mild and dry, the
covers are frequently taken off altogether during the day.
I endeavour at all times to prevent the pit being saturated
with moisture. When the weather is rainy, the covers are
lowered on the tilts, and they are shut down every night.
During winter, if the frost sets in severe, I frequently put
on a covering of litter above the covers, to exclude the frost
more effectually. I have known the pit covered up in this
way night and day for a fortnight and three weeks together,

By Mr. ALEXANDER STEWART. 427

without the vegetables suffering in the least ; and as a proof,
this winter I had plenty of fine Cauliflowers for the table till
the end of January, with a constant supply of Endive and
other vegetables. I never hesitate to lift the covers during
severe frost, to gather the vegetables as they are wanted, but
of course the pit is covered up again immediately after.
When the winter crops are removed from the pit I pre-
pare it for the spring vegetables, such as Radishes, Lettuces,
Cauliflower plants, Celery, early Peas and Potatoes, all of
which I can get at least three weeks earlier in the pit than
on the open borders. I have also used it frequently to raise
tender annuals, and to protect Dahlias which have been potted,
previous to turning them out in the borders; and for any
half hardy plants in summer. I likewise use it for Ridge
Cucumbers, Vegetable Marrow, and New Zealand Spinach.
A further detail would, I presume, be quite useless; much
less would have done for a practical Gardener ; to those
however who may think proper to make a trial of it, simple
as it is, I have no doubt but they will find it answer for all
the purposes to which I have applied it, and to many others,
should circumstances require. In the garden here there
are two of these pits, one an hundred, and the other about
sixty feet long, by three and an half feet wide, and a general
idea of their appearance may be formed from the perspective
view of a part of one of them which I have added. The
dimensions of the pits are given in the sections annexed to
this communication. The cost of the whole was trifling. The
wood of which the covers are made is common Scotch Fir rough
from the saw, and though in use for ten years it is still quite
VOL. VI. 3K

428 Description of a Pit for Forcing.
sound ; the straw has been renewed twice during that period,
and some repairs have been given for the third time this season.
I have thehonour to remain, ~-
SIR,
very respectfully,
your obedient humble Servant,

ALEXANDER STEWART.

Valley field, Perthshire,
February 23, 1826.

Explanation of the Figures.

Fig. 1. A section of the pit with the cover lowered.
Fig. 2. A section of the pit with the cover elevated by the tilt.
Fig. 3. A perspective view of a part of the pit.

[ 429 J

XLVI. Account of the Growth of some Cedars of Lebanon,
inthe Gardens at Hopetoun House, near Edinburgh. By
Mr. James Smitu, Corresponding Member of the Horticul-
tural Society, Gardener to the Earl of Horrrown.

Read February 21, 1826.

Trayek the Pinus Cedrus, or Cedar of Lebanon, is found
not only to stand the climate of Britain, but to attain also a
large size, yet the fact of its being of very rapid growth is not
generally known; of this, however, the following account of
three Cedars in the Gardens at Hopetoun House will furnish
very satisfactory evidence.

The extensive pleasure grounds at this place were laid out
about the year 1740, and in that and the subsequent years, a
great variety of curious ornamental trees was planted, which
are now of considerable size, and in great beauty and perfec-
tion: among these are three Cedars, which were planted
in the year 1748. The two largest are growing in a favour-
able deep soil, which although not wet inclines to be moist ;
the third is on a gravelly soil, beside a rill of water; their
situation is well sheltered, and about one hundred feet above
the level of the sea. Inthe year 1797 the third tree was the
largest, and Dr. Watxer,* who noted its size at that date,
ascribes its superiority to the wetness of its situation. He has
stated that it was five feet and one inch in circumference, but

è Essays on Natural History, 8yo. Edinburgh 1808, page 69.

430 Account of the Growth of some Cedars of Lebanon.

omitted to mention at what height from the ground this mea-
surement was taken.

In 1801 the dimensions of these trees as well as of other
kinds planted at the same period, were taken; the observations
were repeated in 1820, and I am now enabled to add the
present size of those which had been before noticed, as well
as of some others of different kinds, but of the same age, which
were not before attended to.

The circumference of the trunks is taken in all the cases at
three feet above the ground, and it will be seen by comparing
the different measures, how much the Cedars have exceeded
all the other trees.

1801 1820 1825
Ro m e m. ft. p
lst Cedar 10 0 qo il 14 0
2nd Cedar 8 6 Ive = 4
3rd Cedar 7 10 9 95 10 8
Sweet Chestnut 10 1 it F 12° 0
Beech O 4 9 11 10 3
Sycamore 8 li 9 Tz 9 Il
Oak — — 6 6
Larch — = 8 4
Holly — = oo
` Tulip-tree — — 5 8
Hemlock Spruce Fir — 4 6

The two largest Cedars, standing at the distance of thirty
feet from each other, and intermingling their branches, cover
an elliptical area of nearly one hundred yards in circumference.
They are about sixty feet high. The trunks, at no great dis-
tance from the ground, separate into a number of large limbs,

By Mr. James Suirtu. 431

which, as in all our full-grown specimens of this species, ascend
nearly to the summit of the tree without any strongly marked
sub-division.* The secondary branches are disposed in that
horizontal position which is so well known and so characte-
ristic of the Cedar. In the present case this remarkable feature
is almost lost to the view, as the trees do not occupy a very
conspicuous point of the landscape. In the neighbourhood of
Edinburgh there are no Cedars which possess lengthened
trunks, except a few which are young, and which grow upon
dry soils, where their progress is comparatively slow. From
this it has been concluded that the Cedar would make but an
indifferent timber tree. This is perhaps too hasty a conclu-
sion, for this defect may arise from want of climate or misma-
nagement. The Weymouth Pine, which however is a less
vigorous tree at Hopetoun House than the Cedar, has assumed
an equally branched and still more bushy form, though it is
known to be one of the tallest inhabitants of the North
American forests.

* This appears to be the characteristic of the full-grown Cedar in its native soil ;
Burckuarpr, describing the Cedars which he saw on Mount Lebanon, says “ the
oldest trees are distinguished by having the foliage and small branches at the top
only, and by four, five, and even seven trunks springing from one hase. The

branches and foliage of the others [the younger trees] were lower, but I saw none
whose leaves touched the ground like those in Kew Gardens.” Travels in Syria

and the Holy Land, page 21. See.

[ 432 ]

`

XLVII. On the Effects produced on Vegetation by the
Combination of Heat and Moisture, at different Periods of
the Year. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Arcut-
BALD GORRIE, Corresponding Member of the Horticultural
Society.

Read January 17, 1826.
SIR,

I may findit no easy task to clear myself of the charge of pre-
sumption, in attempting to write, as the title of this Communica-
tion would seem to imply, upon a subject similar to that which
is treated of by Mr. DANIELL, in the first Paper in this volume
of the Transactions of the Horticultural Society. I shall
only state, in extenuation, that if I had not read that very
excellent Paper, and not calculated on the assistance of its
distinguished Author, in promoting the investigation sug-
gested in this essay, I would not have, at this time, incurred
the risk of such an imputation.

The chief supports of vegetable life are well known to be
heat, and moisture; it may also be added, that light is in-
dispensible, but it is to the requisite proportional quantities
of the two first that my present observations are intended to
apply. To enable the practical Horticulturist to regulate
and preserve a proper equilibrium of these elements suitable
to the constitution of the plant under culture, he will find
many useful and philosophical hints in the Paper above

On the Effects of Heat and Moisture on Vegetation. 433

alluded to. He will also find many of the successful modes
of operation satisfactorily accounted for, which, I may observe,
untutored sagacity had stumbled on, and which experience
has sanctioned.

That heat is a prime agent in forwarding, and bringing to
maturity the vegetable productions of the soil is well under-
stood; but the degree of heat requisite to bring certain
plants into flower, or to mature their fruits or seeds in the
open air, and in a given time, or the effect which a greater
or less supply of moisture at different periods has in acce-
lerating or retarding the progress of vegetation, has not yet,
so far as I know, been ascertained; nor am I aware that any
observations have hitherto been made, at all calculated to
elucidate an enquiry so generally interesting.

The observations which I have made and noted during
the last three seasons at this place, which is situated in the
Carse of Gowrie, enable me to point out some facts indicating
the combined influence of heat and moisture, on the progress
of vegetation, which may be deemed worthy of notice, and
may induce the institution of similar observations in other
parts of Great Britain.

The vegetating season, according to Professor PLAYFAIR,
in his remarks on Temperature and Vegetation, inserted in
the Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh for
1800, commences about the 20th of March, and ends about
the 20th of October: I suppose he means in the vicinity of
Edinburgh. He divides that period into twenty-one decades,
and gives the mean temperature of each. He assumes 40°
as the lowest temperature, at which corn will vegetate, and
56° as the mean temperature of a good vegetating season.

434 On the Effects of Heat and Moisture on Vegetation.

We of the Carse of Gowrie, who live nearly half a degree
north from Edinburgh, are seldom blest with what Mr.
PLAYFAIR calls a good vegetating season, and yet vegetation
here is as forward as in the vicinity of Edinburgh, a proof
that its progress is not dependant solely on temperature.

Before I had seen Mr. PLayratr’s method of divisioninkeep-
ing a meteorological register, I divided each calendar month
into four parts, of seven days in each of the three first, and
nine or ten days in the last, according to the number of days
in the month, recording the mean temperature and depth of
rain in each division. The annexed diagram plate will at
one view show these results for Mr. PLayrarr’s vegetating
season during the years 1823, 1824, and 1825. The blue
coloured line in the thermometrical index, shows the tem-
perature in 1823, the yellow in 1824, the red in 1825; simi-
larly coloured lines on the index of the Rain-guage represent
the depth of rain for the same periods.

The variation in the different lines on the diagram point
out in a striking manner the variable nature of our northern
climate. The mean temperature, for the vegetating season
in 1823, was 50° 7’ (for the whole of that year 45° 6’). The
rain that fell during the vegetating season amounted to 217
inches (during the whole of that year to 35.99 inches) the
average annual fall at this place being 27 inches. The pro-
gress of vegetation was unusually slow ; the low temperature,
the excessive quantity of moisture, and the want of sunshine,
retarded the ripening process of fruits, at least three weeks
‘ beyond the usual period, and tender fruits on walls did not
ripen at all, nor was the wood ripened, as was shewn by the

scanty appearance of blossom in the succeeding spring.

HORT, TRANS. VOL. VI. PL. 6.

Row aes do o day TA

NASE E EREE AS ; i SALLE RA TRE, BER J
| hed: E4 F A age’ | | Spa lex t Huh cenhewls
| tie ar aad. ome | | M. g Th MAND
panni: L LL Et
NTT
MA TTT
Was Ul
ST
TT
OM LTT
SMT
| agpi
Be iiiiii UT |] | |
AINSA
il l | i y | H
| |] Tin
ERE Nil
| : th piii LA)
A aT
R KT
E Y
i iii it!

fie Arata Z g = preo abi f ap
A 7 the Vagétaling pe ‘a

ae Z M

By Mr. Arcuipatp GORRIE. 435

The mean temperature for the vegetating season in 1824,
was 53° I’ (for the whole of that year 47° 4’, which is nearly
the average mean at this place); the supply of rain was
limited, being only 13 4, inches for the vegetating season
(and only 23-4; inches for the whole year). The want of
moisture at the root forced an early and, in some instances,
a premature ripeness, the crops in general were short, and
ready from three to four weeks earlier than in the preceding
season. In England, rains were unusually heavy, which
retarded the ripening of the crops in the south, and the
harvest commenced simultaneously, that season, in the Carse
of Gowrie, and in the southern counties of England, and
under a difference of at least four degrees of mean tem-
perature in favour of the southern counties, a proof of the
influence of moisture in retarding vegetation.

The mean temperature for the vegetating season of the
present year, was 54° 6' (for the whole year to this date,
December 22d, 48° 4). The quantity of rain during the
vegetating season only amounted to 104 inches: by looking
at the red lines in the index of the rain guage, it will appear
that a considerable proportion of this rain fell before the
end of June; it will also be seen that the temperature did
not much exceed the ordinary average till towards the end
of July; consequently, in the ripening of Strawberries, and
other early fruits, this year, there was no particular indication
of an early season. The elevated temperature and limited
supply of moisture in July and August, brought on a simul-
taneous ripening of the crops in the fields, from two to three
weeks earlier than the usual period. The ripening of wall
fruit was in the same proportion accelerated,

VOL. YI. 3

436 On the Effects of Heat and Moisture on Vegetation.

These facts have been stated with a view to excite atten-
tion to the subject. The practical results likely to follow an
accurate investigation appear to me to be interesting to the
gardener and to the man of science. The Horticultural
Society possesses sufficient influence and means to promote
this enquiry on an extended scale, if so inclined; I shall feel
happy in contributing my feeble assistance towards any inves-
tigation that may lead to the elucidation of the economy of
vegetation.

To attain the object proposed, similar registers should be
kept in different parts of the island, the observations to be
taken exactly in the same manner, and with the same deserip-
tion of instruments; each observer noting carefully the pro-
gress of vegetation in certain plants, especially their times of
flowering and ripening the seeds. The plants submitted to
the experiments should also be cultivated in open situations,
on soils and subsoils as nearly similar as possible, or if not,
the difference should be noted.

I have the honour to be, most respectfully,
SIR,
your very humble Servant,

ÅRCHIBALD GORRIE.
Annat Garden, near Inchture, Perthshire,
December 22nd, 1825.

[ 437 ]

XLVIII. On the Cultivation of Plants in Moss. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Mr. Joun Street, Gardener to
the Hon. Mrs. Hamitton Nessirt, at Beil in East
Lothian.

Read June 6th, 1826.
Sir,

Wiru pleasure I communicate to you my method of cul-
tivating plants in Moss. I am not aware that it has been
practised by any person but myself, and therefore consider
that I am the discoverer of the plan, which I now use ex-
tensively; and find it advantageous in many ways, and par-
ticularly beneficial to some plants.

The Mosses I use are the several species of Hypnum,
such as H. Schreberi, squarrosum, purum, &c. these I collect
in woods from under the bushes, taking up with them
the decaying stalks and leaves which are found amongst
them. Sometimes I add about an inch of the surface of the
vegetable mould which is under the Mosses, to mix with
them in the pots.

The Mosses so collected are pressed closely into the pots,
and the plants are put into them as ifinto mould. For some
plants I find it useful to add a little loam to the Mosses, in
other cases sharp sand, which is sometimes preferable to the
loam. If the plants require manure I give it in a liquid state.
As the Mosses decay the mass gets closer together, and Į
then fill up the top of the pot with fresh material; but if the

438 On the Cultivation of Plants in Pots in Mosses.

roots are much at the lower part of the pot, I prefer making
the addition at the bottom. |

The plants which I have cultivated in Mosses are many ;
the following amongst others, Canna Indica and patens,
Calla Ethiopica, Agapanthus umbellatus, Hydrangea hor-
tensis, Disandra prostrata, Justicia nervosa, Gorteria rigens,
Pelargoniums, Cinerarias, &c. Some plants do better, and
flower earlier and more vigorously in Mosses than in mould,
such as Eucomis striata, Eucomis punctata, &c.

The roots of whatever things are put into the Mosses spread
and increase surprisingly, especially such as require to be
kept wet, for the Mosses retain moisture longer and more
uniformly than mould.

In my practice I find several particular benefits in using
pots thus filled with Mosses, in preference to mould; they
are so much lighter that they are moved with greater
readiness, and in large sized pots the risk of breaking them
from their weight when they are moved is avoided. Pots of
ornamental plants which are to be placed in the apartments
of a house, have great advantages when filled with Mosses,
for independent of the facility with which they are moved,
they make no dirt or litter on the floor, which often occurs
when the pots are filled with mould. In sending plants to
a distance those which are rooted in Mosses travel admirably,
they turn well out of the pots, and the roots are so mixed
with the Mosses that they do not separate from them as
they would from mould ; and besides this safety to the plants
the Mosses are so light that the package is conveyed with
great comparative ease.

I have succeeded in striking cuttings of many plants in

By Mr. Joun STREET. 439

Mosses, such as Aucuba Japonica, Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis,
Buddlea globosa, &c. and those make roots very freely and
much faster than they do in mould. I believe the plan might
be generally adopted in propagation by cuttings.

Some bulbs, I do not doubt, will do well in Mosses ; I have
tried the yellow Crocus, and found it to succeed perfectly,
and to flower most freely when so treated. With Hyacinths
I have not yet succeeded; the varieties of Polyanthus Nar-
cissus, such as Grand Primo and Bazelman Major, blossom
well when grown with a portion of Mosses in the pots. Some
species of Cape Gladioli also succeed well.

Such are the results of my experience in this matter, and
I shall be happy to hear that they are thought worthy of
consideration by the Horticultural Society of London.

Moss answers exceedingly well to protect tender plants in
open borders in winter, stones being laid on it to keep it in
its place. Last yearI planted out in the open borders some
large plants of Agapanthus umbellatus ; at the approach of
winter I covered their roots with Moss, and then stuck
some branches of evergreens round. All the plants survived,
and all, I think, will blossom well, though the frost was very
sharp. The branches and Moss were taken away when the
keen weather ceased.

I am, Sir,
very respectfully,
your obedient humble Servant,

JOHN STREET,

Beil near Dunbar,
May 26, 1826.

*

[ 440 ]

XLIX. Description of a Pit and Stoves heated by Fire
and Steam jointly. In a Letter to the Secretary. By
Mr. Witu1am M‘ Morrriz, Corresponding Member of
the Horticultural Society, Gardener to The Viscount
Anson, F. H. S. at Shugborough in Staffordshire.

Read May 3d, 1825.
SIR,

I HEREWITH transmit you a plan and section of a Pit, which is
heated by a method rather unusual, but which has such merit,
that it only requires to be more known to be generally adopted.
The method is very simple, and so easy of execution that it
may be carried into effect by any common bricklayer and
plumber; the expense of the whole work is trifling, and when
executed affords many of the advantages which arise from
houses heated by steam, and without any consumption of
coals beyond that which is required for warming the flue.

I have now had experience with houses of this description
for nearly twelve years; during which time I have been
entrusted with the care of Lord Anson’s Gardens at this
place; and my opportunities of observing their superior pro-
perties having been ample, I therefore have no hesitation in
recommending them,

The outline ofthe construction ofthese houses is this; instead
_ of a deep pit to be filled with tan, a shallow one is formed, by
turning a flat brick arch over the space usually occupied by the
tan-bed; into and through the hollow chamber thus formed,
a flue constructed in the usual manner is carried. On the-

Description of a mode of heating Pits and Stoves. 441

top of the fire place which heats this fiue, a boiler is fixed,
which is supplied with water by a ball cock; the lid or cover
to the boiler has a pipe from its top, which is carried into
the chamber above the flue, and the steam which is pro-
duced by the water when boiling is thus conveyed into, and
fills the entire chamber. From holes which are made in the .
sides of the pit, at about four feet, or the width of each light,
apart from each other, both in the back and front of the
chamber, the steam and heat from the chamber are admitted
into the house at pleasure, and when this is not desired, the
steam escapes by another opening out of the chamber into
the external air. The holes for the admission of the steam
and heat into the house are two inches and a half wide, and
commence in the chambers as high as the arch will allow, as
the steam and heat ascend thereby more easily ; the openings
are three inches below the top of the curb in the sides of
the pit, and are stopped by wooden plugs when not in use.
The escape-pipe or opening from the chamber is near four
inches wide, and is stopped by a valve when the steam is in
use. In the pit, which is thirty feet long, by thirteen feet
wide, the flue after passing through the middle of the
chamber is carried along the front, and then by one end to
_ the chimney which is near the furnace.

It is obvious that the same fire which heats the flues
causes the water to boil in the boiler over it. A pit of the
above dimensions requires a boiler of about thirty eight gal-
lons. The boiler should be made very strong at the bottom ;
and the lid or cover should be screwed on so close that no
steam can escape, except through the pipe, which must be
six inches in diameter. As the steam passes freely through

442 Description of a mode of heating Pits and Stoves.

this pipe into the chamber, no safety valve is required. An
arched passage, which is closed except when used, goes from
the stoke-hole into the chamber to admit a man to clean the
flues, or for other purposes.

I recommend a pit of this description for the growth of
Pines, being of opinion that they succeed so much better in
pits than in large houses, and I have no hesitation in saying
that the frequent failures which occur in Pine growing are
too often the consequence, solely, of the size of the house.

For Pines, the shallow space above the chamber is filled
with tan about eighteen inches or two feet and a half thick,
into which the pots are plunged, and the tan by the aid of
the steam and flue in the chamber below is kept sufficiently
warm.

There are two large stoves here, thirty feet long by sixteen
feet wide, into which steam is also introduced in like manner.
In these, the flue, after passing through the chamber as in
the pit, is carried along the back wall of the house, and then
goes into the chimney near the fire place; there is a front
flue also constructed in the usual manner, which passes from
a furnace at the other end of the house, and then goes out at
a chimney near that belonging to the other flue. I have
mentioned these stoves merely to show how very easy any
hothouses of similar dimensions might be converted, to apply
the same principle ; the expense of a boiler, and the altering
of the flue and pit would -be trifling, in comparison with the
benefits resulting from the change, Pine plants grown in
these houses come to maturity much sooner than in any dry
stove. Independent of the beneficial effects that the plants
receive in these houses, there is a very great saving in tan,

By Mr. Witt1aAm M‘Mortriz. © 443

as well as in the labour of turning the beds, which is no slight
advantage. I have no doubt that stoves thus heated will
answer remarkably well for early Vines, tender Exotics, and
stove Aquatics. a

In one of these stoves I grow Cucumbers only, and not
only get them fine and abundant, but am enabled to cut
them throughout the whole year; in the other stove I grow
early Melons, which succeed as well as the Cucumbers, and
when the Melons are done with in August, I clear away the
soil and rotten dung, and lay about a foot thick of old tan
upon the top of the arch, which forms a bed for my Pine
suckers and crowns. I pot as many of my suckers and crowns
as I have at that time, and likewise collect all the small
weak plants from the Pine beds, and plunge them into the
old tan, which has soon become sufficiently warm; there
they remain until the end of February. Their growth is
quite astonishing ; from going into the steam house about the
end of August little weak plants, they come out in February
fine successions. As the pit in these stoves is wide, I generally
fill the back part of it in October with about thirty or thirty-six
of my late shown Pines, these do remarkably well through the
winter, and produce very superior sized fruit to any that
could be grown in a dry stove at that season of the year.

I communicated the plan of one of these stoves to a friend
in Scotland in 1814, and I understand some houses have
been constructed similar to it in that country; though
not strictly corresponding to mine, and with less success,
which I attribute to obvious causes :—firstly, the cavities of
their chambers are too small, and without flues running

VOL. VI. 3M

444 Description of a mode of heating Pits and Stoves.

through them, and instead of allowing the steam to come
into the houses from holes being made in the chambers, as
above described, the chambers are made perfectly close, and
when steam is required in the interior of the houses, they
use extra pipes with a stop-cock, from the top of the boiler,
to convey the steam into the houses :—secondly, instead of an
arch, turned with single bricks, by which the chambers in my
houses are covered, the tops of these chambers are supported
by iron bars or rafters, and finished with slates or tiles laid in
mortar; which I conceive not so good as a single brick arch.

I am, your most obedient,
and very humble Servant,

WıiıLLIaAm M‘ MURTRIE.
Shugborough Gardens,
arch 2, 1826,

References to the Section and Ground Plan of the Pit.
. Fire-place.
. Flue.
. Boiler and pipe.
. Steam chamber.
5. Cavities to admit steam and heat, one under each light,
back and front, to be stopped with plugs at pleasure.
6. Waste pipe, for allowing the steam to escape when the
cavities are shut.

7. Cistern with a ball-cock for the supply of water to the
boiler.

“8. Piers to support stone slabs to stand upon while giving
air to the pit.

O k

Aa 09

By Mr. Wii11am M‘ Morrie. 445

9. Trap-door and ladder into the stoke-hole.
10. Place to enter to clean the flue.
11. Door of the pit.

za
ez]
a
Ne
X

4 v
H E

a K j
SPDPPOP PIPETTE Ce

í

[ 446 ]

XLIX. Account of some new Seedling Pears. In a Letter
to the Secretary. By Tuomas Anprew Kyieut, Esq.
F. R. S. §c. President.

Read April 18, 1826.
My pear Sir,

I HAVE addressed to you a few grafts of six new varieties of
Pears, for which, as a standard tree of each, I will request a
place in our Garden. In the Transactions* of the Horticul-
tural Society, in 1810, I stated that I had amused myself in
attempts to create new varieties of dessert Pears, which would
prove capable of being grown abundantly upon standard trees,
in all moderately favourable situations, by fertilizing the blos-
soms of the Swan’s Egg, and other hardy varieties, with the
pollen of the late winter varieties of French Pears. I chiefly
employed for this purpose the seeds of the Swan’s Egg Pear,
under the expectation of being able to combine, in some of
the offspring, its hardiness and disposition to bear fruit, with
the properties and qualities of the more late and excellent
French varieties; and considering that the possession of a
number of such varieties might prove very valuable acquisi-
tions to almost every class of society, I made the experiment
upon a large scale, and raised many hundred seedling plants.

In the last spring between forty and fifty of these newly
formed varieties produced blossoms; and although the season
_ Was so unfavourable that nearly all the blossoms of the coarse
* See Transactions of the Horticultural Society, Vol. i, page 180.

Account of some new Seedling Pears. 447

and hardy varieties of Pears, which had been planted for the
press in contiguous orchards, fell abortively, nearly forty of
the new varieties afforded fruits. Most of these were of little
value ; a part apparently not having acquired maturity, or
perfection, owing to defect of climate ; some were deficient
in flavour, or had flesh which remained firm and breaking ;
and others had a disposition to decay internally, though in
other respects not without merit.

The fruit of the six varieties of which I have sent grafts
possessed more excellence than I ever expected to find in the
first produce of any very young seedling plants; and it
ripened at very different periods. Numbers 1 and 6 did
not become soft and melting till the last week in March.
Numbers 5 and 7 ripened in the end of February and the
beginning of March. No. 2 in the end of December, and
No. 13 in November. Numbers 1 and 2 are Pears of great
weight. Each of the six varieties greatly exceeds the
Swan’s Egg in size, and No. 13 very closely resembles in
form, size, and colour, the Crassane. The trees of all, except
the last named, No. 13, are of the most luxuriant growth,
and, with the exception of No. 7, which bore a large crop
last year, all are very heavily loaded with blossom in the
present spring.*

As the first blossoms of seedling trees, in all the cases which
have come under my observation, have proved less capable
of bearing unfavourable weather, than those which the same
trees subsequently produced, I do not entertain any doubts
of the hardy habits of those above described; and I am

* July 15, 1826. The blossoms have set perfectly well.

448 Account of some new Seedling Pears.

perfectly well satisfied that the fruit of Numbers 1 and 6 will be
capable of being brought to market at as small an expense as
ordinary Apples, in March, and possibly, in April.

The soil in which the seedling trees are growing is very
strong, and favourable to the growth of the trees: but not to
the quality of the fruit. The flesh of all the new varieties
was more soft and melting than that of the Swan’s Egg Pears
which had grown in the same soil; and thence I think, that
I have good reason to believe the new varieties will prove
valuable to those who can command the produce of standard
trees only. I, however, hesitate to recommend them to the
public, till their qualities, when they have grown in other soils
and situations, and particularly in the Garden of the Horti-
cultural Society, shall have been ascertained.

I remain, my dear Sir,
sincerely yours,
T. A. Kyieut.

Downton,
April 2, 1826.

[ 449 ]

L. On the Cultivation of the Species and Varieties of Hedy-
chium in a Stove. In a Letter to the Secretary. By
Mr. Joserun Coorer, Corresponding Member of the
Horticultural Society, Botanic Gardener to the Viscount
Mitton, F. H.S. at Wentworth House in Yorkshire.

Read March 21, 1826.
SIR,

Tne Scitaminez are so beautiful, and so interesting, both on
account of the splendid flowers which many of them produce,
and their utility, that I do not wonder at the pleasure
you enjoy in seeing them cultivated in English Hothouses.
In the collection of Lord Mixon at this place, a considerable
number of this order of plants is cultivated. That the
Hedychiums which form part of the collection should meet
with your approbation in your late visit to Wentworth House,
and that you should express yourself ineterms of admiration
at their appearance, and of the attention which had been paid
to their cultivation, was highly gratifying to me; for culti-
vators of plants ought not, I conceive, to be insensible to the
observations or remarks of those who are competent to judge
of their labours; whatever is calculated to excite them to
excel or to improve must be very beneficial to them, and
perhaps, ultimately, to the public at large.

As you requested me to send you an account of my method
of treating the Hedychiums, I will begin at the period when
they have done flowering, which some had, when you were

450 On the Cultivation of Hedychiums in a Stove.

here in October last: I then cease to give them water, till
the present time (March), but keep them in the hot-house.

The first or second week of this month I consider the
proper time to fresh pot them, in which operation, most of
the kinds require parting: in doing this I select those roots
which have the strongest buds, or which promise to make
the stoutest shoots, taking care to cut off the old roots, which
I consider useless, though they continue good, and will grow
again, if it be desired, after being separated from the new
ones. The soil I use for the Hedychiums is composed of
three parts of very strong loam, in which the sward has
rotted, the remaining fourth part consists of an equal quan-
tity of peat, and very rotten dung well mixed together;
after I have put the drainings into the bottom of the pots,
I cover them over with about one inch thickness of good
dung, previously to putting in any of the soil. The size of
the pots I am careful about, planting the strong and tall
growing species in very large pots, and the smaller grow-
ing sorts, in those of a proportionably smaller size. After
potting, I place the plants again in the stove, giving them a
little water; but the supply of water, for some time, until the
shoots are of a considerable height, should be very moderate ;
when they have made some growth, and particularly in dry
and hot weather, they can hardly have too much. The above
method, which I have very briefly described, is that practised
by me in growing these plants ; of which the following species
are cultivated here:

Hedychium angustifolium.

acuminatum.
aurantiacum.

By Mr. Joseru Cooper. 451

Hedychium carneum.
coccineum.
coronarium.

elatum.
flavescens.
flavum.
gardnerianum.
glaucum.
longifolium.
maximum.
spicatum.
——— thyrsiflorum.
villosum.
ellipticum.

The pots are placed on the surface of the pit, in a division
of a large stove, together with other Scitamineæ, but without
any other admixture; they are not crowded together; the
tallest occupy the back part of the stove, and some of them
rise to the height of from nine to twelve feet; the shorter
ones are, of course, placed in front. Their magnificent spikes
of flowers, together with the fragrance of some of the kinds,
produce a very grand effect.

I am, Sir,
Your very obedient humble Servant,
JOSEPH COOPER:

Gardens, Wentworth House,
March 9, 1826.

VOL. VI. 3N

[ 452 ]

LI. On blacking Garden Walls. In a Letter to the Secretary.
By Mr. Cuartes Harrison, F. H. S. Gardener to JAMES
ARCHIBALD Stuart Wortuey, Esq. F. H. S. at Wortley
Hall, in Yorkshire.

Read March 21, 1826.
Sir,

"Tue blacking of Garden Walls, particularly when they are
not flued, is so beneficial to the fruit trees trained on them
in this cold part of the kingdom, that I most cheerfully
comply with your request of sending to the Horticultural
Society an account of the manner of putting on the colour as
practised by me, as well as of stating the advantages which
the plan affords.

When the leaves have fallen in the autumn, I take the
_ earliest opportunity to loosen the trees from the wall and to
prune them; the wall is then coloured with coal tar, mixing
with every gallon of the tar one pint of linseed oil, in order
to prevent it having a shining surface when dry. It is more
necessary to make this addition in hotter parts of the king-
dom than it is here, but even here it is essential in hot sum-
mers, for when the sun shines strongly on the wall with a
shining black surface it has appeared to me to scorch those
shoots which touch the wall; but this does not happen when
the colour is rendered opaque by the mixture of the oil as
recommended. If the wall had not been previously coloured I
give it a second coat as soon as the first is dry. In laying on
the colour care is taken that the liquid is not sprinkled upon

On blacking Garden Walls. 453

the trees, for it would close up the pores of the wood, and
consequently do injury.

After the wall is coloured I allow the trees to remain loose
from the wall until the coal tar has set (unless strong winds
prevail, in which case I secure the main limbs and branches
to the wall), in order that the shoots may not be damaged by
coming in contact with it before it is dry. When the wall
has become moderately dry, I nail the trees to it. A wall of
sound bricks will not require recolouring more than once in
ten years. Coal tar being very cheap a wall of considerable
extent may be coloured for a trifling sum. Any dark coloured
paint will answer the same purpose, but is far more expensive,
and requires renewal more frequently.

The dark colour absorbing the rays of the sun, the wall
acquires at least ten degrees of heat more than the walls not
coloured as directed: thus affording great assistance in matur-
ing the buds upon fruit-bearing shoots, so that the trees may
be productive. In cold and wet seasons, without such aid, I
should not have been able to obtain ripe buds upon fruit
trees under my care. This I have had ample proof of by the
unfruitfulness of those trees which are against walls not
coloured, at the same time that trees’ against coloured walls
were abundantly fruitful. The wall being coloured is also a
preventive of insects harbouring in it and also tends to keep
it dry. :

The growth of young trees is much promoted by the colour-
ing and they are sooner brought to a supply of fruitful buds.

I am, Sir,
Your very obedient Servant,
CHARLES HARRISON.

[ 454 J

LII. Account of a Plan for Forcing Grapes in Borders
under Glass. Jn a Letter to Sir Grorce Tuomas
Staunton, Bart. F. H.S. By the Rev. BLAKLEY
Coorer, A. M. Communicated by Sir Grorcr Tuomas
STAUNTON.

Read May 16, 1826.

My DEAR Sir GEORGE,

My reason for troubling you on the present occasion is in
consequence of your intimation, that you propose commu-
nicating to the Horticultural Society the hints I gave you of
the plan I have adopted in forcing Grapes. If you deem
those hints of any value, I cannot for one moment object to
your making use of them, in any way you please; but per-
haps a more detailed account of the whole of my practice
will be better calculated for the intended communication.

I have many years forced Grapes trained under glass,
resembling Melon or Cucumber lights, with the aid of stable
dung only: the dung having been deposited in pits, over
which a layer of slate was supported by iron joists, and
covered with coal ashes, three inches thick. In this way I
have succeeded in raising abundant crops; but as it was
impossible to walk under the vines to thin the bunches, and
manage the luxuriant branches, I last year raised my glass
several feet higher, to get head room; and in fact converted
the pits into a common forcing house, with this difference,

Account of a Plan for forcing Grapes in Borders, &c. 455

however, that the parts appropriated to the dung and earth,
were retained within the house ; but calculating, that, in the
extended space, the air would not be sufficiently heated by
the dung only, I likewise introduced a flue to be worked
when necessary, with fire. Annexed is a sketch of a front
view of one of these pits, and a section of the same. Figure 1.
is the front view, and Figure 2. the section.

Wi}
Vit
Lj

il

N
L

iMedia

Til
lk

| Bion Wi]
nnn = oe
li s ara <= Ih
i A
| SSX] ee

HHH

i

Wri.
as AN goes ~~

sou QS sage ee Spe

OR ae ae Se i Bae oe a SO Se Be P

=
+
a

` References to the Figures.
AA. Doors for introducing dung into the Pit.
B. The border of earth in which the Vines are planted.
C. The dung in the Pit, under the earth.
DD. Iron joists, supporting a covering of stout slates.
EE. The Vines planted in the earth, and trained under the glass,

The dung is introduced through small doors, from the
exterior. To each pit, there are two of these doors;
through one of which half the pit is first nearly filled
with dung; a week afterwards, the remaining half. is
also nearly filled through the other; in another week,
fresh dung is added to the part first filled, and the same

456 Plan for Forcing Grapes in Borders under Glass. `

operation is repeated alternately, every subsequent week;
experience showing that the heat becomes languid in
about a fortnight. By the weekly additions of dung, the
fermentation is renewed, and a constant and equal supply of
heat is maintained. The quantity of dung required to a
single pit, ten feet long, by seven feet wide, and four and a
half deep, is about ten wheel-barrows full, in each of the first
two weeks ; and three wheel-barrows full in every subsequent
week. When the pits become too full, the exhausted use-
less dung is removed. These pits are covered with common
Welsh, or Cornish slate, laid on cast-iron joists, without
mortar. The soil on the slate is about two feet in depth;
in it the Vines are planted, and trained under the glass
above. *

I have long thought it unnatural to force the branches of a
Vine in a heated atmosphere, whilst the roots are confined
to a soil, that early in the season especially, is, if not frozen,
the very reverse of hot: and I have presumed it to be impos-
sible that the roots could keep pace, in their growth, with
the branches, and consequently maintain that supply of sap
required of them by the forced and accelerated advance of
the shoots. It is well known to gardeners that a cautious
and progressive temperature in the house can alone ensure
success in bringing out all the eyes; that in most cases, when
early forcing is resorted to, a few eyes only on each shoot can
be made to break, and that all, except one or two of the

* I have for several years adopted, with success, the same plan of pits for
raising Melons and Cucumbers; the peculiar advantage of these pits being 4
regular and constant supply of heat for any length of time, by the addition, at
tntervals, of fresh dung under the border in which the plants are grown.

By the Rev. BLAKLEY COOPER. 457

leading shoots, will be weak and dwindling. Hence the
system of cutting back (and thus sacrificing the best bearing
wood) to short lengths, commonly called spurs. It is well
known too, that, in the Pine stove, although Grapes grown
there are brought to much earlier maturity, by the high
temperature of the house, yet the crop is never in proportion
to the quantity of bearing wood; and for the same reason,
because the roots do not make equal progress with the
branches, and the supply of sap, therefore, is not given up
beyond the maintenance of a part, namely, of the leading
shoots, the rest become weak and defective. The remedy for
this is, I apprehend, so to accelerate the growth of the roots,
as to enable them to keep pace with the branches, when the
supply of sap will be adequate to all the demands of Nature.
The bearing wood may also, by these means, be trained to
any reasonable length, for every eye will receive a due supply
of nutriment ; each therefore will break regularly, and each
make strong and vigorous shoots, and consequently be
capable of bearing fruit. By this system too, Grapes may
be brought to a ripe state in much less time ; for, instead
of the slow and cautious proceeding required for bring-
ing out the eyes at the commencement, a high degree
of temperature may be kept up in the house; for, as the
roots are taking up, in consequence of their rapid growth,
a larger quantity of nutriment, the supply of sap is more
rapid ; and therefore a more rapid growth of the branches
may be promoted. |

Acting on these principles, I commenced last year an expe-
riment on a small scale, by planting in the border over one of

458 Plan for Forcing Grapes in Borders under Glass.

my pits three cuttings and one plant. The cuttings were the
Chasselas and the Black Hamburgh ; the plant, that sort
generally cultivated in pots, and called by gardeners the
Pot Grape. The whole were planted in the month of March,
1825. The cuttings were taken from the parent Vines the pre-
ceding January. The plant had not succeeded well in the pot,
and had made previously but one little weakly shoot, not larger
than a straw-mote ; and this shoot had, during the winter, been
cut back to about two inches in length. The cuttings imme-
diately struck root, and in the course of the season, made the
most vigorous shoots, of about eighteen feet in length. The
plant made equally vigorous shoots, of almost double th at
length. All the shoots were headed back in the winter to about
seven fect. This spring the eyes broke most regularly, and
made, and are still making, the most vigorous shoots, many of
them supporting three bunches. On the plant there are
seventy-three bunches; on the three cuttings sixty-one
bunches; many of a large size, and all of a most healthy
appearance, and likely to ripen.

It was not in my power to attempt an accelerated growth of
the shoots this season, having made the experiment in a part
only of a large house, forty feet long, in which other Grapes are
cultivated in the usual way. ‘This experiment therefore goes
only to establish the fact, that, by the plan, the vine may be
brought into a more immediate bearing state, without waiting
three or four years for filling a new house with wood, as is
usually the case. It proves also that the supply of sap is
greater, since all the eyes of branches seven feet long have -
broken with unusual luxuriance and vigour,

By the Rev. BLAKLEY Coorrr. 459

I presume that steam may be used with success for this pur-
pose, but as the cost of a steaming apparatus is considerable;
I prefer that which I have hitherto practised; besides, I am
inclined to think that the vapour given out by the dung tends
in some measure to nourish the vines, and to promote their
vigorous growth.

I am, my dear Sir GEORGE,

your obliged and very faithful

BLaKLey Cooper.
Yetminster, near Sherborne,
May 10, 1826.

VOL. VI. 30

[ 460 ]

LIII. On Glycine Sinensis. By Joszrpn Sasinz, Esq.
F.R. S. Secretary.

Read June 20, 1826.

Tuoven the Glycine Sinensis is in the hands of most
cultivators of rare and curious plants, I venture to bring it
now to the notice of the Society, because I consider it one of
the most beautiful that we possess, and as it is sutticiently
hardy to stand the climate of this country, I am desirous it
should become generally known. I hope to see it not only
introduced into the ornamental parts of every Gentleman's
garden, but also decorating the walls of our farm houses and
cottages, to the covering of which, and especially of lodges at
the entrances of parks, it is admirably adapted.

Though the plant is commonly called by the name affixed
to the head of this communication, yet, amongst botanists, it
has been recently attached to Wisteria, a genus founded by
Mr. Nurrat, in his genera of North American plants,* which —
he applied to Glycine frutescens, separating it from its former
station; and as the present plant has a near affinity to that, it
has been described by M. De Canpouxz in his Prodromus,t
as Wisteria Sinensis. These two are at present the only
species known to belong to the genus.

The Glycine Sinensis was first introduced to this country
from China in 1816. In May of that year Captain RoBERT
WELBANK, then commanding the Cuffnells East Indiaman,

* Volume ii, page 115, t Part ii. page 390.

On Glycine Sinensis. 461

brought a plant of it with him from China, and gave it to
Cuartes Hamppen Turner, Esq. of Rooksnest, in Surrey,
who kept it in the pot in which it arrived until 1819, when
it first flowered. It was then turned out into the border of
the Conservatory, where the original plant is now growing in
a very flourishing state.* In the same month, but a few days
later, in 1816, another plant was brought by Captain Ricnarp
Rawes, in the Warren Hastings East Indiaman, from China,
and given by him to Tuomas Carry PALMER, Esq. of Brom-
ley, who planted it inthe border of his Greenhouse, where it
also first blossomed in 1819, and still continues to thrive.

From the former of these plants, the first that were propa-
gated were given to the Garden of the Horticultural Society,
and to Messrs. Loppiers, at Hackney; from the second, the
earliest layers were presented to Lady Long, for her Garden
at Bromley Hill, and to Mr. Ler of Hammersmith, and each
of these, together with the original plants, have for the last
three or four years been objects of admiration to all who have
seen them.

The blossoms shew themselves before the leaves ; their first
appearance is that of thick short pale green tufts, in which
the buds of the flowers are enveloped by long pale hairy
bracts, which fall off as the racemes advance. These when
full-grown, are from eight to fifteen inches long, each bearing
from eighty to an hundred flowers on an average; they are
pendent, and have much resemblance to those of a Laburnum,
except that they are of a very delicate blush lilac colour, with

* In 1825 this plant, which had grown up a column of ten feet high, had spread
its branches to nearly ten feet each way, and produced upwards of five hundred
bunches of blossoms.

462 On Glycine Sinensis.

a very agreeable fragrance. In a conservatory, the blossoms
expand in March, more or less early, according to the heat of
the house. Against a south wall in the open air they first
appear in the middle of April, and last nearly a month.
Without the protection of a wall the opening of the flowers
is in May, and their beauty continues till June. The
plants frequently put out a small second crop of flowers on
the young shoots of the year, immediately after the spring
blossoming is past, but these are not so fine as the first
crop of flowers, though they are darker in colour; they
are subject to drop off prematurely. In the autumn, another
crop of blossoms is produced; these come in August, and
though not so abundant as the spring flowers, have an
advantage in being mixed with the foliage. This autumnal
flowering does not appear in perfection on the plants which
are placed on walls, or under protection; in such situations
the racemes are produced as early as July, but as they
expand, the flower buds fall off; being apparently unequal
to sustam the heat to which they are exposed. The leaves
are as beautiful in their way as the flowers; they are nearly
a foot in length, of a peculiarly delicate pale green, and
elegantly pinnated.

The plant does not require any nicety of management; it
is impatient of the knife, and succeeds best in good rich loam,
though Mr. Patmer’s is grown in a mixture of heath mould
and light loam. It is at first slow in growth, but when it
once begins to shoot, it extends itself rapidly. The branches
are of considerable length, and in a conservatory should be
placed near the glass. When trained against a wall, it has
been found that the branches which are carried horizontally,

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 463

produce a greater abundance of flowers. When not placed
on a wall, they require the support of a stake or trellis. The
plant at Bromley Hill is beautifully trained on a frame of
`- iron-work; the stem rises in the middle of an open shaft
or column formed of four rods eight feet high, and from the
top of this the branches are carried in all directions- over
the spreading parts of the frame, which in shape exactly
resembles an open umbrella, with an expansion of about six
feet. The appearance of the plant thus trained, when in
flower, both in spring and autumn, justifies the placing of it
amongst our best ornamental shrubs.

The Glycine Sinensis does not appear to have sustained
any injury in the open air in gardens during the last. severe
winter; the plants which have fallen under my observation
had the protection of mats, but I do not conceive that such
covering was necessary ; for one now growing in the late gar-
den of my friend AtexanperR Mac Leay, Esq. at Tilbuster
Lodge, in Surrey, that was not so protected, remained unin-
jured by the frost, and has since blossomed. It therefore may
without doubt be considered as a hardy shrub in our climate.

The plant is readily propagated by laying the young green
shoots in pots buried in the earth, and as these advance in
growth, continuing to peg them down into fresh pots, leaving
some eyes or buds above the ground; and thus many plants
may be obtained from a single branch. Cuttings both of the
wood and of the roots planted in loam, are said to succeed.
I believe it has not yet borne ripe seed in this country, nor
has any been brought from China.

It is probably a native of some parts of the Chinese empire
distant from Canton, as it seems to be a novelty in the gardens

464 | On Glycine Sinensis.

there; the two plants first introduced by Captains WELBANK
and RAwes were obtained from the garden of Consr@va, a
Chinese merchant ; it had not before been noticed by any of
the collectors who had visited Canton. Plants of it have
since been brought home in different years for the Horticul-
tural Society, and a drawing made in China in 1821, of a
branch in flower, is in the collection of the Society.

It was to be expected that this handsome shrub would
attract the attention of our different periodical publications.
A figure of it first appeared in the Botanical Magazine, tab.
2083, from a specimen supplied by Mr. Turner, on its first
blossoming in 1819. In 1822 it was figured in the Botanical
Register, tab. 650, from the plant in Mr. LEr’s Nursery. In
the succeeding year, 1823, Messrs. Lopprees published it in
the Botanical Cabinet, tab. 773, from their own plant. Another
figure of it has lately appeared in the Flora Conspicua, tab.
46, the drawing for which was made from Mr. PALMER'S
Conservatory.

[ 465 J

LIV. On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, and its
varieties. By Joseru SABINE, Esq. F. R. 8. §c. &c.
Secretary.

Read June 6, 1826.

Tue varieties of the Peonia Moutan were long known
from works on the plants of China and Japan, as well as from
their representations on, Chinese porcelain and paper hang-
ings, before any plants of them were brought to Europe.
The first that was introduced into England, was imported
thirty-seven years since; and though attempts to bring home
living plants of the species, have subsequently been made in
almost all the succeeding years, especially during the last
twenty, yet the number of varieties in our gardens were, until
lately, only five, and of these, two have not been hitherto
sufficiently distinguished from the others. That several more
exist in China, is well known, not only from descriptions, but
from authenticated representations which have been trans-
mitted from that country.

My object in this Paper, is to communicate some details
respecting those kinds which have been hitherto cultivated
here, as well as to describe and give accounts of four new
varieties which I have seen for the first time in the present
season. The first of these is an imported plant; the three
others have been raised from seed produced in this country.

The introduction from China, of Moutans of any descrip-
tion, is attended with difficulty, for of the plants which are

466 On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, éc.

put on shipboard in China, to be brought to England, very
few live to reach their destination. With the exception of
the Azaleas, they seem to bear a long voyage worse than
any other of the productions of the Chinese gardens, which
we have hitherto obtained.

Large quantities of flowering plants closely laid together
in open packages, without mould to their roots, are annually
brought in the course of the winter, from distant parts of the
Chinese Empire, to Canton. These, notwithstanding this
exposure, blossom in the ensuing spring; but either from the
climate not agreeing with them, or the treatment they receive
being unsuitable, the state of those which survive to the
autumn, is such that they are not fit for removal with any
chance of success. After their first blossoming at Canton,
these plants never flower again, but dwindle and decay, and
from this cause, the Captains of the British Indiamen, which
leave Canton in the winter season, are unable to obtain any
which have been proved to be of the more desirable kinds.
Their purchases are necessarily made from the stock brought
into the market in the manner above mentioned, in which the
varieties most wanted are either very rare, or only sold to
the Chinese ; and are, besides, not very easily distinguishable
whilst divested of their foliage; so that the living plants which
do arrive in England, usually turn out to be the sort which
we have had here longest as well as in most abundance, and
which it may be presumed is the most common in China, or
at least at Canton..

At the time when the Moutans blossom in the Chinese
gardens, the officers of the East India Company are absent
at Macao, to which place they remove after the departure of

By Josern SABINE, Esq. 467

the ships, the latest of which usually sails in February, or
early in March, so that those English gentlemen who attend
to plants there, have not the opportunity of seeing the dif-
ferent varieties in flower; and the knowledge of them is con-
sequently confined to the native residents of Canton. This
circumstance will account for the uncertainty which still exists
respecting their number and differences.

The best account of Pæonia Moutan hitherto published,
is by the late Mr. Gzorcr AnpeErson, in the Transactions
of the Linnean Society ;* it forms part of a monograph of the
genus Pzonia, which was written in the year 1817. He, with
great propriety, brought together the different Tree Pzonies,
which had been before considered as distinct species; and
also with equally good judgment adopted the only single
flowering plant then ascertained, as the type of his species.
M. Drcanpotxe published}: the genus in the first volume
of his Systema in 1818, subsequent to the production of Mr.
AnpERSon’s Paper; but without however having had an
opportunity of examining it. Though three kinds had been
described by Mr. Anperson, M. Decanpvottx only gave
accounts of two ; and he also varied from the order adopted
by the former gentleman, by placing the single flowering
plant, the second in his arrangement In his Prodromus,*t
however, published in 1824, he adopted the order and the
three plants of Mr. ANDERSON.

Both these writers agreed in the adoption of the Chinese

* Transactions of the Linnean Society, Vol. xii. page 248.
t Decanpvoxxx, Regni Vegetabilis Systema Naturale, Vol. i. page 386,
+ DECANDOLLE, Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis, Pars I.
page 65.
VOL. VI. 3 P

468 On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, &c.

word Moutan, as the specific name; that was first applied to
it by Dr. Sıms,* in 1808; and he was followed in the use of
it in the second edition of the Hortus Kewensis ;f and though
some writers{ have given other specific names to it, yet
that of Moutan seems now established ; Kamprer’s§ account
of it is under the name of Botan; and in the Mémoires sur
les Chinois, || compiled by the Jesuit Missionaries, and pub-
lished in France in 1778, it is called the Moutan.

Pzonia Moutan is readily distinguished from all the other
species of the genus by its suffrutescent stem. The majority
of the plants at present in our gardens are small bushes, not
exceeding four feet in diameter ; some few old ones are larger,
and they will grow to be eight or ten feet high, and will
extend equally in breadth. The branches if sufficiently
vigorous, produce each a single flower at their extremities.
The leaves are very distinctly biternate; they are shining
green, more or less dark above, glaucous underneath, and
may be described as smooth, though a very few hairs occa-
sionally exist on their petioles and the under parts of the
folioles. Differences in the leaves of the varieties are ob-
servable ; the flowers, however, afford the chief distinctions,
in the number, colours, and markings of the petals. The
flower buds differ from those of other species of the genus,

* See Botanical Magazine, folio 1154.

t Hortus Kewensis, Edit. 2, Vol. iii. page 315.

ł It is called P. suffruticosa in the Botanist’s Repository, folio 373, &c.; P.
fruticosa in Dumont pe Covrser’s Botaniste Cultivateur, Edit. 2, Tome iv.
page 461, and P. arborea, in the 5th edition, page 134 of Dony’s Hortus
Cantabrigiensis, as well as in some of the preceding editions of the same work.

§ See Kæmrrer Amenitates Exotica, page 862.

|| Vol. ii. page 461.

By Josern Sasrne, Esq. 469

in having almost uniformly five spatulate bractes arranged
circularly close below the calyx. The calyx leaves are five
in number, of different sizes, as in the species of Herbaceous
Peonies. The flowers in a conservatory first appear in April,
and are produced and remain in beauty till the middle of
May. In the open border they open in May, and continue
to expand until June. The membrane which so conspi-
cuously envelopes the germens in the variety called Papave-
racea, may be observed nearly as perfect in some of the other
varieties. The natural number of germens (called Carpella by
M. Decanpbottz in his Prodromus) is five ; these are occa-
sionally multiplied to six, which was erroneously supposed* to
be the regular quantity in the Papaveracea. When a greater
increase takes place in the numbers of the germens, the mul-
tiplication of them is within the centre of the proper ones,
and they are then often very numerous. The seeds, as far as
my observations have extended, are dark brown when ripe.

1. Paonia Moutan Papaveracea. The plant which has
been adopted as the type of the species, in consequence of
its having single, or rather nearly single flowers, has been
always called Papaveracea, not because its petals are like
those of the Poppy, but because its germens, when enveloped
by their membranous covering, resemble a capsule of the
large Papaver Somniferum. It was when first described
in 1807, in Anprews’s Repository, folio 463, considered
as a separate species; and adopted as distinct from the
other two plants then known, by Sir James Epwarp
Smrru, in Rezs’s Cyclopedia, on the ground of a supposed
specific dissimilarity, founded on its germens being always

* Awprews'’s Repository, folio 463, Sarr in Rrxs’s Cyclopzedia, art. Peonia.

470 On the Pzonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, &c.

enclosed by a membrane; but it is now considered that this
circumstance would appear in the other varieties, if their seed
vessels were not multiplied by luxuriance beyond their
natural number, and it exists in all, when the difficulty
alluded to, does not prevent it.* The P. Moutan Papave-
racea was imported by Captain James Penprreras, in the
Hope East Indiaman, for Sir Asranam Hume, in 1802,
and the plant first blossomed in 1806. I do not believe
that any other plant of the variety has been brought from
China, and if the fact be so, Sir Asranam Hume's is the parent
of the whole stock now in Europe. Doubts were long en-
tertained whether it was not an accidental production, and
consequently a stranger in the Chinese gardens; but the
Horticultural Society has lately received a drawing of it,
made for them at Canton from a living specimen, which
proves its distinct present existence in China. Sir ABRAHAM
Hume's plant at Wormleybury has attained a considerable
size, forming a bush of near forty feet in circumference, and
seven feet in height, which in the month of April is covered
with its splendid flowers in almost unrivalled magnificence.
In the past spring of this year it produced 660 flower-buds,

* The error of considering this as a distinct species, originated with the
_ Editor of Anprews’s Repository, in the folio above quoted. Dr. Sms, in the
Botanical Magazine, folio 1154, expressed his doubt of the propriety of this
separation; it was however adhered to by Sir James Epwarp Smtr, in his
account of the genus in Rexs’s Cyclopzdia; but the matter was entirely put right,
and the question finally settled by Dr. Sıms, subsequently, in the Botanical
Magazine, folio 2175. He had very justly observed that if the distinction was
natural, it would constitute a generic, not a specific difference.

T Not 1800, as noted in Rexs’s Cyclopedia. It is erroneously stated in Mr.
ANDERSON’s account of the plant in the Linnean Transactions, as having been
introduced about 1806. The date of 1805 in the Botanical Cabinet is also wrong:

By JosEPH SABINE, Esq. 471

of which 130 were taken off with a view of increasing the
size of the flowers. In some seasons, and especially of late
years, the flowers have been semi-double; when the plant
was younger, they were more single, but seldom had so few
as five petals; their expansion is about ten inches, sometimes
more; the petals are very large and broad; they spread
widely out, but are not reflexed; they are white, with a deep
purple spot on the lower part of each petal; the spots are
rayed, in lines about an inch anda half long, from the centre,
forming a brilliant and rich star in the middle of the flower;
the edges of the petals are a little jagged. The anthers are
yellow, and are very conspicuously interposed between the
dark spots on the petals, and the deep purple case of the
germens, the stigmas appearing united at the top of it.
After a time the germens break their covering, and then the
envelope disappears; but it remains perfect unless the cap-
sules swell. The germens, as have been before observed,
are stated by some of the writers who have described them
as being six; but five is the usual, as well as the most
correct number, and these as they advance, spread out in
a starlike fashion. The scent of the blossom is not pleasant,
but it cannot be said to resemble that of Elder, which
I have heard observed; it is more like that of a Poppy.
Anprews’s figure, above referred to, is tolerably good.
That in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 2175, represents the
flower smaller than it usually is produced in our gardens.
A neat figure of it has also been given in Messrs. LoppieEs’
Botanical Cabinet, tab. 547. The Chinese drawing which
I have mentioned, represents the flower as considerably
smaller than it is produced with us, but it certainly is

472 On the Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, &c.

intended for the same plant. Though rare, the P. Moutan
Papaveracea is in the gardens of all curious collectors, but
no plants have yet got to a size which can compete with
the parent. The foliage of this variety is readily dis-
tinguished from that of the Rosea, by its petioles being
tinged with red, and the folioles being a darker green; the
leaves of the Banksii are similar, in having a tinge of red on
the petioles, and in the darker hue of the folioles, but under
similar circumstances, those of the Papaveracea are larger and
broader. Sir Apranam Humr’s plant has produced seeds,
one of which vegetated some years since, but the plant sub-
sequently perished. Mr. Lez, of Hammersmith, has also
raised from its seed, plants which blossomed this year for the
first time ; the flowers however did not differ from those of
the parent. M. Decanpotze* has certainly erred in referring
the P. officinalis, var. alba, of Lourrrro to this plant.

2. Paonia Moutan Banksii. This was introduced to the
Royal Gardens at Kew, in 1789,f and was the first of the
species that was brought to Europe; it blossomed at Kew
for the first time, a few years after, I believe in the year
1793. Mr. Axvrrson has annexed to the variety the name
of Sir Josep Banks, to whose instructions it is understood
that our Gardens are indebted for its original importation.
- Many plants of the same have subsequently been brought
from China, and from these, as well as from the original
plant, a very general stock of it now exists. It is probably
the most abundant kind in China also. The flowers are
aly quite double, and spreading, with an expansion of

+ Taka aia: Systema, &c. volume i, page 387.
t Erroneously stated to be 1794, in the Botanical Register, folio 379.

By Joseren Sasine, Esq. 473

eight or nine inches ; sometimes they are so full as to force
the calyx to turn back on the peduncle, and then the outer
parts of the flower also turn downwards ; but both this, and
probably all the Moutans, vary as to the number of petals
they produce, according to the soil they are placed in, and
the degree of establishment in that soil. Sometimes the
Banksii produces flowers totally destitute of petals at all,
and many are intermediate between that state and the fullest
flower. The petals are slightly tinged with blush, becoming
nearly white at the edges, and are marked at the base with
purplish red; this darker colour sometimes regularly mixes
with the paler parts of the petals, and sometimes has a
slight appearance of running into it in rays, or featherings.
The petals gradually diminish in size as they approach the
centre of the flower, and have there more of the purple
colour diffused over them; the edges of the internal petals
are also more jagged or broken. The germens are numer-
ous, growing in a thickened mass, surrounded by the yellow
anthers, and are conspicuous when the blossom is semi-
double, which is occasionally, as above observed, the case.
When the flower is very full, the petals are mixed with the
stamens, and a considerable number of petals, much longer
and larger than those which are ranged outside and amongst
the stamens, rise from amidst the germens. Variations in
the characters of the flowers, from semi-double to full double,
take place on the same plant, and in the same season; but
in general, the older plants produce fuller flowers. This
kind also, under different circumstances of exposure to
weather and warmth, varies in the intensity of its general
colour; the blossom having sometimes more of the purple

474 On the Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Pæony, &c.

hue than at other times. The scent of the flower is very
different, at different periods, and perhaps also on different
plants; in some it is far from disagreeable, in others strong
and heavy. The distinction between the foliage of this
variety and the Rosea, is in the red colour of the petioles,
and the darker green of the folioles; from the Papaveracea,
its leaves are less distinguishable, they are however under
similar circumstances smaller; they are also coarser, and —
more obtuse in their terminations, and more rugose in their
surface. Seedlings have been raised from this variety in the
Royal Gardens at Kew, and in various other places, whose
flowers have exactly corresponded with their parent. The
first figure which appeared of this variety was in 1807, in the
Botanist’s Repository, tab. 448, where it is called Pzeonia suf-
fruticosa flore purpureo; the flower is represented as not
very full, and is indifferently executed. In 1808, Dr. Sims
published a figure of it in the Botanical Magazine, tab. 1154,
which is defective, in giving too much of red in the dark
colouring of the petals, and too little paleness to them gene-
rally ; the date of the introduction, in the account annexed
to this, is erroneous.* Another figure of it has been recently

* I am inclined to believe that a confusion exists hetween the two varieties of
Banksii and Rosea, in the account and figure, given in the Botanical Magazine,
folio 1154. The figure is more like the Rosea; and the date (1794) given of the
introduction, agrees nearly with the fact as regards the Rosea; yet, in the ac
count in the letter-press annexed, Sir Josera Banks is mentioned as the intro-
ducer, which circumstance is only referable to the Banksii; besides, the plant
from whence the drawing is stated to have been taken, was growing in a separate
building in Mr. Grevittr’s garden at Paddington, and that was certainly the
Banksii. This plant of Mr. GREVILLE’s, together with the whole of his collection,

was subsequently purchased by Mr. THomas Jenxiys, of the Portman Nursery,
m 1810, at the death of that gentleman,

By Josern SABINE, Esq. 475

published in the Flora Conspicua, tab. 13; but the details
which accompany the figure, are in parts not perfectly correct.
This Moutan was introduced from England into France in
1801, by Mr. Boursautr; and in 1803 it was in the garden
of the Empress JosEPHINE, at Malmaison, from whence, some
years after, it was figured and described by M. BoNPLAND in
his Plantes Rares, tab. 1, page 1. This representation is very
indifferent, and in the description, the Banksii is evidently
confounded with the Rosea, of which an account and plate are
subsequently given in the same work.

3. Paonia Moutan Humei. Among the various plants
brought from China, which have been considered identical
with the variety last described, a slight difference in the flowers
of some may be observable, but they have not been, how-
ever, as yet treated of as distinct varieties. Of these, I have
particularly to notice a plant which was imported in 1817, by
Captain GEORGE WELSTEAD, in the General Harris East
Indiaman, and by him presented to Sir Asranam Hume.
From a blossom of it, a figure was published by Mr, Ber-
LENDEN Ker, in the Botanical Register, tab. 379, in 1819,
and it is there called Sir Asranam Hume’s Tree Peony.
From the sample shewn to me in that year, I was of opinion
that it was the same as the Banksii, and Mr. Ker has re-
corded that opinion. In the present season, however, I have
received more perfect specimens from Sir Asrámam Hume
of it; and though I cannot but still consider it very near to
the Banksii, yet there seem to be some differences which are
worthy of notice ; the peduncles are thicker and longer; the
blossoms open about a fortnight sooner, in similar situations,
and they are somewhat larger; they are uniformly more

VOL. VI. 3Q

476 On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, éc. s

abundant in petals, and have, especially, a bunch of long
petals always rising from the middle of the flower. The
figure given of it in the Botanical Register is, by no means, a
good resemblance.

4. Paonia Moutan Rosea Semiplena. The first plant of
this variety is said to have been introduced by the late
Right Honourable CHARLES GREVILLE, about the year 1794,*
and it blossomed subsequently in his garden at Paddington.
The flowers are semi-double, cupped, not opening very.
widely ; if fully open, they would have an expansion of
from six to eight inches ; the petals are large, of a fine deep
pink, very slightly darker at their base, but not strikingly so,
as in the other varieties before described ; they are larger
than those of the Banksii, and have a very satiny appearance ;
their margins are crisped, and occasionally notched in the
centre. The germens are usually five ; sometimes six, and
occasionally more numerous, but they very rarely produce
seeds ; they are surrounded by the stamens, which appear
conspicuously. The flower has a delicate rose-like scent,
which abates, after it has been sometime open. The shoots
of this variety, when they break out in the spring, have a
reddish hue, but the advanced foliage does not retain the
tinge. The petioles are green, not red ; the folioles are of a
paler green than in the other kinds, broader, less shining, and

* This date was given by Mr. AnpErson, in the Linnean Transactions, Vol.
xii. page 255, on the authority of the late Mr. James Dickson: it is possible
that the introduction might have been one or two years later. I have heard it .
stated that Mr. GREVILLE’S plant was derived from that of Mr. HIBBERT,
mentioned in the succeeding page of this Paper. But it is possible, and I think

probable, ba e, that Mr. GrEvILLE had two plants of the Rosea, the one imported,
and the other from Mr. Hissenr’s stock.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 477

less indented ; they are sometimes tinged with brown by the
weather. The flowers in the above named plant, and in others -
similar to it, are uniformly semi-double; they are the sorts
generally seen in collections. One especially, which I have
frequently noticed in the Chinese-house in the gardens of the
Earl of Essex, at Cassiobury, which was imported in 1813,
always has semi-double flowers. I have not heard that
any young plants have been raised in England from the seeds
of this, or of the succeeding. A good figure of the semi-
double Montan Rosea has been recently published in Messrs.
LoppiceEs’ Botanical Cabinet, tab. 1035.

5. Paonia Moutan Rosea Plena. A sub-variety of the
preceding, producing very double flowers, with similar foliage,
has come under my observation. Plants of it are in the
garden of the Horticultural Society, which were obtained
from Mr. Ricnarp WILLIAMS, of Turnham Green, who pur-
chased the parent stock at the sale of the plants of GEORGE
Hissert, Esq. of Clapham, at Mr. Joseru Knieut’s Nur-
sery, in 1811. The original was an imported plant, and was
obtained from China in 1795, as I have been informed, by Mr.
Jonun ALLEN, who then lived gardener with Mr. HIBBERT.
A figure of a blossom of this variety, from the Clapham collec-
tion, had been published in 1804, in the Botanists Repository,
folio 373, with the name of Peonia suffruticosa; it is re-
presented as quite double, and described as nearly scentless.
It is also figured, and described by M. BoNPLAND in his
‘Plantes Rares, tab. 23, page 61. The flowers are as large as
those of the Banksii, of an uniform rich pink, though the
edges of the petals become paler after a time. The exterior
petals are large and broad, notched deeply in the centre,

478 On the Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, &e.

and ‘with crisped margins; the interior petals are long and
narrow, much jagged at the edges, very numerous, and
they rise in the middle of the flower to a considerable height ;
the stamens appear mixed with the interior petals, and the
germens are included in a membranous sheath. The scent
is agreeable, but not. so fine as in the semi-double variety.
Semi-double flowers are often observable on the plant, at the
same time that. others quite double are produced, and some-
times, I have been told, all the blossoms produced in a
season are semi-double. The imported plant of Mr. HIBBERT
first blossomed in 1796; it was then very weak, and the
flowers it produced were nearly single ; but in the following
year they were very double, and continued so in succeed-
ing years. The variety now described has, hitherto been
supposed identical with that which precedes it. I consider,
however, there is sufficient difference between them to justify
their being separated ; and I have therefore done so. In the
account of this plant, in the Botanist’s Repository above re-
ferred to, it is stated to have been introduced in 1794.
Notwithstanding the opinion above expressed on the dif-
erence of the two Roseas, I think it right to mention, that it
is questioned by Messrs. Loppices, to whose authority I
am disposed to pay great deference. In the account of the
figure of the Moutan Rosea, published in their Botanical
Cabinet, and above referred to, as representing the semi-
double variety, it is stated, that the plant from which the
representation was taken, was originally obtained from Mr.
reserz, and that it always produces semi-double flowers.
Mr. Hiszerr had certainly only one plant of the Rosea,
which was that I have aboye described as having double

By Josrru SABINE, Esq. 479

flowers; and I have heard that other plants, which are
always semi-double, were derived from the same source.
But notwithstanding the fact. that some of the offspring of
this double flowering plant have uniformly semi-double blos-
soms, yet as the original, as well as others produced from it,
keep the character of bearing double flowers, I think the
considering it as distinct is justifiable.

6. Peonia Moutan Rawesu. A small plant of a Moutan
was brought from China, by Captain Ricuarp Rawes, in the
Warren Hastings East Indiaman, in 1820, and presented by
him to Tuomas Carry Parmer, Esq. of Bromley, in Kent,
in whose garden, in 1825, it shewed one blossom, {which
was not however perfected. In the present year, the plant
produced several blossom buds; but from being exposed to
the severe frost of the end of April, the flowers opened
badly, sufficiently perfect however to enable me to give the
following description of them: The bractes are longer, and
more conspicuous than in any other variety I have examined.
The calyx-leaves, instead of enclosing the bud in a globular
form, are twisted up so as to come to a point at the top.
The petals are not very unlike those of the Herbaceous
Pzeonia Cretica ; they are pale, tinged very slightly with pink,
and have a very satiny shining appearance; they are about
twelve in number, ovate-oblong, concave, and much lacerated
at the edges. The expansion of the flower, if fully opened,
would be about seven inches. The filaments are purple,
and short, the anthers consequently are clustered close
round the germens, which are enclosed in a small bright
reddish-purple membrane, the colour of which gives singu-
larity to the flower. The germens are six in number, having

480 On the Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, $c.

large curled purple stigmas. The foliage much resembles that
of an Herbaceous Peony ; the leaves are in every way smaller
and darker than those hitherto described, but the size may
be in some degree owing to the small state of the plant; they
are,as in the others, biternate, but otherwise very different;
the lower leaflets are however sometimes simple, not ternate ;
the lateral folioles of the leaflets are simple ; the terminating
foliole is divided deeply, often very unequally, and sometimes,
though rarely, that of the upper leaflet is cleft to its base.
I have named this variety in compliment to Captain Rawes,
whose success in bringing home plants from China, in his
different voyages from that country, has been so great, that
he probably is intitled to be considered the actual introducer
of more valuable plants from that country, than any other
private individual whatever.

The plants hitherto described have been all importations
from China, and are the only foreign ones, blossoms of which
have fallen under my observation. I have some reason to
suppose that another variety, with semi-double flowers, was
a few years ago in the garden of the Comte de VANDES, at
Bayswater, but it has ceased to exist there. Other instances
have come to my knowledge of the supposed existence of
new Moutans introduced from China; but until the flowers
have appeared and been examined, it would not be safe to
state them as distinct.

_ The seedlings which I mentioned at the commencement
of this Paper, were raised in the garden of the Earl of
Mounrtnornis, at Arley Hall, in Worcestershire ; the seeds
were from the Banksii,

, and were sown seven years ago. In
the year after they w

ere sown, three plants came up. One

By Josrru SABINE, Esq. 481

is a very distinct variety, the two others approach each other
so nearly, that they will not perhaps be considered sufficiently.
different to be separated, except by very nice observers. As
the flowers of those now to be described are the first they.
have produced, it is probable that they will very much
improve in size hereafter. The plant of Banksii, which pro-
duced the capsules from which the seeds were gathered,
grew close to a Papaveracea, and from the characters of the
flowers of their produce, I am disposed to think that they
are derived from the pollen of the latter. | ;

7. Paonia Moutan Carnea Plena. I have given this
name to the first of the two plants which I have stated are
nearly similar to each other; the difference between them
principally consists in the ground colour of the petals, which
in this is of a delicate purplish pink. The blossoms are
large, very double, with a great resemblance in character and
appearance to those of Banksii, except that they are less,
more compact, and that they are without the central elongated
petals, which sometimes in that variety appear to rise from
amongst the germens. I think, however, some disposition
towards this is observable in the specimens I have ex-
amined of the next variety. The petals in both are also
generally smaller, and more abundant than in the Banksii;
they also have a rich purple rayed spot at the base of every
petal; these spots are exactly similar to those in the flower
of Papaveracea, except that they are smaller. From the full-
ness of the blossom, these spots are not so strikingly observable
as in the Papaveracea. In the variety now under notice the
germens are numerous, and are at first covered with a purple.
membrane, that subsequently bursts. |

482 On the Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, &c.

8. Pæonia Moutan Albida Plena. The petals of this
are very pale, though not decidedly white; the colour suf.
fused into them is purplish. The ; germens are numerous,
and are covered with a dark purple membrane, which con-
tinues tosurround them, and does not burst. The blossoms
of this were the largest of the two, and the plant seems to
be altogether stronger, and more vigorous.

9. Peonia Moutan Anneslei. This very distinct and
pretty Moutan, is named in compliment to Lord Mount-
norris, to whom the credit of being the first who has raised
and brought into notice seedling varieties of Moutan in
Europe, will be added to the many other obligations that
Botanists and Gardeners are under to him, for his continued
and valuable exertions in the introduction and cultivation of
many of our best exotic novelties. The blossom of this
plant is small, not exceeding four inches and a half in
diameter, when expanded. It is almost single; the spe-
cimen which I received had only nine heart-shaped petals,
slightly jagged at the margins, of a rich purplish pink, their
bases being of a rather darker purple, rayed towards the
middle of each petal, and extending in a line up its centre
to the notch at the apex. The stamens are of unequal
length, and numerous, and the germens are enveloped in a
covering, as in Papaveracea. The accompanying figure has
been made by Mr. WiıLLIAm Cuark, from the specimen
described. ,

These are the different Moutans now growing in England,
which I proposed to notice. It will now be not without
amusement, and certainly useful, to point out what other
varieties are in China, which are deserving of introduction.

By Joseru SABINE, Esq. 483

I place no reliance on the statements of the great number,
and of the very different. colours, of the varieties represented
to exist, by the authors of the account of the Moutan in the
Mémoires sur les Chinois, already referred to, and subse-
quently more particularly to be noticed. That many and very
desirable kinds, are yet to come from China, cannot be doubted.
The only good evidence of the existence of particular varie-
ties, must be derived from original Chinese drawings; but
these are usually so inaccurately executed, and the artists
who prepare them are so little to be trusted, that much
caution must be used in determining that the figures are
those of existing plants, and if so, then that they are correct
representations. In most instances, and especially in the
collections of drawings sold to the traders and other visitors at
Canton, the plants are imaginary.

Five drawings of Moutans, executed at Canton, are in the
library of the East India Company, and copies have been made
from them for the use of the Horticultural Society ; they are
all deserving of consideration. Four of these originals were
made in 1806. The two first are referable to our Banksii and to
our Double Rosea ; the resemblance to the former is however
very imperfect. The third is called the T'si* Moutan, and
has fine double purple blossoms; it is considered a very
handsome variety; the whole plant and flowers are larger
than any of the other sorts, and its habit is very conspi-
cuously distinct. The fourth is the Pae Moutan, with
double white flowers; this differs very much from all others
which have been seen at Canton, not only in the colour of

* The Chinese appellations of Tsū, Pae, and Wong, given to these Moutans,
are indicative of the colours of the blossoms,

VOL. VI. 3R

484 On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, §c.

the flowers but in the habit of the plant; it is much more
slender and delicate: Both these last are very scarce, and
the white one is not only the rarest, but is the most highly
esteemed. These two are the kinds to which the enquiries
of persons collecting Moutans at Canton should chiefly be
directed. I have been informed by Mr. Reeves, that one
of the Double Purple Moutans was purchased a few years
since by an American Captain, in order to be carried home
by him ; but it probably perished in the voyage, for I have
not heard of its being in the United States. The fifth drawing
of the East India Collection was made subsequently to the
others; the plant figured is called the Wong Moutan Fa,
and is represented as having a double yellow flower. The
drawing is said to have been taken from a plant which
flowered in the house of a Mandarin at Canton, in February,
1810. This statement, however, is not credited, and the
existence of a Yellow Moutan, is altogether disbelieved by
those best capable of forming a judgment on the subject.
The drawings executed in China, for the Horticultural
Society, under the direction of Mr. Rerves, are to be de-
pended on for their accuracy. Two are the Papaveracea, and
the Double Rosea. Besides these, there are the follow-
ing; the plants which they represent have yet to be intro-
duced :—Ist. a semi-double white, of no great merit; 2nd.
the Double Purple, similar to that figured in the East India
Company’s collection; 3rd. a small purplish red, with pale
edges to the petals, with the germens enveloped in a pale
membrane ; and, 4th, a very double pale red, with the interior
petals small, and closely packed together. ‘The Horticultural
Society has also two other drawings, copied from two Chinese

By Josernu SABINE, Esq. 485

originals in the collection of Lady Banxs, which have every
appearance of being correct representations; one is a very
rich deep red, the other white, having a tinge of green, with
also a delicate blush at the base of the petals; both of them
double flowers.

A very elaborate, but in many parts both fabulous and
mistaken account of the Moutans is given* in the Mémoires
sur les Chinois, the substance of which I will briefly note.
They are stated to be of considerable antiquity in the
gardens of the north of China, and are supposed to have
been originally found wild on the mountains in the province
of Ho-nan. They were at first cultivated in the district of
Lo-yang, and subsequently in the Imperial Gardens of
Kai-fong-fou, in Ho-nan; but they appear to have succeeded
best in the province of Hou-Kouang, from whence they are
now supplied to the gardens of Pekin, and other parts of
the Empire. They are stated to have received various names,
as Hoa-ouang, or King of Flowers, Pé-leang-kin, or Hundred
ounces of gold (from their value), and Mou-chao-yao, or
the Tree Pony, to distinguish them from the Herbaceous
Pzonies. It is represented that Moutans have been cul-
tivated frequently of various heights, from very dwarf plants,
to trees of twenty-four feet high, and that different varieties
have existed, which produced their flowers at different
seasons, some in winter, and some in autumn; but the spring
flowering varieties are those now in cultivation. These are
said to be very numerous, with flowers of various degrees of
fullness, from semi-double to very double, and of the follow-
ing colours, “ rouge, violet, pourpre, amaranthe, jaune, blanc,

+ Vol. iii. page 461,

486 On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Pæony, &c.

now, et blew” in great variety. Some are represented to
possess considerable fragrance. Accounts of the way of
cultivating the Moutans in China are also given; they appear
to be propagated from seed, and by other modes of increase
which will be noticed hereafter. I do not place much re-
hance on the correctness of the details in this memoir, which
extends to several pages; and I am incredulous, not only as
to some of the colours of the flowers, which are said to exist,
but also as to the extent in number of the varieties.

The provinces and ‘places above mentioned, are in the
northern and central parts of the Chinese Empire, and the
habits of the Moutan evidently exhibit an high mountainous,
or alpine origin, subject to being buried under snow during
the winter. They make strong shoots early in spring, and
break rapidly into foliage, and blossom.

In the description of China, published by DunaxpE, in
1753, very little notice is taken of the Moutans; they are
described * under the general name of Pivoines, as being of
different colours, and some of them fragrant. A. brief notice
of the Moutans in the gardens at Canton, will be found+ in
Dr. Aset’s Account of Lord Amners?’s Embassy to Pekin
in 1816; but it contains no information respecting them which
is not herein stated. They are not mentioned; as far as I
have discovered, in the accounts of other travellers in China.

It must be concluded that the Moutans were. transferred
from China to Japan, where they are cultivated; but they
do not appear, however, to have been-introduced in much
variety into the latter country. Kamprer, in the fifth
fasciculus: of his Amenitutes Exotic, printed in 1712;

* Donate, Description de la Chine, Tomi. page 24. + Page 220.

By JosEPH SABINE, Esq. 487

describes the plants of Japan, and (page 862) among them
the Botan, as a species; but does not mention any varieties.
He distinguishes it by its woody stem from an Herbaceous
Pæony called Saku Jaku, of which he names three varieties.
TuuNBERG, in his Flora Japonica, printed in 1784 (page 230),
confounds the Saku Jaku and Botan together, referring
both, most absurdly, to the Pæonia officinalis of Linnavs,
and states that they are cultivated in every garden of Japan.
The Saku Jaku of Kamprer is, according to the printed
opinions of those who have attended to Pzeonies, referable to
the species well known in our gardens as P. albiflora, though
neither of the varieties mentioned by him have white flowers.

Lovurerro, in his Flora Cochinchinensis,* has created
much confusion on the subject of Peonies. His only species
is called P. officinalis. He names two varieties of it; one
with a red, the other with a white flower, both apy tly
herbaceous, for notwithstanding his use of the terms caulis
suffruticosus in his general character, every other part of it
is referable as above stated to P. albiflora, of which I am
inclined to think he intended to describe two double varieties.
His account of his Pzony is, that it grows both wild and
cultivated in the Chinese Empire, especially in the northern
provinces, and that it was introduced from China into Cochin-
china. He states, besides, that there “ are many varieties,”
perhaps species, “ which he has not seen.”

All the Moutans are sufficiently hardy to bear exposure
in the open ground in the winter. The Banksii has been
considered the hardiest; but neither that nor Papaveracea

* Edit. 1, anno 1790, page 3438, Edit. 2, à WiripENow, anno 1793, vol. i,
page 419;

488 On the Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Pony, §c.

appear to suffer from frost, and they are, consequently,
frequently planted in the borders of gardens; they will all
grow in a northern aspect, and perhaps such a situation may
be better suited to them, than one where they would receive
more of the direct influence of the sun. But though they
are not hurt by the severity of winter when planted out, the
chilling blasts of our springs have very injurious effects on
them, and both the leaves and flowers are often cut and
injured when entirely unprotected at that season. From this
cause, those who desire to have them in the greatest perfection,
give them a covering of glass, under which the beauty of the
blossoms and the delicacy of the foliage is perfectly preserved.
They ought however to be planted in a border, in preference
to being kept in pots. Warmth from fire or steam is not
necessary to them; they are brought earlier into flower by
heat, but not improved by it. The best mode of protecting
them, and at the same time of having them in perfection,
is that of glass frames, or houses without flues; these may be
made of any dimensions that fancy may require. The first
plants of the Banksii which flowered in the Royal Gardens at
Kew, and in that of the Honourable CHARLES GREYVILLE, at
Paddington, were thus sheltered, and a covering of the same
character has always been kept up over the original Papa-
veracea at Wormleybury.

The propagation of Moutans, upon their first introduction,
was a matter of considerable difficulty; they have, conse-
quently, borne a high price in the nurseries; and though
they are now multiplied extensively, yet, with all the
experience which has been acquired, the obtaining strong
new plants of them is a tedious operation. All modes of

By Josery SasineE, Esq. 489

propagation have been tried with them, viz. by seeds, suckers,
grafts, cuttings and layers. They rarely produce perfect
seeds, bu t would probably do so more frequently, if the
impregnation of the stigmas was properly attended to. The
seedlings which have hitherto been obtained, as may be
observed from the accounts of such in the former part of this
paper, are but few. Suckers, or rather root-shoots, may some-
times be severed successfully from large old plants, and
such soon become strong enough to flower. If the work is
carefully executed, grafts of the rarer sorts may be fixed on
pieces of the roots of the more common. These pieces of
root must be established in pots, and in the spring a bud,
with a little wood attached to it, may be joined to the root in
the manner of a graft,a slice of the root being taken off to
receive the piece intended to be united to it. When the
fitting is completed it is to be covered with clay, taking
care to leave the eye exposed; the pot must be kept
covered with a hand-glass. Trials have been made of a plan
of grafting the Moutan on roots of Herbaceous Peonies, as
suggested by Mr. Knieur, the President, in the first volume
of these Transactions,* and I have heard that it has some-
times succeeded, but not sufficiently to encourage the prac-
tice generally. I have not witnessed the operation, but have
been informed that it is performed by attaching a short slip
of a braneh of a Moutan, on which there is a bud, to the
succulent tuber ofan Herbaceous Pzony, binding them tightly
together, sinking them below the surface of the earth, and
covering them with a glass ; the tuber supports the graft until
it emits roots sufficient to maintain itself independently.

* See Horticultural Society’s Transactions, Vol, i. page 240.

-

490 On the Peonia Moutan, or Tree Pony, §c.

Ripe cuttings taken off in August or September, with a small
piece of the old wood at the end, and planted against the
sides of garden pots, in a mixture of loam, leaf mould, and
sand well drained, and protected from the air by glasses,
will succeed. The pots must be kept secured from the frost
in the winter, and shaded in the summer; in the spring, the
progress of the cuttings may be assisted by being placed in
a frame with a gentle bottom heat. But the most general
plan of multiplying Moutans is by layers, the shoots for
which purpose should be planted either in protecting pits,
or, in sheltered borders, which should be covered with mats
spread over hoops; the branches when laid down, require a
longer time than is usual with common shrubs to emit roots,
and the largest are seldom fit to be removed till they have
remained two years attached to the stool. The soil used for
this operation is good rich loam, made light by a consider-
able mixture of sand, with the addition of one-fourth part of
heath mould. The shoots when laid down require to have
a longitudinal slit, or tongue, made in the inner side of the
bend ; and this must be done with care, for, being brittle, the
wood is liable to break ; the tongued part should be bedded
in a mixture of loam and sand.

In addition to the above, it may be interesting to know
the nature of the methods of propagating the Moutan in use
among the Chinese. Upon this subject we have no infor-
mation, except from the accounts in the Mémoires sur les
Chinois, before alluded to. According to these, the modes
of propagation, exclusive of that by seeds, are three-fold,
viz. by suckers, by splitting the stem, or by grafting.

When suckers are produced by an old plant, the earth is

By Joseru Sasine, Esq. 491

carefully removed from about its roots, which are laid bare till
the whole of the union of the sucker with the parent root is
uncovered. They are then separated, but the wound of the
old plant is suffered to remain exposed for a day or two till
its surface dries ; dry earth is then placed about it, and care
is taken that no moisture is applied for the space of a fort-
night afterwards. The young sucker is enwrapped in fresh
leaves, in which state it is kept till the lower end becomes
shrivelled, and so much contracted, that the two opposite
sides touch each other. It is then planted in rich earth, which
is rather dry than otherwise, and kept well shaded till it has
rooted, care being taken to guard it from frost.

When the operation of splitting the stem is performed, an
old plant is selected, and its stem is regularly slit into four
or six equal portions, from the top to the very bottom, among
the roots; the divisions of the stem are kept apart until the
wounds begin to dry, when the middle of the stem is filled with
a sort of plaster, made with mortar (mortier ) and rich earth,
among which is mixed fat and a small quantity of sulphur.
The plant so prepared is suffered to remain till the autumn,
when each division is fit to be separated, with the portion of
the root belonging to it. i

Grafting is practised on the roots of the more common
Moutans; when this is attempted, the root of the stock is
laid bare during some weeks, to the depth of three or four
inches; just before the autumn shoot is made, the earth
is again heaped about the root, and soon afterwards, when.
the sap appears in full motion, the operation is performed.
This is done in the way we call crown grafting. A kind of clay

VOL. VI. 35S

492 On the Pzonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, Se.

made with rich mould, formed into a sort of mortar with the
expressed juice of Herbaceous Peony roots, is then applied
about the scion and stock. The plant is afterwards shaded
from the sun, and protected from frost during winter; and,
when the spring arrives, it is left to take its chance. If the
scion ever pushes, all danger of losing it is past.

[ 493 ]

LV. Report upon the effect produced on certain Plants in
the Garden of the Horticultural Society, by the Frost
which occurred during the Night of April 29th, 1826. By
Mr. Joun Linptey, F. L. S. §c. £e. Assistant Secretary
for the Garden.

Read June 20, 1826.

Ox the night of the 29th of April, 1826, after a long series
of fine weather, which from the commencement of the month
had been only interrupted by a refreshing fall of rain on the
11th, to the depth of half an inch, and during which the days
had been warm, with serene weather and a temperature vary-
ing from 52° to 68° at noon, there occurred one of those
severe and unforeseen frosts which are too often fatal to early
vegetation in this climate. Plums, Cherries, and Straw-
berries were in full flower, Pears were setting their fruit, and
afew Apples had begun to expand their blossoms ; the young
shoots of the Vine, the Walnut, and the Ash,, had pushed to
the length of several inches; and the produce of the Kitchen
Garden was, from the previous rapidity of vegetation, in a
state of high susceptibility.

The day of the 29th of April was cold and Senay. with a
brisk north wind; the thermometer in the shade did not rise
higher than 51°; in the evening the sky became clear towards
the north and west, and the wind was sufficiently high to
prevent the formation of dew; at nine in the evening the
dew point was 30°, and the temperature 32°; but towards
morning the wind fell, the sky became very clear, and at

494 Effect produced on certain Plants by Frost.

sun-rise a thermometer suspended from a north wall, under
the protection of a coping, was observed to stand at 29°;
the dew point at six in the morning was 32°, with a temper-
ature of 40°. The real degree of cold during the night was,
however, considerably greater than was indicated by the
thermometer upon anorth wall. In an instrument used for
ascertaining the degree of cold to which a body is exposed,
so isolated, as to be as far as possible out of the influence of
radiation from surrounding objects, the mercurial column
was depressed to 19°, an intenseness of cold which, as will be
hereafter seen, some of the hardiest of our forest trees are
incapable of enduring when in a state of vegetation.

The following is a List of the various Plants which were
injured by the Frost.

TREES AND SHRUBS.
` Azalea viscosa
versicolor.
nudiflora.
glauca.
Robinia Pseud-acacia ; all the varieties.
hispida.
Fraxinus; all the species except parviflora and.
horizontalis, and especially
Fraxinus nana.
— Theophrasti.
excelsior.
excelsior verrucosa.
Cercis Siliquastrum.
Ailanthus glandulosa.

By Mr. Jonn Linptey. 495

Gleditschia macrostachya.
triacanthos.
macrantha.
horrida.
Chinensis.
Kolreuteria paniculata.
Amorpha fruticosa.
Juglans; all the species except J. nigra, and
especially
Juglans fraxinifolia.
regia.
Castanea vesca.
pumila.
Celtis cordata.
Tourneforti.
orientalis.
Sophora Japonica.
Salisburia Adiantifolia.
Chionanthus maritima.
Rhus Cotinus.
radicans.
Clethra nudiflora.
pubescens.
nana.
Stuartia Marilandica.
Magnolia Thomsoniana.
cordata.
tripetala.
acuminata.
Platanus occidentalis.

496 Efect produced on certain Plants by Frost.

Platanus orientalis.

— cuneata.
Aristotelia Macqui foliis variegatis.
Aralia racemosa.

Pinus Cedrus.
Clanbrasiliana.
Glycine Sinensis.

Vitis odoratissima;
Chimonanthus fragrans.
Hydrangea hortensis.

Acer campestre variegatum.
Morus alba.

Canadensis.
Populus grandidentata.

- Prinus verticillata.
Canadensis.

Cornus circinata.
Vaccinium album.
Broussonetia papyrifera.

FRUIT-BEARING PLANTS.

Apricots.
Plums.
Apples.

Pears.
Cherries.
Strawberries.
G berries. —
Red Currants..

By Mr. Joun Linpury. 497

White Currants.
Black Currants.

EscuLent VEGETABLES.

Rhubarb.
Potatoes.
Asparagus.
Peas (slightly).

Upon considering the above list, it is impossible not to
observe the very unequal manner in which plants from
similar countries, or with similar physiological structure, were
affected by the frost. As.it is not impossible that, by data of
the above nature, some light may be hereafter thrown upon
the mysterious connection which exists between temperature
and vegetation, it may be useful to add to this Report, such
remarks as, with the limited state of our knowledge, suggest
themselves.

And, firstly, it is deserving of notice, that the same degree
of cold which was fatal to the Asparagus, a native of the
sandy coasts of this country, produced scarcely any effect
upon the foliage of the Gooseberry, Currant, Rose or Rasp-
berry, all inhabitants of our woods and thickets; yet those
plants in their native places would be subject to the same
vicissitudes of temperature, and to the same degree of oceca-
sional cold; the young shoots of the Rose, at least, are more-
over as vascular as those of the Asparagus, and apparently
liable in the same degree to the action of frost.

While the True Robinias, that is to say those plants which
have the Botanical characters of Robinia, strictly so called,

498 Effect produced on certain Plants by Frost.

and which are the Locust trees of the Americans, had their
young shoots universally destroyed, no effect whatever was
produced either upon the Caraganas of Dahuria or of
northern China, or even upon the Halimodendron, whose.
most northern limit in the arid plains about the Irtysch in 46°
or 47°N. latitude, can scarcely be considered so cold as the
most northern range of the Locust-tree on the mountains of
Upper Canada. This constitutional difference between the
Robinias and Caraganas, may perhaps be considered a con-
firmation of the propriety of admitting the modern opinion
of their being generically distinct.

The same cold which entirely destroyed the blossoms of
Azalea viscosa, and of the other American Azaleas, scarcely af-
fected Azalea Pontica; and yet the geographical range of the
former ones reaches as high as 50° N. latitude on the moun-
tains of Canada, while that of the latter does not advance
farther than 44° north on the lower regions of the precipices
of the Caucasus. |

All the species of Fraxinus, even the F. excelsior of this
climate were killed as far as they hàd vegetated, with the
exception of F. horizontalis and F. parviflora. Of these, the
latter, although its native country is not well ascertained, can
scarcely be referred toa higher latitude than 40° or 42° north ;
and the former is a garden variety, the origin of which is
unknown, and which, indeed, is scarcely different from F.
rotundifolia.

The same remarkable circumstance was observed in the
genus Juglans, of which the only species that was uninjured
was J. nigra, which is stated by Pursu to extend from New
England to Florida, and whieh suffered no injury, while

By Mr. Joun Linpiey. 499

similar plants of the Canadian J. cathartica were nearly
destroyed.

Anagyris foetida, a native of the southern parts of France,
and of the coasts of the Mediterranean, was finally destroyed,
having been damaged by the previous winter, while the
Anagyris Indica, a native of Nepal, sustained no injury what-
soever, and while Vella Pseudo-cytisus, Dorycnium Mons-
peliense, natives of the same localities as A. foetida, and even
the Aristotelia Macqui of Chile were unharmed.

Duvaua dependens, a Chilian shrub, Pistacia Lentiscus,
and some other Terebintaceous plants, while in full vegetation,
Were scarcely affected by the 13° of frost above alluded to,
although numerous plants from the same countries, with the
same sensible qualities and natural affinities were lost during
the winter, even while in a state of torpidity.

The variegated variety of Acer campestre was damaged,
while the common wild kind was uninjured. This and the
variegated variety of Aristotelia Macqui, are the only instances
which were noticed of the variegated variety of a hardy plant
being more tender than its parent.

All trees upon walls which had copings were perfectly pro-
tected, excepting those whose shoots projected beyond the
perpendicular influence of the coping; under such circum-
stances the shoots of Vines were quite cut off.

Upon inspecting the young fruit of such trees as were at
the time in blossom, it appeared as if no injury had been sus-
tained by their flowers; but upon examining them more
minutely, it was ascertained that their ovaria were black with
death, and it subsequently was seen that fruit, so affected, all
fell from the trees and perished. It was also remarked that,

VOL. VI, 3 T

500 Effect produced on certain Plants by Frost, &c.

in the blossoms of the Strawberry, it was the ovaria which
were destroyed, and that the stamens were but little injured.
This therefore shews that the ovarium of fruit is so delicate
im its organization, that a degree of frost which is incapable
of affecting the fleshy calyx, the petals, or the stamina imme-
diately enclosing it, will entirely destroy the ovarium through
all those envelopes; and that the ovarium once affected, no
power is left in the uninjured calyx, even of the Apple or
the Pear, whose fruit is the consequence of the enlargement
of that organ, to proceed further in its growth. It also
appeared, especially withthe Pears, that the fecundated
ovarium was more susceptible of cold than that which was
unimpregnated.

[ 501 J

LVI. On the Propagation of Zamias. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. Francis Fatprermann, Chief Gar-
dener in the Imperial Botanic Garden at St. Petersburgh,
Corresponding Member of the Horticultural Society.

- Read August 15, 1826.

SIR,

Havre lately made a discovery with regard to the pro-
pagation of Palms, I consider it my duty to inform the
Horticultural Society of it, trusting that it may prove of
considerable utility to cultivators.

We had in the Imperial Botanic Garden a fine healthy
plant of Zamia horrida, which suffered in the inundation of
November, 1824. Last autumn it began to sicken, to my
great sorrow ; it then lost its roots, and was to all appearance
quite dead; the leaves and heart became entirely rotten, so
that it appeared like a tube, and was only kept together by
the hard scales formed by the bases of the leaves, many even
of which were beginning to decay.

In this state I took the plant out of the pot, though with-
out hopes of being able to save it, and having kept it fora

502 On the Propagation of Zamias.

few weeks in a dry place, I filled the inside, after having cut
out all the rotten parts, with white sand, and placed it under
a bell-glass, upon the bark bed, in a shaded situation. It
stood in this state about three months, during which time I
observed that the sand prevented any further decay. At the
end of this time on lifting up the bell-glass one day, I found
that almost every scale was pushing small leaves and roots!
Upon this I carefully separated each of the growing scales,
and placed them singly in small pots, in pure white sand, in
which they are at present thriving.

Thus I have obtained a great number of plants of this rare
and valuable plant, which is the more gratifying, as it is a
species which I believe has not been propagated in Europe,
and certainly never by artificial means, in any part of the
world ; in consequence of which it has always borne a very
high price, and sometimes could not even be procured.

The circumstance which led me to try this experiment was
a similar accident with the bulb of a Veltheimia, the heart of
which was in like manner rotten, and nothing of it remained
but a few of the outside scales. After having kept it about
three weeks in a dry place, I filled the inside with white sand,
and in six weeks time I found the surviving scales began to
push forth leaves; they soon became young plants, and some
of them were lately in flower.

The chief thing which I have found necessary to be ob-
served, is to keep the plants after the inside has been filled with
sand, in a very dry and warm situation; if this be attended
to, I have no hesitation in assuring you that success will
attend a trial of the practice.

By Mr. Francis FALDERMANN. 503

In order to afford a clear idea of the manner of develope-
ment of the young Zamia from the scale, I send herewith
a drawing of one of them, which was made by the order of

Dr. Fiscurr, by Mr. Marruss, the painter to the Imperial
Botanic Garden.

as

It will be extremely flattering to me, if the Society
should think this little notice worthy of insertion in their
Transactions; that would be the surest means of bringing it

504 On the Propagation of Zamias.

to the knowledge of the public, and of rendering it available to
those to whom it may be useful.
With the utmost esteem,
I am, Sir, your very humble,
and obedient Servant,

mperial Botanic Garden Francis FALDERMANN.

D s
St, Petersburgh, April 20, 1826.
ce a NENT
Note by the Secretary.

The Council, in ordering the foregoing paper to be printed,
think it necessary to state, that they are aware that a practice
has been employed in this country, of propagating both
Zamia and Cycas, by destroying the heart of the stems; but
as the method is only partially known, they conceive that
the publication of Mr. FALDERMANYN’S observations is de-
sirable,

[ 505 ]

LVII. Description of Stoves for the growth of Melons and
Cucumbers. Jn a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr. Joux
Haytruorn, Gardener to the Lord Mipptxton, F, H, S.
at Wollaton Hall, near Nottingham.

Read February 21, 1826.
SIR,

Ís compliance with your desire, I send you the plans and
sections (See Plate VIII.) of the houses or stoves in which I
grow Melons and Cucumbers at this place, and can assure
you that the mode of cultivation practised in them, answers
well. Figure 1, shows the ground plan of the two stoves
which adjoin each other ; figure 2, is the section of that on
the west, in which Melons are grown; figure 3, is the section
of the eastern stove, which is used for Cucumbers. The
stoves are each twenty-three feet long, and nine feet wide
within the walls. The outside walls are six feet and a half
high, and are sunk very considerably below the level of the
outer soil; the ground being uneven in which these stoves are
built, the height of the walls above the ground line, varies
from three feet to fourteen inches.* ‘The descent into the
stoke-holes, in which are the fire places, is from the back, and
the doors into the stoves open from these stoke-holes. The
flues pass from the fire place along the front by one end and
the back of the house to the chimney, which is close to the
steps which lead into the stoke-hole. Between the flues and

* Provided the bottom be dry, it is an advantage to sink these stoves below
the level of the earth; they are much warmer in consequence.

506 Description of Stoves for the growth of Melons. SC,

the outer walls, all round are cavities, carried higher than the
tops of the flues, for the admission of the heated air to the
interior of the house. The tops of these cavities are covered
by bricks made to slope upwards towards the wall, for the |
_ purpose of preventing dust and rubbish getting into and
choking them. The air is let into the houses from them, by
means of holes near the top, left at intervals of one brick all
round in the inner wall, which forms the cavities. The roofs
incline north and south, as is represented in the sections, the
ridge being supported by pillars of wood from within. The
stoke-holes are open, but they would be better if they were
covered, and the roofs slated; they also want the convenience
of a small chamber, in which to deposit the coals, which
might be easily made outside of the main wall, and accessible
through an arched opening in the wall.

The Melon stove has a pit in front, a border at the back,
and a path between the pit and border. The pit is formed
by a nine-inch brick wall at the back, and by an inclosure over
the flue at the front, (see figure 4). The horizontal part of
this enclosure (see figure 5) is made of large flue tiles, sup-
ported at intervals by pieccs of bricks on edge, placed on the
top of the flue, and by bricks built into the front wall at the
proper height. These support the coverings, care being taken
in the placing them to leave space for the passage of the
heated air upwards. The top of the front flue is formed with
hollowed tiles, on which water is poured for the purpose
of raising steam, by means of pipes which pass through the
outer wall.* In the pit the larger sorts of Melons are grown.

* The flue and its covering being carried under the pit, is inconvenient, both
because it occupies too much space there, and because it is difficult of access for the

By Mr. Jons HAYTHORN. 507

The back and front walls of the back flue, are carried up
with a brick on edge, so as to make a border for earth over
the flue ; an interval or cavity being formed between the top
of the flue, and bottom of the border. Holes capable of
being stopped with plugs, are made into this cavity, (see
figure 8). The top of the flue in the cavity under the border,
is covered with sand to receive water, when poured into the
cavity through the plug-holes. Under the back glass of this
stove, wires six inches apart, supported from the rafters by
short stronger wires, with eyes at the ends, are carried hori-
zontally, the whole length of the houses, at eight inches from
the glass. To these wires the smaller sorts of Melons, which
are grown on the border over the flue, are trained.

The Cucumber stove has borders over the front, as well as
the back part of the flue, similar to the one at the back of the
Melon stove ; the middle part of the stove is vacant, and the
Cucumbers which are grown in the two borders are trained
on wires, similar to those in the back of the Melon stove
under the whole of the glass. In this stove, on the top of
that part of the flue which is at the end, a trough is formed
by bricks set on edge to hold water for the purpose of
evaporation.

The larger sorts of Melons are kept in bearing through the
usual season, in the same way as in other Melon pits. The
smaller sorts of Melons are planted in the border, and trained
to the wires from whence the fruit grows suspended ; they
succeed admirably. When these last Melons are planted
purposes of repair and cleaning. It would be a great improvement if the front wall
was built with arches opening to the internal cavity and the flue, and carried out-
side the house. A plan of this projected alteration is annexed, (see fig. 6 and 7).
If the house was not double, the flue at the end might also be carried outside.

VOL. VI. 3U

508 Description of Stoves for the growth of Melons, &c.

early, the first crop is gathered by the end of June, at which
time young plants being ready to replace them, a second
crop is obtained on the wires before the end of the year.
Fresh earth is requisite for the second crop. It is necessary
at all times to water the Melons in the border daily ; in
the pit watering is discontinued during the time the fruit is
setting, but after that period, plenty of bottom watering is
supplied.

The Cucumbers are kept in bearing from the month of
February, when they begin to produce, to the January fol-
lowing, when new plants are introduced.

The essential point to attend to in this ptiča, is the
keeping up constant humidity, with proper heat in the stoves.
The addition of a boiler over the fire place, from which steam
might be conveyed in pipes into the stoves, would be an im-
provement. The plants are syringed night and morning;
the floors of the stoves are then also plentifully watered, and
water is likewise at the same time poured upon the hollows
over the flues, and into the sand on the tops of the flues, the
plugs being removed; thus keeping down the Red Spider and
Thrips. The Cucumbers require more steaming than the
Melons. The holes in the cavities under the borders are
stopped in the day time, to confine the heat below the
borders.

After the Cucumbers have been planted, they are earthed
up; the depth of the border is increased for this purpose,
by setting bricks on edge, on the curbs of the border. This
increase of the mould enables the plants to put forth fresh
roots from the covered part of the stems, which greatly in-
vigorates them,

ySuYyyyer— Jy
MM

ty L YY fy

HORT. TRANS. Vel. VI. Fl. Vill.

HREN
ABARAT AIPUSEEIEEH ALIAT HL.
2,

VLE.

Le
OA
VA

ZA
Vedi
nit

LL

Vee
MTT i i
aa AY A

CHULA Ld

By Mr, Jons HAYTHORN. 509

At the commencement of the season, before filling the
pits and borders, I whitewash every part of each stove, which
not only: makes it clean and neat, but destroys insects.

Wollaton Hall,

I am, Sir,
i jour Apa obedient servant,
JOHN HAYTHORN.

January, 2, 1826.

Fig.

Fig

Explanation of the Plate.

1. Ground Plan of the two stoyes.

A Stoke-holes and freplaeos.

B Flues. s o ie

C Chimneys. ae)

D Doors of entrance to the stoves.

E Path in the Melon stove two feet wide, with piers
projecting into it for the pillan. which napport the
ridge of the roof. ;

F Melon Pit, shewing the wall which eet ie top
of the chamber over the front flue, which is covered
by the pit.

G Vacant space in the Cucumber stove, with pillars to
support the ridge of the roof.

H- Part.of the flue covered with a trough for water.

- 2. Section of the-Melon stove.
~@-Back-flue,_ es adi

b Cavity over the flue.

c Border. `

d Wires to noai. the plants of the smaller kinds of
Melons.

510 Description of Stoves for the growth of Melons, §c.

e Front flue.

Jf Pit for the large kinds of Melons.

g Pillars to support the ridge of the roof, standing on
piers adjoining to the back wall of the pit.

h Cavities from whence the air heated by the flue passes
into the stove from the chamber, by openings near
the top.

Fig. 3. Section of the Cucumber stove.

a Back and front flues.

b Cavities over the flues.

c Borders for the Cucumber plants.

d Wires to which the Cucumber plants are trained.

e Pillars to support the ridge of the roof.

J Vacant space in the stove.

g Cavities for the heated air.

Fig. 4. Section of the front flue and cavity under the
Melon pit.

a The flue.

b The cavity.

c Hole for the escape of the heated air from the

chamber.

d Pipe for supply of water to the top of the flue.

Fig. 5. Plan for laying the horizontal covering of the cavity
| under the Melon pit.

a Bricks supporting the covering.

6 The covering.

c The cavity.

Fig. 6 and 7. Plans for an improvement in the position of
the front flue in the Melon stove.

a Front wall.

6 Open arches in the wall.

By Mr. Jonn Hayrnorn. 511

c Flue.
d Cavity round the flue, the top being formed of stone.
e Internal cavity.
J Pipe for supply of water to the top of the flue.
Fig. 8. Front of the flues, cavities, and borders.
a The flue.
b The cavity.
c Holes through which water is poured into the cavity.
d The border.
e Plug to stop the holes in the cavity.

[ 512 J

LVIII. Notices respecting the Strawberries cultivated for
the Market in Scotland. By Mr. James Survru, Corres-
ponding Member of the Horticultural Society of London,
Gardener to the Earl of Horetowun, at Hopetoun House,
near Edinburgh.

Read August 15, 1826.

Tx cultivation of Strawberries in the neighbourhood of
large towns in Scotland, is found to be a very lucrative em-
ployment, and is therefore carried on toa considerable extent.
By its means poor and industrious men have risen to com-
parative opulence, and, in some instances, the farmer has
been induced to add it to the ordinary branches of agricul-
ture. It is stated by Mr. Nerut in his Treatise on the Gar-
dens and Orchards of Scotland,* and I believe from sufficient
data, that the quantity of land under Strawberries near Edin-
burgh does not exceed a hundred acres. From what I can
learn, this quantity has not been much increased. Mr. NEILL
has given, in the work referred to, a brief account of the
Strawberry Gardens in the vicinity of Edinburgh in the year
1812. I am informed that at Glasgow, Strawberries are esti-
mated to occupy only one tenth of the Market Gardens, which
places the consumption of that town considerably behind
that of Edinburgh, in which, from the market-duty paid, the
annual supply appears to be from 30,000 to 50,000 Scotch

* NEILL on Scottish Gardens and Orchards, in Sir Jonn Srnctair’s General
Report on the Agricultural State, &c. of Scotland, vol. ii. page 90,

t The Scotch acre is to the English acre, nearly in the proportion of four to
five; the former containing 6084 square yards, the latter, 4840.

Notices respecting Strawberries cultivated in Scotland. 513

pints.* If however, we take into account the quantities
which are consumed in the gardens, a favourite resort of
parties of the citizens in the Strawberry season, it is probable
that Mr. Nrrix’s statement, in the work already quoted, of
from 60,000 to 80,000 Scotch pints on an average, according
to the season, may not be exaggerated.

The Strawberry gardens in the immediate vicinity of Edin-
burgh, are neither very numerous nor extensive, principally
on account of the high rent of land; but also, because most of
the fields, and particularly the market gardens, have become
so saturated with manure, as to cause them to be more produc-
tive of leaves than of fruit. ‘The greater number are about
Dalkeith, Laswade, Roslin, Ratho, and Corstorphine, all of
which places are within eight miles of Edinburgh. There
are, however, some considerable Strawberry gardens beyond
this circle, even as far as Haddington, a distance of eighteen
miles. Excepting the large sorts, they are pulled without
the calyx, and are put into small baskets, each containing
nominally one Scotch pint. These baskets are packed above
one another in square hampers, and are conveyed to the
market on a light carriage, or frame work, hung on springs.

The labour of cultivating Strawberries, which is usually
light, becomes incessant in the fruit season, on which account
the ground employed for this purpose round Edinburgh, by
one grower, is seldom more than six Scotch acres, and in
general does not exceed three or four. As, however, the
cultivation of Gooseberries, Currants, &c. is commonly com-
bined with that of Strawberries, market gardens are usually

* The Scotch pint contains 103 solid inches, and is nearly equal to three Impe-
rial pirts. |

514 Notices respecting Strawberries cultivated in Scotland.

more extensive. Of these the rent varies from £5. to £15.
per acre, those being cheapest which are farthest from the
city. The average price of labour per acre, including car-
riage, &c. is less than £5, and the rate of profit, taking a
combined average of seasons and situations, is from £35. to
£40. per acre. Occasionally a much greater sum is obtained.
In one instance, within my own knowledge, a gross amount
of £120. was made from a single acre, planted in equal por-
tions with the Old Scarlet and Roseberry varieties. Greater
sums than this have been talked of, and I have heard that
3400 Scotch pints have been gathered from one acre and a
half of the Roseberry kind, but I have not been able to au-
thenticate any of these statements. The usual rate of produc-
tion is much below this, and in dry seasons very far so indeed.

The following are the varieties* usually Dri to the
Edinburgh market.

The Old Scarlet was long the only Strawberry cultivated
in this part of the country, and is still a great favourite.

The Roseberry of late years disputed the superiority with
the preceding variety, but is now in less repute, on account
of its liability to become injured, and to lose its flavour by
carriage.

The Surinam is grown in considerable quantities under
the name of Hautbois, among the Vendors; and of Chili,
among the Gardeners. It is likewise mixed with the three
following kinds, the relative proportions of which I have been
unable to determine.

* The names of the varieties of Strawberries, used in this communication, are
those established by the Horticultural Scciety of London, in a Paper printed in
their Transactions, (Vol. v, page 145), under their authority.

By Mr. James Smita. 515

The Glazed Pine.

The Chinese.

The Round White Carolina.

Lhe Hudson's Bay is pretty common under the name of
the Mulberry, and is used as a kitchen fruit.

Keen’s Seedling, and Keen’s Imperial, appeared in small
quantities last season. The name of the former has already
been corrupted by the growers into King’s Seedling.

The real Hautbois, of which there are some varieties in
our gardens, åre never offered for sale, as from their appear-
ance they do not attract in the market. The Alpine Straw-
berries aré also confinéd to private gardens.

I have not been able to ascertain correctly, the names of
the kinds which are sold in the Glasgow market ; but I
believe they are generally the same as those cultivated for
sale round Edinburgh, with the addition of the Bostock,
which is superseding all the other Strawberries at Glasgow.
An acre of this variety in 1825, produced 1600 Scotch pints,
but in the present still dryer season, only 1333.

The culture of Strawberries for the market, does not es-
sentially differ from that which is practised in private gardens ;
but as it has somewhat more of an agricultural character, it
may not be uninteresting to notice a few of its details.

Formerly Strawberries used to be cultivated, especially in
the environs of Edinburgh, on steep sloping banks: Such
situations afford very early fruit, which brings a high price;
but as the crop is always small, and in dry seasons less, they
are only in a few instances used at present. Those places
are preferred which are open, but not exposed, generally
flat, or sometimes the lower half of a gentle declivity. As to

VOL. VI. 3X

516 Notices respecting Strawberries cultivated in Scotland.

soils, there is no one which suits every season alike. In rainy
summers, a light soil is most productive, and in dry years a
retentive one. A strong fresh deep loam is best adapted to
the general run of our seasons. Strawberries do not thrive
on thin clayey soils, and they die on peat moss.

The ground; in preparation for planting, is digged over, or
ploughed when extensive. By some it is trenched ; but this
on a large scale-is costly, and sometimes not very expedient,
as by the operation the rich surface soil is buried. The most
promising field of young Strawberries which I have this year
had an opportunity of observing, had been an old pasture,
the turf of which was merely turned over with the plough,
and the surface smoothed with a rake. In general, deep
ploughing is practised, and the ground is well harrowed.
Manure is but sparingly applied, as it is supposed to favour
the growth of leaves rather than of fruit. Dung is given to
light, and lime occasionally to heavy soils.

The plants are always set in rows, which in the luxuriant
varieties, are two feet distant from each other, and in the
others, from eighteen to twenty-two inches. It is thought
desirable that the leaves should cover the greater part of the
intermediate space, in order to protect the roots from the
parching influence of the sun. Of late, the rows of the
Scarlet and Roseberry have been disposed at the distance of
two feet, and a foot and a half, alternately ; the wider interval
allowing the gatherers of the ripe fruit space to tread, without
crushing that which remains, and at the same time affording
room for a secondary crop of dwarf Peas, Carrots, or Onions,
which are commonly sown in the first year, in order’ that it
may not be devoid of every sort of return. In the rows, the

By Mr. James Smitu. 517

plants are placed at the distance of from five to ten inches
from each other. It frequently happens that when fully
grown, the plants form a continuous line, and this is supposed
to preserve the fruit from being soiled by rain. The clusters,
or stools of three plants together, formerly common, are now
universally abandoned. They were found, particularly in the
Roseberry, to choke the plants, and to bring on premature
old age. The Market gardeners always prefer spring to
autumn planting.

The runners, are seldom or never removed in market
gardens before the fruit is gathered, and frequently not for a
considerable time afterwards. The growers, indeed, admit
that it should be done as soon as the fruit season is past ; but
the gooseberry and currant crops immediately succeeding
occupy their attention ; then sometimes there are a few acres
of corn which must be reaped, so that the Strawberries are
often neglected till the middle of September, or the begin-
ning of October. At this last period the plants are farther
dressed for the winter. The runners and recumbent lateral
leaves are cut off with a sickle, whilst those which are erect
are suffered to remain, and are not shorn down, as has been
most erroneously stated. The spray so cut off is removed,
and the intervals worked with the hoe and raked, care being
taken not to injure the roots in the operation. The practice
of digging between the rows, recommended by Mr. Nıcor*
and others, is almost entirely given up. In dry seasons, this
was uniformly experienced to be prejudicial on account of the’
looseness of the soil which it produced. Further, according
to Mr. Nicot’s directions, the lines were formerly rutted on
both sides, that is, the spade was pushed down perpendi-

* Forcing, Fruit, and Kitchen Gardener, 4th Edit. page 267,

518 Notices respecting Strawberries cultivated in Scotland.

cularly its whole length, and consequently many roots, essen-
tial to the future support of the fruit, were cut off; and it
was nearly ripe in the following summer, before the mangled
roots had recovered their vigour, so that the. production of
leaves was all they could do. The manure, too, which was
applied in winter, came too late, for the buds and embryo
flowers had been previously formed. The idea of manuring
growing Strawberries is entirely discarded; for though ma-
nure may be applied in a liquid form, yet it is deemed better.
when the ground is impoverished, to renew them altogether.

Strawberries do not retain their vigour for many seasons.
Scarcely more than two crops can be obtained from the Rose-
berry; the Bostock and Hudson’s Bay, afford three; the
Surinam, four or five ; and the Old Scarlet, five or six ; but
it is frequently advisable to renew the latter kinds, after a
shorter period. l They are never immediately replanted on
the same piece of ground. Two or three intermediate crops
of potatoes, turnips, or other esculent vegetables are gene-
rally taken, and along with them the necessary manure is
applied, The old Strawberry plants are carefully pared off
and remoyed, not ploughed down, and but seldom trenched
in; because, like most other plants, their decaying matter. is
considered not. to act as good manure for individuals of the
same species, or family. During the intermediate cropping,
the creeping grasses and other root weeds are carefully extir-
pated, It is to be remarked, that every Market-gardener has
a portion of his grounds under these preparatory. crops,
which accounts for the fact, that the number of acres actually,
employed in cultivating the Strawberry, is greater than what
might be calculated from their produce,

Much of success in raising Strawberries, depends upon the

By Mr. James Situ. 519

nature ofthe season. That isthe most favourable, in which
there are, now and then, gentle rains from the time the blos-
som expands, till the fruit begins to form. It too frequently
happens that this is not the case; for during the month of
May, and the greater part of June, dry east winds prevail
along the whole of the East coast of Scotland. On such
occasions the Strawberries are usually left to their fate, as
the labour of watering is too great to be performed to much
good purpose. Irrigation, by. means. of canals, has received
little attention ; and, indeed, most of the grounds are so situ-
ated, as to. render that operation impracticable. It is pro-
bable, however, that it may come partially into use. During
the season of the present. year, an eminent grower on the
banks of the Esk was very successful in this way. Another
individual, in the neighbourhood. of Edinburgh, flooded his
Strawberry plants from the common drains of the city, and
obtained, in consequence, the finest fruit that were brought
to the market.

The above notices respecting the cultivation of Straw-
berries are communicated to the Horticultural Society, not
as what may be accounted best, but as. what is actually done..
Yet it. is probable, considering the activity of the growers,
and the competition which they have to maintain, that a
cheaper, and at the same time an equally effective mode of
cultivation, could scarcely be devised.

[ 520 ]

LIX. Upon the Cultivation of Fuchsias. In a Letter to the
Secretary. By Mr. James Suitu, Gardener to WILLIAM
Pincusack, Esq. of Camberwell, Surrey. Communicated

- by Jous Wrencu, Esq. F. H. S.

Read September 19, 1826.
SIR,

Ir has been suggested to me, that an account of my plan of
growing Fuchsias, might be acceptable to the Horticultural
Society, I therefore have requested Mr. Wrencu to transmit
a description of it to you.

- The method I have adopted in the two last seasons, in
growing the Fuchsia gracilis, F. tenella, F. arborescens, and
F. excorticata, is as follows :—about the end of February, or
the beginning of March, I strike, in the usual manner, from
the youngest shoots, as many plants of the different species
as I think I may want. After they are fit to pot off, I put
them into small sixties, thence into large sixties. While
_ they are in these last sized pots, I keep them in a gentle
moist heat, to make them acquire some strength; then I
remove them into the green-house, shifting them every three
or four weeks, as the pots fill with roots, till the plants are
established in twenty-four sized sh in which they finally
remain to flower.

Nothing can surpass the beauty and regularity of the
plants grown in this way. I have now some of the Fuchsia
gracilis, from three and a half to five feet high; also the
Fuchsia tenella, two feet and a half high, with single straight
stems, the branches hanging over, and nearly covering the

Upon the Cultivation of Fuchsias. 521

pots; and, as the branches naturally shorten towards the
top, forming a perfect pyramid, every flower is shewn to the
best..advantage, whereas in the general way of . growing
Fuchsias from an old stem, some of the shoots are much
stronger than others, or do not grow with sufficient vigour to
flower, and even if they do flower, it is partially, and without
the least appearance of neatness and regularity, nor are the
flowers near so large as on the plants grown by the method
I have detailed.

The soil I have found the Fuchsias to succeed in best, is
a mixture of equal parts of loam and bog-earth, with an
addition of about one fourth sand.

I find the Fuchsia gracilis succeeds better when planted
out in a border, than the old F. coccinea, and I believe it
will stand our winters’ equally well or better, being of a
more woody nature; it continues in full blossom quite into
November. : I have one now growing in a border which is
three feet high, and bushy in proportion, that was rooted
late this spring. I should observe, the situation in which it.
is growing is rather shaded, and I have found that the
Fuchsias, generally, do not like full exposure to the heat of
the sun, particularly during the time of flowering. Those
who wish to grow this beautiful genus in perfection, should
guard against the Thrips, Aphis, and Red Spider, for no-
plants are more liable to be injured by the attacks of these
insects. eas

e I am, Sir,
your obedient humble servant,
JAMES SMITH.

Camberwell Green,
September 1, 1826.

[ 522 ]

LX. Notice of certain Vineries at various places in Scotland,
with Arched Hanging Trellises. By Mr. WILLIAM SMITH,
Under Gardener in the Arboretum Department of the
Garden of the Horticultural Society, at Chiswick.

Read September 19, 1826.
Tue practice of training Vines in hot-houses upon arched
hanging trellises, seems to have originated in a desire to get
rid of the inconvenience which is felt in Vineries, where the
under surface of the roof is entirely covered, the close shade
thereby produced preventing any thing from growing under
it, and rendering a trellis upon the back wall almost useless.

That this is an evil which is generally felt, especially in
places where the accommodation is not sufficient for the
things required to be produced, is evident, from the very
general practice of covering the roofs of houses partially, or
of training under the rafter only, or upon three or more wires,
fixed under it for that purpose.* In these cases, the evil in
question is in a great measure removed; but still it is found
that the space for training is so much diminished, that the
practice is not altogether warrantable, unless the houses are
employed for some other express purpose; and then the
sacrifice is compensated by the other articles which are cul-
tivated at the same time.

The hanging trellis has therefore this superiority, that
while it admits light to the interior of the house, it encreases
the space for training considerably. The first use of a trellis,
of this description, of which T have any account, appears to
have been at Balcarras, the seat of the Honourable ROBERT
Linpsay. A notice of it was communicated by his Gardener,

* When an open space is left under the glass between the rafters, much benefit

an
is derived to the fruit growing under the rafters, by the direct admission of the
sun’s rays; this advantage equally results where hanging trellises are used.

Notice of Vineries at various places in Scotland, §c. 528

Mr. Arcuripatp Rein, to the Caledonian Horticultural
Society, in the year 1817, but was not published* in their
Transactions till 1825.

The hanging trellis was subsequently used at Salton Hall,
in East Lothian, the seat of ANDREW Fiercuer, Esq. in a
new house, erected there according to the designs and plans
of Mr. Joun Hay, of Edinburgh. The trellis there, as I
have been informed, consisted of vertical spars of wood, fixed
to both sides of the rafter above, and below, to a frame of the
same thickness as the rafter, and formed like part of an arch,
passing from the front to the back wall. The narrowest part
of the trellis was towards the front, and it increased in depth
towards the back.

A trellis upon the same principle, was erected in the spring
of 1822, by my father at Hopetoun House, where he is
Gardener, and where I then lived. It was adapted to a house,
(a section of which is annexed) fifty feet long, and fifteen wide.

BIE AKCMD—[DRo MAG
N RS

MG N N
N
SSS SW N Ws SSS MOS

US
te t ea | j Te ho [15 Fut
TI oe ee Le td |
* See Memoirs of the Caledonian Horticultural Society, vol, ili. page 465.
VOL. VI. 3 Y

524 Notice of Vineries at various places in Scotland, &c.

The back wall, up to the glass, is thirteen feet from the
floor, and the front glass two feet nine inches. Under each
rafter is suspended a frame work of wood, of the same thick-
ness as the rafter above. It is composed lengthways, of two
separate pieces, supported where they join by a post which
goes from the floor to the roof; that between the post and
the back wall is an arch of nearly a half circle; it is fixed at
the other end to the wooden trellis, next the wall; the other
piece is an arc of a circle turned the reverse way, joining the
rafter of the house at the front, about two feet from its end.
Between the frame-work and rafter, are stretched strong
wires in a vertical position; they are fixed to both sides, and
alternate with one another on the opposite sides ; the breadth
of the trellis at the post is about three feet, and six feet six
inches at the back wall. Wires were chosen for the trellis
in preference to wooden spars, as being much lighter in ap-
pearance ; they are also less expensive, and more convenient,
and when properly painted, no ill effects need be apprehended
from rust. Upon the back wall, is a trellis extending as far
down as the bottom of the hanging trellis, and within a foot
of the top of the return flue, two turns of which occupy the
lower part of the wall. There is also a wire trellis under the
glass as in other houses, which existed before the alteration,
and which was suffered to remain after the hanging trellis
was added. The Vines are trained a short way upon this,
then along the hanging trellis, and ultimately on the trellis
at the back. In this training, care is taken not to lay the
branches in too thickly, to avoid confusion, and also to give
sufficient room to the clusters to develope themselves. |

The hanging trellises have also been adopted at two other
places, in houses erected in 1823. The plans of these have
been obligingly transmitted to Mr. Sanrnx, for my inspection,

By Mr. Wiiu1aM Situ. 525

by the gentlemen in whose gardens they have been executed,
viz. at Riccarton, the seat of James Gipson CRAIG, Esq.
and at Redbraes, belonging to Mr. Warrer Dicxson, both
near Edinburgh. Mr. Hay has also recently built a Vinery
at Castle Semple, the seat of Major James Harvey, in Ren-
frewshire, to which the hanging trellis has been applied, and
he has been so good as to furnish me with a plan of it.
These three are nearly all of the same construction as that
first erected by Mr. Hay, at Salton, with the exception of
some slight improvements. An account of another descrip-
tion of hanging trellis, will be found in the Transactions of
the Horticultural Society of London,* by Mr. BEATTIE, of
Scone, in Perthshire. This differs considerably in construc-
tion from any of the others, but still the principle is the same.

In the Vinery at Riccarton, of which the following sketch
exhibits the section,

st it

—

X SAAS S y
; ; NGG ANI iÑ
NANA POMPE SM
RS
SW W

i

* See Vol. v. p. 495.

526 Notice of Vineries at various places in Scotland, $c.

the bottom of the trellis is a single arch passing from the
front to the back wall; the trellis is made of wooden spars,
five eighths of an inch square; they are fixed on both sides,
and are ten inches apart; the depth of the trellis is two
feet at the narrowest part, and six feet six inches at the
wall. There is also a trellis on the back wall for Vines or Figs,
and no Vines are trained under the glass, but upon the trellis
only. The Vineries at Redbraes and Castle Semple are
nearly of the same construction.

AQ Ws
fa ee xe

Cee eh ee he at

The above sketch shews in what respect the Vinay at
Castle Semple differs from the one at Riccarton. There is
also the addition of an horizontal trellis placed over the front
flues, which consists of a frame nearly two feet wide, with
spars about five feet long fixed across it, placed thirty inches
separate from each other, in order to allow room to stand
upon the flues when dressing the Vines o on the hanging trellis.

By Mr. Wri11aM Smit. 527

Two branches of Vines are trained horizontally upon this
frame, which thus affords an additional crop besides that
growing on the hanging trellis. There is likewise a trellis
on the back wall for Vines or Figs, and nothing is trained
under the roof, or upon the front glass.

In the hanging trellis at Castle Semple, there is an im-
provement in the construction of its lower member, of which
the annexed is a section.

TO
“Te

id |3 Inches
] S

It is bevelled off on the under side, and a round rod, A,
passes along the ridge, from which it is separated at intervals
by small pieces of wood, the spaces between which, allow
opportunity for tying the branches to the rod, upon which it
is trained. The clusters of Grapes produced on this branch,
are tied up or supported by threads or matting to two similar
rods, BB, which are fixed to the sides of the member, in the
same manner as that below.

It is not my intention to give an opinion of the superiority
that any one of these plans may possess; it will be sufficient
to remark, that they may be all used with advantage, and that

528 Notice of Vineries at various places in Scotland, §c.

one may be applied to one house in preference to another.
The one at Hopetoun House might be best adapted for a
wide low house, and that at Scone would be best suited for
a very narrow house, without upright glass, while Mr. Hay’s
construction would be more in place in a lofty house with
high upright glass in front.

The design of the trellis used at Hopetoun House might
be applied with good effect in a double house, that is, with
the glass sloping two ways. The semi-circular arch might
be placed over a centre walk, and the wings of the trellis ex-
tended on each side.

It is probable that these plans may be capable of still
further improvement, and that the principle might be ex-
tended to Peach-houses; in which case the trellis would
require to be somewhat differently constructed.

[ 529 J

LXI. Observations on the Qualities of newly raised Fruits,
exemplified in Plums. In a Letter to the Secretary. By
Tuomas Anprew Knieut, Esg. F. R.S. $c. &c. Pre-
sident.

Read September 19, 1826.
. My DEAR Sir,

Every person, who has been long and extensively engaged
in raising new varieties of fruits from the seeds of highly
improved kinds, must have observed the prevalent defect of
the seedling fruits, to be the want of a sufficient quantity of
saccharine matter. The pulp is often of very good quality,
and the juice is frequently abundant, but it is generally found
to be, in a large majority of cases, insipid and watery. But
when I have obtained new varieties of the same species, by
introducing the Pollen of a highly improved variety into the
blossoms of one of a much less cultivated habit, I have gene-
rally obtained fruit which contained much saccharine matter,
usually, though not always, combined with excess of acid.
This has occurred so extensively in my experience, that I
have latterly been led to doubt, whether acid species of fruits
do not, when cultivated through successive seedling genera-
tions, first gradually become saccharine, and afterwards in-
sipid. Under these impressions I have lately made some
efforts to raise plants from seeds of wild and acid varieties
of the Plum, employing the pollen of highly improved varie-
ties of that species of Fruit. I have sent you a few speci-
mens (some of them rather as objects of curiosity, in their

530 Observations on the Qualities of newly-raised Fruits.

present state, than of use) of a few of those varieties of the
Plum.*

Nos. 1 and 2 were obtained from seeds of the Damson, and
pollen of the Imperatrice Plum. I have yet seen two only
of this family, but both appear to me to be improved varie-
ties of the Damson; and I believe, that, when they shall
have hung to shrivel upon the trees, they will not be found
wholly undeserving a place in the dessert, late in the season;
and, as far as present observations allow me to speak, they
appear as hardy as their female parent.

Nos. 3 and 4 are the offspring of a graft which I selected
from a hedge, far from any habitation, and obviously a variety
of our native Sloe, or Bullace, Prunus spinosa and P. insititia
(I do not consider those to constitute distinct species), and
its blossoms were fertilized by the pollen of Coz’s Golden
Drop Plum. The fruit is much larger than I expected to
see it, and it presents a more cultivated character than I had
anticipated; the trees grow with very great luxuriance, and
their present appearance indicates very productive habits.
The fruit of two varieties of this family, which ripened rather
early, contained a good deal of sugar. One of these, which
I have sent, will not be ripe till November; but I send it,
because it presents a greater extent of deviation from the
character of its female parent, than any others of a numerous
family which my garden contains.

No. 5 is the offspring of a very hardy and productive, but
wild and acid, variety of the Plum, which abounds in the

* A Drawing was made by Mrs. Wiruens of these Plums, when in a fresh
state, from which the annexed figure has been taken. On tasting the Plums, it
was found that No, 1, 2, and 6 had much merit, especially the two last.

HORT. TRANS. Vol. VI. PLIE,

ecient

ite nail

k A k Sinights ‘ Iced te ng — 7 Saumas.

Yy
a d Le?
Engraved by Wr Clark. —

By Tuomas Anprew Kyieut, Esq. 531

hedges of cottage-gardens in the vicinity, and the pollen of
Cor’s Golden Drop Plum. It appears to possess very nearly
the same qualities as the Winesour Plum, which it greatly
exceeds in size, for culinary purposes, and for preserving; and
it differs from that variety, which in most situations bears ill,
in being the most regularly productive with which I am ac-
quainted. The samples sent were the last which remained
upon the tree, and are a good deal less than the average size
of the variety.

No. 6 is, I think, a very fine Plum, in its perfect state of
maturity, when it is allowed to shrivel upon the tree. It is
larger than the Imperatrice, its female parent, when grown in
the same soil and climate, and I have found it to contain
more juice than that variety, with an equal quantity, at least,
of saccharine matter. The tree produced its first blossoms
last year. Its growth is very luxuriant, and it will produce
blossoms abundantly next season ; but I fear that they will
not set well in my climate. The sample sent was grown
upon a wall. I have found the offspring of the Imperatrice
Plum, unlike those of the Green Gage and Cor’s Golden
Drop, to contain generally much saccharine matter, with a
good deal of astringency, whence, I conclude, that it does not
derive its origin from highly cultivated parents ; and its foliage
and habit appear to justify this conclusion.

I remain, My Dear Sir,
Sincerely yours,

3 Tuomas ANDREW Kyieur.
Downton, September 16, 1826.

VOL. VI. 3$Z

[ 532 ]

LXII. On the Application of Tobacco Water in the destruc-
tion of Insects. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Mr.
JosEPH Harrison. )

Read August 15, 1826.
SIR,

I+ is with pleasure I transmit to you the following statement
of an easy and successful method of destroying the Green.
Fly, which so generally and severely attacks Peach and Nec- `
tarine Trees, also the Black Insect, which attacks the young
shoots of Cherry Trees, and the different kinds of Caterpil-
lars infesting Apple, Pear, Plum, and Apricot Trees, and
Gooseberry Bushes,

The means which are generally applied for the destruction
of the insects above named, I have uniformly found do not
effect the desired purpose, without the trees suffering in
consequence of the damage or destruction of the shoots,
foliage, young fruit, or blossom,

Having had the opportunity of trying various experiments
upon the fruit trees under the care of my father at Wortley
Hall, in order to discover what would effectually destroy the
insects without injuring the trees, I find that the Tobacco
water hereafter named, and applied as directed, answers the
desired purpose, for whilst it entirely destroys the insects,
the trees are in no way injured by the infusion, however

Application of Tobacco Water for destroying Insects. 533

strong it may be, but, on the contrary, it seems to promote
their general health. Trees entirely free from insects have
been washed with it, and have given satisfactory proof of
this fact.

The Tobacco liquor I have used, is procured from the
Tobacco manufacturers. In the process of preparing To-
bacco for use, the dried herb is steeped for a certain period,
and the water which it has absorbed, is afterwards expressed
from it, into the water in which it had been steeped. This
liquor is to be purchased at eight-pence or ten-pence per
gallon from the manufacturers, and should be obtained as
pure as possible without adulteration.

One gallon of the liquor is stronger than any that could be
made from steeping several pounds of prepared Tobacco, in
the same quantity of water. The mixture of the Tobacco
liquor with water is in the following proportions, and
should be applied to the trees by means of a garden
engine, or syringe, taking care, in its application, that it is
given so forcibly that the under side of the foliage is well
sprinkled.

For the destruction of the Green Fly, I mix one gallon of
Tobacco liquor to five gallons of pure water ; this quantity is
sufficient to wash three trees, twelve feet high, and each ex-
tending fifteen feet in breadth. For destroying the Black
Insect, one gallon of liquor to three of water. For destroying
the Caterpillars on Pear, Apple, Plum, and Apricot trees, and
on Gooseberry bushes, one gallon of liquor to four of water.
The above proportions have been frequently tried, and have
never failed of success.

534 Application of Tobacco Water for destroying Insects.

If the means be employed agreeably to the foregoing
statement, I am confident they will be found fully to

answer.
I am, Sir,
Your very obedient servant,
JosEPH Harrison,

Wortley Hail,
August 1, 1826.

[ 535 ]

LXIII. On the Cultivation of Nelumbiums. By JosEPm
CLARE, Esq.

Read February 7, 1826.

T nz Nelumbium Speciosum has been occasionally cultivated
in England, but the plants have been soon lost, having seldom
been brought to flower, and then but feebly. The yellow
flowering Nelumbium from America has, I believe, never
been successfully cultivated in England. In its native
country, the Nelumbium speciosum grows on the borders of
rivers and lakes, or in such ponds as are of a size sufficient
to allow the agitation of the winds on their surface, thus pre-
venting their stagnation. In England, Nelumbiums have
always been planted in stagnant water, for such our Aquariums
must be considered. These Aquariums are consequently
overrun with slime and confervæ, and the plants in them are
soon choked up and destroyed. Placed in this manner in
small tubs or cisterns,.these aquatics would not live even in
the open air of their native climates.

A few years ago I made some experiments upon the method
of growing water plants in the north of Italy, which is nearly
the same climate as the north of China, where, Dr. ABEL#

* See ABEL’s Narrative of a Journey in China, page 122. At the place referred
to, Dr. ABEL gives the following account of Chinese Nelumbiums. “ The Ne-
lumbium is used by the Chinese to decorate lakes, and other ornamental water,
and to give a charm and productiveness to marshes, otherwise unsightly and
barren. Near Yuen-Ming-Yuen, and under the walls of Pekin, I saw it
covering with pink and yellow blossoms large tracts of land, and could sympathise
with the enthusiasm of the Chinese bards, who have sung of the delight of moon-

536 On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium.

informs us, the Nelumbiums grow far better than in the
south. All that the plants require is fresh water, and a long
and warm summer ; they are not affected by the severest frost
of winter. The ditches under the walls of Pekin, which
abound in Nelumbiums, are frozen sufficiently strong to bear
carts upon the ice. In the summer of 1822, the thermometer
of Fahrenheit was for some weeks 93° in the shade in the
north of Italy, and in the following winter it was at 25°
below the freezing point for above a month.
In the spring of 1822 I planted some seeds of Nelum

biums in the open air in Italy in a large tub, half filled with
earth, covered with tiles, and then water, which was changed
every second day. The seeds came up well, but the plants
were soon covered with confervz, and rotted away. The
same happened to some other seeds which had been sown in
a large pot, and plunged ina stone tank forty feet square, and
of sufficient depth. I then put some seeds, both of N. spe-
ciosum, and N. luteum into a large pot, and plunged it m a
small stone basin, in which there was a fountain always play-
ing, and the water constantly agitated by having to supply
water to a large garden. In this the plants were raised, and
they flourished very much, ‘throwing up leaves two feet wide,
light excursions on rivers covered with the flowering Lien-wha. Its seeds, in size
and form like a small acorn without its cup, are eaten green or dried as nuts, and
are often preserved as sweetmeats ; they have a nutlike flavour. Its roots, some-
times as thick as the arm, of a pale green without, and whitish within, in a raw
state are eaten as fruit, being juicy and of a sweetish and refreshing flavour,
and when boiled, are served as vegetables. - Both seeds and roots were frequently
sent with the dessert to the Ambassador’s table: the former were relished by us,
but the latter were too fibrous to be eaten with pleasure. The leaves are said to

possess a strengthening quality, the seed vessel to cure the cholic, to facilitate par-
turition, and to counteract the effects of poison,”

By Josera CLARE, Esq. 537

with abundance of flowers, and they ripened a great quantity
of seeds. These plants, though left every winter in the open
air, have since continued to bear abundantly. Professor
Bereamascnut, of the University of Pavia, had for several years
in the Botanic garden of that city, a plant of the American
Nelumbium luteum, which, though it did just live from year
to year, never flowered, till the tub becoming leaky, he was
forced to turn a pipe of running water over it ; the plant then
sent up flowers, and it ripened many seeds in that same year.

There is a great variety of Nelumbiums in China, and if
their cultivation should succeed in England, probably many
of these will be imported, since the seeds can be easily trans-
ported, and they will keep good very many years. The late
Mr. Ler told me, that they had vegetated with him after
having been kept forty years. In England they must have
the heat of glass; but I think it very possible that, at some
future time, hybrids may be obtained from them and our own
beautiful Nymphea alba or Nympheza odorata, Nymphea
ceerulea, or others which seed freely in this climate, the two
first in the open air.

That frugal and industrious people the Chinese, have
always diligently cultivated Nelumbiums. They spread over
all their lakes and rivers; and the swamps, which will bear
nothing else, are covered with them. The leaves, which
are three feet broad, are gathered for fuel, the nuts are more
delicate than the Filbert, and the roots, which are long, and
as thick as a man’s arm, are eaten with sugar; they have
the taste of an almond. It having been proved that they
will flourish in the open air in the south of Europe, at some
future period perhaps the seeds may be as common in our

538 On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium.

desserts as the Spanish chestnuts on our stalls.* Italy, which
has thousands of useless acres on the borders of the many
lakes in the north; the large tracts of Mammora in Tuscany, |
and the still more extensive Pontine marshes ; all these,
which now produces nothing (I mean the parts actually water
or swamp) may be covered by Nelumbiums. There will be
this great advantage attending their culture in Italy, that the
produce may be gathered late in the autumn, when the season
of the Malaria is over.+

{ ought to have mentioned above, that the N ymphea ceru-
lea flourished exceedingly under the same treatment with the
Nelumbiums, and bore flowers of double the size of those it
bears in England, and of exquisite fragrance. This plant,
like the Nelumbiums, requires a warm summer, but is per-
fectly hardy in regard to frosts. A plant flowered vigorously
in the following summer, which had been left in a frame
during the winter, and frozen into a cake like iron.

:* One of the greatest gifts to the south of Europe will be perhaps the Camellia
Oleifera (lately imported into Europe by the Horticultural Society), as its oil is
said to be equal to the Olive, and it will grow in the same climate, requires a less
fertile soil, is of much greater growth, and more abundant produce.

t Pattas in his travels mentions having seen a Nelumbium growing in
great abundance near Astracan and at the mouthof the Volga. This is probably
either a new species or a distinct variety, as he says that avery fragrant water is
obtained from its flowers. The Chinese and American Nelumbiums have a faint
but very pleasant scent, resembling new hay, or the Tonquin bean. See
Patas’s Travels in the Southern Provinces of the Russian Empire. 4to. London,
1802, Vol.i. page 260. (The particular plant here alluded to is the Nelumbium
Caspicum. See.)

` +

[ 539 J

LXIV. Notices of Communications to the. Horticultural
Society, between January 1, 1823, and January 1, 1824,
of which separate accounts have not been published in the
Transactions, Extracted from the Minute Books and
Papers of the Society.

Cuantes Catvert, Esq. exhibited on the 4th of February,
forced Roseberry Strawberries in Pots, the fruit of which was
very fine. Plants with more abundant produce than those
shewn, had been sent to the house of the Society, in the middle
of January. Mr. Groree Merenew, Mr. Catverr’s gar-
dener, gave the following account of his plan of manage-
ment which unquestionably had been particularly successful.
Runners were placed two in a pot early in July, and the pots
were left in a shaded situation till the end of the month, they _
were then plunged in an open quarter of the garden till the
end of September, having been regularly watered during the
whole time. At this period they were repotted, one plant
only being put into a pot, and transferred with as much
earth as possible attached to the roots. The pots were then
set under a frame, with a little bottom heat, being supplied
daily and regularly with air, and kept thus till the end of
November, when they were moved into the Pine stove. The
fruit began to ripen early in January.

Jons Wixrams, Esq. of Pitmaston, in a Letter to the
Secretary, dated the 28th February, communicated the fol-
lowing particulars of his treatment of the Golden Pippin

VOL. VI. 4A

540 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

Apple Tree. “ Scme years ago I told Mr. Knient, I thought
I could preserve the Golden Pippin, and other of our old
Apples, for garden culture, free from canker, by a little
management in pruning. The Golden Pippin Apple I find
to succeed better on a Crab stock,* than on the Paradise, or
cultivated Apple. I began six years ago by selecting the
most healthy shoot I could find, from an old Espalier Golden
Pippin Tree, and grafted it on a true Crab stock near the
root. The graft shot about a foot in length, and in the
following month of March, I pruned away about. one third of
this shoot, leaving only the lower part which was perfectly
ripened. This process of cutting away one third of all the
annual shoots in the spring, has been repeated every year
since, and I have now a fine young dwarf Golden Pippin Tree,
as perfectly free from canker as any new healthy variety. But
it will be necessary to continue this annual pruning, otherwise
if the imperfectly ripened wood were left, it would be subject
to canker.” Mr. WrLLIAms exemplified this statement by
transmitting annual shoots of the Golden Pippin tree thus
treated ; they had continued in a growing state till the middle
of October, but all the wood formed after-the middle of
August, though it possessed sutticient vitality to the very
ends to allow of elongation in the following spring and
summer, yet being imperfectly ripened, would have become
cankcred through the whole of its length, whilst the wood

* “Stocks raised from the seed of the Siberian Crab, on a comparative trial
with the English Crab, succeed best. The annual shoot of the Siberian Crab
ceases to elongate after the month of August, the roots in course become less

active in propelling the upward sap, hence the wood and buds of the grafts are
more perfectly ripened in the autumn.”

Separate Accounts have not been published. 541

formed in the early part of the season, would have remained
in a healthy and uncankered state.

Joun BRADDICK, Esq. transmitted to the Secretary, in a
letter dated the 4th of March, an account of the following
Composition, which he has used with much advantage, for
washing the branches of Fruit trees, for the purpose of de-
stroying the insects which harbour on them. He mixes one
pound of flour of brimstone in three gallons of gas water,
adding soft soap sufficient to make the liquid adhere to the
buds and branches. The mixture is made over fire without
danger. It is applied in the month of March, and has been
used under glass on the most delicate trees, without doing
them any injury. A considerable number of trees may be
completely washed over in one day by a single person.

On the 18th of March, a paper by Mr. Groner WILLIAM
JOHNSON, of Great Tatham, in Essex, was read, detailing the
result of some comparative experiments on the Effect pro-
duced on Vegetables by the mixture of small quantities of salt
tn the soil. In all the instances reported, though no very
perceptible or important effect seemed to be produced on
the plants, yet in the produce of seeds, in every case, there
was a remarkable excess in favour of those treated with salt.
In Celery, the produce was in the proportion of 4 to 3; in
Brocoli ot 22 to 19; and in Carrots of 14 to 19,

On the 6th of May, a communication was read from Mr.
Epmunp Manone, Gardener to GEORGE SAVILE FOLJAMBE,
Esq. of Osberton House, in Nottinghamshire, describing a
mode of grafting on the large branches of old trees, which he

542 Noticés of Communications to the Society, of which

dénominates dovetail grafting. The scion is selected sõ as
to have two or three buds above where the knife is to be
inserted. To prepare it for the operation, a slip is cut off
the end of the scion, sloping towards the bottom, and as long
as it is decided to insert it into the stock. On each side of
the cut, as far as it extends, a part of the outer bark is taken
off, leaving the under part of the cut portion of the scion
broader than the upper part. The branch to be worked is
thus prepared, being first cut off smooth and straight ;—twe
parallel slits, distant from each other nearly the width of the
prepared scion, and the length of its cut part, are then made
in the bark of the branch, observing’ particularly to slope the
knife, so that the under edge of the cut next the wood, may
be wider than the outer edge. ‘I'he piece of bark between
the slits must then be taken out, separating it at the bottom
by a horizontal cut. The scion will slide into the dove-
tail groove thus formed, and if the work is well perforwed,
will fit neatly and tightly. Two or ‘three longitudinal
slits should be made round the branch, to prevent the place
into which the scion is fitted, from opening as the bark dries.
A small quantity of the grafting clay should then be care-
fully applied, securing it on with a flannel or list bandage,
the ends of which may be fastened with sinall nails, |The
top of the stock should be covered with clay, to secure it
from wet, sloping it well up to the grafts. The length of
the part of the scion to be inserted into the stock, should be
about an inch and a quarter, and when preparing this part,
there should be a bud left on the outside ; by this, the union
of the scion and stock is accelerated and rendered more com-
plete. When very large branches or trees are to be grafted,
three or four scions should be inserted, placing them at equal

Separate Accounts have not been published. — 543

distances round the stock. By this arrangement, the sap
will aseend equally on all sides, and every part of the stock
will be preserved from decay.

On the 7th of May, Mr. Tuomas Sura, Gardener to Lord
Bureuersn at Florence, communicated the following parti-
culars of the treatment of Orange and Lemon trees in that
part of Italy. He has observed, that throughout the winter,
instead of being placed in Greenhouses as in England, by
which means they are kept in a ‘state of growth, they are
put into sheds, the windows and apertures of which are
only closed during frosty weather. At other times, the ex-
ternal air is freely admitted, the plants are watered only once
or twice a month, and then sparingly. In the end of April,
they are taken from the sheds and set in the open air.
‘These plants are kept dwarf, and in large earthenware pots.
In June they’are manured with two handfuls of kiln-dried
Lupines, mixed with double the quantity of Goat’s: dung,
and this is covered with stable manure. Throughout the
summer, the plants are very much watered ; to a large plant,
as much as five or six buckets every other day is given, and
iii very hot weather, they are watered daily. «Every fourth
or fifth year, the plants are lifted out of the pots, and the
balls reduced, the external roots being taken off.

On the 8rd of June, Mr. Jous WaAtmMstey, Slate Merchant,
of Belvedere Road, Waterloo Bridge, exhibited a Trough
made with Slates, contrived by WirLram ATKINSON, Esq.
who has used such at different places, where they have been
found to answer better than any other material for Troughs
for Greenhouses; or they may be made water-tight for aquatic

544 Notices of Communications to the Society, of which

plants. The cost of these vessels is two shillings and two
pence per foot, superficial measure. They may be made of
any length not exceeding five feet. The most convenient
size for Greenhouse plants or Creepers, is about three feet
long, twelve or fifteen inches wide, and twelve or fifteen
inches deep. The Slate is about three-eighths of an inch
thick, rubbed to a smooth surface. The bottom is grooved
into the sides and ends; and where joined at the angles, is
secured by Iron screws to a triangular piece of Slate inside
the Trough. Slate boxes have been adopted by Mr. ATKIN-
SON in consequence of wood soon rotting, and of the great
inconvenience of renewing the boxes, without injuring the roots
of the plants. The Slate Troughs are very durable, and may
be painted any colour outside, and ornamented, if required.

A Model of a block and portion of a rafter were exhibited
on the 17th of June, from the Garden of GREGORY GREGORY,
Esq. at Rempstone, in Nottinghamshire. They were sent
to illustrate a simple and effectual method of constructing
temporary glass-houses for forcing any particular trees
trained on the open wall. The blocks are permanently
built into the wall under the coping, at such exact distances,
that lights will fit in between any two of them, upon the
moveable rafters which pin in to the end of the blocks. The
lights employed are the same as are used for hot-beds or
other purposes in the garden, and are applied in two lengths,
forming any angle to the wall which the gardener may choose.
Along the front of the border, a temporary dwarf wall is
built opposite to the trees intended to be forced, in which
upright glass, if required, is fixed, or the lights are brought
down so as to rest on the wall, if no upright glass is used.

Separate Accounts have not been published. 545

The flued walls generally used in the Northern counties, of
course materially assist this method of forwarding a crop.

In the insertion of the blocks into the wall, a provision

must be made in the coping, such as will let the lights pass.
freely under it. The walls at Rempstone are so planned,

that sixty feet of wall is allotted to three trees, and the flues

are confined in their returns to that extent ; this produces a

uniformity in the application of the moveable houses. The

temporary dwarf walls are constructed on arches, so as not

to interrupt the roots of the trees.

Plans of the block and raficr.

Explanation. |
The upper figure is a section of a part of a wall, showing the
block built in it, and the rafter put in its place and held
by a pin.
The figure below and corresponding with the upper one 1s
a plan of part of the wall with the block fixed in it, and
the rafter in its place ; with a section of the rafter.

546 Notices of Communications to the Society, §c.

On the 15th of July, AYLMER BOURKE LAMBERT, Esq.
sent specimens of Nuts, which were quite pluinp).and sfresh,
They had been. preserved to.so late a season, by a very
simple but effectual process. When ripe they-were put into
a large brown earthenware pan, which when filled with nuts,
was placed in a deep hole in a dry part ofthe garden. The
top.of the pan being covered with a flat piece of wood on
which was put a heavy. weight, the hole was: filled with
earth. _ By these means, Nuts may be kept in a fresh state
till the season for gathering them from the trees returns.

Captain Perer Rarnier, R. N. in a Letter to the Secre-
tary, dated the 30th of August, detailed some particulars
of the effect produced on Pears by grafting them on Medlar
stocks. The fruit does not become inferior in flavour, and is
certainly more juicy. The grafts make very vigorous wood,
and invariably bear the second year after they are worked ;
the production of a crop does not prevent the growth of
their wood, notwithstanding they are so young. Some Pears
are altered much in their appearance by this-treatment, as is
instanced in the Jargonelle, which remains nearly green when
ripe, and is a much shorter fruit than when produced from a
Pear or Quince stock. Captain Raryter states that he has
tried the experiment several years, but he has only worked
his grafts hitherto on the branches of old medlar trees ; he

has however no doubt they would do equally well on young
stocks.

[ 547 ]

LXV. Notice of the Siberian Bittersweet, a new and valuable
Cider Apple. In a Letter to the Secretary. By Tuomas
Anprew Kniaeut, Esq. F. R.S. §c. President.

Read September 19, 1826.
My Dear Sir,

I save enclosed in the box with the Plums* sent you this
day, a few Apples of a variety, which, for the press, appears
to me to possess a number of singular and good properties
and qualities; and it is one, which I exclusively plant for
the press, in this vicinity. The trees grow very rapidly, and
are free from disease of any kind. During the whole period
of ten years, in which alone the variety has existed, n o
frost has been sufficiently severe to injure materially its
blossoms, and I have in consequence obtained ten successive
crops of fruit. The American Apple-bug (the Eriosoma
Mali of our Transactions) wholly avoids the trees. I have
frequently inserted grafts into stocks, upon which those
insects abounded, and upon which they had continued to
abound ; but Inever saw more than one instance in which they
were found upon the graft, and then it was just above its
_ junction with the stock; and three days afterwards they had
entirely disappeared. The fruit contains much saccharine
matter, with scarcely any perceptible acid; and it in con-
sequence affords a cider, which is perfectly free from the
* See page 529 of this Volume.
t See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. ii. page 162.
VOL. VI. 4 B

548 Notice of the Siberian Bittersweet, §c.

harshness, which in that liquor offends the palates of many,
and the constitutions of more; and I believe that there is
not any county in England in which it might not be made to
afford, at a moderate price, a very wholesome and very pa-
Jatable cider. This fruit differs from all others of its species
with which I am acquainted, in being always sweet, and
without acidity, even when it is not more than half grown.

When the juice is pressed from ripe, and somewhat mellow
fruit, it contains a very large portion of-saccharine matter ;
and if a part of the water it contains, be made to evaporate
in a moderately low temperature, it affords a large quantity
of a jelly of intense sweetness, which, to my palate, is ex-
tremely agreeable; and which might be employed for
purposes similar to those to which the inspissated juice of
the grape is applied in France. The jelly of the Apple pre-
pared in the manner above described, is, I believe, capable
of being kept unchanged during a very long period in any
climate ; the mucilage being preserved by the antiseptic
powers of the saccharine matter, and that being incapable of
acquiring, as common sugar does, a state of crystallization.
I kept the inspissated juice of the Pear, and of the Apple,
more than twenty years, without being able to observe any
change in it. It neither attracted, nor parted with moisture,
though it was covered only with paper. But it always con-
tained an excess of acid, a defect from which the jelly of
the Siberian Bittersweet is perfectly free; and it scarcely con-
tains any perceptible degree of bitterness, that taste being
given apparently by the essential oil of the rind alone. If
the juice be properly filtered, the jelly will be Po
transparent.

By Tuomas Anprew Kyieut, Esq. 549

When I had last the pleasure to see you here, you thought
the trees ornamental, when loaded with fruit; and at your
desire I sent to the garden a plant of it under the name of
the Siberian Bittersweet. It produces its leaves and blossoms
rather early in the spring ; and it will consequently be found
to succeed best in somewhat elevated situations. It derived
its origin from a seed of the Golden Harvey Apple, and
pollen of the Yellow Siberian Crab.

I remain, my dear Sir,
sincerely yours,

Tuomas ANDREW KNIGHT.
Downton, September 16, 1826.

Note by the Secretary.

The Siberian Bittersweet above described, became en-
titled, in the present year, to the prize annually given by the
Herefordshire Agricultural Society, for the best new variety
of Cider Apple.

[ 550 ]

LXVI. An Account of Two Varieties of the Mango Fruit,
which ripened in the Garden of the Earl of Powis, at
Walcot Hall, in Shropshire. By Josrrn Sazine, Esq.
F. R. S. $c. $c. Secretary.

Read November 21, 1826.

Ir is with great satisfaction that I have to address the
Society upon the subject of the Mangoes which have lately
been communicated to us by the Earl of Powis. The having
succeeded in shewing that this delicious fruit may be pro-
cured under artificial management in Great Britain, and in
sufficient abundance to form a not unfrequent part of the
‘dessert, is so important a circumstance, that I feel called
‘upon to acquaint the public, as speedily as possible, with
the result of this very signal triumph of skill, and persever-
ance over difficulties, which have been hitherto considered
insurmountable.

The Mango is well known to all travellers who have
visited the tropical parts of the world, as being by far the
best fruit which is generally produced in those regions, and
as that which is uniformly the most grateful to an European
palate. In such climates it is cultivated wherever the arts
of civilization have penetrated; and it may there be said to
hold the same station, among other fruit trees, as the Apple
possesses in these more northern regions. Like the Apple,
the number of varieties raised from seed of the Mango, is
also very great ; and of these, while some possess the highest

An Account of Two Varieties of the Mango Fruit. 551

excellence, there are others in which the flesh of the fruit is
so fibrous and ill flavoured as to resemble, as is commonly
said, nothing so much as a mixture of “ tow and turpentine.”

Fortunately, both the kinds which are the subject of these
observations, proved to be varieties of the highest excellence.
They were purchased by Lord Powts in 1818, of the late
Mr. James Ler of Hammersmith, by whom they were raised
from seed sent to him from Jamaica. For the sake of
commemorating the circumstance of these varieties having
been first ripened under the auspices of that nobleman, I
propose to call the one the Red Powis Mango, and the other
the Yellow Powis Mango. |

The Red Powis Mango was ripened in the Garden at
Walcot, in the beginning of September ; and the tree which
bore it produced at the same time 35 other fruit of unequal
size, but of equal excellence in flavour. In form it resembled
a compressed oval, with one end a little curved inwards ; the
skin was of a rich olive colour, becoming green towards the
apex, and being deeply stained on the exposed side with
bright crimson breaking into spots ofa darker colour. The
flesh was deep yellow, filled with an abundant juice, very
tender, but fibrous next the stone, from which it was insepa-
rable. The flavour was sweet, rather luscious, highly per-
fumed, with a decided taste of turpentine, but diffused in
such admirable proportion, as to produce a very agreeable
and novel effect upon the palate. This resinous taste was
more concentrated in the skin, in which it was combined with
a slight proportion of acid. This variety is considered by
Lord Powis to be very similar to that known in the East
Indies by the name of the Alphonso Mango.

552 An Account of Two Varieties of the Mango Fruit.

Of the Yellow Powis Mango, one fruit only was produced,
which ripened in the beginning of October. The skin was of
a pale dull yellow-ochre colour, a little brighter and more
orange coloured towards the stalk, and covered over, when
minutely examined, with numerous paler specks. In form
it was similar to the other kind, but rounder, thicker, and
less incurved at the apex. When fresh gathered it was covered
with a delicate bloom, which it did not wholly lose after
having been kept nearly a fortnight. It did not appear
to differ much in taste from the first; perhaps it was a little
more luscious, and also ina slight degree more fibrous. This
variety was considered to approach that of the East Indian
Mazagong Mango in appearance.

It does not appear that the management under which these
Mangoes were ripened possesses much peculiarity. The
plants are in pots, plunged in the tanpit of a good stove,
which is maintained at a temperature of from 70° to 96° by
means of a particular application of hot water. Lord Powis
conceives that it is this mode of heating which has mainly
contributed to force the plants to produce their fruit.

The accompanying Drawing, representing the two varieties,
is from the faithful pencil of Mrs. Wirners.

4 a P y jJ . f
l PRE Hed rp Wed «HAE HUGO.
ff

£ /, a Af 4 : /
Arik Ihe e e AOS e Mange

[ 553 ]

LXVII. An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.
By Mr. Joun Linviey, F. L. S. Assistant Secretary for
the Garden.

Read September 19, 1826.

Tue varieties of the Melon which are cultivated in the
Gardens of Persia, have long been celebrated for their un-
rivalled excellence, and the concurring testimony of all
travellers to this fact has been abundantly supported by the
high merit of the few kinds that have from time to time found
their way to Europe. It is therefore presumed, that the
following account of ten varieties from that country, which
have been ripened in the present season in the Garden of
the Horticultural Society at Chiswick, will be found of suffi-
cient interest to deserve attention. They are the produce of
two parcels of seeds transmitted to the Society by Henry
Wixtocx, Esq.* His Majesty's Envoy at the Court of
Persia; one in the year 1824, the other in the spring of the
present year. vi

The Melons of Persia differ remarkably from the varieties
commonly cultivated in Europe. They are altogether destitute

* This Society is indebted to Mr. Wittock, for his unceasing exertion in
attempting to transfer to England, several of the rare productions of Persia. The
difficulty of conveying plants from such a distance, whence much of the journey is
over land, has hitherto frustrated part of his endeavours. The new Persian Melons,
however, will become, it is hoped, a lasting memorial of his efforts in the cause of
useful Horticulture, whilst the re-establishment of the Rose Berberifolia from
seeds sent by him, will be equally the cause of recording his services in the Orna-
mental Department of the Garden. Sec.

554 An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.

of the thick hard rind which characterises the latter, and
which renders the one half of every fruit useless; on the
contrary, they are protected by a skin so thin and delicate,
that they are subject to injury from causes, which would
produce no perceptible effect upon the Melons of Europe.
Their flesh is extremely tender, rich and sweet, and flows
copiously with a cool juice which renders them still more
grateful. To these important qualities, they in many cases
add the merits of bearing abundant crops of fruit, the ap-
pearance of which is always extremely beautiful.

But on the other hand, their cultivation is attended with
peculiar difficulties. They are found to require a very high
temperature, a dry atmosphere, and an extremely humid soil,
while they are at the same time impatient of an undue supply
of moisture, which causes spotting and sudden decay long
before the fruit is matured. It is not therefore easy to main-
tain that necessary balance of heat and moisture, which in
Persia arises out of the very nature of the climate and mode
of cultivation. In that country we are told that the Melon
is grown in open fields, intersected in every direction by
small streams, between which lie elevated beds richly
manured with Pigeon’s dung. Upon these beds the Melons
are planted. The Persian gardener has therefore to guard
against nothing but scarcity of water, the rest is provided for
by his own favourable climate. With us the atmosphere, the
ventilation, the water and the heat, are all artificial agents,
operating in opposition to each other. The most successful
method of cultivation which has yet been practised, seems to
be to supply the plants abundantly with water at the roots,
but to give them as little as possible overhead; to combine.

By Mr. Joun Linviey. 555

copious ventilation and high temperature by means of fre-
quently renewed linings of hot dung, and to elevate each
fruit a few inches above the soil by means of a slate laid
upon two bricks placed side by side.

In the following descriptions I have arranged the sorts
according to their degree of excellence, placing those first
which are of the most perfect quality, and those at the end
of the list which are of more doubtful merit. But upon this
subject we are at present far from accurately informed. It
has been lately understood from Mr. Wittock, that some of
the kinds now described are winter melons, which require
` keeping for some months before they are fit for table ; a cir-
cumstance with which we were not made acquainted in suffi-
cient time to ascertain which of the varieties, now about to
be mentioned, are of that description. It is probable, that
the Kurchaing and Goorgab Melons, the quality of which has
been found to be very indifferent, as summer fruit, may
acquire their flavour if treated as winter kinds. All the
varieties are essentially distinct from the few Persian Melons
hitherto known to England.

I. Tar MELON oF KEISENG.

A beautiful egg-shaped fruit, eight inches long, five inches
wide in the middle, six inches wide at the lower extremity,
very regularly and handsomely formed. Colour of a pale
lemon yellow; if carefully examined, evenly and minutely
speckled with paler dots; finely and. regularly netted all
over, with a few cracks lengthwise ; the meshes of the reticu-
lation closer towards the base than at the apex. Stalk about

VOL. VI. 4C

556 An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.

an inch and half long, separating from the fruit. Flesh from
an inch and half to two inches and a quarter thick, nearly
white, flowing copiously with a cool juice, extremely delicate,
sweet, and high flavoured, very similar in texture to a well-
ripened Beurré Pear. Rind firm, but so thin, that all me
fleshy part of the fruit may be eaten.

This sort may be considered the very best of those now
described. It resembles the Sweet Melon of Ispahan, noticed
in the Transactions, Vol. iii. page 116, but differs in being
closely netted all over instead of being smooth. The juice
is as abundant and cool as that of a water melon, while the
flavour is equal to the very best kind in cultivation. It is
tender, but a great bearer, and ripens soon after the large
Germek, No. 5, It derives its name from the village of
Keiseng, near Ispahan. :

Il. Ture GEREE MELON.

A handsome green fruit. In shape it is oval or ovate, and
in size, it measures eight inches in length by four inches and
a half in breadth. The skin is closely mottled with dark sea-
green upon a pale ground, and is either netted or not ; in the
former case, the meshes are very close, by which character,
it my be readily known from the Daree, which will be
nes. noticed. When well ripened, various numerous longi-
tudinal fissures appear upon the rind, which also has fre-
quently, but not always, from nine to eleven short dark
green streaks radiating from the apex. Stalk very short.
Flesh an inch and half or two inches thick, bright green,
melting, very sweet, and highly flavoured.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY. 557

Till the Melon of Keiseng was tasted, this was esteemed
the most highly of the Persian sorts, but it must yield to
that variety, both in beauty of appearance and in excellence
of flavour. It is equally rich perhaps, but neither so juicy
nor so cooling. The flesh when in a state of decay, acquires
a disagreeable pungent flavour, which is found indeed in all
melons, but which is more distinct in this than in any other
sort I have tasted. A good bearer, but tender.

Seeds of this variety were distributed, before the true
designation was ascertained, under the name of the Ostrich
Egg Melon, which must now be considered cancelled.

HI. Tue Darte MELON.

This resembles the last in colour and many other points.
It is of the same figure, but the rind when netted, exhibits
coarser reticulations ; like it, it is subject to become smooth.
The principal differences are in the stalk, which is two inches
and a hall long, and in the flesh, which is white, not green,
thick, crisp, melting; when fully ripened very sweet, but
rather insipid if imperfectly matured: it is always however
cool and pleasant. It is generally larger and broader than
the Geree, measuring nine inches by six, and is a much more
abundant bearer.

Upon the whole, this must be considered a finer fruit
than the Geree, but less highly flavoured. The Vines are
unusually robust, and continue growing till the middle of
September.

558 An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.

IV. Ture MELON or SEEN.

A fruit of regular figure and handsome appearance, seven
inches long, by five inches wide. Shape ovate, with a small
mamelon at the apex. Surface, pale dusky yellow, regularly
and closely netted all over, except the mamelon, which is but
little marked. At the base the netting becomes confluent,
and gives the coat a russet yellow appearance. Stalk easily
separating ; rind very thin; flesh from an inch and a half to
two inches thick, pale green, sometimes becoming reddish
towards the inside, exceedingly tender and juicy. Juice
sweet, delicately perfumed, as cool as a water melon. A
good bearer, but late in ripening, |

The fruit is of the same degree of excellence as the two
last, but is very different from those in appearance. It
resembles the Melon of Keiseng in form and colour, but is
neither so juicy, sweet, or high flavoured. Seen, from which
the fruit is named, is one of the villages near Ispahan, whence
this particular variety was procured.

vV. THE LARGE GERMEK Magee

A heavy handsome ribbed fruit, generally weighing five or
six pounds, shaped like a depressed sphere, usually six
inches deep, but varying in breadth from seven to nine
inches. At the apex is situated a corona,* varying from an

* The corona of a Melon is the area at the apex, included within a circular
scar, which indicates the place whence the flower dropped. In common Melons,
it is generally obliterated, but in a few of the Persian kinds, it is very obvious.
In the Gourd tribe, it is that remarkable protuberance of the apex, which gardeners
call the Turban, and which gives its name to the tribe named Turban Gourds.

By Mr. Joun LINDLEY: 559

inch to two inches in diameter. Surface sea-green, so closely
netted, that it presents the appearance of shagreen leather.
Rind very thin. Flesh an inch and three quarters, or two
inches thick, clear green, becoming paler towards the inside,
firm, juicy, very rich and high flavoured.

This is an excellent variety, ripening the first of all the
sorts except the next, both in this country and in Persia,
where it is highly esteemed for the property it possesses of
arriving speedily at a bearing state. It is very prolific, and
produces larger fruit than any Persian variety with which I
am acquainted. The Vines are so hardy as to be capable of
yielding spontaneously a second crop. Young fruit under
such circumstances are now (September 15,) setting, and the
plants are as healthy as they were in July.

Received from Mr. WıLLocxK, under the name of “ an
early round Melon, called generally Germek, grown at
Casween.”

VI. THE SMALL GERMEK ME ton.

This ripens about a week earlier than the last, but is by
no means so valuable a fruit. In form it is a depressed
sphere with about eight rounded ribs, measuring four inches
in depth, by four inches and a half in width. The skin is
even, yellowish, with a little green about the interstices, ob-
scurely netted, with a very wide corona. The flesh is green,
inclining to reddish in the inside, an inch and a half thick,
juicy, and high-flavoured. Skin very thm. The pulp in
which the seeds are immersed is reddish. The fruit is
sometimes produced late in the season with no corona. An

560 An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.

indifferent bearer, the Vines being tender, and apt to die
before the fruit is ripe.

Sent by Mr. WıLLocxK in 1826, under the name of
“ Talibee Germek.”

A sort resembling this, but with red flesh, was raised from
seed transmitted by Mr. WrLLocx in 1824, under the name
of the Germek, but it proved of bad quality, and is therefore
not further noticed.

VII. Tut Green HoosarneE MELON.

A handsome egg-shaped fruit, five inches long by four
inches broad; when unripe of a very deep green, but in
maturity acquiring a fine, even, light green, regularly netted
surface, which on the exposed side becomes rather yellow.
The flesh is pale greenish white, tender and delicate, full of
an highly perfumed, pleasant, sweet juice. The rind is very
_thin ; the seeds unusually large.

This is a variety of much excellence ; it is a great bearer,
and hardier than any except the large Germek. It was
received from Mr. Wittock, in 1824, under the eis name
of Hoosainee.

VIII. Tue stripep HoosaineE MELON.

This is the handsomest fruit, both as to form and colour,
with which I am acquainted, and an excellent bearer. It
came from Mr. Wittock in 1826, under the same name as
the preceding, but is different both in appearance and cha-
racter. In figure it is ovate, measuring five or six inches in
length, by four or five inches in breadth at the widest part.

By Mr. Joun Linptey. 561

The rind is very thin, mottled, and striped with bright
yellow, and deep olive-green intermixed, the two colours
being blended by irregular imperfect reticulations, which
overspread the surface. The stalk is short; the flesh an inch
and half thick, quite white, crisp, juicy, and sweetish, but not
high flavoured.

As this ripens the last of all the varieties, it is possible
that its want of flavour is attributable to the weather we
experience at the period of its maturity.

IX. THe Kurcuaine MELON.

A remarkably handsome oval melon, ten inches by five.
Skin a beautiful lemon-colour, split in a few places, and netted
very irregularly ; stalk separating, but not very long; flesh
white, less juicy than any of the preceding, extremely deli-
cate, but not high flavoured.

This, which like the next, derives its name from a small
village near Ispahan, is inferior in flavour to any of the pre-
ceding, but is a pleasant fruit. It is not however of much
importance, and is an indifferent bearer. Probably a winter
melon.

X. Tur MELON or GoorGas.

An © long fruit, rather wider at the base than the apex ;
about seven inches and a half long, by four and a half broad.
Stalk an inch and half long; rind yellowish dull green, thickly
dotted with dull yellow, coarsely cracked, and netted all
over with many irregular paler reticulations. Flesh white,
firm, dry, insipid. It is supposed that this will prove to be
a winter melon. This is much lighter than any other
variety of Persian Melon which I have seen.

562 An Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Melons.

As a conclusion to these remarks, it may be useful to state,
that besides the above kinds, the following varieties of the
Persian Melon are known to have been cultivated in this
country, and are inserted in the Catalogue of Fruits in the
Society's Garden, now in the press, viz.

1. Sweet Melon of Ispahan ; described in the Transactions,
Vol. iii. page 116.

2. Dampsha, or Zamsksy, described in the Transactions,
Vol. iv. page 211. .

3. Green Persian Melon.

4, OLDAKER’s Persian Melon.

The two latter have not yet been described.

[ 563 ]

LXVIII. Report on New or Remarkable Esculent Vegetables,
cultivated in the Garden of the Horticultural Society
during the year terminating on the 31st March, 1826.

Read August 1, 1826.

Tux accounts of particular classes of Esculent Vegetables,
which have been published from time to time in the Trans-
actions of the Horticultural Society, are a part of the plan of
a general description of the different subjects belonging to
the Kitchen Garden Department, which, it is hoped, in
the course of time will be completed under the auspices of
the Society. These monographs, as they may be termed,
were supplied by private individuals previously to the esta-
blishment of the Garden; subsequently they have been
prepared in the Garden, either by, or under the immediate
superintendance of the chief Officers of the Society.* A

* The monographs of the first description are, On Savoys and Winter
Greens, by Mr. Morean, Vol. ii. page 307. On Brocolis, by Mr. Ronaups,
Vol, ii. page 161. On Beet roots and Beet leaves, by Mr. Moreay, Vol. iii.
page 272. On Tomatoes, by Mr. SABINE, Vol. iii. page 342. Of those prepared
under the direction of the Officers of the Society, the following are the titles: On
Onions, by Mr. Srracuan, Vol. iii. page 369. On Spring Radishes, by the
Same, Vol. iii. page 436, On Autumn and Winter Radishes, by Mr. CHRISTIE,
Vol. iv. page 10. On Carrots, by the Same, Vol. iv. page 383. On.Endives, by
Mr. Maruews, Vol. vi. page 133. On Parsneps, by the Same, Vol. vi. page 302.
In addition to these must be mentioned the learned and interesting Paper on the
plants belonging to the Genus Brassica by M. De CANDOLLE, which is printed in
the Transactions of the Society, Vol. v. page 1. Full descriptions and accounts

VOL. VI. 4D

564 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

succession of these, it is designed, shall be produced until
the whole are supplied; but as, in the interval, additions,
further information, or perhaps corrections relating to the
subjects already treated on, may be obtained or required ;
or extraordinary novelties in the classes yet unpublished
may arise, on which information to the Members of the
Society may be desirable earlier than it would be communi-
cated, if the entire account was to be waited for ; it has been
deemed expedient to prepare annually a Paper on such mis-
cellaneous subjects as the Kitchen Garden shall afford in
each season. The present is the first communication of this
nature. These Annual Reports may therefore be considered,
firstly, in the nature of supplements to the former mono-
graphs, and secondly, as affording some notices of matters
which will be introduced into future monographs. They will
also include notices of such individual subjects, or such small
classes of vegetable esculents, as are not of sufficient extent
to supply detached Reports, but respecting which there may
exist information sufficiently perfect to be given to the
public,

of several single esculents have also appearéd in the Transactions, of which the
following are the most important: On Sea Kale, by Mr. Mauer, Vol. i. page 13.
On the French Turnip, by Mr. Drcxson, Vol. i. page 26. On Samphire, by
Mr. Brappicx, Vol. ii, page 232. On Vegetable Marrow, by Mr. SABINE, Vol. ii.
page 255. On Lathyrus tuberosus, by Mr. Dickson, Vol. ii. page 359. On the
Rampion, by Mr. Dicxson, Vol. iii. page 19. On Celeriac, by Mr. SABINE,
Vol. iti. page 71. On Succory, by Mr. Otpaxenr, Vol. iii. page 138. On Tetra-
gonia, by Mr. Anperson, Vol. iv. page 488. On Water Cress, by Mr. BEL-

LENDEN Ker, Vol, iv. page 537. On Perennial Kale, by Mr. SINCLAIR,
Vol, v. page 297.

cultwated in the Garden of the Society. 565

Couve Troncuupa.
Portugal Borecole.
Large Ribbed Borecole.

For the knowledge of this most valuable vegetable, the
country is indebted to the exertions of James Warre, Esq.
who at various times obtained the seed from Portugal, and so
extensively distributed it, that the plant is getting into culti-
vation in all those well cropped gardens where the proprietor
or the gardener is anxious about his esculents. This Cabbage is
of a character entirely new to English gardens; but the French
have a class which they call Choux a grosses cétes and Choux
à larges côtes, which belong to the Brassica costata (Large
Ribbed Cabbage) of M. De Canpoxtz,* and the Cotve
Tronchuda has much resemblance to their Chou vert a larges
côtes. The first introduction of it by Mr. WARRE was in
1821, when he presented seeds of it to the Horticultural
Society. The stalk is short and thick; the outer leaves are
very large, roundish, of a dark bluish green, rugose on the
surface and slightly undulated; the costa or midrib of the
leaf is large, thick, and nearly white, branching into veins of
the same colour. The plant forms a loose open head, and
when full grown is nearly two feet in height. A Cabbage of
inferior quality has occasionally been received from Portugal
under the same name, which runs into flower rapidly without
attaining any size, and is in no way productive or useful.
The genuine sort is much grown about Braganza, and the
name of that town is often attached to the variety now

® Sec Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 12.

566 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

described. The cultivation of it is confined to the province
of 'Tras-os-Montes, and the other northern parts of Portugal.
Different parts of the true Coúve Tronchuda are applicable
to culinary purposes. The ribs of the outer and larger leaves
when divested of the thin green parts and well boiled make
a good dish, somewhat resembling Sea Kale. The heart or
middle of the plant is however the best for use ; it is peculiarly
delicate, tender, and agreeably flavoured, without any of the
coarseness which often belongs to the Cabbage tribe. The
plants are too tender to endure the frosts of our climate ;
they cannot therefore be cultivated as winter greens. The
young seedlings should be preserved under frames during
winter, to be planted out at the same time as Cauliflowers for
an early summer crop, and the succession must be kept up
by spring and summer sowings. They require a well manured
soil. :

DwarF Couve TRONCHUDA.

This is much earlier and dwarfer than the preceding, being
when full grown only from fifteen to eighteen inches in
height; the leaves are middle sized, rounded, smoother and
_ flatter on the surface, and form a small loose head. When
the lower leaves are taken off for use, the plant throws out
numerous sprouts or shoots from the lower part of the stem,
which is not the case with the preceding variety. Seeds of
this were sent from Lisbon to the Horticultural Society by
the late Joun Jerrery, Esq. in 1822, and were also presented
by the Duke of Beprorp to the Garden in 1824. From
information communicated by Mr. Warre, it is conjectured
that this variety is distinguished in Portugal by the name of

cultivated in the Garden of the Society. 567

Murciand, from the town of Murça, which, as well as Bra-
ganza, is situated in the north of the kingdom, in the province
of 'Tras-os-Montes.

Vanack CABBAGE.

This Cabbage approaches nearer to the kind cultivated in
the Garden of the Society under the name of the Early Rus-
sian Cabbage, than to any other in the collection. The outer
leaves are large, of a dark green, strongly veined and spread-
ing; the head is somewhat irregular in shape, very broad at
the base, and terminating rather sharply; the colour of the
head is a palish green, and the ribs are in general paler than
the other part of the leaves. Seeds of this variety were pre-
sented to the Society by Mr. Tuomas Torsron, Gardener to
the Countess of BRIDGEWATER, at Ashridge in Hertfordshire.
It was in more general cultivation some years since than at
present, and was in particular much grown in Sussex and
Hampshire. It is not now to be found in the printed lists of
the principal seedsmen, nor is it mentioned in the Gardening
Manuals. Mr. Torsron had cultivated it in the garden of
the Earl of Ecremonr at Petworth so long since as the year
1776, under the name he still gives to it. It is the only
hearting Cabbage he keeps in his garden. By timely sow-
ings it is always in season; it makes excellent Spring Cole-
worts, becomes a white hearted Cabbage very early, and
pushes fine sprouts from the stump after the Cabbages are
cut. In quality it is inferior to none of the best Cabbages.

568 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

NEAPOLITAN BoRECOLE.
Chou de Naples.
Chou de Naples frisé nain.
Cavolo torsolo ricciuto.

This Cabbage will attract notice more on account of its
appearance than its utility. The stem is short and thick, form-
ing on its top, a few inches above the ground, a bulb, inclining
to oval; from all parts of the bulb spring numerous erect small
leaves, finely curled on their edges. The whole plant does
not exceed twenty inches in height ; the leaves are attached
to footstalks, six or seven inches long; they are obovate,
smooth on the surface, with an extraordinary quantity of
white veins nearly covering the whole of the leaf. The
fringed edges are irregularly cut and finely curled, and so
extended as nearly to conceal the other parts of the leaf. As
the plant gets old, it throws out numerous small branches
from the axils of the leaves on the sides of the bulb. Seeds
of this curious variety were received from M. VILMORIN of
Paris, and were also brought from Italy by Rocer Pertt-
warp, Esq. and presented to the Society. It is not men-
tioned in the Bon Jardinier of 1825 or 1826. M. Notserre,
in the Manuel Complet du Jardinier, classes it with the
Choux-verts (or Greens), but it more properly belongs to the
class of Choux-raves (or Turnep Cabbages), and is perhaps
the same as the Chou-rave crépu of M. De CAxNDorLe,*
which he says is cultivated at Naples under the name of
Pavonazza. It is too tender to bear the winter of this
country, but if sown in March, it continues fit for use during
the autumn. It is not however to be put in competition as an
useful vegetable with our Scotch Kale,

* See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 19.

cultivated in the Garden of the Society. 569

POTATOES.

The collection of varieties of this vegetable in the Garden
of the Horticultural Society is very extensive ; considerable
attention has been bestowed on the description of them, and
in the examination of their comparative merits ; but it will
require much time before a monograph on them can be laid
before the Society. Selections of new, curious, or particu-
larly useful sorts, will therefore be occasionally made and
descriptions of them published, until a general notice of the
whole can be communicated.

GOLDEN POTATOE or PERU,

The variety of the Common Potatoe, cultivated in Peru
under the name of Papas Amarillas or the Golden Potatoe,
has long been considered of importance to be procured, and
was consequently the object of constant instruction to the
correspondents of plant-collectors resident at Lima and in
the adjacent countries. The Horticultural Society was for-
tunate in first obtaining it in a state fit for cultivation. It
was transmitted to the Society by the late James CowAN,
Esq. and received from him in May, 1823. The stems of
the plant are tall, of a light yellowish green, naked at the
bottom, branching and very straggling; the leaflets are light
green, much wrinkled, slightly undulated, and acuminate,
thinly set on long footstalks; the pmnule are numerous,
The flowers are white, large, and numerous, growing on long
peduncles, and forming large trusses; they are slightly fra-
grant, a circumstance in which they differ from other varieties.
The tubers are small, irregularly shaped, but approaching to
globular; their skin is pale yellow, and nearly smooth; the

570 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

flesh is a rich yellow, much deeper than in any other old
known sort. When cut through in the raw state, it appears
of very close firm texture, and exhibits an irregular line
placed at some little distance from the outside, but running
out to the edge at the base of each eye. This line of divi-
sion is more or less conspicuous in all Potatoes, being in fact
the separation of the outer coat or bark from the interior
flesh of the tuber. When dressed the Golden Potatoes are
waxy, and of a peculiarly pleasant flavour. It is a late kind,
and an indifferent bearer, when grown in a strong soil, but
tolerably productive in a lighter. Though very good, this
anxiously expected root has not turned out of such extraordi-
nary excellence for the table as was anticipated, nor answered
the expectations which the extravagant accounts of travellers
in South America had induced us to form of it.

PIED GOLDEN POTATOE.

This does not differ from the preceding in its stems or
foliage; its flowers also have a slight fragrance. The tubers
are irregularly rounded, with large eyes; the skin is pale
yellow, striped with pale purple bands of various breadths.
The flesh, both raw and when boiled, is exactly similar to that
of the Golden Potatoe, and exhibits strongly the same line of
separation of the outer coat and flesh. In time, and quan-
tity of produce, it also agrees, Roots of this kind were pre-
sented to the Society by CuarLes Horror, Esq. in March,
1824.

cultivated in the Garden of the Society. 571

ASPARAGUS POTATOE.

This Potatoe, whether it be dressed plain or with sauces,
is in much estimation where it is known; its size prevents it
being cultivated where productive crops are wanted ; but its
excellence for the table will always insure its growth in a
garden where a variety of good esculents is required to be pro-
duced. The stem is dull green, tinged with purple in places,
as well as at the joints, erect, branching, short-jointed, and
of dwarf growth. The petioles are short; the leaflets light
green, very small, hirsute, acuminate, and slightly involute,
not numerous; the pinnule few and minute. It is very shy
in producing its flowers ; these are white and small, growing
on short peduncles. The tubers are oblong, slender, varying
in size, often from seven to eight inches long; skin of a light
brownish white, inclining to pale red, smooth with numerous
distinct eyes. Flesh very pale, firm and waxy, of superior
flavour. It is a good bearer, but late in ripening; the eyes
are also late in shooting, so that the stems are tardy in appear-
i ve ground.
pie pats Mouse PoTATOE.

The original sets of this singular little Potatoe were sent
to the Horticultural Society by His Royal Highness the
Grand Duke of Saxe Wermar, in 1820, in a collection con-
sisting of several varieties. It is called in the German Mono-
graph on Potatoes by Bertucn, printed at Weimar in 4to.
in 1819 (where it is figured as well as described, No. 20,
page 21. Tab. 6, fig. 20) the Kleine Schottlander Kartoffel
(Little Scotch Potatoe) and Kleine Mauschen Kartoffel (Little
Mouse Potatoe.) It is of dwarf growth. The stems are dull
purple, naked, with close joints; the petioles are short; the

VOL, VI. 4E

572 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

leaflets of a light green, small, ovate, and slightly undulated
at the base, not numerous; the pinnule are few, and in
general flat. The blossoms are few; the flowers pale lilac.
The tubers are very small, oblong, slightly curved, and gene-
rally pointed at one end; their skin is smooth, with a few
small eyes. Its flesh is very pale, almost white whilst raw;
when dressed it is waxy and very good. A most abundant
bearer, but late. From one of its names, it is probable it is of
Scotch origin. In Germany it is said to be much cultivated
by the curious. Its diminutive size will prevent its being
grown, except as a matter of luxury, For all the purposes in
cookery in which small Potatoes are required, it will prove
very acceptable, and perhaps be considered.. even. a greater
delicacy than the Asparagus Potatoe.

Pine APPLE or Cone POTATOE.

This singular root has received the above names from its
peculiar formation. Below each eye is a projection, and as
these are numerous and regularly disposed, it has some re-
semblance in shape to a Pine Apple, or more perhaps to the
Cone of a Stone Pine, after the scales have expanded by heat.
It is not uncommon in curious collections, haying been
received from various persons since the year 1821, It is of
dwarfish growth, with strong dull green stems, tinged with
brown in places, with close joints, much branching and
straggling ; the petioles are long ; the leaflets few, dark green,
very small, hirsute, oblong and plane, they are often bipinnate;
the pinnulz are numerous, minute, cordate. The plants are
very shy in flowering; the flowers are yellowish white, growing
on short peduncles, and forming small compact trusses. The

cultwated in the Garden of the Society. 573

tubers are oblong, middle sized, generally pointed at oné end,
and with an irregular surface; the skin is smooth, yellow,
with numerous eyes deeply sunk. In some of the roots the
angles or protuberances are flattened, they have then a greater
resemblance to a Pine Apple. The flesh when raw is of a
pale yellow ; when dressed, of good flavour and waxy. It is
a moderate bearer, but very late.

Spanisu Dwarr POTATOE

Is so very different in its appearance from every other
variety of Potatoe which is cultivated, that it attracts the
attention of almost every person who sees it. It is so dwarf
as not to exceed four inches in height ; its stems rather spread
on the ground, they are dark green, strong, branching, and
hairy; the joints are very close; the leaflets dark green, hir-
sute, and slightly undulated; the petioles rather long; the
pinnule numerous. It does not produce blossoms. ‘The
tubers are oblong, middle sized, with few eyes, their skin
yellow and smooth; the flesh yellow; when dressed they
are tolerably good, and mealy. The sets continue a long
time dormant, and do not shoot so as to show above the
surface of the ground, till after some of the early varieties
are fit for use. By this it escapes all injury from spring frosts.
It is a moderate bearer, and late in ripening. The roots
were originally received from the late Mr. Joun Sweet of
Bristol, in the nursery of whose suceeeding partner, Mr.
Joun Mituer, of that place, they have been some time cul-
tivated. Mr. Sweet procured the sort from Sherborne in
Dorsetshire, under the name now given to it.

574 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

Union LETTUCE.

This is an excellent summer Cabbage Lettuce, hearting
well, of good size, and remaining long without running to
seed. It has acquired much reputation amongst the seeds-
men, and has been circulated pretty extensively by Mr.
Hven Ronatps, of Brentford, from whom the Society first
obtained it. It has also been raised in the Garden under the
name of the Imperial Lettuce, and it appears to be the same
which is called Laitue Turque, and Laitue Impériale, by the
French gardeners. The leaves are of a yellowish green
colour, very large and plain; the outer are much expanded,
and slightly undulated ; the inner somewhat wrinkled, and
forming a close head. It cabbages freely, but is not very
firm, though of good quality.

Brack SEEDED GoTTE LETTUCE.

A small spring Cabbage Lettuce. It grows very close to
the ground. Its heart is hard and firm, about four inches
in diameter when stripped of the outer leaves. Colour very
pale green. The leaves are thin and nearly round, rugose,
waved on the edges. This Lettuce comes early into use,
and has besides much excellence as respects its flavour ;
but its chief merit is that it remains longer than almost
any other before it runs to seed, and even sometimes bursts
before its flower stem is formed. It is the smallest of all
the kinds of Cabbage Lettuce, except the Tennis Ball, from
which it differs in its leaves being more curled, and of a
lighter green colour, and by not running to seed so soon by
three weeks or a month. This Lettuce is derived from the
French gardens, in which there are several sorts of early

cultivated in the Garden of the Society. 575

Cabbage Lettuces, known by the name of Gotte or Gau,
and both with black and white seeds ; some of them however
run quickly to seed, and have therefore little merit except
for forcing. The variety now described has black seeds,
and this circumstance should be particularly attended to, in
obtaining it from the seedsmen, the white seeded kinds
running early. It is called by the French gardeners, Laitue
Gotte a graine noire lente a monter.

Ice LETTUCE.

Seeds of this Lettuce were brought from the United States,
under the above name, by Mr. Davin Dovatas, in 1823,
and it was raised the following year. It belongs to the

division of Silesian or Batavian Lettuces, and must not be
-confounded with the Ice Lettuce of Scotland, which is our
White Cos Lettuce. The leaves are of a light shining
green, blistered on the surface, very undulated, and slightly
jagged round the edges, they grow nearly erect, being eight
inches long, and five or six inches broad. The outer spread
a little at the top, but grow very close at the heart. It
blanches without tying up, and becomes very white, crisp,
and tender, It comes into use with the White Silesian, from
which it differs, as it also does from any other of its class, in
being much more curled, having a lucid sparkling surface,
whence probably its name, and not turning in so much at the
heart. It lasts as long in crop as the White Silesian.

PROLIFEROUS LEEK,

Is a variety of the common Leek, being viviparous, that
is, it produces young plants on its flower stalk, instead of

. 576 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

flowers. The leaves do not differ in appearance from the
common Broad-leaved Leek, and the plant in its young state,
before it runs to flower, exactly resembles it. The flower
scape is from two to three feet high, producing a compact
irregular globose umbel, composed of numerous small bulbs,
intermixed with flowers. Some of these bulbs occasionally
produce a second umbel, on scapes of from six to eight
inches in length, but of much smaller dimensions than the
principal one. The original plants of this Leek were re-
ceived in 1823, in the garden of the Society, from Mr.
Joseru Kirke, of Brompton, under the name of Tree Leek.
It is increased by planting the young bulbs which are pro-
duced on the scape, and when only a small supply of Leeks
is required in a garden, it would be desirable to get them by
planting these, instead of raising them fron seed. The
young bulbs should be put into the ground when they have
become well formed, and consequently ready to put forth
roots, which is in the month of August. They should beset
out.in rows, like other Leeks. The bulbs will remain sound
several months after they have ripened, so that they may be
sent to considerable distances, and will keep good out of
ground until the spring.

FLANDERS SPINACH.

This is a winter Spinach, the seed of which was received
from M. VILMORIN of Paris, as Epinard de Flandres a trés
larges feuilles, and is far superior to the Prickly or Common
Winter Spinach, which is in general cultivation during the
winter season in our gardens. It is equally hardy, perhaps
hardier. The leaves are doubly hastate, and somewhat

cultivated in the Garden of the Society. 577

rugose; the lower ones measure from twelve to fourteen
inches in length, and from six to eight in breadth, they are
not only larger but thicker, and more succulent than those
of the Prickly Spinach. The whole plant grows more
bushy, and produces a greater number of leaves from each
root, and it is somewhat later in running to seed. The seeds
are like those of the round or summer Spinach, but larger ;
they are destitute of the prickles which distinguish the seeds
of the Common Winter Spinach.

New ZEALAND SPINACH. TETRAGONIA EXPANSA.

This very useful substitute for Spinach, since it was first
brought into notice by Mr. ANpERson’s Paper* in the Trans-
actions of the Horticultural Society, has been very generally
cultivated in gardens. The great advantage it possesses,
is that of supplying fresh leaves in a state fit for use through
the whole summer, even in the driest weather when the
crops of summer Spinach are useless; this has made it a
great favourite with gardeners; and though perhaps, gene-
rally, it is not considered so delicate, when dressed, as
Spinach, yet by several it is preferred. It has been found to
be both hardier and easier to manage in the open border of
the garden, than was at first supposed ; and it is also suffi-
ciently productive of seeds. Mr. AnprErson, in the Paper
above referred to, and the Rev. Mr. Branssy, in a sub-
sequent Paper,} both recommended its being planted over
rotten dung: but this seems not necessary, for it grows per-
fectly well in a common.-well manured border. The seeds

_* See Horticultural ‘Transactions, Vol, iv. page 488.
+ See Horticultural Transactions, Vol. v. page 282.

578 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

must be raised in heat, and the plants kept singly in small
pots till the end of May, or beginning of June, when they
should be turned out into the open border destined for them,
and protected by hand-glasses from the frost, the mould
being also well watered. The plants should be at nine feet
distance from each other, and will soon fill up the intervals.
From three to ten plants should be put out, according to the
number of the family to be supplied with the produce.

Sea Beet. Bera MARITIMA.

The leaves of this Beet have been of late years ascertained
to be an excellent substitute for Spinach, and are even pre-
ferred by many to that delicate vegetable. There are two
distinct varieties of it cultivated in the garden of the Horti-
cultural Society. They are perennial, and, if planted in a
good soil, will continue to supply the table with their leaves
for any number of years. The readiest method of increasing
them is by seeds, but they may be multiplied to a small ex-
tent by dividing the roots. The early produced leaves are
the best, and these are fit for use from the middle of April,
until the plants begin to run to flower; but they may be con-
tinued in perfection through the whole summer and autumn
_ by cutting off the flowering stems as they arise, and thus pre-
venting the blossoming.

Eneuisn Sea BEET.

This is the common state of the species. The plants
which are grown in the garden of the Horticultural Society
were sent from the sea coast of Sussex, between Worthing and
Lancing, by Mr. Henry Puruirs, as a new vegetable, in

cultwated in the Garden of the Society. 579

1822. It is a dwarf spreading plant, with numerous angular
leafy stems, much branched, and trailing along the ground.
The lower leaves are on long foot-stalks, ovate, about three
or four inches long, of a thick fleshy substance, dark green,
and waved at the margin. The upper leaves, or those which
grow on the stem, are smaller, and nearly sessile.

Irisa Sea BEET.

This differs from the preceding variety in the greater size
of its leaves, which are also of a paler green, the stems are not
so numerous, and it appears to be rather earlier in running to
flower. The external differences are however but trifling ;
but in flavour, when dressed, this is far superior to the other
variety. Roots of this kind were presented to the Society's
Garden by Danrext GıLes, Esq. who obtained them from
the garden of the late Wiitiam Parnexz, Esq. in the
county of Wicklow, in Ireland.

GERMAN Rampion. CinotTHERA BIENNIS.

The common Evening Primrose of our flower gardens af-
fords an useful addition to our esculent roots. It is so well
known as an ornamental plant, that an entire description of it
is unnecessary. The root is the only part used; this when
fully grown, is generally from twelve to fourteen inches long,
fusiform, occasionally with a few strong fibres, whitish on the
outside, and: white within. It has a thick strong outer coat
which separates readily from the inside, and this it is necessary
to remove, when the root is eaten raw. In that state it pos-
sesses a nutty flavour, but it is inferior to the Rampion, having
a slight pungency. On the whole, however, it is agreeable. It

VOL. VI. 4 F

580 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

is supposed to act as an incentive to wine drinking, whence
the Botanical name of the genus. If required as a raw salad
it should be eaten young. When they are fully grown, the
roots are usually dressed in the manner of Skirrets, or Scor-
zonera, in Germany, where it is sold regularly as a kitchen
vegetable, under the names of Rapunzel, Rapunzel Zellerie,
Wurzelrapunze, Rapontika. It was sent to the Society by
Mr. Boorn of Hamburgh, as the Yellow-rooted Œnothera.
In France the genus is named Onagre, and this particular
species is sometimes called Jambon des Jardiniers, and under
this name it was received by the Society from M. VILMORIN,
being also called Onagre Bisannuelle. It does not however
appear as an esculent in the Bon Jardinier, nor in any other of
the French works on gardening. The seeds should be sown
in May, ina moist shaded border, best perhaps under a north
_ aspected wall. Ifit is grown in too dry and exposed a part
of the garden, or sown earlier in the spring, it is apt to run to
flower during the summer, which renders the roots useless,
for they then become hard.

Lone SAumMon RADISH.

Seeds of this variety have been received from English,
Dutch, and French seedsmen under the following names:
Salmon, Early Salmon, Early short-topped Salmon, Long
Salmon, Rave Rose or Saumonée. In the description of the
varieties of Spring Radishes, published in the third volume of
the Transactions of the Horticultural Society, page 440, this
sort is considered synonymous with the Scarlet Radish, from |
which however it differs, and it is now noticed that the error
which appears to have been there made, may be corrected.

cultwated in the Garden of the Society. 581

The neck of the root rises about an inch above the ground
like that of the Scarlet, but it is a paler red, and this colour
gradually becomes lighter towards the middle, where it is a
pale pink, or salmon colour; from the middle the colour
grows paler downwards, and the extremity of the root is
almost white. In shapeand size, this Radish does not differ
from the Scarlet, neither does it appear to be earlier, or to
possess any qualities superior to the Scarlet Radish, the
beauty of which, as grown for the London market, exceeds
that of any other Long Radish. ‘The Salmon Radish is not
therefore likely to be an object of attraction, but it is neces-
sary it should be noticed as a distinct variety.

SMALL SALAD LETTUCES.

The French, who pay more attention to the composition of
their salads than the English, have increased the number of
small herbs which they use for that purpose very extensively.
Amongst others, they cultivate some species of Lactuca,
which are grown in drills and cut young like small salading.
Of these the following are worthy of notice.

Sprnacu Lertuce. LAtrue EPINARDE,

Is a distinct species of Lettuce, and known to botanists as
Lactuca Quercina, its leaves having some resemblance to
those of the Oak; these are about six inches long, lyrate and
flat, with obtuse entire segments of a pale yellowish green, and
mild flavour. It has no disposition to form a heart; and is
never planted out singly. It runs to flower soon ; later, how-
ever, than the following, and it is tolerably productive of
leaves. It is fit to cutin its drills, in which it is always sown,

582 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

when the lower leaves are about five or six inches long; and
if not then taken off too short, will afford a second cutting.
It is of course to be sown early with other spring salad seeds,
but lasts well through the summer.

ENDIVE-LEAVED Lettuce. LAIrtuE CHICOREE.

This Lettuce is called by botanists Lactuca Intybacea, from
the resemblance its leaves bear to those of the Curled Endive.
The lower leaves are small, lyrate, sinuated, and irregularly
lobed, with sharp teeth, rather broad at the top, and of a pale
green colour. When young, the plants have very much the
appearance of Green Curled Endive. It runs to flower much
earlier than the Laitue Epinarde, and is consequently less
useful. It should be sown thick in drills, and cut when
about three or four inches in height. The time of its being
sown, and its uses, are the same as those of the preceding.

SALAD CABBAGE LETTUCE.

This is a small pale green Cabbage Lettuce, with roundish
entire leaves, a little dentated at the base, about four inches
long, and three inches wide, slightly wrinkled. It is to be
sown thick in drills, and does not then form any heart; it
comes rather later into use than either of the two preceding
small Salad Lettuces. If planted singly, it forms a small
loose heart, being something like our common White Cab-
bage Lettuce, of which it seems to be a variety. It runs
soon to seed. The seeds are sent from France, under the
name of Laitue à couper, or, Laitue petite : it is distin-
guished from those early Lettuces which are called Laitues

cultwated in the Garden of the Society. 583

Gottes, and Laitues Crépes, by having smaller leaves, but it
has otherwise much affinity to those kinds.

GOLDEN CRESS.

This is rather slower in growth than the Common Cress.
The leaves are of a yellowish green, flat, oblong, crenated,both
and entire, and of a much thinner texture than any of the
varieties of the Common Cress. It is very dwarf, and is con-
sequently short when cut as a salad herb for use. It has a
mild and delicate flavour. When run to flower, it does not
exceed eighteen inches in height. Seeds of this Cress were
received from M. Vitmorin, under the name of Cresson Doré;
it is at present but little known in this country, but certainly
deserves more general cultivation, as it affords a pleasant ad-
dition to our stock ofsmall salads. In the notice of it in the
Bon Jardinier, it is treated as a variety of the Common Cress,
Lepidium sativum, but it is probably a distinct species.

GARDEN Picripium. PICRIDIUM VULGARE.

This is cultivated in the Italian gardens; its leaves when
young being gathered to mix in salads. Seeds of it were first
received from France in 1822. Whilst young the leaves are
numerous, spatulate, cordate at the base, and clasping the
stem; they vary, however, very much in their shape and cha-
racter. Their flavour is pleasant, they are produced abun-
dantly, and grow quickly. If sown in the spring, the plant
runs to flower about the beginning of June ; the blossoms are
compound, and ofa yellow colour. In order to keep a suc-
cession of young leaves for use during the summer, the
plants should be cut down, and not suffered to throw up

584 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables

flowering stems. It is perennial, but affords a better supply
of young leaves when treated as an annual ; it must be sown
in drills.

ITALIAN Corn SALAD.

This new Corn Salad was received from M. VILMORIN,
under the name of Mache d'Italie, and is very distinct from
and superior to the Common Corn Salad, which is known in
France under the simple name of Mache. This last is the
Valerianella Locusta of botanists; the Italian Corn Salad is
a distinct species, and called Valerianella eriocarpa. It is
superior to the common Corn Salad, in the quality of its
foliage, which is milder in flavour, and in coming earlier
into use. The leaves are oblong, spatulate, entire, of thin
texture, and a pale yellowish green colour. The principal
difference in appearance between this and the Common Corn
Salad is in the colour of its leaves, and the greater length of
its footstalks. Besides its use in a crude state in salads, this
herb, when dressed in early spring as a Spinach, is very good,
and has been in much request for that purpose.

BLISTERED-LEAVED SORREL.

This variety of garden Sorrel, Rumex Acetosa, is of French
origin. It was sent to the Society by M. Vitmorrn, under
the name of Oseille à feuilles cloquées. Its difference from
the other varieties of garden Sorrel, the Common and the
Broad-leaved, consists in the surface of the leaves, which in
this are blistered. The root leaves are about nine inches in
length, and four inches in breadth, ovate, hastate, growing on
longish footstalks ; the stem leaves are more blistered than the
root leaves. The flower stems are short. Its principal merit

ve
di.

cultwated in the Garden of the Society. 585

is that it is slow in running to seed, and consequently remains
longer in season for use. The leaves are only slightly acid,
in comparison with those of the Common Sorrel. It is
perennial, and must be increased by division of its roots; for
being only a variety not per tly established, seedlings
from it frequently return to the Broad-leaved, from whence it
sprung.

MOUNTAIN SORREL.

This is another useful Sorrel, which has been sent from
France, under the name of Oseille vierge. It is the Rumex
montanus of modern botanists, having formerly been con-
sidered as a variety of R. Acetosa. Its foliage possesses
much acidity. The leaves are large, oblong, of thin texture,
and a pale green colour; the root leaves are very numerous,
about nine inches long, and four inches wide, being very
slightly blistered. It is rather later than the common garden
Sorrel in running to flower. It is propagated by dividing
its roots, but may also be raised from seeds.

GREEN MOUNTAIN SORREL.

_ An improved variety of the preceding, and preferable to
any of the other Sorrels from the greater size and abundance
of its leaves, which possess much acidity. It is also the
latest in running to flower. It was sent to the Society from
France, with the name of Oseille vierge verte lisse. The
leaves are large, ovate, sagittate, from ten to eleven inches
long, and nearly five inches wide, very numerous; the root
leaves are slightly blistered, have long footstalks, and are a
dark shining green colour. It must be propagated by dividing
its roots.

586 Report on Remarkable Esculent Vegetables, &c.

SMALL NASTURTIUM.

To those who cultivate Nasturtiums in their gardens for
the sake of their seed pods to pickle, this kind is preferable.
The common Nasturtium, Tropzeolum majus, and its dwarf
variety are both runners, and require the support of stakes ;
without which they will extend widely over the borders.
This is the Nasturtium minus of botanists, and the Capucine
petite of the French. The whole plant is much smaller
than the dwarf variety of T. majus, not exceeding ten or
twelve inches in height, and it grows to about two feet in
length. The leaves are small, with a small runner termi-
nating each lobe. The flowers are small, of a deep golden
yellow, not much expanded, the three lower petals having
a blotch of scarlet at the base, the upper ones are delicately
striped with the same colour towards the base, the spur is
also longer than in T. majus. It flowers very abundantly.
The seed vessels are rather smaller than those of T. majus.

LIST OF AUTHORS,

WITH

the Title of their respective Communications.

MR. THOMAS ALLEN.
On Forcing Cucumbers - - - - p. 127
MR, JAMES BARNET.
An Account and Description of the different Varieties of Strawberries,
which have been cultivated and examined in the Garden of the Horti-

cultural Society of London - - = p. 145
MR. HENRY BURN.

An Account of a New Seedling Grape - - - p- 122
JOSEPH CLARE, ESQ.

On the Cultivation of Nelumbiums - = “ p» 535

MR. JOSEPH COOPER.
On the Cultivation of the Species and Varieties of Hedychium in a Stove p. 449
THE REV. BLAKLEY COOPER, A.M.
Account of a Plan for Forcing Grapes in Borders under Glass = p454
MR. SAMUEL CURTIS.
An Account of a Lime Duster, for the Destruction of Insects on Fruit w
. 124
JOHN FREDERIC DANIELL, ESQ. F.R.S.
On Climate, considered with regard to Horticulture - - p l
MR. ANDREW DICKSON.
On a Method of Growing Asparagus in single Rows, as practised by Mr. Walter
Dickson, at Redbraes, near Edinburgh - z - p. 390

LIST OF AUTHORS,

MR. CHRISTIE DUFF.

On the Cultivation of Ginger in a Glazed Pit - - - p. 307
MR. FRANCIS FALDERMANN.
On the Propagation of Zamias - - - p- 501

MR. MICHAEL FLOY.
Description of American Fruits, of which Trees have been transmitted to the

Horticultural Society of London - < > p. 409
MR. WILLIAM FOULK.
On the Cultivation of the Madeira Vaccinium, in the open Air - p. 59
MR. WILLIAM GREENSHIELDS.
On the Cultivation of Pine Apples - = - p. 235

MR. ARCHIBALD GORRIE.
On the Effects produced on Vegetation by the Combination of Heat and Moisture,

at different Periods of the Year - - - - p- 432
MR. CHARLES HARRISON.
Plan for obtaining a second Crop of Melons “ - - p. 406
On blacking Garden Walls - = - - p. 452
MR JOSEPH HARRISON. :
On the Application of Tobacco Water in the Destruction of Insects - p. 532

MR. JOHN HAYTHORN.
Description of Stoves for the growth of Melons and Cucumbers - p. 505

MR. DANIEL JUDD.
Observations on a Disease to which — are liable, and on the Means of pre-
venting it - - ~ - _ p. 300
THOMAS ANDREW KNIGHT, ESQ, F. R. S. &c. PRESIDENT.

On the Cultivation of Strawberries - p. 101
Upon the beneficial Effects of Protecting re Stems of Fruit Trees from Frost in
early Spring z - - - - p. 228

An Account of a Method of obtaining very early Crops of the Grape and Fig .
p» 232

On the Culture of Strawberries | - = = p» 255
On the Cultivation of the Amaryllis Sarniensis, or Guernsey Lily -Pa 259
On the Transplantation of Plants with Spindle-shaped Roots - p. 370

LIST OF AUTHORS.

Account of some new Seedling Pears - - p. 446
Observations on the Qualities of newly-raised Fruits, stemni in Plums p. 529
Notice of the Siberian Bittersweet, a new and valuable Cider Apple, p- 547

MR. JOHN LINDLEY, F.L.S.
Report upon the New or Rare Plants which have flowered in the Garden of the
Horticultural Society at Chiswick, from its first Formation to March 1824

Report upon the New or Rare Plants which have flowered in the Garden df oe
Horticultural Society at Chiswick, from March 1824, to March 1825 p. 261
Observations upon the natural Laws which govern the Production of Double
Flowers, arising out of a remarkable Case of Preternatural Formation in the
Flowers of an Amaryllis - = - - p- 309
Report upon the effect produced on certain Plants in the Garden of the Horti-
cultural Piatt by the Frost which occurred during the Night of April 29th,
1826 : i p. 493
Account of Ten Varieties of Persian Mis = - p- 553
MR. ANDREW MATHEWS, A.L.S.
Description of the different Varieties of Endives cultivated in the Garden of the

Horticultural Society of London, in the Year 1824 ~ = s D toe

Description of the different Varieties of Deg cultivated in the Garden of the

Horticultural Society of London - ee ts p. 302
MR. WILLIAM MITCHESON.

On the Cultivation of the Passiflora Quadrangularis + - p. 388

MR. DONALD MUNRO, F. L.S.
Account of the Cultivation of Chinese Chrysanthemums in the Garden of the

Horticultural Society > > + - p. 360
JEAN BAPTISTE VAN MONS, M.D.
Notes on Grafting, Budding, and Cultivating Garden Roses > p- 317

MR. DUNCAN MONTGOMERY.
On the Cultivation of an Early and a Late Variety of the Pear on the same Tree
p-

367
MR. STEWART MURRAY.
Method of Cultivating the North American and other hardy Orchideous Plants
; p» 403

LIST OF AUTHORS.
MR. WILLIAM M‘MURTRIE.
Description of a Pit and Stoves heated by Fire and Steam jointly - p.440
MR. JOHN DAMPER PARKS,
Directions for Managing Tigridia Pavonia, during the Winter months p. 106
MR. JENS PETER PETERSEN.
On the Cultivation of Celeriac, as practised in Denmark and Germany pp. 419
MR. JOHN READ.
Description of a newly invented Instrument for effectually applying Tobacco
Fumigation to Plants = : 2 . p- 140
JOSEPH SABINE, ESQ. F.R.S. SECRETARY.

Account of several New Chinese and Indian Chrysanthemums, with additional

Observations on the Species and Varieties, and on the Management of the

Plants in Gardens - - - p. 322
Account of a Method of Forcing Figs, practised in the Garden of the Earl of
Harewood, F. H, S, at Harewood House in Yorkshire ~ p. 365
On Glycine Sinensis 3 - - p- 460
On the Pzonia Moutan, or Tree ene and its Varieties - p. 465
Account of Two Varieties of the Mango Fruit, which ripened in the Garden of the
Earl of Powis, - = PEE - p. 550

MR. THOMAS SMITH.
On the Use of Charcoal Dust, as a Top Dressing for Onions, and as a Cure for
the Clubbing in Cabbages, &c. - - - p- 29
MR. JAMES SMITH, C. M. H.S.
Account of the growth of some Cedars of Lebanon, in the Gardens at Hopetoun
House, near Edinburgh - é - - p- 429
Notices respecting the Strawberries cultivated for the Market in Scotland p. 512
MR. JAMES SMITH.
Upon the Cultivation of Fuchsias = - - - p. 520
MR. WILLIAM SMITH,
Notice of certain Vineries at various places in Scotland with Arched Hanging

-Trellises - - - $ - > p. 522
MR. JOHN STREET.
On the Cultivation of Plants in Moss - - oe p. 437

LIST OF AUTHORS.

MR. ALEXANDER STEWART.
Description of a Greenhouse, in the Garden of Sir Robert Preston, Bart. at

Valleyfield in Perthshire - = à T p- 225
On the Cultivation of the Nelumbium Speciosum - - p.422
Description of a Pit for Winter and Early Spring Forcing - p. 425

THE REV. GEORGE SWAYNE.
On the Management of Hothouse Flues, so as to keep up a erel equal Tem-
perature during the Night - - - p. 247
M. ANDRE THOUIN.
An Account of the Calville Rouge de Micoud, a new Variety of Apple p. 242
ROBERT WALSH, LL.D.

Observations on, and an Account of, Plants growing in the Neighbourhood of
Constantinople, Seeds of which were collected and transmitted to the Horti-
cultural Society of London - - - ~ p. 32

JOHN WILLIAMS, ESQ.
Description of a Self-acting Ventilator for Hothouses - - 142

List of Mepvats and Rewarps, presented by Orver of the

Councit of the Horticutturat Society of Lonpon,

from May 1, 1824, to May 1, 1825.

July 27th, 1824. To Mr. Rozert Austin, C. M. H. S. the Silver
Medal, for his attention to the Cultivation of Double Scotch Roses,
the whole collection of which, raised by him, has been presented
to the Garden of the Society.

July 27th, 1824. To Perer Cæsar Lazoucuere, Esq. F. H. S. the
Silver Medal, for having introduced and encouraged the Dutch
Method of Early Forcing.

July 27th, 1824. To Mr. Henry Bury, F. H. S. the Silver Medal,
for having raised the Seedling Grape, called the Tottenham Park
Muscat. :

December 15th, 1824. To Joun Freperic Daniext, Esq. the Sil-
ver Medal, for his Paper on Artificial Glimate, which has been
printed in the Transactions.

January 19th, 1825. To Mr. Georce Linprey, C. M. H. S. the
Silver Medal, for his Paper on a Classification of Peaches and
Nectarines, which has been printed in the Transactions.

January 19th, 1825. To Mr. James Barnet, Under Gardener in
the Fruit Department in the Society’s Garden, Three Pounds,
for the care and attention given by him in composing his Paper
on Strawberries, which is printed in the Transactions.

March 24th, 1825. To Jonn Dickson, Esq. C. M. H. S. of Rio
Janeiro, the Silver Medal, for the various services rendered by
him to the Society, in the assistance afforded to its Collectors,
and otherwise.

List of Persons to whom the Banxsian Mepat has been presented,
by Orper of the Councit of the HORTICULTURAL Society or
Lonpon, for Exurzitions at GeneraL Meerinas of the Society,
Srom May 1, 1824, to. May 1, 1825.

To the Comte pr Vannes, F. H. S. for Cactus Speciosus, exhibited,
May 4th, 1824.

To Mr. Frepericx Nieman, for Fruits forced in the Dutch Me-
thod, exhibited June 15th, 1824. )

To the Rev. Tuomas Garnier, F. H. S. for Strawberries, exhibited
July 6th, 1824.

To Mr. Joun Wixwor, F. H. S. for Strawberries, exhibited July 6th,
1824.

To the Marquess or Aitessury, F. H. S. for the Tottenham Park
Muscat Grape, a new Seedling, exhibited July 6th, 1824.

To Mr. Joun Bowers, C. M. H. S. for Elruge Nectarines, exhibited
July 6th, 1824.

To Mr. Wittram Linpsay, for various Fruits, exhibited September
Tth, 1824.

To Mr. Wituram Greensuietps, C, M. H. S. for various Fruits,
exhibited September 21st, 1824.

To Mr. Grorce Wuire, F. H. S. for Grapes, exhibited September
2st, 1824.

To Mr. Evans Jackson, for Highflyer Walnuts, exhibited October
5th, 1824.

To Jonn Wricut Hurme, Esq. for Black Hamburgh Grapes, exhi-
bited October 19th, 1824.

To Mr. Tuomas Gisss, F. H. S. for a Collection of Apples, exhibited
November 2nd, 1824.

To Mr. Micuart Fioy, C. M. H.S. of New York, for specimens of
the Ortley Apple, sent by him and exhibited March Ist, 1825.

To Rogert Wituam Sr. Jonn, Esq. F. H. S. of the Island of Malta,
for Maltese Oranges, exhibited March 15th, 1825.

List of Mevats presented by ORDER of the Councit of
the HORTICULTURAL Society of Lonpon,
from May 1, 1825, to May 1, 1826.

To Mr. WituiamM G ELps, C. M. H. S. the Silver Medal,
for his Paper on the Cultivation of Pine Apples, which has been
printed in the Transactions.

To Captain Ricsarp Cuartton, of the Royal Artillery, British
Consul resident at the Sandwich Islands, for the services
rendered by him to the Society, in the assistance afforded to
Mr. James M’Rag, one of the Collectors of the Society, during
his residence in those Islands.

To CurisTorHER Ricuarp NuceEnt, Esq. C. M.H. S. his Majesty’s
Consul General at Valparaiso, for the services rendered by him
at different times to the Society, and particularly to Mr. James
M’Rag, whilst resident at that place, and more especially for
his successful exertions in sending alive to England, Plants of

the Chilian Araucaria Pine.

List of Persons to whom the BANKs1an MEDAL has been
presented by ORDER of the Councit of the Hortt-
CULTURAL Society of Lonpon, for Exurpirions aé

GENERAL Meertinas of the Society, from May 1, 1825,
to May 1, 1826.

To Perry Witurams, Esq. for a White Providence Pine Apple,
exhibited July 5, 1825.

To Mr, Jounsrone SHannon, for an Enville Pine Apple, exhibited
September 6, 1825.

To Her Royal Highness The Princess Auausta Soputa, for
Double Dahlias, exhibited September 20, 1825.

To Mr. Perer Lance ter, for Pears, exhibited October 18, 1825.

To Tuomas Carey Parmer, Esq. F. H. S. for Camellia ee
exhibited April 18, 1826.

LIST OF BOOKS AND OTHER ARTICLES,

-PRESENTED TO THE
LIBRARY OF THE SOCIETY,

FROM MAY 1, 1824, TO MAY 1, 1825.

WITH THE NAMES OF THE DONORS.

L’ ACADEMIE ROYALE DES SCIENCES DE LINSTITUT
DE FRANCE.
Mémoires de l Académié Royale des Sciences de l'Institut de France.
Années 1819 et 1820. Tome IV. 4to. Paris, 1824.
THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Catalogue of the Library of the American Philosophical Society held
at Philadelphia. 8vo.
THE SOCIETY OF ARTS.
Transactions of the Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manu-
factures, and Commerce, Vol. 42. 8vo. London, 1824.
THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.
The Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society. Vol. 1. Part 1.
Ato. London, 1824.
ROBERT BARCLAY, Esa. F. H.S.
Paulli de la Llave et Joannis Lexarza Novorum Vegetabilium
Descriptiones. Fasc. 1. Mewici, 8vo. 1824.
A Drawing of Bauhinia Scandens.
A coloured Engraving of Plectranthus ternatus, the Omime of
Madagascar.

EDWARD BARNARD, Esa. F. H.S. Vice Secretary.

A Catalogue of the Exotic Plants cultivated in the Mauritius. 4to.
Mauritius, 1816. :

MR. WILLIAM BAXTER, F. H. S.

Stirpes Cryptogamæ Oxonienses ; or dried Specimens of Cryptoga-
mous Plants collected in the Vicinity of Oxford. By Mr. Wittiam
Baxter, A. L. S. and F. H. S. Botanical Gardener to the Univer-
sity. Fasc. 1. Oxford, 4to. 1825.

HIS GRACE THE DUKE OF BEDFORD, F. H. S.

Hortus Ericzeus Woburnensis, or a Catalogue of the Heaths, in the
Collection of the Duke of Bedford, at Woburn Abbey, alphabeti-
cally and systematically arranged. 4to. London, 1825.

WILIBALDUS S. J. G. BESSER, M. D. C. M. H.S.

Besser, Catalogus Plantarum in Horto Botanico Gymnasii Volhyni-
ensis Cremenici cultarum. 12mo. Cremenici, 1816.

Besser, Enumeratio Plantarum Volhyniæ, Podoliæ, &c. 8vo. Vilne,
1822.

Spis Roslin Ozdobnych znajdujacych sie w Ogrodzie Botanicznym
Liceum Wolynskiego w Krzemiencu. 4to. 1821.

JOHN BLACKBURNE, Esa. F. H. S.

A Drawing of Corypha Umbraculifera minor.

ALEXANDER CALDCLEUGH, Esa. F. H.S.
Travels in South America during the years 1819-20-21, containing
an account of the present State of Brazil, Buenos Ayres, and
Chili. By Alexander Caldcleugh, Esq. 2 Vols. 8vo. London,
1825. |
M. FRANCOIS CELS, C. M. H. S.
Catalogue des Arbres, Arbustes, &c. cultivés dans l’ Etablissement
de M. Cels, à Paris. 8vo.

MR. WILLIAM DEAN.

An Historical and Descriptive Account of Croome d’Abitot, to
which is annexed an Hortus Croomensis and Observations on the
Propagation of Exotics. 12mo. Worcester, 1824.

M. AUGUSTIN PYRAMUS DE CANDOLLE, F. M. H. S.

Rapport sur les Plantes rares ou nouvelles qui ont fleuri dans le

_ Jardin de Botanique de Genève, pendant les années 1822 et
1823. Par M. De Candolle. 4to. Genève, 1824.
M. DRAPIEZ.

Société de Flore, de Bruxelles, 3me, 4me, 5me, et 6me, Exposition
Publique. 8vo.

MR. FRANCIS FALDERMAN. C.M. H.S.

Weinmann Elenchus Plantarum Horti Imperialis Pawlowskiensis
et Agri Petropolitani. 8vo. Pet. 1824.

M. CHARLES FEBURIER, C. M. H. S.

Précis d’ Anatomie Végétale. 8vo. Paris, 1824.

FREDERICK LEWIS ERNEST FISCHER, M. D. F. M. H. S.

Index Plantarum anno 1824 in Horto Botanico Imperiali Petropoli-
tano vigentium. 8vo. Petropoli.

MR. MICHAEL FLOY, C. M. H.S.

A Drawing of a new Crimson Double Sweetbriar raised from seed
by Mr. Floy.

THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Transactions of the Geological Society, Vol. 1. Part 2, New Series,
4to. London, 1824.

JOHN GRISCOM, Ese.
Constitution of the New York State Horticultural Society, 8vo.
THOMAS HARE, Esg. F. H.S.

Physiological Views of the Stomach and Alimentary Organs. By

Thomas Hare, Esq. F. L. S. F. H. S. &c.

RICHARD N. HARRISON, Esa.
Memoirs of the Board of Agriculture of the State of New York. Vol.
2. 8vo. Albany, 1823.

Three Drawings of the Murry Melon, and a Drawing of the New |
York Melon.

REV. J.C. L. HEMPEL, C. M. H. S.

Annalen der Obstkunde herausgegeben von der Altenburgischen

Pomologischen Gesellschaft. 1 Band, 2 Heft. 8vo. Leipzig, 1824.
DAVID HOSACK, M.D. F. M.H. S.

An Inaugural Discourse delivered before the New York Horticultural
Society at their Anniversary Meeting on the 31st of August, 1824,
Svo. New York, 1824.

_ Essays on various subjects of Medical Science, By David Hosack,

M. D. 2vol. 8vo. New York, 1824.
HENRY BELLENDEN KER. Ese. F. H.S.
Schmidel, Icones Plantarum. Folio, 1762.
-THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
The Transactions of the Linnean Society, Vol. 14, Part 2. 4to Lon-
don, 1824.

PAULLUS DE LA LLAVE ET IOANNES LEXARZA,
Novorum Vegetabilium Descriptiones. Fasc. 1. Mexici, 8vo, 1824.
MESSRS. LODDIGES AND SONS
The Botanical Cabinet, Part 85 to 96 inclusive. Svo. London, 1824-5.

; MR. JAMES M°RAE.

Jacquin (Nic. Jos.) Observationes Botanicx. Fol. Vindobone, 1764.
MR. WILLIAM MERTENS, C.M.H.S

Catalogue of Plants grown in the Royal Gardens at Herrnhausen:
so
CÆSAR MOREAU, Esq.
Chart of the state of the Trade of Great Britain with all Parts of the
World.

M. LOUIS CLAUDE NOISETTE. C. M. H.S.

Le Bon Jardinier Almanach pour l’Année 1824. 12mo. Paris, 1824.
Figures pour l’ Almanach du Bon Jardinier. 3me Ed. 12mo. Paris.

THOMAS NETHERTON PARKER, Ese. A. M.
Cottage Economy and Mansion Economy. 12mo. Shrewsbury, 1824.

LE CHEVALIER AUBERT AUBERT DU PETIT-
THOUARS, F.M. H.S

Histoire particulière des Plantes Orchidées recueillies sur les trois
Iles Australes d’Afrique, de France, de Bourbon, et de Mada-
gascar. Par le Chevalier Aubert Aubert Du Petit-Thouars. 8vo.
Paris, 1822.

Rapport (par M. Du Petit-Thouars) sur un Mémoire contenant une
Notice d’Anatomie végétale déposé sur le Bureau de l Academie
des Sciences, dans sa Séance du 2 Fevrier, 1824, par M. C.
Romain. 8vo. Paris.

Sur la Formation des Arbres Naturelle ou Artificielle. Par Le Cheva-
lier Aubert Aubert Du Petit-Thouars. 8vo. Paris, 1823.

Notice Historique sur la Pépiniére du Roi au Roule. Par Le Cheva-
lier Aubert Aubert Du Petit-Thouars. 8vo. Parts, 1825.

Cours de Phytologie ou de Botanique Générale. Par Le Chevalier

Aubert Aubert Du Petit-Thouars. Seconde Séance. 8vo. Paris, 1820.

M. PHILLIPPE ao JOS. MAIRETTE DE PRONVILLE,

C. M. M. S.

Meee clic du Genre Rosier traduite de l Angloise de J. Lindley.
Par M. De Pronville. 8vo. Paris, 1824.

THE REV. WILLIAM PHELPS, C. M. H.S.

Calendarium Botanicum, or a Botanical Calendar. By the Rev.
W. Phelps, A. B. 8vo. London, 1816. :

MR. HENRY PHILLIPS, F. H. S.

Flora Historica ; or the three Seasons of the British Parterre, his-
torically and botanically treated. By Mr. Henry Phillips,
F. H. S. 2 vols. 8vo. London, 1824.

SIGNOR ANTONIO PICCIOLI, C. M. H. S.

Auctarium ad Catalogum Plantarum Horti Botanici Musei Imperi-
alis et Regalis Florentini. Anno 1824. 4to

THE MANAGERS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTION.
A Journal of Science and the Arts. No 34 to 37 inclusive. 8vo. Lon-
don, 1824-5.
HER IMPERIAL MAJESTY THE EMPRESS MOTHER OF
RUSSIA.

Elenchus Plantarum Horti Imperialis Pawlowskiensis et Agri Petro-
politani. Svo. Petr. 1824.

JOSEPH SABINE Esg. F. R. S. &c. Secretary.

The Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. No 1. to 18, inclusive. 8vo.
Edinburgh, 1819-23.

Merrett (Christopher) Pinax Rerum Naturalium Britannicarum.
12mo. London, 1677.

Royen (Adrian. Van) Florze Leydensis Prodromus, exhibens Plantas
quæ in Horto Academico Lugduno-Batavo aluntur. Svo. Lugd.
Bat. 1740.

LE CHEVALIER FRANCIS DE PAULO DE SCHRANK,
C. M. H.S.

Plantze Rariores Horti Academici Monacensis descriptz et Obser-
vationibus illustrate, à Fran. de Paulo de Schrank. Fasc. 1-10.
Fol. Monac. 1817.

M. JOHN CARL LUDWIG SCHULZE.

Monatsblat der Königlich Preussischen Märkischer Ockonomischen
Gesellschaften zu Potsdam und Frankfurth an der Oder, Jan.
1822. a Marz, 1824. 8vo. Potsdam, 1822-4.

Statuten der von Sr. Kénigl Majestat von Preussen Allerhochst
bestätigten Märkischen Oekonomischen Gesellschaft zu Pots-
dam, 1791. 12mo. Potsdam, 1823.

Manger, Vollständige Anleitung zu einer Systematischen Pomologie.
Folio, Leipsig, 1780.

JOHN S. SKINNER, Ese. C. M. H. S.
The American Farmer. Vol. V. and Nos. 1 to 10 of Vol. 6. 4to.
Baltimore, 1825.

SIR JAMES EDWARD SMITH, Pr. L. S.
Honorary MEMBER or THE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.
Smith, Compendium Flore Britannice. 12mo. 4th Ed. London, 1825.

M. SOULANGE BODIN, C. M. H. S.
Catalogue des Plantes rares cultivées et multipliées dans le Jardin
de Fromont, près Paris, 12mo. 1824.
Description du Jardin de Cultures exotiques établi à Fromont. Par
M. Thiébaut de Bernéaud. 12mo. Paris, 1824.
Récit dune Excursion Horticulturale faite à Londres dans le Mois
d’Avril, 1824. Par M. Soulange Bodin. 12mo.

REV. GEORGE SWAYNE, A. M. C. M. H. S.
A Treatise on Forest Trees. By W. Boutcher. 4to. Edinburgh, 1775.
MR. RICHARD TAYLOR.
The Philosophical Magazine and Journal, Nos 312 to 324 inclusive.
8vo. London, 1824-5.
MONS. LECLERC THOUIN.
Description de la Greffe Daubenton. Par = A. Thouin, 4to.
Funerailles de M. Thouin. 4to.
JEAN BAPTISTE VAN MONS. M.D. F.M.HS.
Societe d’Agriculture et de Botanique de Louvain, Exposition d’Eté,
1823, 8vo. Louvain.
CHARLES FREDERICK PHILIP VON MARTIUS, M. D.
C.M. H.S.
Von Martius, Palmarum Familia ejusque Genera denuo illustrata.
4to. Monachii, 1824. |
Specimen Materiz Medice Brasiliensis. Fasc. 1. 4to. 1824.
MONS. J. P. VIBERT.
Essai sur les Roses. Par J. P. Vibert, Premier Livraison. 8vo. Paris,

1824.
M. VILMORIN. C. M. H. S.

Le Bon Jardinier Almanach pour l’An 1825. 12mo. Paris, 1825.

HERBARIA PRESENTED.

THE HONOURABLE THE COURT OF DIRECTORS
OF THE EAST INDIA COMPANY.
Herbarium of Plants from various parts of the Honourable Company's
Possessions in the East Indies.
JOHN WILLIAMS, Esq. C. M. H.S.
A Collection of Specimens of Mosses and Lichens from the Neigh-
bourhood of Moose Factory, Hudson’s Bay.

LIST OF BOOKS, AND OTHER ARTICLES |
| | PRESENTED TO THE
LIBRARY OF THE SOCIETY,
= FROM MAY 1, 1895, TO MAY 1, 1826.

WITH THE NAMES OF THE DONORS.

THE SOCIETY OF ARTS. |
Observations on the Culture of Silk. By Archibald Stevenson, Esq.
8vo. London, 1826.
HIS IMPERIAL MAJESTY THE EMPEROR ALEXANDER,
r. HS
Mémoires de l’Académie Imperiale des Sciences de St. Petersbourg,
vol. 1 à 9, (nouvelle collection), 4to. St. Petersbourg, 1809-24.
Flora Rossica. Letter-Press and Plates of Vol. 1 and 2, and Plates
of Vol. 3. Folio. Petropoli, 1784-8.
_ ‘THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, held at Phila-
delphia, vol. 2. 4to. Philadelphia, 1825.
CHRISTIAN CHARLES ANDRE, C. M. HS.
Einladung zunachst an die Mitglieder des Landwirthschaftlichen
Vereins in Wirtemberg. 8vo.

THE SOCIETY OF ARTS.

Transactions of the Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manu-
factures, &c. vol. 43. 1825.

GEORGE BANGLEY, ESQ. F. H. S.

A Quarto Volume of Representations of Chinese Plants, worked in
Silk.

EDWARD BARNARD, ESQ. Vice SECRETARY.

The Present State of Husbandry in Scotland. 4 vol. 8vo. Edinburgh,
1778-84.

JOHN WHITCHURCH BENNET, ESQ. F. H. S.

Catalogue of the Indigenous and Exotic Plants growing in Ceylon,
&c. By Mr. Alexander Moon. 4to. Colombo, 1824.

MR. WILLIAM BILLINGTON.

A Series of- Facts, Hints, Observations, and Experiments on the
different Modes of raising young Plantations of Oaks, &c. By
Mr. William Billington. 8vo. London, 1825.

M. LOUIS AUGUSTE GUILLAUME BOSC, F.M. H.S.

Notice Biographique sur M. André Thouin. Par A. F, Silvestre.
8vo. Paris, 1825. |

THE SOCIETY OF AGRICULTURE AND COMMERCE,
AT CAEN.

Various Tracts relative to the Society. 8vo.

THE CAMBRIDGESHIRE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY.

The First Report, and the Rules, &c. of the Cambridgeshire Hor-
ticultural Society. 8vo. Cambridge, 1825.

SIGNOR CARLO CAPELLI, C. M. H. S.

Catalogus Stirpium quæ aluntur in Regio Horto Botanico Tauri-
nensi. 8vo. dug. Taur. 1821.

MESSRS. CHANDLER AND BUCKINGHAM.

Camellia Britannica. By Messrs. Chandler and Buckingham. 4to.

London, 1825. |
CAPTAIN JOHN JAMES CHAPMAN, R. A.

Memoria sopra la Cultura della Paglia de’ Capelli di Giuseppe
Francalanci, Firenze, 1825.

Saggi di Agricoltura Pratica sulla Coltivazione de’ Gelsi e delle Viti
del Senatore Carlo Verri, 2°. Ed. 8vo. Milano, 1810.

JOSEPH CLARE, ESQ.

A Drawing of Rosa Sempervirens, var. Major.

A Drawing of Rosa Clare, hybrid.

A Drawing of Rosa Sinica,

Seven Drawings of Nelumbium Speciosum.

A Drawing of Rosa Lorenzana, var. Minima.

A Drawing of the Grape of Brianza, near Milan.

A Drawing of the Carlo Apple.

A Drawing of the Ribston Pippin. __

A Drawing of the Hybrid Odorata Ayrshire Rose.

A Drawing of Rosa Bracteata, var.

Catalogus Plantarum quæ in Horto Regio Atestino Mutinensi co-
luntur anno 1820. 8vo. Mutine.

Essai sur les Roses. Par J. P. Vibert. 8vo. Paris, 1824.

Catalogue Générale de la Maison Martin Burdin aîné et Compagnie.
8vo. ;

Extrait du Catalogue Générale de la Maison Martin Burdin ainé et

Co. folio sheet.

Catalogus Stirpium que aluntur in Regio Horto Botanico Taurinensi.
8vo. Auguste Taurinorum, 1821.

Catalogus Plantarum Horti Botanici Musei Imperialis et Regalis
Florentini. 12mo Florentia, 1818.

Catalogus Seminum collectorum in Horto Botanico-Agrario Flo-
rentino an. 1819, 12mo.

Catalogo di Piante che si barattano o si vendono al Giardino Bota-
nico di Pisa, an. 1820 4to.

Semina, quee in Horto Botanico Pisane Universitatis, an. 1821, col-
lecta pro mutua commutatione exhibentur. 4to.
Gita Botanica agli Appenini Boglelio e Lesime fatta dal Dottor Giu-
seppe Bergamaschi. 4to. Pavia.
HIS EXCELLENCY M. DE FALCK.
Siebold (G. T. de) de Historie Naturalis in Japonia Statu. -R
Bataviæ, 1824.
AUG. FRIEDR. ADR. DIEL, M. D. C.M. H. S.
Systematische Beschreibung der vorzüglichsten in Deutschland vor-
handenen Kernobstsorten iii, Band. 12mo. 1825.
M. DRAPIEZ.
Septième Exposition Publique de la Société de Flore à Bruxelles.
18mo. Bruxelles, 1825.
THE HONOURABLE THE COURT OF DIRECTORS OF
THE EAST INDIA COMPANY.
Tentamen Floræ Nepalensis illustratæ. By N. Wallich, M. D. folio.
Calcutta and Serampore, 1824.
THE COUNTESS OF ESSEX.
120 Models of Tropical Fruits.
MR. MICHAEL FLOY, C. M. H. S.
A Drawing of Floy’ E Seedling Camellia.
MR. F. PHILIBERT FONTANEILLES.

L’Art de lever les Vers à soie ; ouvrage de M. Le Comte Dandolo,
traduit de l'Italien. 8vo.

JOHN FROST, ESQ.
An Oration delivered before the Medico-Botanical Society of London,
on the 14th of October, 1825. 4to. London, 1825.
SIGNOR PADRE CARLO GIACINTO. C. M. H. S.
Mezzo stabile di Prosperit per le Isole di Malta e Goza. 8vo. 1825.

~

WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER. F.H.S.

An Account of the Botanical Garden at St. Vincent’s, by the Rev.
Lansdown Guilding, B. A.

A Catalogue of Plants contained in the Royal Botanic Garden of
Glasgow, in the year 1825. 8vo. Glasgow, 1825.

DAVID HOSACK, M.D. F.M.H.S.

The American Farmer, vol. 6. 4to. Baltimore, 1824.

THE LORD HOTHAM. F.H.S.

Exposé d’un Moyen mis en pratique pour empécher la Vigne de
couler, et hater la Maturite du Raisin. Par M. Lambry. 8vo.
Namur.

BARON JOSEPH FRANCIS JACQUIN. F, M. HL.S.
Ecloge Plantarum Rariorum, vol. 1. folio. Vindoboncee, 1811-16.
Der Universitäts Garten in Wien. Svo. Wien, 1825.

THE HORTICULTURAL AND AGRICULTURAL SO-
CIETY OF JAMAICA.

Proceedings of the Society for the encouragement of Horticulture and
Agriculture, and the Arts connected with them, in Jamaica. 4to.
Jamaica, 1825. ;

THOMAS ANDREW KNIGHT, ESQ. PRESIDENT.

Verhandlungen des Vereins zur Beforderung des Gartenbaues in
‘den Königlich Preussischen Staaten 1* & 2°. Band. 4to,
Berlin, 1824.

DON MARIANO LA GASCA. F.M. ELS.

Observaciones sobre la Familia natural de las Plantas aparasoladas.
(Umbelliferze.) 8vo. London, 1826.

Amenidades Naturales de las Españas, por Don Mariano La Gasca,
tom. i. No. 2. 4to. Madrid, 1821.

DON PAULLI DE LA LLAVE, C. M. H.S.

Novorum Vegetabilium Descriptiones, Fasc.2. 8vo. Meaice, 1825.

J. T. G. LEHMANN, M.D.
Semina in Horto Botanico Hamburgensi, 1824. 4to. Hamb. 1824.
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
The Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. 14. Part 3. 4to.
London, 1825.
MESSRS. LODDIGES AND SONS.
The Botanical Cabinet, Parts 97 to 108 inclusive. 8vo. London,
1825-6.
Loddiges’s Catalogue of Plants for 1826. Svo. London, 1826.
JOHN CLAUDIUS LOUDON, ESQ. F. H. S.
The Encyclopædia of Agriculture. 8vo. London, 1825.
The Gardener’s Magazine and Register of Rural and Domestic Im-
provements. Nos. 1 and 2. 8vo. London, 1826.
CHARLES FREDERICK PHILIP VON MARTIUS, M.D.
CMH S
Hortus Botanicus R. Academiæ Monacensis. 4to. Munichii, 1825.
MARTINUS VON MARUM, M.D.F. H.S.
Index Plantarum Succulentarum in Horto Dyckensi cultarum. 8vo.
Aquisgrani, 1822.
MR. C. MIDDLETON.
A Drawing of a Seedling Dahlia, called the Sovereign.
M. MONBARBON.
A Plant of a Double White Camellia, of a variegated Camellia,
and of an Orange Tree, executed in Wax.
M. LE BARON DE MOROGUES, C. M. H. S.
De la Meilleure Méthode pour opérer économiquement la Fermen-
tation Vineuse. 8vó. Paris, 1824.
M. LE BARON DE MORTEMART-BOISSE, C. M. H. S.
Annales de l’Agriculture Française pour Août, 1825. 8vo.
Premier Bulletin de la Société d’Amélioration des Laines, 8vo.
Paris, 1825.

JOHN MURRAY, ESQ. F. H. S.

Remarks on the Cultivation of the Silk-worm.

Descriptive Account of a Shower Bath, &c. 8vo. Glasgow, 1826.
HIS MAJESTY THE KING OF THE NETHERLANDS.
F.H.S.

Flora Batava, 4 vols, and 7 parts of vol. 5. 4to. 1800-1825.

MR. HENRY PHILLIPS. F.H.S.

Floral Emblems. By Henry Phillips. 8vo. London, 1825.

SIGNOR RADDI.

Memoria sopra alcune Piante esculenti del Brasile, e specialmente di
una nuova Specie di Solano a Frutto edule. 8vo.

Nonnullarum Specierum Tuliparum in agro Florentino sponte nas-
centium propriæ Note. 8vo. 1823.

WILLIAM HARDING READ, ESQ. C.M.H.S.

A Chart of the Island of St. Michael.

THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Transactions of the Royal Asiatic Society, part 2 of vol. 1. London,
4to. 1826.

THE MANAGERS OF THE ROYAL INSTITUTION.

The Journal of Science and the Arts. Parts 38 to 41 inclusive. 8vo.
London, 1825-6,

THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Parts
1, 2, and 3, for 1824, and Parts 1 and 2 for 1825. 4to. London.
1824-5.

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Part 1 of vol. 10.

RICHARD ANTHONY SALISBURY, ESQ. F.H.S.
Linnzi Hortus Cliffortianus (wanting plates) fol. Amst. 1737.

LUIGI SACCO, M.D.

Trattato di Vaccinazione, con Osservazioni sul Giavardo e Vajuolo
pecorino del Dottore Luigi Sacco. 4to. Milano, 1819.

Sopra un nuovo Metodo di preparare il Lino e la Canapa senza
danna della publica salute. Memoria del Dr. Fisico Luigi
Sacco. 4to. Milano, 1823.

MR. CHARLES SCHELL. C.M.H.S.

Beiträge zur Bildenden Gartenkunst für angehende Gartenkiinstler

und Gartenliebhaber. Von F. L. von Sckell. 8vo. München, 1825.
JOHN S. SKINNER, ESQ. C.M.H.S.

The American Farmer, vol. 6. 4to. Baltimore, 1824.

MR. GEORGE SINCLAIR.

An Essay on the Weeds of Agriculture, with their common and bo-
tanical Names. By the late Benjamin Holditch. Edited by
George Sinclair, 8vo. London, 1825.

SIR JAMES EDWARD SMITH, P. L. S. SARR MEMBER.

An Introduction to Botany, 5th Edit. 8vo. London, 1825.

The English Flora, vol. 3. 8vo. London, 1825.

HON. WILLIAM THOMAS HORNER FOX STRANG-

WAYS, F. H.S.

Francalanci (Giuseppe), Memoria sopra la Cultura della Paglia di
Capelli. 8vo. Firenza, 1825.

JOHN THELWALL, ESQ.

The Panoramic Miscellany, or, Monthly Magazine and Review.
Nos. 1 and 2. 8vo. London, 1826..

ANTHONY TODD THOMPSON, M. D. F. H. S.

Lectures on Botany. vol. 1. 8vo. London, 1822.

RICHARD TAYLOR, ESQ.

The Philosophical Magazine and Journal. Nos, 325 to 836, inclusive.
8vo. London, 1825-6.

SIR JAMES BRABAZON URMSTON, F. H. S.
A Drawing of a Pine Apple Plant, bearing many Fruit.
RICHARD WHITFIELD, ESQ. F. H.S.
Van Oosten’s Dutch Gardener, or, The Complete Florist. 12mo.
London, 1703.
MR. JOHN WILMOT, F. H.S.
A Coloured Print of Wilmot’s Superb Strawberry.
NATHANIEL JOHN WINCH, ESQ. C-M.: H. S.
An Essay on the Geographical distribution’ of Plants through the

Counties of Northumberland, Cumberland, and Durham. Second
Edition. 8vo. Newcastle, 1825.

HERBARIA PRESENTED.

THE HONOURABLE THE COURT OF DIRECTORS OF
THE EAST INDIA COMPANY.
Herbarium of Plants from various parts of the Honourable Com-
pany’s Possessions in the East Indies.
RICHARD STONHEWER ILLINGW ORTH, ESQ.
A Collection of Dried Plants, from Santa Fe de Bogota.
HENRY WILLOCK, ESQ. F. H.S.

Specimens of Dried Roses, from Persia.

LIEUT. JOHN HENRY DAVIES, R.N.
Specimens of Lichens and Mosses from Newfoundland.

List of Subscribers to the Formation of the Garden of the Horticultural Society
at Chiswick, from May 1, 1824, to July 30, 1825.

Amount of Subscriptions already announced to May 1, 1824,

Æ.
Addison, John Cresswell Baker, A E 10
The Earl of Balfast as 63 410.54 s... 10
Michael Bland, Esq...... a a 20
Walter Boyd, Esq. M.P....... Eee eves 25
John i Ae ee di reana 10
Peter Langford Brooke, Esq. .......+.. 10
Rev Charles Parr Burney, D.D......... 10
Alexander Caldcleugh, Esq...... cero ec 10
The Lord Calthorpe,....... Err EA - 21
The Earl of Carnarvon, ....... Cees 10
The Lord Cawdor.: si -reren 10
The Earl of Chichester......... sevcces 10
John Church, Esq. ,....-..+0ses. sees oO
John Calvert Clarke, Esq...........00. 10
Ebenezer John Collett, Esq. M. P....... 10
William Cotton, Esq........2+.... eis
George Courthope, Jun. ra. ae 10
The Lord Crewe...... concsoccesceree 1O
The Earl of Darnley scce see ve es eee. 20
Hesketh Spackman Davis, Jun. Esq..... 10
The Duke of Devonshire, 2nd Subscription, 50
Thomas Dickens, Esq....... es SSCs se 20
Lieut, Gen. Sir Moore Disney, K. C. B... 21
John Disney, Esq. 2nd Subscription...... 5
The Earl of Dunmore .......... sosse 10
Lieut, Col. Richard Ellison s.. cress ess. 10
Michie Forbes, Bad. «ew corerovortevix 10
Charles Grant, Esq.......++. coereves 10
Henry Harford, Esq......+.-++e0e. eves 10
William Harrison, Esq....... Sows esse 10
George Matthew Hoare, Esq...... öss k0
Law Brock sE Eag cortnevrse 10
William Hoskins, E 10
The Earl of Dois gnil Sabocripikon:. 10
Thomas Nash Kemble, Esq. .-. esse eese 10
Robert Keate, Esq. 2d Subscription, ...-- 5
George Kirkpatrick, Esq......++++.+++- 10
T. A. Knight, Esq. 2nd Subscription. ..... 52
The Marquess of Lansdowne,....++++-- 20
Mr. John Lee eoverevee sere soveseerecs

S.

teenee £5700..10.

£.
John Henry Lewis, Esq, .....-..2.+00+ 10
Sir George Stewart Mackenzie, Bart .... 5
Neill Malcolm, Esq.seccceescseces iis 10
The Earl of Mansfield............ 10
The Hon. William Ramsay Maule, M. P. 25
William Henry Merle, Esq........+ sese 10
Pat POM Mulero cene ce devnweseseess D
William Mitchell, Esq. ....... sovercves 10
Frederick Molling, Esq........++++«s o« 5
James Mure, Esq. sses siasi coerevee 10
Thomas Nettleshipp, Tk e a -i
The Right Hon. Sir John Nicholl, M. r.
John Cressett Pelham, Esq. M. P. sese.. in
John Pepys, Esq....... Cheb bdee ee ees 5
George Philips, Esq. M. P. ....eeee+++- 10
John Plumptre, Esq...... eee eres coes 10
William Willoughby Prescott, Esq...... 10
John Reeves, Esq. 2.00 cseesecreeeees 10
Sir Charles Heniy Rich, Bart........... 10
Richard William Ripley, Esq...... 10

ey, E
Right Hon. Frederick J. Robinson, M. P. 10
Francis William Russell, Esq. .......... 10
Thomas Sanders, ESQ: s.es sess cceeeess 10
John Sharpe, Esq. ais e 10
Michael Shepley, Esq......+..++ . 10
Jeremiah Simpson, Esd: ..+sseessossess 10
Thomas StG0K6;: ed. <as wees roves erse 26
John Samuel Story, Esq. 2d Subscription. 5
Alexander R. Sutherland, M. D. 2d Subscript, 5
Edmund Tattersal, Esq....+.¢ee++-eree 10
John Taylor, Esq. .. . 10
Mr. John Taylor, (Preston) Corresponding
M. ;

5
Charles Kemeys Kaser Tynte, Esq.M. P. 10

William Wells, Esq. 2nd. Subscription.... 20
ag Se a eer J0
Rev. Thomas Whitfield, B.D. 2d Subscript. 5
The Earl of Winchelsea...........+-- 10
Charles Winn, Esq... s.s.s.. seseseeee LO

Charles Worthington, Esq. vovecseseses 12

List of Subscribers to the Formation of the Garden of the Horticultural
Society, at Chiswick, from August 1, 1825, to November 20, 1826.

Amount of Subscriptions already announced to August 1, 1825, £6643. 2s.

E: 3 E. $

Col. William Fitzhardinge Berkeley .... 10 O| Captain John Le Couteur, Foreign Cor- i; 6 o
Henry Bickersteth, Esq. ...+ eeee+es+> 10 0 responding Member .sseeveeeees:
William Bowles, Esq. Second Subscription 5 5 | Sir George Stuart Mackenzie, Bart.
Walter Burrell, Esq. M.P..cseeeeeesee 10 O Second Subscription ...+.+ ae oom
Earl of Caledon ....-ceeee sesen. wees 10 O| Mr, William Malcolm ....eseeeeeeeee4 10 O
Rev. William James Carver .....---+-. 10 0| Earl of Malmesbury...---esseeseecees 10 O
Charles Snell Chauncey, Esq. ...... s»... 10 10 | Alexander Nicholson, Esq, cscecsnssses 10 10
Edmund Currey, Esq. «ese.se++-ee++++ 10 10 Nugent Hodges Nugent, Esq.----++---- 10 (0
Earl De la Warr..sceceseceseeceeeses 21 O| Christopher Pemberton, Esq. Second ? sö
George Ellis, Esq. ....--asaass eseese. 10 10 Subscription ..--.s.. ++: wees
James Flower, Esq....0.eeeeeeeess-+- 10 O Richard Percival, Esq....+eeeessessee+ 10 O
John Basqueville Glegg, Esq.....-- seee 10 O| John Diston Powles, Esq....--eeee--++: 10 U
Nathaniel Gostling, Esq. ....+-+-++.. .... 10 O | James Gathorne Remington, Esq. -....- 10 10
cman oe ge cea RR 10 10 Me ae 10 0
John Hatchett, Esq.......seeeeeeeeees 10 O | John Sayer, Esq....5+--.--eeeeere-ee: 10 10
Alexander Henderson, M. b Second i 10 10 Sir John Saunders Sebright, Bart. M.P... 10 O

Subscription ..++eesseseereeees The Marquess of Sligo.--... ro 10 O
John Hopkins, Esq........eeeeeeeee-- 10 10 Earl Spencers... cs... sns wh O
Law Brock Hollinshead, Esq. Second John Spottiswoode, Esq. sss... +»... < 10 10

Subscription csao csti skiss se i agen od Earl Stanhope ...-0+ seeses seers cone 10 10

John Archer Houblon, FG 6556 ch o'e wees 10 O Edward Wood, Esq. esceserecccecces s1 O
John Lane; Esg: s.s.s sesrsvis cas: cors 10 10 17008 Clavering Wood, Esq. Second su
Subscription .sseeseveveveecees

INDELA

Acacia Julibrissin, 38.
Iron, WILLIAM 'TownseEnp, Esq. pa pre-
sented by, to the Society’s Garden

ALLEN, THomas, his method of zowa
forced Cucumbers, 127.

Amaranthus Hybridus, and Caudatus, 55.

Amaryllis Sarniensis, on the cultivation of,

Amaryllis, remarkable case of præternatural
‘formation in the F lowers of one, 313.

have
Society, 409, et seqgg.—Peaches, 409-14.—
Apples, 415-417.
fret eae ae plants, method of culti-
m

tng

Apoikecaral. Society of, plant presented from
eir garden

Apple, the Sherman Bittersweet, 547.

-—— Calville Rouge de Micoud, 242;

Apples, American, description of |
which trees have been sent to
viz.—

-——— Early Bough, 415.

+—— Honey Pacts ing, @

Early July $ in, ib.

— Ortley Apple,
——— Æsopus iyeba 416.
“yo Large all PPT =

rows, 390.

Potatoe, 571.

ATKINSON, WILLIAM, Esq. account of a trough
made with slates, 543.

Arxtyson’s Melon pits, description of those in
the Society’s Garden, 385.

VOL. VI,

Atmosphere, remarks on, 1.—On confined At-
mosphere, 1]

B

Barnarp, Epwarp, Esq. presentations by, to
the Society, 95.

ARNET, JAMES, an Account and description
of the different varieties of Strawberries
which have been cultivated and examined in
the aaa s Garden, 145 et seqq. (and see
Index, 22.)

Beprorp, His Grace the Duke of, plants and
seeds presented by, 290, 566

Beet, Sea; English ; Irish, 578, 9.

BentHay, Georcg, Esq. roots sent by, 295.

Brrp, James, Esq., seeds presented by, 92.

Black Seeded Geiss Lettuce, 574.

Borecole, Portugal; Large Ribbed ; Neapoli-
tan, 565, 8.

Boston Nectarine, notice of the, 894.

Bowers, JOHN, directions for destroying
the bug and scale on ‘Pine-Apple plants,
Il ;

BRADDICK, JoHN, Esq. his account of a
pone Be washing the branches of Fruit
‘Tree

Brassica ‘Gongylode s, and Eruca, 5

E, Jonn, his atiii of sanera Pines

me bottom nay of dung, 118.

Brinjall, (a vari common Egg
plant) directions “for cultivating and cooking
it,

Buooxes, SAMUEL, plants presented by, 90;
324

Buda Kale, mode of blanching it in the man-
ner of Sea Ka oy ee Tiig
Bug, directions a! destroying it, on Pine-
Apple plants, 117.
Bryan Edwards's Pear, notice of, 395.
Burn, sgt his account of a new Seedling
Grape, 12

INDEX.

C

Cabbage, account of new or remarkable va-
rieties of, cultivated in the Society’s garden,
565-8.

CALEY, GEORGE, plants sent by him to the
Society from the Botanic Garden at St. Vin-
cent’s, 71, 74.

pe CHARLES, Esq. notice of forced

Strawberries in pots, exbibited

b

kes? ‘Rouge de Micoud, a new variety of
Apple, account of, 242

Carrots, on their transplantation, 370.

Cedars of Lebanon, account of the growth of
pome in the Gardens at Hopetoun House,

Celeriac, mode of cultivating it in Denmark
and ermany, 419.

Celtis Australis, 35.

Centaurea Solstitialis, 51.

Ceratonia Siliqua, or St. J uni s oes 34,

Cercis Siliquastrum, or Red

Charcoal Dust, on the use of, a asa ete a
for Onions, and as a cure for the clubbing
of Cabbages, &c, 29.

Chrysanthemums, Chinese. iption of
new = varieties of, in the Society’s Garden, viz.

Pale Pink, 325.

Early Blush, 326.

Parks’s Small Yellow, 327.

Blush Ranunculus-flowered,

Tasselled Yellow, 329.
Changeable Pale Buff, 330.
Curl Blush, 3 an

Tasselled
Two-coloured d Red 333.
Pale Buff, 3
Windsor Small Yellow, 335.
Clustered Pink, 336.
Semi-double Quilled Pale

Starry P. e, 338.
Golden Sp or ae 340.

328.

Late Quilled Yellow, 343.
Yellow Warata’h, 344,

Chrysanthemum Indicum, Liny. Description
Ae double sorts in the Society’s Garden,

Double A 346.

Double White, 347.

Small Yellow Single, 348.

Chrysanthemums, account of the cultivation of,
in the Society’s Garden, a

Cicer Arietinum, and Lens

Cistus Crispus, Creticus et Sabvifoline, 46.

CLARE, Joseru, Esq. on the cultivation of
Nelumbiums, 535

Climate, observations on, with regard to Hor-
ticulture, 1.

Corzorne, Nicnoras WituiaM Ripry, E
notice of two specimens of Coe’s Golden
Drop Plun, sent by him to the Society, 393.

Cotve Tronchuda, 565, 6.

Composition, for washing the branches of
fruit trees, 541.

Sepse i observations on, and an
count of Plants growing in the neiptiSour-
hood of,

Coorer, Rev. BLAKLEY, account of a
ine forcing Grapes in borders, under ae:

ci JosErm, on the cultivation of the
e varieties of Hedychium in a

—_
Corn "Salad, Ttalian, 584.
Sora, James, Esq. his presentations to the
Society, 87, 89, 38, 285.
Cress, Golden, 5
Cucumis Mele, 58
Cucumbers, method of forcing them, 127.
Cucumbers and Melons, description of stoves
for the growth of, 505.
Cucurbita Lagenaria, Claviformis, Cidari-

Sormis, 56.—Aurantia, Pyriformis, Potiro,
Evadghi vac, C ST;
Cupressus Horizontalis, oy
Curtis, SAMUEL, acco f a Lime-Duster,

= ae destruction of es on fruit trees,
Cisa Esculentus, 50.
D

Dat, James, his description of Pine Pi
worked without fire or d heat, 111.
DANIELL, JOHN Fiko, Esq. observations

INDEX.

on sie considered with regard to Horti-

culture, I.

Rats PEREGRINE, 1 notice of a Tree Cabbage
plant in seed, with particulars respecting it,
115.

Dew-point, explanation of the term, 3, note.

Bp ete Anprew, description of a method

owin aragus in single rows, 390.

Divers, of the East India aa Hon
Court of, premiso to the Society, 27 6.

Dolichos Lablab, 5

Don, GEORGE, mae collected by him for the
Society, 75, 78, 86, 268, 272, 278-9, 284.

Double Flowers, obséivations upon the natural
laws which govern their production, 309.

—— Davip, roots, seeds and plants,

by him for the Society, 293-6.

Drip in a lis houses, plan for preventing it,

ies Curistre, on the cultivation of Ginger
in a glazed pit, 307.
Diospyrus Lotus, 36.

E

Edinburgh Botanie Garden, Directors of,
lant T by them to the Society’s
ar

Tai ra Be plant sent by him to the

Socie
Elea us Angusti ifolia, 36.
Endive, descri a the different varieties
cultivated in the Society’s Garden, 133.
Endive-leaved Lettuce, 582.
rigeron Graveolens, p
Euonymus Euro age 42,
Exotic Sai most perfect combination
for the growth of, in the open air, 12,

F

FALDERMANN, Francis, on the propagation
of Zamias,
FALLA, Wirrrai plant presented by him to
tħe Societ
Fig Trees, aie of protecting their branches
urmg winter, 10S.
Figs, account of A — of obtaining very
early crops of, 2
— an account of “the method of forcing them
in the Garden at Harewood House, 365.

FISCHER, CHRISTOPHER ABRAHAM, seeds sent
by him to the Society, 99, 292.

Flanders Spinach, 576

Froy, Mr. Micuaet, description of American
ae | of which trees have ben co itted

to the Society, 409, e
doves Mr. JOHN, a collect si the Society,
s meritorious exertions, 83.

lants and seeds sent by
him to the Society, 83, 84, 275, 277, 281-2.

Sag Dr. seeds sent by him to the Society,

For cing bones notice of a mode of glazing
their roofs, zee

ie of those in the
Society’s Garden, 378-80
ouLK, WixLL1AM, on the ‘cultivation of the
Madeira Vaccinium, in the open air, 59.

Frazer, Mr. Cuartes, seeds sent by him to
the Society from New Zealand, 265,—and
from New Holland, 278.

Frost, directions for protecting wall trees from
its effects 1

——- e beneficial effects S protecting
the joes of fruit trees from, 22

Fruit Trees, composition for sae their
branches, 541.

Fruits, notice of new or remarkable varieties of,

n the summer and autumn of t

years 1823, and 1824, which were exhibited

at Meaty of the f the Society, 392, et seqq.
a e ES observa tions on their
JTA ums, 529.
Fuchsia, on ‘the cultivation of, 520.

G
Garden of the Horticultural Society, at mre
wick, Reports upon the new or rare Plan
which have flowered in it, up to March
1825, 62-100, 261-299.

, descrip-
tion of the different varieties of Endive grown
in it, 133.
account

and description of the different varieties of
Strawberries, which have been cultivated
and examined in it, 145-222.

descrip-
tion of the different varieties of Parsneps
cultivated in it, 362.

INDEX.

Garden of the Horticultural Society, First Re-
port on the Experiments carried on in it,
373, et seqq.

Report
on the Meteorological observations made in
it, 398, et segg.

Report
upon the effect produced on certain plants
in it, by the frost which occurred during the
night of April 29th, 1826, 493, et seqq.

Report on New or Remarkable. Esculent
Vegetables cultivated in it, during the year
terminating with March, 1826, 563, et

qq.

den-walls, remarks on painting them
black, 17, 452.

G , the most advantageous site for a, 15.

German Rampion, 579.

n mode of cultivating it in a glazed pit,

Glasgo w, Botanic Shag list of Orchideous
lants cultivated there, 405.
s houses, plan for euie the drip in,

Golden age Apple, notice of a mode of
treating it, 539.

Golden otatoe, o of Peru, 569.

Golden Cres

GORRIE, Ancaman, on the effects produced
on Ve n, by ay Sas of heat
and Score, 432, et

Grafting on the large SEERE of old trees,
description of a mode of, 541.

Granadilla, see Passiflora Qua drangularis.

Grape, account of a new Seedling raised in the
gea of the errar of AYLESBURY, at

ottenham Park,

Grapes, account of a Heid of obtaining very
early crops of, 232.

L- observations on a disease to which
they are liable, and the means of preventing

it, 300.

eee: account of a mode of forcing them in
borders under glass, 454.
een , observations upon the artificial
_ glimate of a, 26.

description of one at Valleyfield
in Perthshire, 225.

GREGORY, GREGORY, Esq. account of a mode

of a temporary glass-houses in
his garden, 54
REENSHIELDS, Wrorras, on the cultivation
of Pine Apples, 2
Guernsey Lily, on the p of, 259.

H

Harrison, CHARLES, his plan for obtaining a
second crop of Melons, 4

on the advantages

of blacking garden walls, 452.

r. Jo OSEPH, ON the application
of Tobacco A in the destruction of in-
sects, 532.

HAYTHORN, Joun, description of stoves for
the growth of Melons and Cucumbers, 505.

Heat and Moisture, effects of their combina-
tion on vegetation, pr et seqq.

Hedera Chrysocarpa,

Hedychium, on the sn of the species
and varieties of, in a stove, 449.— List of
species cultivated at Wentworth House, 450.

HERBERT, JOHN, presents from the Botanic
Garden at St. Vincent's, transmitted by him
to the Society, 309.

Hessetu, Ropert, Esq. plants sent by him
to the Suciety from Maranham, 274, 279.

Hibiscus Esculentus, 53.

OLMEs, WILLIAM, notice of specimens of a
Peach raised by him from seed, 393.

Hooker, STEPHEN, notice of specimens of a
Peach sent by him to the Societ r, 394.

Aor ENEE, observations on Climate with

Hothou ouse “Flues, on the management of, so
_ keep up a nearly equal temperature i-

the night, 247

Hot howe, destin of those in the Society’s
Gard 3.—Some observations on the
state of re hat i in, 382.

Hotbed lights, a mode of glazing them, 1

Hume, Sir Asranam, Bart., description of t we
Peeonia Moutan, Papaveracea, and Hume
in his garden, 470.

HUNNEMAN, Joun, roots of the
Turnip, sent by him to the Society with an
account of its cultivation, 113,

INDEX.

Ice Lettuce, 575.

JAMIESON, Capt. plant sit ease by him for
the Society from China,

Jouxson, GrorcE WI HRR comparative
experiments on the effect on Vegetables of
small quantities of salt mixed with the soil,
541.

Imperatrice Nectarine, 395.
Insects, account of a Lime Duster for the de-
struction of those on fruit trees, 124.
sig of Tobacco water in their de-
struction, 5
omæa Paras, Villosa, and Cocecinea,

Jupp, DANIEL, observations on a disease to
which Grapes are liable, and on the means
of preventing it, 300.

K

Kerens, MICHAEL, observations on his mode
of cultivating Strawberries, 105.

Kuyicut, Tuomas Anprew, Esq. on the culti-
vation of Strawberries, 101.

upon the benefi-
ne effects of protecting the stems of fruit
es from Frost, in winter, 228.
hod of obtaining very early erops iiaa
t o e
Grape and Fig, 282. :
on the cultúre

of Strawberries, 255.
n the cultivation of
= ead ap ER or Guernsey Lily,

the trans-
plantation of Plants with maree
roots, 370.

notice of speci-
mens of the Boston Nectarine sent by him
to the Society, 39

notice of
a new seedling Nectarine, 395.
- notice of

a variety of Pear from China, 396.

account of mis
new seedling Pears, of which grafts w

transmitted to the Society, 446.

observations on

the qualities of newly raised Fruits, exem-
plified in Plums, 529-31.

Kwnicut, THomas ANDREW, Esq. notice of the
Siberian eer a a new and valuable
Cider Apple, 547.

Keelreuteria Paniculata, 48.

L

Laitue ftpinarde ; ; Chicorée, 581, 2.

LAMBERT, Ayimer Bourke, Esq. plants pre-
sented by him to the Society’s Garden, 67,
77.

his mode of pre-

serving Nuts,

Lavandula Sicha 47.

Leek, proliferous, 575.

Lemon Trees, particulars of the treatment of,
in the vicinity of Florence, 543.

Lettuces, new or remarkable varieties culti-
vated in the Society’s Garden, 574, 581.

Lime truction of insects on

m the new or
ciety’s Garden at Chiswick, from its first
formation to March 1824, 62. (and see
Index, to the Report, p. 100.)

— from March

1824, to March od 261-299. (and see
Index to sae p2

able case of — a, a in the

flowers of an Amaryllis, 3

kaoat ‘upon the effect

produced on certain plants in me Society’s

Garden, by the frost which oec

the night of April 29th, 1826, 493, et seqq.

an account of Ten va-
rieties of Persian Melons, 363.

List of the new or rare Plants, which have
flowered in the Society’s Garden at Chiswick,
from its first formation to March 1825, 100,

99.
of Strawberries that have been cultivated
and examined in the Society’s Garden, 222.
LoppicEs, Messrs. ae — by them
to the Society, 289, 46

INDEX.

M

Marcom, WiıLLtam, plant presented by him
to the Society, 288.

Marois. =p his description of a mode
of grafting on the large branches of old
trees, 541.

a fruit, account of two varieties ripened

e of Earl Powis,

res ANDREW, his description of the
different varieties of Endive grown in the
Society’s Garden, 133.

description of the diffe-
rent varieties of Parsneps cultivated in the

<4 s Garden, 302.

AYNE, Capt. C santhemutns brought b:
him Sasa kins es 4, eey

M‘Rag, James, ao brought by him to
the Society, from the Botanic Garden, St.
Vincent’ s, 75, 85.

M‘Puatt’s Melon Pits, ee of those in
the Society’s Garden,

M MorTRIE, Wate "esription of a

t and Stoves — y fire and steam
inn 440, et seqq.
Stocks, their effects on Pears grafted
on them, 546.
Melia Azederacht, 38.
Melon-pits, «PHAS and ATKINson’ s, de-

sS 5 oF those constructed on their plans

in the Society’s Garden, 385-6.

Melons, plan for obtaining a second crop
07.

Melons, Persian, description of Ten varieties
553, et AB
Melons and

ucumbers,
for the growth of, 505.
MeErepew, Mr. GEORGE, his mode of forcing
Roseb Strawberries in pots, 539.
Mrrcweson, Mr. WILLIAM, on the cultivation
of the Passiflora

rangularis, 388.
` Momordica Elaterium, 51.
aa Sir nappe Mires LAMBERT, Bart.
is directions for removing Worms from the
cn of plants grown in pots or tubs, 114.
Mons, JEAN BartistE Van, notes by, on
bu cultivating Garden

description of stoves

“317.

Montcomery, Duncan, on the cultivation
of an early and a late variety of Pear, on
the same tree, 367.

Moisture and Heat, effects of their combina-
tion on Vegetation, 432, et se
Moore, Epwarp, Esq. plants received through
him from Labrador, 2

Moss, on the weap A ty plants in, 437.

Mouse Potatoe, 571.

Munro, Downaxo; account of the cultivation
of Chinese Chrysanthemums in the Society’s
Garden, 360.

Murray, Srewarr, his method of cultiva-
ting the North American, and other hardy
Orchideous plants, 403.

N

NAIRNE, Sea the Society’s obligations to hiin,
323, note

Nasturtiin, small, 586.

NEAME, JoHN RIGDEN, Esq. his plan for pre-
venting the drip in glass houses, 121.

Nelumbium Speciosum, on the cultivation of,
422, 535.

‘ectavines, notice of specimens of, sent to
a of the | e Society, 394-5.

otice of new or ble varieties of Fruits
exhibited at Wactings of the Society in
1823-4, 392 et seqq.

Notices of Communications to the Society, be-
tween Jan. 1, 1822, and Jan. 1, 1823, of
which separate accounts have not been pub-
lished, 108

be-
tween Jan. 1, 1823, and Jan. 1, 1824,
of which npon aceounts have not been
published, 5

a p description of a mode of preserving them,

O

(Enothera biennis, s Ae
Onagre bisannuelle, 5
Onions, directions for cali them to produce
bulbs in clusters, at an early season, 115.
Onopordum Elatum, 54.
Orange-trees, particulars
43.

of their treatment
in Tuscany,

INDEX.

Orchideous plants, method of cultivating the
North American, and other hardy kinds,
403.

List ‘of, panei in the
~ Bota tanic Garden, at Glasgow, 40

Orto, FREDERIC, seeds sarie by him to

the Society, 99, 291.

Pa

Pæonia Moutan, or Tree Peony, description
of it and of its varieties, 465, et segg.

Albida Plena, 482.
Anneslei, 482.
mode of propagating it in China, 488-

. 92.
Pancratium Maritimum, 49.

sent by him, during his mission to China,
263, 267, 269, 286.

introduced by him, 3
Parsneps, description of ak different varieties
cultivated in the Society’s Garden, 302.
——— Cedatjilern, on its cultivation,

Chrysanthemums

Pakar, notices of specimens sent to Meetings
of the Society, 393-4.

Am , description of those of

which trees have “been sent to the Society,

Washington, 409.
Kennedy’s Lemon Soap ie ib.
te Freestone,

Morris’s Red and Whi
410.

Morrisania Pound Peach, or Hoff-
man’s, 2b.

New York White Clingstone, 7b.
_—____— Mammoth, Saartye Mout, or Aunt
Sarah’s, ib.

Peaches, Philadelphia Freestone, or Grosse
Gallande,

ee Blood, or Claret Clingstone, ¿b.

——_—.— Orange Freestone, Apricot Peach,
or Early Yellow, ib.

———— Mallacoton, 411-1 2.

———— Breevoort’s Seedling Pound Peach,

Early Sweet Water, 2.
Dr. Graham’s White Freestone, =
———— Serrated, Emperor of Russia,
Unique, 2.
———— George the Fourth, 413,
Bern New York Early Lemon Clingstone,
ib.
Breevoort’s Seedlin ing, 414,
Lady Anne Stewart's, id.
Hoyte’ s Lemon Clingstone, éb.
Pine Apple Clingstone, or Red Mal-
lacoton, 20.
— Aster's Seedling, 2d,
Pear, on the cultivation of an early and a lite
l 367.

the i, 395-7.
—:-— account of some new seedlin
which grafts were sent to the Society, 446
effects of grafting them on Medlar
ý Stocks, 546. =
ERKINS, G. SAMUEL, lants presented
by him to the Society, 82 3
Persian Ma, description of Ten varietiesof,
553, et s
PETERSEN, se Prrer, on the cultivation of
name as practised in Denmark and Ger-

y, 419.
Phasoolas Nona, et Chonda, 55.
Parres, Rev. Wim, his directions for pro-
tecting wall trees from the effects of frost, 109.
Phoenix “Dactyli ifera, 44
Phytolacca Decandra, 5 0.
Pieridium, garden; vulgare, 583.
Pied Golden Potatoe, 570.
Pine Apple, or Cone Potatoe, 572.
Pine- (pple plants, directions for destroying
the bug and scale on, 1
Pines, method of growing ie with a bottom
heat of dung, 1
panai Clk CHE tae of, 235.

ones, of

IiNDEX.

Poy hn description of a mode of working
m without fire or dung heat, 111.

—— — TT’s, Bucx’s, and BALDWINS;
description of those in the Society’s Garden,
constructed on their paing 384, 387.

Pinus Maritima, and a, 47.

Pistacia Terebinthus, 39. T aiae s, 40.

Pit, for winter and e spring forcing, des-
cription of one, 4

Pit and Stoves, su tion of a mode of heat-
ing them by fire te steam conjointly, 440,
et seqq.

Pracer, Francis, Esq. various valuable pre-
sents of pa by hım to the Society, 64, 88,
93, 94, 96, 97, 98, 273, 283, 291, 295-6.

Plant-Pits, heated by dung, description of
those in the Society’s Garden, 382.

Plants, Report upon the new or rare, which
have flowered in the Society’s Garden at
Chiswick, to March 1824, 62-100.

— i Murer 1824, to March
1825; 261-299.

Platanus Orientalis,

Plum, Cor’s Golden ARR notice of two speci-
mens of neont colours growing on the
same branch, 393.

Plums, sat ee in, of the qualities of
newly raised fruits, 529.

Potainer, account of new or remarkable va-
rieties cultivated in the Society’s Garden,
569-573.

Poterium Spinosum, 46.

Ports, Joun, Plinia and seeds, procured by
him for the Society, d his mission to
China, 66, 69, 73, 80, 262, 263-4, 266,
268, 271.

YrUS Sinensis, notice of, 396-7.

Prunus Chrysocarpa, 43.

Q
Quercus Aegilops, Coccifera, and Pubescens,
47.

R

Radish, Long Salmon, 580.
RAFFLES, Sir THomas Stamrorp, plant sent
by him to the Society from Sumatra, 269.

Ratnier, Perer, Esq. Capt. R. N. his direc-
tions for cultivating and cooking the Brin-
jall, 116.

his success in the use of
the Medlar as a p for Pears, 1

—— e of specimens of a

rr Pear sent hy bin to the Society,

particulars communi-
cated by him on the effect produced on Pears
Tpu eating them on Medlar Stocks, 546.
Rawes, Ricnarp, Primula Sinensis,
sie by him from China, 80.
Reap, Joun, his mode of glazing hot-bed
lights, and the seca of forcin Smee 112.
ription of a newly in-
vented Santen a effectually applying
Tobacco eaigetcn to plants, 140.
Rerves, Joun, Esq. plant sent "by him from
China, to the Society 0. — Chrysanthemums
introduced by him, 32
Report upon the new or rare Plants which
have flowered in the Society’s Garden at
Chiswick, up to March 1824, 62-100, (and
see Index to Report, p. 100.)
—— from March 1824 to March 1895,
261-299. (and see salir to ee ep 299.)
upon the effect ost, on
certain plants in the n. s ie 493,
et "E

New or Remarkable Esculent
Vegetables which were cultivated in t
Society's Garden, during the year termi-
nating with March, 1826, 563, et m

Rhamnus Zizyphus, and Paliurus, 3

em description of a method of tring it,

tes on grafting, see

and cultivating them, 317.
oss, WILLIAM, notice of some bunches sent
by him to the ee of the Black Da-
mascus Grape, the blossoms of which had
been fertilized by the pollen of the Royal
Muscadine, with particulars of the process,
119.

Ruscus Racemosus, 48.

IND EX.

S

SABINE, JOSEPH, Eih note on the Vaccinium
Arctostaphylos, 60.

notice of the Totten-
ham Park Grape, -

unt of several new
Chinese and Indian Cirean hea with
additional observations on the species an

plants in ens 322; €

account of a method of
forcing Figs, practised in the garden of the
Earl of Harewood, at Harewood House,
Yorkshire, 365.

ote on a mode of grow-
ing different varieties of Pear on the same

noteon the Ortley Apple
of America, 415.
- on the Cedars of Leba-

non, 431.

on Glycine Sinensis,
460.

n the Pæonia Moutan,
or Tree Pæony, sty its varieties, 465, et
seqq.

note on the propagation

of Zamia and Cycas, 504.

an account of two varie-

ties of the Mango fruit ripened in the garden

_ of Earl Powis, 550.

Sazine, Capt. Epwarp, services rendered by

im to the Society during his voyage to

Africa and South Amak, “with Capt. Cra-
VERING, 76.

St. John’s Bread

Salad Cabbage bool 582. i
Salt, result of some comparative experiments ¢ re)
the effect of, on a

oe when mixed in

small quantities in soil, 4

Scale, directions pr daiane it on Pine-
ap’ sle Plants,

sia me or Sond Pear of China, notice of the,

6, 7.
eet "THOMAS, particulars communicated by
him on the treatment of Orange and Lemon
trees, in the vicinity of Florence, 543.
VOL. VI.

Siberian Bittersweet, a new and valuable Cider

pple,’547.

Slates, account of a trough og? with, 543.

Smilax Aspera, and Excelsa

Situ, Tuomas, on the use ae > R que
as a top dressing for Onions, and g7 te Cur
for the clubbing in Cabbages, &c.

wt his method of Rating Rhu-

barb, 11

directions for forcing
Onions to produce bulbs in clusters, at an
early season, 115,

account of the growth
of some Cedars of Lebanon in the gardens
at Hopetoun House, 429.

tices of Strawberries
cultivated in Scotland for the markets,
512.

WILLIAM, notices of certain Vineries,
at various places i in Soa with Arched
Hanging Trellises,

WILLIAM, on ie cultivation of Fuch-
sias, 520.
Solanum Aithiopicum, Sodomeum, and Melon-

gena,
tht

_blistered -leaved ‘mountain; green
oun
Spanish D Draf Potatoe, vibe
Spice Pear of America
Spinach, Flanders ; New Zealand, 576-7.
— Lettuce, 58
Spindle-rooted Plants, on their transplanta-
tion, 370.
Stems of fr fruit trees, on the beneficial effects
of protecting them from frost in winter, 228.
STEWART, ALEXANDER, ——— of a

Greenhouse in the Cpe of Sir ROBERT
TaN Bart. at Valleyfield in shade,

his mode of cul-
tivating Nelumbium Speciosum, 422.

i ad of a
a es: orcing, 425.
ons and,Cucum-

Pit for winter aa earl
Stoves, for the 27

bers, deseri Sa of, 505 ;
Strawberry, Wil Imot’s Superb, notice of,

39
Strawberries, on ar muns 101, ps?

successful mode
of cultivating Siew; 5

IND EX.

Strawberries, account and description of the
ifferent varieties of, which have been culti-

vated and examined in the se s Garden,
145 et seqq. (and see es ot

—_—_———— notices of those cultivated in Scot-
land for the markets, 513.

—— Roseberry, notice of some forced
in pots, 539.

STREET, Jons, on the cultivation of plants
in Moss, 437.

Birsipecsc? s Pear, an American sort of which
cuttings were sent to the Society, 4

Swayne, Rev. Grorce, his mode of protect-
ing | the branches of Fig-trees during winter,

on ‘the management
of hothouse Flues, so as to kee eep up a nearly
equal temperature during the night, 247.

T
Teltow Turnip, notice of, 113:
Tetragonia Eapansa, 577.
Tourn, NDRF, account of the (Calville
eee de Micoud, a new variety of Apple,
Tigridia Pavonia, directions for managing it,

plants of a new variety of
’s Egg Pear, presented by them to the

Tumate, Messrs.
Swan

Society, 396.
Tobacco Fumigation, description of an instru-
ment for effectually applying it to plants,
140.
Tobacco Water, on the — of it in the

destruction of 1 insects, 53

Tonbridge Peach, notice of the,

Torsron, „i seeds presented ss re to the
Society, 56

tenham Park ‘Muscat Grape, account. of,
122-3.
Tree, Cabbage-plant, notice of one. sent to the
Society, 115.
Trellises, Arched Hanging, notice of several
Vineries kin 522, 23.
Tropica tion, atmospheric moisture
most suite e to in houses, 382.
oS ts, suggestions for their treat-
othouses, :
Twyford Peach, notice of the, 393-4.

V

angre of Madeira, on the cultivation ‘of it
n the open air, 59.—Note on the plant, by
the Secretary, 60.

Vanack Cabbage, 567.

Vegetables, result of domparative experiments
of the effects of salt on them when mixed in
small quantities in i soil, 541.

—— Report New or Remarkable
Esculent Vegetables, cultivated in the So-
ciety’s Garden, 5 ;

ist of all the Monographs on

Esculent Vegetables, which have n

printed in the Transactions of the Society,

note.

Vegetation, on the effects of the baie
of heat and moisture on, 432,

Ventilation, remarks ge as RE in the
Society’ s Garden, 380

Ventilator, for hediduses; description of a self-
acting one, 142.

VILLET, M. roots sent by him to the Society,

292.

Vincent's St., Botanic Garden, plants received ŢȚ
om, 71, 14,75.

Vineries, with Arched Hanging Trellises, no-

tices of some at various aae in Scotland,

522,
Vitex Agnus- Castus, 46.
Union Lettuce, 574.

W

Wall Trees, directions for protecting them

from the effects of frost, 1

Walls of Gardens, effects of blacking them,
17, 452.

Watker, Jonn, Esq. of Southgate, tribute to
his memory, 94.

WALLICH, pis: i sent by him to the So-
ciety, 276, 2

WALMSLEY; J ay

and an ra ‘of Plants growing in the
Neighbourhood of Constantinople, 32.
Walton Moor Park Apricot, notice of, 393.

INDEX.

Wash, for the destruction of the bug and
scale, 117.

Wenewoop, Joun, Esq. his mode of blanching

uda Kale, in the manner of Sea Kale, 112.

We ts, Dr. citation from his Essay on Dew,

Wetts, Wittiam, Esq. Chrysanthemums,
presented by him to the Society, 324.

Witurams, Joun, Esq. particulars of a suc-
cessful mode of cultivating Strawberries,
120.

his description of a self-

acting Ventilator for hothouses,

the treatment of

539.

on
the Golden Pippin Apple,

London : Printed by W. Nicol,
Cleveland-row, St. James's.

Wittock, Henry, Esq. H. M. Envoy at the
Court of Persia, the Society’s obligations to
him for seeds and plants from Persia, 553.

Wilmot’s Superb Strawberry, notice of, 392.

Wooprorp, His Excellency Sir Ratrn,
plants sent by him to the Society from
Trinidad, 281-2.

Worms, directions for removing them from the
roots of plants grown in pots or tubs, -1 14,

Z

Zamias, on their propagation, 501.

ERRATUM.
Page 52, line 17, for Aigyptiacum, read Aithiopicum.

DIRECTIONS TO THE BINDER.

The unpaged Papers, which are given at the end of each
Part, are to be placed at the end of the Volume (before
the Index), in the order in which they follow in the Table
of Contents.